DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORP
10-K, 1998-03-31
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, DATA PROCESSING, ETC.
Previous: MOTORS MECHANICAL REINSURANCE CO LTD, 10-K, 1998-03-31
Next: MOORES LANE PROPERTIES LTD, 10-K405, 1998-03-31




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K



(X)     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
        ACT OF 1934

                  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997.

                                       OR

( )     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                         Commission file number 0-15405.

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
             -------------------------------------------------------
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                    Delaware                    47-0669375
            ------------------------  ------------------------------
            (State of Incorporation)     (I.R.S. Employer ID Number)


         9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska   68114
         ------------------------------------------------  ---------
              (Address of principal executive office)      (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (402) 390-2328

        Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


                          Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during the  preceding  12 months and (2) has been  subject to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No
                                      ---  ---

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [ ].

     The  aggregate  market value of voting stock (based upon the "bid" price as
quoted on NASDAQ) of the registrant held by  non-affiliates on March 1, 1998 was
approximately $316,000,000.

     At March 1, 1998, the registrant had outstanding  11,200,549  shares of its
common stock.
                                                                    
<PAGE>
                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.    Portions of the Registrant's  Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal
      year ended December 31, 1997 are  incorporated  by reference into Parts I,
      II, and IV.

2.    Portions of the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  filed for the
      Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 22, 1998, are
      incorporated by reference into Part III.

                                     PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.

     (a) General Development of Business:

     Data   Transmission   Network   Corporation  (the  "Company",   "DTN")  was
incorporated on September 17, 1987 to change the name and state of incorporation
of its predecessor company, Dataline, Inc. from Nebraska to Delaware pursuant to
an  Agreement  and Plan of  Merger  dated  October  8,  1987.  The  Company  was
originally  incorporated  in Nebraska on April 9, 1984,  as Scoular  Information
Services,  Inc., a subsidiary of a regional  grain  company,  later changing its
name to Dataline, Inc.

     On December 19, 1985 and January 31, 1986, in related transactions, certain
employees of the Company  purchased all of the outstanding  stock of the company
from the regional grain company.

     In January,  1987,  the Company  completed  an initial  public  offering of
common stock selling 698,085 shares at $5.40 per share (pre-stock split).

     (b) Financial Information About Industry Segments:

         Not Applicable

     (c) Narrative Description of Business:

     Data Transmission  Network Corporation (DTN) began operations in April 1984
and  continues  to  provide   comprehensive,   time-sensitive   information  and
communication services for a variety of industries. DTN services grew to 158,800
subscribers  throughout the U.S. and Canada in 1997.  The  subscriber  growth is
attributed to the high retention  rate of existing  services and the addition of
several  new  services  in  the  agricultural,  weather  and  financial  service
industries.  A review  of these  services  and the  year's  highlights  for each
industry are discussed in this report.

     The Company's  subscription services are targeted at niche business markets
and  designed  to be  timely,  simple  to use,  and  convenient.  The  Company's
distribution  technology  provides  an  efficient  means  of  sending  data  and
information  from point to  multi-point.  The  development  of a  cost-effective
electronic  satellite  delivery  system,  plus a total  commitment  to  customer
service and information quality has enabled the Company to become a major player
in the communications  industry.  The Company continues to invest time and money
developing  and  enhancing  its  information  distribution   technology.   These
investments allow the Company to take advantage of many engineering and software
advancements in an exciting and growing industry.

               
                       INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNOLOGY

     The  Company  is  committed  to  researching  and  developing  distribution
technologies  that cost  effectively  delivers the timely  information  that the
Company's  subscribers  demand.  DTN supports several  information  distribution
technologies  allowing the distribution  (transmission) and receiving  (capture,
manipulation and display) of information.  These technologies include small dish
Ku-band  satellite  (Ku), FM radio  side-band  channels (FM),  FAX, Cable TV (by
using the vertical blanking interval, or VBI), e-mail and the Internet.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     The first  technology  used by the Company was FM radio  side-band.  The Ku
technology was added in 1989,  providing the ability to reach customers  outside
the  geographic  territory of the FM signal.  FAX, VBI,  e-mail and the Internet
were added to further expand our distribution network.

     The Company  provides all of the  equipment  necessary for  subscribers  to
receive  their  service  based on FM,  Ku and VBI.  The  exception  is DTN's new
service,  DTN Real^Time,  where information is delivered via a new generation of
proprietary  hardware into a personal  computer (PC),  owned by the  subscriber.
This equipment includes a receiver,  specifically built for the Company, a video
monitor, FM antenna or a small 30" Ku-band satellite dish. A keyboard, mouse and
printer may be provided  depending on the service.  DTN is  responsible  for the
normal maintenance and repair of the subscriber equipment.

     Prior to 1992, the Company utilized a "page-based"  receiver and monochrome
system. The monochrome system translates the Company's data stream into text and
is capable,  depending on capacity,  of receiving and displaying from 126 to 246
pages of  information.  The  monochrome  receiver is also capable of downloading
information to a printer or computer.

     In 1992, the Company  introduced the Advanced  Communications  Engine (ACE)
receiver,  a color  graphics  receiver  system,  expanding the unit's ability to
provide  information  and  communication  services.  The ACE  receiver  contains
multiple  processors for capturing,  manipulating and displaying high resolution
color pictures, graphics and text. A separate processor enables the unit to play
audio clips for weather forecasts,  voice advertisements or audio alarms set for
when a futures contract reaches a pre-set price. In addition, this processor may
send and retrieve  information by using an internal  modem  connected to a phone
line.

     The ACE receiver is also capable of downloading information to a printer or
computer.  This  receiver  is  equipped  with an  internal  hard drive  allowing
processed  information to be stored,  archived (versus frequent  rebroadcasting)
and displayed.  The receiver's built-in control panel,  keyboard or mouse allows
subscribers to conveniently access this information.

     One unique aspect of the Company's information  distribution  technology is
the computer  software  developed by the Company  specifically  for use with DTN
receivers. This software manages information from a wide array of input sources,
runs  routines,   sets  priorities  and  then  initiates  transmissions  to  the
satellite.  The software can individually address each receiver unit placed with
a  subscriber,  permitting  the Company to transmit  specific  information  to a
specific  subscriber  or group  of  subscribers.  The  Company  leases  FM radio
side-band  channels,  satellite channels and VBI space to deliver information to
the Company's  receivers used by its  subscribers.  All information is up-linked
from Omaha to  satellite  (except  Internet,  FAX and other  telephone  delivery
technology)  and down-linked  from the satellite to the subscriber  based on the
distribution technology.

     FM monochrome  subscribers  receive their  services from an FM antenna that
delivers the information via side-band signals transmitted from radio stations.

     On December 31, 1997,  12,500  subscribers  were  receiving  the  Company's
services  via FM  distribution  technology.  The Ku  subscribers  utilize  a 30"
satellite dish, a direct down-link,  to receive their  information.  On December
31, 1997,  143,300  subscribers  were  receiving the  Company's  services via Ku
distribution technology.

     Early  in  1994,  the  Company  began  using a new  cable  TV  distribution
technology  involving  vertical blanking intervals (VBI). The Company contracted
with a major  cable TV  superstation  to  transmit  information  along  with the
station's TV signal.  This  technology  eliminates the need for an FM antenna or
satellite  dish and is available to businesses or residences  that are wired for
cable TV and receive the  superstation's  service.  On December 31, 1997,  2,000
subscribers   were  receiving  the  Company's   services  by  VBI   distribution
technology.

     The Company has approximately 18,000 customers receiving  information using
FAX technology. The e-mail business is primarily a subscriber (an e-mail source)
communicating specific messages to a group of subscribers.  Currently, there are
over  900  e-mail  sources   delivering  over  1,500  pages  of  information  to
subscribers daily.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     Currently,  DTN  offers  services  via  the  Internet  in the  agriculture,
produce,  weather and finance  service  lines and plans to continue  researching
this  information   distribution   technology.   On  December  31,  1997,  1,000
subscribers  were  receiving  the  Company's  services by Internet  distribution
technology.
 
                               SERVICES OFFERED

     The  Company's  revenue  is derived  primarily  from five  categories:  (1)
monthly,   quarterly  or  annual  subscriptions,   (2)  optional  services,  (3)
communication  services,  (4) advertising and (5) service  initiation  fees. The
percentage  of total  revenue for each category over the last three fiscal years
was:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1997         1996         1995
                                     ----         ----         ----
        <S>                          <C>     <C>     <C> 
        Subscriptions                80 %         76 %         74 %
        Optional services             5 %          6 %          6 %
        Communication services        8 %          9 %         11 %
        Advertising                   3 %          3 %          3 %
        Service Initiation Fees       4 %          6 %          6 %

</TABLE>

     Subscription  revenue  is  generated  from  monthly,  quarterly  or  annual
subscription  fees  for one of the  Company's  services.  The  Company  offers a
discount  to  subscribers  who  pre-pay  their  subscriptions  annually.  A more
detailed review of each service is found later in this report.

     Optional  services  are offered to  subscribers  on an "a la carte"  basis,
similar to premium  channels  on cable TV.  Information  for these  services  is
primarily  provided  by a  third  party  with  DTN  receiving  a  share  of  the
subscription revenue paid by the subscriber. Optional services revenue continues
to grow in total dollars at a rate  commensurate  with the overall growth of the
Company due, in part, to new technological  innovations using the Internet,  FAX
and e-mail.

     The  Company   sells   communication   services   allowing   companies   to
cost-effectively  communicate  a large  amount  of timely  information  to their
customers or field offices.  This category  includes revenue  generated from FAX
and e-mail services.  Communication  revenue  continued to grow in total dollars
and management believes this area offers opportunities for future growth.

     The  Company  sells  advertising  interspersed  among the pages of news and
information,  similar to a newspaper or magazine. The advantage of an electronic
advertisement  over typical  print media is the ability to change or replace the
advertising  message  quickly and as  frequently as market  conditions  dictate.
Advertising revenue maintained the same percentage of total revenue due to rapid
subscriber  and  subscription  revenue  growth  as well as the  addition  of new
services with available advertising space.

     Service   initiation  fees  are  one-time  charges  for  new  subscriptions
depending on the service and the information distribution  technology.  DTN also
charges an initiation  fee for  subscribers  converting to another  service (ie:
from a monochrome FM to a Ku color service).
        
The Agricultural Industry

     The DTN Agricultural  Services are DTN Ag Services,  DTNstant,  DTN PROduce
and  DTNiron.  Within  DTN Ag  Services  are DTN  AgDaily,  DTN  ProSeries,  DTN
FarmDayta and DTN FarmDayta On Line.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1997            1996            1995
                                     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>             <C>
Revenues                             $87,600,000     $69,700,000     $45,000,000
Subscribers at year end                  120,500         116,200          77,400

</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

     New subscriptions are primarily sold by the Company's  national sales force
of  employee   district  sales   representatives,   in-house  sales  staff,  and
independent,  commission-only sales  representatives.  The Company obtains leads
for the sales force through telemarketing,  direct mail, print media advertising
and customer referrals.

     The main  competition  to these  services  is the  combination  of  printed
advisory services,  radio,  television,  telephone,  other satellite information
services, online services and the changing of old information gathering habits.

     There are over 200 optional services available to agricultural subscribers.
These services consist of advisory,  informational  and educational  products as
well as newswire,  association and additional free services. DTN subscribers can
customize their DTN unit to their specific needs by choosing from a broad mix of
these "a la carte" services. DTN is continually developing new optional services
to meet  customer  demands  by  listening  closely  to the  marketplace  and the
customer.

     The Company markets these services through a combination of individual free
trials,   system-wide  trials,  on-screen  advertising,   direct  mail,  invoice
stuffers,  equipment stuffers and telemarketing.  Optional Service subscriptions
increased in 1997 fueled by these marketing  campaigns and the increase in total
DTN subscription  sales.  Optional service  subscription prices range from $6 to
$1,200 per quarter with the average subscription price of $60/quarter.

     Communication  services (DTN InfoMail) plays an important role in providing
a cost effective means to reach a large number of targeted  customers  daily. At
the touch of a button,  subscribers  have instant  access to messages 24 hours a
day.  Currently,  there are over 900 InfoMail  customers  receiving  information
tailored to their specific needs. DTN InfoMail  provides services for elevators,
seed  sales  reps,  agronomists,  chemical  sales reps and  technical  advisors,
commodity  brokers,  processing  plants,  feedlots  and  anyone  with a need  to
communicate to DTN subscribers.

     In 1997,  the  agricultural  services  sold over $3.7  million  dollars  in
advertising to major players in the ag industry, ag chemical and seed companies,
equipment  and  finance  businesses.  The  color  system  capabilities,  such as
inter-activity  and animation,  continue to entice new advertisers.  Advertising
research in 1997 confirmed that DTN is an important  player in the  agricultural
media field.

DTN Ag Services  
     Approximately  80% of the Ag Services  subscribers are farmers or livestock
producers   with  the  balance   consisting   primarily   of  grain   elevators,
agribusinesses, and financial institutions.  Subscribers to DTN Ag Services farm
nearly one third of the nation's  total cropland and market more than 50% of the
nation's  cattle  and  hogs.  DTN  ag  management   believes  the  trend  toward
consolidation  into larger farms as well as the  government's  move toward fewer
agricultural  price  supports  and an open market  system,  expands the need for
agricultural  information  services.  This  expansion  need  provides for steady
growth within DTN Ag Services.

AgDaily Service Review 
     DTN  AgDaily  is an  agricultural  market  information,  quote and  weather
service. Subscribers receive delayed commodity futures and options quotes; local
cash grain and livestock  prices;  selected  regional and world weather updates;
and a variety  of daily  analysis,  commentary  and news that  affect  grain and
livestock prices.

     DTN AgDaily  color  graphics  allows for an advanced  weather  segment with
national and regional radar maps (updated every 15 minutes),  infrared satellite
cloud cover maps, precipitation,  temperature, jet stream, surface wind and snow
cover maps,  and much more.  The  subscriber  can custom design high  resolution
charts and/or select from a library that holds over 1,000 charts.  The system is
capable of custom  programming  the  futures  quotes  pages to display  only the
quotes subscribers  desire. The service also includes  information  segments for
specific crop and livestock enterprises as well as general, business, sports and
entertainment news.

     The DTN AgDaily  color  service also offers crop  liability  insurance  and
livestock profitability calculators by using the inter-activity feature allowing
a subscriber to search a comprehensive database.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Pro Series Service Review
     DTN offers services with advanced  features for the agricultural  industry.
The Pro Series' enhanced  functionality  includes a high interest window to view
future or  options  quotes  on any  page,  key word  search  that  automatically
searches the news story database for articles affecting the user's operation,  a
customized  segment with up to five of the user's favorite pages, and a personal
library serving as a customized archive segment.

     The DTN Pro Series includes six services: Weather Pro, News Pro, Chart Pro,
Intraday Pro, Stock Pro and DTN Premier.

     Weather  Pro is the  "meteorological  connection"  to an array  of  current
weather,   forecast  and  satellite  radar  information.   This  service  allows
subscribers  to choose from over 70 weather maps  including  detailed  regional,
state  and  zone  forecasts.  The  Weather  Pro  service  gives  subscribers  32
programmable pages for creating their own unique weather information.

     News  Pro  is  the  "broadcast  connection"  to  timely  business,  sports,
entertainment, financial, and general news of the day. The service also provides
an audio summary of the day's agricultural news. News Pro subscribers receive AP
Online, a service of the Associated Press.

     Chart Pro is the "graphic  connection" bringing a variety of information to
the screen in an  organized  format  allowing  subscribers  to  analyze  trends,
patterns and cycles.  This  service  includes 40 pages for  programmable  charts
allowing the subscriber to create an extensive "chart book".

     Intraday  Pro is the  "trading  connection"  to the first  low-cost  system
available with the ability to chart market sessions  minute-by-minute during the
trading day.  This  service  allows  subscribers  to choose time  intervals  for
charting to keep them abreast of the markets.

     Stock Pro is the "market  connection"  providing  access to prices for over
50,000 issues of stocks,  bonds and funds.  This service  includes  stock quotes
using  either  the  quick  quote  feature  or  the  programmable  quotes  pages.
Additional  features include a personal library for storing news and information
and the high interest windows allowing  subscribers to constantly  monitor up to
six futures, options, stock or bond quotes.

     DTN Premier combines Weather Pro, News Pro, Chart Pro and Intraday Pro into
a  comprehensive  ag marketing and  information  package.  DTN Premier Plus adds
Stock Pro to the package targeting the farmer,  rancher or agribusiness  needing
all the market information available in one convenient location.

DTN FarmDayta  Service  Review 
     DTN FarmDayta  was the principle  asset  acquired from the  acquisition  of
Broadcast  Partners in May 1996. Its content is very similar to DTN AgDaily.  In
fact, since its inception in 1990, DTN FarmDayta was the primary competition for
DTN AgDaily. FarmDayta gives the Company a fully integrated agricultural service
line with price entry points  across a wide  spectrum,  expanding  the marketing
horizons  for all DTN  agricultural  services.  The  Company  maintains  the DTN
FarmDayta facilities, with nearly 100 employees, in Des Moines, Iowa.

     DTN  FarmDayta is an  agricultural  market  information,  quote and weather
service  delivering  delayed  commodity  futures and options quotes;  local cash
grain and livestock prices;  selected regional and world weather updates;  and a
variety of daily  analysis,  commentary and news that affect grain and livestock
prices.

     DTN  FarmDayta  Elite is an  advanced  version of DTN  FarmDayta.  Features
include  additional options quotes,  charting,  weather maps and a hard drive to
store  data  in the  receiver  which  is  critical  to  maintaining  storage  of
information during a power outage.

     DTN  FarmDayta  Elite Plus is an advanced  service  that  includes  the DTN
FarmDayta  Elite features and is similar in content to the DTN Pro Series.  This
service  includes more advanced news (Reuters  Headline News),  quotes,  weather
(including motion and zoom capabilities) and programmable charts.


                                       5
<PAGE>

DTN FarmDayta On Line Service Review 
     The  Company  introduced  its  first  agricultural  Internet  service,  DTN
FarmDayta On Line,  in 1996.  DTN FarmDayta On Line is similar in content to DTN
FarmDayta  Elite Plus and is designed for the producer  preferring to use his or
her  personal  computer  to receive  information  or is not able to utilize  the
traditional   satellite-based   system   supplied   by  DTN.   The   market  for
subscription-based  Internet  services is  relatively  new yet FarmDayta On Line
closed the year with over 1,000 subscribers.

     Information  includes  animated  weather maps,  satellite and summary maps,
short and long range  forecast  maps,  news  commentary  and analysis as well as
unlimited access to futures and option quotes from all the major exchanges. Also
available  is  commodities  for energy,  financial,  currency,  metals and other
exchanges  as well as  instant  access to daily,  weekly and  monthly  commodity
charts. Customization capabilities allow for organization of the most often used
information for business decisions.

DTNstant Service Review 
     DTNstant is a leader in providing  satellite  delivery of real-time futures
and options  quotes from the major  commodity  exchanges and headline  commodity
news from multiple sources such as the Associated Press,  Futures World News and
Bridge.  The service also provides  market-leading  cash  information,  in-depth
charting  capabilities  plus all the  information  available  on the DTN AgDaily
color service.

     In addition, the service provides information for the energy, metals, softs
(i.e.,  orange juice,  coffee,  cocoa),  transportation  and lumber  industries.
DTNstant uses compatible  software allowing the "pass thru" of data and graphics
into a computer's  local area network  (LAN).  With this  capability,  a DTN ACE
receiver can feed  information to multiple  users/traders on the LAN. This "pass
thru" software opens new markets by utilizing information  distribution within a
customer's LAN, enhancing analytical  capabilities.  

     Other valuable features are  user-programmable  formulas for data analysis,
high  interest  windows  to  include  news  stories,   and  increased   keyboard
functionality.

     DTNstant  operates in a very competitive  market with numerous national and
regional  providers of instant  commodity  quotes.  The primary  subscribers are
commercial  grain  companies  and  elevators,  feedlots,  commodity  brokers and
commodity  speculators.   No  other  service  in  the  industry  offers  a  more
comprehensive  news  and  information  service.  Due to the  character  of  this
industry,  the Company provides on-site service and installation by professional
service technicians.

DTNiron Service Review 
     DTNiron  provides  a  cost-effective  communication  resource  for the farm
implement  industry.  DTNiron is an equipment  locator and inventory  management
service providing a communication tool for farm implement dealers throughout the
U.S and Canada.

     DTNiron  provides  detailed  listings of farm  implements and equipment for
sale or needed by dealers.  A listing  remains on the system for a minimum of 30
days,  renewable at the dealer's  request.  Subscribers  receive  industry news,
financial information,  economic indicators and information from the DTN AgDaily
service.  DTNiron also  includes  listings of  construction  equipment,  trucks,
trailers and other equipment  found in the  agricultural  industry.  The service
provides  listings for implement and equipment  parts,  especially  hard to find
parts.  In addition,  the service sorts listings by regions and provides  hourly
updates keeping information timely for DTN subscribers.

     DTNiron  includes the Combine and Tractor Demand Monitor which provides the
first  widely  distributed  annual  sales  outlook  for the  tractor and combine
manufacturers.  This monthly economic study released to all DTNiron  subscribers
helps track the  money-making  trends in the  industry.  The Combine and Tractor
Demand Monitor is released to the trade and  agricultural  press one or two days
after release to DTNiron subscribers.

                                       6
<PAGE>

DTN PROduce Service Review
     DTN PROduce is an authority in providing the produce industry with the most
timely information available. There are four major components to the DTN PROduce
service.  First  is  weather,  the most  critical  information  for the  produce
industry. Second is immediate pricing updates,  formatted by commodity,  growing
area and terminal market. Third is transportation information with freight rates
and daily truck availability for the major growing areas.  Finally,  the service
provides a comprehensive  news package including AP Online.  Other  key-industry
news  sources  are "The  Packer"  and "The  Produce  News" in addition to credit
information  provided by the "Produce Reporter Company" and the "Red Book Credit
Service".

     DTN PROduce  maintains a price  discovery  network,  DTNdexSM,  that is the
industry  standard.  Competition  in this  industry  continues to focus on older
technology, such as FAX machines.

     The entire  produce  food chain of  growers,  shippers,  packers,  brokers,
retailers and institutions  benefit from information provided by this service. A
custom  service  for the produce  grower is also  available  containing  all the
features  of DTN PROduce  except for  transportation  information  and AP Online
news.  DTN PROduce  expanded its service to the Internet in 1996 to  accommodate
seasonal  and  international  customers  unable to utilize  the  satellite  dish
technology.

DTN Cotton  Network  Service  Review 
     In July of 1997,  DTN acquired  the customer  base and other assets of "The
Network", a communications  company based in Lubbock,  Texas. DTN Cotton
Network is an electronic cotton marketing system designed to operate on a user's
personal  computer using software  developed  specifically for cotton accounting
and marketing.

     Users  dial  into a DTN data  center  via modem to  upload  bale  ownership
information and to list cotton for broadcast to prospective buyers.  Information
is broadcast  via DTN Ku band  satellite  and passed  through a serial port into
personal computers located at both buyer and seller locations.


The Weather Industry

DTN Weather Center  Service  Review 
     DTN Weather Center is a comprehensive  weather  information system designed
to meet the weather information needs of many industries.  Markets  specifically
targeted by DTN Weather  Center are golf  courses,  turf  management,  emergency
management,   state  transportation   departments,   public  works  departments,
construction and aviation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                         1997            1996            1995
                                     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues                             $10,700,000     $ 5,600,000     $ 1,000,000
Subscribers at year end                   13,100           7,900           2,600

</TABLE>

     DTN Weather Center introduced new products in 1997 designed  especially for
the marine,  forestry and travel industry. DTN Weather Center provides more than
100 weather maps, 20 regional  radar maps,  including  NEXRAD radar and infrared
satellite  photos and six  satellite  maps.  The  service  provides  short-range
(immediate to 48-hour)  forecasts,  long-range  (3-90 day) outlooks,  and 10-day
city  forecasts  for more than 550 cities in the U.S.  and  Canada.  The service
includes  programmable  capabilities to customize maps, and an archival  section
for saving maps.

     Optional services, such as AP Online News, newswires,  industry association
news and others are also available on all Weather Center services.

     DTN Weather  Center is a critical  ingredient in  operational  planning and
staff  decisions for industries  where timely,  accurate and accessible  weather
information are vital.

                                       7
<PAGE>

DTN Turf Manager Service Review
     DTN Weather Center Turf Manager is available to individuals  and businesses
involved in  turf-related  operations  such as golf courses,  lawn  maintenance,
landscaping and sod farms. This service provides the news,  weather and chemical
information needed for effective turf management.

     Chemical and Pesticide  Press Turf Index is a unique  feature  providing an
information  database  of more than 275 turf  pesticides.  Material  Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) were recently  added  providing an even more valuable  information
service for subscribers.

     Thor  Guard,  the only  lightning  prediction  system  available,  warns of
lightning  strikes  before  they  happen  and is now  available  as an  optional
service.  Evapotranspiration  Tables provide regional  evaporation rates to plan
for watering and chemical applications.

     ESPN Sports Ticker provides current golf related stories and results and AP
Online provides more than 300 current news stories from four chapters,  General,
Business, Sports and Entertainment.  The National Golf Course Directory includes
a database of locations,  phone numbers,  course pros and course superintendents
for all member courses.

     These features, along with the comprehensive weather information,  provides
a complete turf industry package.

DTN Aviation Center Service Review
     DTN Aviation Center is a comprehensive  aviation weather package  specially
designed for pilots,  airports and Fixed Base  Operators  (FBO's).  DTN Aviation
Center  supplies  airports,  pilots  and FBO's  with the  extensive  flight-plan
information found on many premier "online" systems.

     This package includes U.S. and regional  depiction maps,  24-hour low-level
significant weather prognosis, U.S. region winds and temperatures aloft and also
METAR and TAF  information.  Subscribers  use DTN Aviation  Center during flight
services to visualize  current  weather  conditions  while creating their flight
plans. This service also aids in determining alternate route destinations.

     Subscribers   choose   from  the  Level  I   service,   designed   for  the
local/regional  flyers up to 18,000 feet, or the Level II service,  designed for
pilots and airports  flying  nationally up to 45,000 feet.  The Level II service
also provides European flight information.

DTN Contractor Dayta  Service  Review 
     DTN Contractor Dayta is designed for the construction industry and includes
construction-related  news and information providing a competitive advantage for
subscribers.  This service provides valuable weather  information  necessary for
important day-to-day construction business decisions.

     Industry specific information includes general information, association and
industry information, construction news, bids and resources and the contractor's
exchange. Additionally, subscribers receive sports scores, sports highlights and
financial indicators.

     The service  provides a practical tool  contributing  to labor and material
cost  savings and  effective  management  of  scheduling  and  staffing  for the
construction industry.

 DTN Forestry Center Service Review
     DTN  Forestry  Center  combined  efforts  with the U.S.  Forest  Service to
provide  critical forest fire information to subscribers.  Previously,  district
forest service  offices  relied on a modem network  assembled in the late 1960's
for crucial  information  on forest fire  locations and fire weather  forecasts.
With DTN Forestry Center,  forest service district  managers quickly access fire
weather text bulletins along with a comprehensive set of weather maps.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     Bulletins  provided  for the forest  service  market  are:  Forest  Weather
Forecasts;  Red Flag Warnings;  Fire Danger Indexes;  Fire Weather Observations;
and Fire  Weather  Notices.  A special  chapter of fire  weather  maps  provides
additional information such as: Haines Fire Index; Current and Forecast Relative
Humidity;  Current and Forecast Wind Speed & Direction;  upper air analysis from
5,000 to 10,000 feet; and moisture index information from both the Crop Moisture
Index and Palmer Drought Index.

DTN Marine Center Service Review 
     DTN Marine Center is a provider of satellite-delivered  weather information
for all areas of the marine industry.

     The service provides  information  necessary for cost-effective,  efficient
decision-making regarding towing, shipping, salvage, service and recreation. The
service includes Lake and Marine Text Bulletins,  Buoy Reports,  Lake and Marine
Maps and Tide Tables as well as general weather  information and sea conditions.
Optional  Services are also available as service  add-ons  providing  additional
means for a more complete information and weather package.

DTN Travel Center Service Review 
     DTN Travel Center is an  interactive  hotel quest service  designed for the
hospitality  and travel  industries.  The service targets hotels and motels with
50+ rooms and includes NEXRAD  Real-Time Radar Maps,  travel  forecasts and road
conditions,  detailed  city and  national  forecasts,  national  and world news,
sports and sports  scores.  In  addition,  the  service  provides  business  and
financial news and market quotes and indexes.

     DTN Travel Center  provides a  comprehensive  weather and news  information
package for the traveler whether he or she is on business or vacationing.


The Financial Services Industry

     DTN Financial Services offers four services,  DTN Real^Time,  DTN SPECTRUM,
DTN Wall Street,  and DTN  FirstRate.  There are a variety of Optional  Services
available to Financial Service subscribers  providing stock selection and timing
advice, earnings estimates,  fundamental stock market data, U.S. Treasury quotes
and other financial market-related services.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1997            1996            1995
                                     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues                             $10,300,000     $ 8,600,000     $ 6,100,000
Subscribers at year end                   12,900          11,300           9,600

</TABLE>

     DTN Financial  Services revenue grew 20% during 1997, adding to its bullish
26% compounded revenue growth for the past 5 years.

     The main  objective  for  Financial  Services is  providing  comprehensive,
in-depth  financial  information at an affordable cost to its subscribers.  This
objective  is critical  due to the highly  competitive  nature of the  business.
Contents of all DTN  Financial  Services are broader in scope and cost less than
competitive services.  The "a la carte" optional services offered to subscribers
give them an even greater variety of information.  This  combination  allows the
services to maintain its competitive advantage in the market.

DTN Real^Time Service Review
     DTN Real^Time  delivers  real-time stock and stock option quotes as well as
real-time futures quotes,  fixed income  government  securities  quotes,  market
statistics and indicators,  news, commentary and other time-sensitive  financial
market  information.  The  service  is  delivered  at a rate  of  nearly  12,000
characters per second, roughly four times faster than a computer modem operating
at 28.8  kbs,  the  speed  investors  rely on to  receive  Internet-based  quote
services.  DTN  Real^Time  is two to more  than four  times  faster  than  other
dedicated, competitive, real-time quote services.


                                       9
<PAGE>

     DTN Real^Time is the first DTN service  delivered  directly via proprietary
hardware to a personal computer.  Previously, DTN services displayed information
on the DTN proprietary  systems or stand-alone units. If desired,  text and data
are "passed thru" these units to a PC using various software packages.

     Subscribers  are offered,  at no additional  cost,  the option of using DTN
Chameleon,  an exclusive  software  package  compatible  with  Windows  95(R) to
display  market  data,  news and other  financial  information  delivered by DTN
Real^Time.  DTN Chameleon  software also provides market condition alarms,  news
alerts and archiving, charting and portfolio monitoring. There are several other
popular  third-party  software programs available for formatting,  manipulating,
analyzing and displaying market data and news on a single PC or networked PC's.

DTN SPECTRUM Service Review 
     DTN SPECTRUM is an enhanced  version of DTN Wall Street  utilizing  the ACE
technology. The service provides advanced quote selection and custom programming
along with alarms,  news search and charting  capabilities  appealing to a broad
market of individual investors and investment professions.

     DTN SPECTRUM is very well received by new  subscribers  as well as existing
DTN Wall Street  subscribers  choosing to "switch-up"  to the advanced  SPECTRUM
features.

     An extension of DTN SPECTRUM is the DTN SPECTRUM R-T service.  DTN SPECTRUM
R-T provides  real-time futures and commodity quotes along with exchange delayed
stock quotes, news and other information.

DTN Wall Street Service Review
     DTN Wall Street provides  exchange-delayed  quotes on stocks, bonds, mutual
and money market funds, futures,  interest rates, currencies and real-time index
quotes.  This service also provides  in-depth  economic,  financial and business
news  and   other   time-sensitive   financial   market   information   such  as
company-specific  news and earnings.  The service  allows  subscribers to custom
program the system to track their selection of financial quotes.

     The majority of subscribers  to DTN Wall Street are  individual  investors,
independent brokers, financial advisors and financial institutions.  The primary
competition  for DTN Wall Street is  satellite,  TV cable  (VBI),  Internet  and
dial-up quote services.

DTN  FirstRate  Service  Review
     DTN FirstRate is a service for the mortgage  industry  providing  wholesale
mortgage  rates in an  easy-to-use  standard  format and intra day interest rate
information  indicating the direction of mortgage loan rates.  This service also
provides  subscribers  with  snapshots  of  real-time  rates from Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac plus other news, commentary and analysis for mortgage lenders.

     DTN FirstRate+ is an enhanced color version of DTN FirstRate.  This service
provides  additional  features which are  well-received by subscribers,  such as
keyword search, quick quote, alarms and zoom capabilities for weather.

     DTN FirstRate is marketed by DTN Financial  Services'  institutional  sales
group (a select group within the National Sales Force).


The Energy Industry

     Energy related services include DTNergy for the refined fuels,  natural gas
industries and electric industries.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1997            1996            1995
                                     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues                             $14,300,000     $12,200,000     $10,000,000
Subscribers at year end                    8,400           7,700           7,100

</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>

DTNergy Service Review
     DTNergy provides  pricing  information and  communication  services for the
refined fuels industry. This service consists of several pages of delayed energy
futures and options quotes plus selected news and financial information.

     DTNergy is designed to connect  refiners  (producers  of refined  fuels) to
wholesalers  (distributors  of refined  fuels).  The refiner  sends refined fuel
prices to  wholesalers  authorized to receive this  information.  The refiner is
also   capable  of  sending   terminal   alerts,   electronic   funds   transfer
notifications, invoices, and other communications to the wholesaler. The DTNergy
system  carries  more  than two  million  messages  a month  for this  industry.
Subscribers also select from a variety of optional services  providing even more
prices or news related to the petroleum industry.

     The strength of the DTNergy Refined Fuel service is the ability to deliver,
within seconds,  accurate refiner terminal prices and other vital communications
to the  wholesalers.  This service is more  reliable,  timely and less expensive
than the competition, which utilize telephone-delivered printer-only systems and
FAX services.
 
     DTNergy generates revenue from two primary sources,  the wholesaler and the
refiner.  Wholesalers currently pay a monthly subscription fee of $40.00 for the
monochrome Ku-band satellite service.  Refiners pay fees based on the number and
length of communications sent to wholesalers.

     DTNergy  also  provides  an  information  service  for the  natural gas and
electric industries. Subscribers receive instant or delayed NYMEX energy futures
and options quotes, a comprehensive  weather package and industry  specific news
and market  information.  This service targets energy  producers and generators,
transporters, marketers, utilities and larger energy consumers.


The Auto Industry

DTNauto Service Review
     DTNauto is a  communication  and  information  service  for the  automobile
industry.  This service offers  automobile  dealers  precision  information  for
valuing  trade-ins and locating used car inventory.  DTNauto  provides a host of
convenient  features for the industry such as the ability for automobile auction
companies and manufacturers to communicate directly with the dealers.

     DTNauto  provides  information  on more  than  125  pre-auction  automobile
listings (AuctionNet), results of past auctions, new and used car industry news,
weather and other news.  The service allows  subscribers to perform  searches of
upcoming and past auction listings for specific automobile information.

     DTNauto  offers a variety of optional  services  providing  information  on
credit reporting (CREDCO), vehicle histories (CARFAX), warranty information (The
Warranty Guide) and residual value of leased vehicles (Lease Guide).  CARFAX and
CREDCO  optional  services  extensively  utilize the internal  modem to send and
receive information.  These services create a comprehensive  information service
placing the "subscriber in the driver's seat".

     DTNauto is marketed by DTNauto sales specialists (a select group within the
National Sales Force).


DTN Joint Venture Services

     DTN joined forces with several companies to market their services using DTN
technology. These services are TracElectric, DAT Transportation Terminal and DTN
Missing Children Information Center (MCIC).

Trac Electric Service Review
     TracElectric is an equipment  locator service for the electrical  equipment
industry. This service provides over 100 pages of new,  remanufactured,  surplus
and used electrical equipment listings.  The service connects buyers and sellers
throughout the U.S. and Canada.

DAT  Service  Review 
     The  DAT  (Dial-A-Truck)   Transportation  Terminal  service,   located  in
Beaverton,  Oregon,  is an  information  communication  system for the  trucking
industry.  The service provides load and truck matching  performed on a database
of 50,000 listings updated daily.

                                       11
<PAGE>


     DAT allows  subscribers  to input  listings  into the DTN receiver and send
this  information to a database using the internal modem.  The service  provides
subscribers with the ability to perform  extensive  searches to locate loads and
trucks and to set alarms alerting users of a match.
 
     The  service  also  provides  regional  radar  maps of major  highways  and
interstate systems,  transportation news, diesel fuel prices and other financial
information related to the trucking industry.

     DAT targets  all  freight  brokers and  carriers  throughout  the U.S.  and
Canada.

DTN Missing Children Information Center Service Review
     DTN  Missing   Children   Information   Center  (MCIC)   provides   instant
transmission of data regarding children in danger to local,  regional,  national
and Canadian outlets.

     In an effort to assist parents,  police and the National Center for Missing
and Exploited  Children  locate  missing  children and the  criminals  involved,
photos and  information  regarding these children are posted as a public service
on all DTN color systems.
       
                                                      
                                 EMPLOYEE DATA

     At December 31, 1997 the company had  approximately  900 full and part-time
employees.

     (d) Financial  Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export
Sales:

         Not applicable

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

     The  Company  leases its  executive  and  administrative  offices in Omaha,
Nebraska.  Approximately 108,000 square feet of office space is leased for these
offices for periods up through May 2005. The Company also occupies approximately
19,000  square feet of office  space  located in  Urbandale,  Iowa,  through the
Broadcast Partners acquisition.

     In addition,  the Company leases three distribution centers for the purpose
of storing and  distributing  the electronic  equipment needed by subscribers to
receive  the  company's  services.  The main  distribution  center is located in
Omaha, Nebraska and occupies  approximately 28,000 square feet. The Company also
serves its Canadian  subscribers  with a 2,500 square foot  distribution  center
located in Winnipeg,  Manitoba.  Approximately  7,000  square  feet,  located in
Urbandale,  Iowa, was added to the Company's  distribution  center by way of the
1996  acquisition.  The leases  related to these  distribution  centers  are for
various periods up through December, 2003.

     The  information  set  forth  in  Footnote  10  "Leases"  on page 48 of the
Company's  1997  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is  incorporated   herein  by
reference.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     The Company is not a party to nor is its  property  subject to any material
pending legal proceedings,  other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to
its business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     No matter was  submitted to a vote of the  security  holders of the Company
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

                                       12
<PAGE>


                      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Information  on the  current  executive  officers  of the company is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Year Joined
      Name                             Title                   Age   the Company
- -------------------          -------------------------         ---   -----------

<S>                          <C>                                <C>      <C>
Roger R. Brodersen           Chairman of the Board and          52       1984
                              Chief Executive Officer

Greg T. Sloma                President and Chief                46       1993
                               Operating Officer

Robert S. Herman             Senior Vice President              45       1984
                             Research and Technology

Roger W. Wallace             Senior Vice President and          41       1984
                             Co-President, Ag Division

James J. Marquiss            Senior Vice President and          53       1986
                             Co-President, Ag Division

Charles R. Wood              Senior Vice President and          57       1989
                             President, Financial Services

Keith A. Cook                Vice President, Auto Services      59       1986
                             
William R. Davison           Vice President and                 43       1989
                             President, Ag Division

Scott A. Fleck               Vice President and                 30       1991
                             Director of Engineering

H. Wade German               Vice President,                    56       1992
                             Business Research

Brian L. Larson              Vice President, Chief Financial    37       1993
                             Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Gordon R. Lundy              Vice President and                 59       1990
                             President, Energy Services

James G. Payne               Vice President, Services Support   42       1990
                                and Special Projects
</TABLE>

The  executive  officers  serve  annual  terms,  and are elected by the board of
directors at their annual board of directors meeting in April of each year.

                                       13
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

     Information  concerning  the market for the  Company's  common  stock,  the
number of stockholders of record and the Company's  dividend history is on pages
51  and  53  of  the  Company's  1997  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

     Over-the-counter  market quotations reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without
retail  mark-up,  mark-down or  commissions  and may not  necessarily  represent
actual transactions.

     The  company's  most  restrictive  loan  covenant  restricts  cash dividend
payments to 27% of net income after taxes in the previous four quarters.

ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     Selected financial data for the Company is on page 28 of the Company's 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     Management's  discussion and analysis of and results of operations  is on 
pages 29 through 35 of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to  Stockholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

     The  financial  statements of the Company,  together  with the  Independent
Auditors' Report, are on pages 37 through 48 of the Company's 1997 Annual Report
to Stockholders and are incorporated herein by reference.

     Supplementary  quarterly  financial  information  is on page 33 of the Com-
pany's  1997  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  and is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     None

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     Information concerning the present directors of the Company and all persons
nominated  to become  directors  at the Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  of the
Company  to be held  April 22,  1998,  is  contained  in the  section  captioned
"Election of Directors" of the Proxy  Statement  for such annual  meeting.  Such
section is on pages 2 through 3 of such  Proxy  Statement,  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.  Information concerning the registrant's executive officers
is furnished in a separate item captioned  "Executive  Officers of the Company",
included in Part I of this Form 10-K.

                                       14
<PAGE>

Compliance With Section 16(a) Of The Exchange Act

     Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the
"Exchange  Act"),  requires  the  Company's  directors,  executive  officers and
holders  of more  than  10% of the  Company's  common  stock  to file  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.
The Company  believes that during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  its
executive  officers,  directors  and  holders of more than 10% of the  Company's
common stock  complied with all Section 16(a) filing  requirements,  except that
Mr.  Herman filed one late report  covering one  transaction.  In addition,  Mr.
Brodersen filed a Form 5 reporting  three  transactions  which he  inadvertently
failed to report or incorrectly reported in 1991, 1994 and 1996. In making these
statements,  the Company  has relied  solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 fur-
nished to the Company  during its most recent fiscal year,  Forms 5 furnished to
the  Company  with  respect  to  its  most  recent  fiscal  year,   and  written
representations from reporting persons that no Form 5 was required.
  
ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     Information  concerning  executive  compensation  paid  by the  Company  is
contained in the sections captioned  "Executive  Compensation" and "Compensation
Committee  Report on Executive  Compensation" on pages 7 through 11 of the Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held April
22, 1998, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.       SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
               MANAGEMENT.

     Information concerning the ownership of equity securities of the Company by
certain  beneficial owners and management is contained in the sections captioned
"Ownership By Certain  Beneficial Owners" and "Election of Directors" on pages 2
through 6 of the Proxy  Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders of the
Company to be held April 22, 1998, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     Information   concerning   transactions  with  management  and  others  and
indebtedness of management is contained in the section  captioned  "Transactions
with  Management"  on page 12 of the Proxy  Statement for the Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders of the Company to be held April 23, 1998 and is incorporated herein
by reference.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS
               ON FORM 8-K.

(A)  1.  Financial Statements:

     The  Registrant's  financial  statements,  together with the Independent
Auditors' Report, are incorporated herein by reference to the 1997 Annual Report
to Stockholders,  pages 27 through 48. With the exception of the  aforementioned
information and the information incorporated by reference into Items 2,5,6,7 and
8 of this report,  the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December
31, 1997, is not to be deemed filed as a part of this report.  The  supplemental
financial  information  listed  below  should  be read in  conjunction  with the
financial  statements  in the Annual Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 31, 1997.

                                       15
<PAGE>


(A)  2.   Financial Statement Schedule:                                    Page

          Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule                   23

          Schedule
           Number                 Description of Schedule
          ---------           ----------------------------------
              II               Valuation and Qualifying Accounts             24

     All other  schedules  are omitted  because they are not  applicable  or not
required,  or because the  required  information  is  included in the  financial
statements or notes thereto.

(B)  Reports on Form 8-K:

     1. The  Registrant  filed a report on 8-K dated August 29, 1997 related
to the Shareholder Rights Plan between Registrant and First National Bank of 
Omaha, as Rights Agent.
    
     No  reports  on Form 8-K were  filed by the  Registrant  during  the fourth
quarter of the year ended December 31, 1997.

(C)  Exhibits:

          (3)       (a)      Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.

                    (b)      By-Laws of Registrant.
          (These documents are filed as exhibits to the Registrant's
          Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed December 4, 1987.)

          (4)       (a)      Specimen certificate representing  shares  of
                             Common Stock, $.001 par value, of Registrant.
          (This  document  is  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the  Registrant's
          Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed November 4, 1988.)

                    (b)      Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
          (This document is filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's  Regis-
          tration Statement on Form S-1 as filed December 4, 1987.)

          (10)      (a)      Lease Agreement  between  the Registrant  and
                             Embassy Plaza Limited Partnership.
          (This document is filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.)

                    (b)      Registrant's Stock Option Plan of 1989.
          (This  document is included  as  an  exhibit to the Registrant's
          Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting  of Shareholders held  on
          April 26, 1989.)

                    (c)      Registrant's  Non-employee  Directors   Stock
                             Option Plan.
          (This  document  is  included  as an exhibit to the Registrant's
          Proxy Statement  for  the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on
          April 26, 1989.)

                    (d)      Form of indemnification agreement between  the
                             Registrant and the Officers and  Directors  of
                             the Registrant.
          (This  document  is  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the  Registrant's
          Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed May 22, 1989.)

                                       16
<PAGE>

                    (e)      First Amendment to Registrant's Employee Stock
                             Option Plan of 1989 (amends Exhibit 10(b)).
                                                 
                    (f)      First Amendment to  Registrant's Non-employee
                             Directors Stock Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10
                             (c)).
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Proxy  Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  held on
          April 27, 1990.)

                    (g)      Second  Amendment  to  Registrant's  Employee
                             Stock Option Plan of 1989 (amends Exhibit 10 (b)).

                    (h)      Second Amendment to Registrant's  Non-employee
                             Directors Stock Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10
                             (c)).
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Proxy  Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  held on
          April 24, 1991.)

                    (i)      Loan Agreement dated October 9, 1992 among the
                             Registrant,  First National Bank of Omaha, FirsTier
                             Bank Lincoln and First National Bank of Wahoo.

                    (j)      First   Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement   dated
                             October  9,  1992  among  the   Registrant,   First
                             National  Bank of Omaha,  FirsTier  Bank of Lincoln
                             and First National Bank of Wahoo.

                    (k)      Independent   Sales  Representative  Agreement
                             dated March 28, 1990  between  the  Registrant  and
                             Phil Huston.

                    (l)      First  Amendment dated  March 1, 1991 to Indepen-
                             dent  Sales  Representative  Agreement dated
                             March 28, 1990 between Registrant and Phil Huston.

                    (m)      Amendment to Independent Sales Representative
                             Agreement   dated  March  28,   1990   between
                             Registrant and Phil Huston.
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed March 24, 1993).

                    (n)      Third Amendment to  Registrant's Stock  Option
                             Plan of 1989 (amends Exhibit 10(b)).

                    (o)      Third  Amendment to Registrant's Non-Employee
                             Directors Stock Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10(c)).

                    (p)      Fourth Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan
                             of 1989 (amends Exhibit 10(b)).

                    (q)      Fourth  Amendment to  Non-Employee  Directors
                             Stock Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10(c)).
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
          April 27, 1994).

                    (r)      Restated Loan Agreement dated November 8, 1993
                             among the Registrant, First National Bank of Omaha,
                             FirsTier  Bank  Lincoln,  First  National  Bank  of
                             Wahoo,  National  Bank  of  Detroit,  Norwest  Bank
                             Nebraska, NA and The Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                    (s)      Restated Security Agreement dated November  8,
                             1993 among the  Registrant,  First National Bank of
                             Omaha,  FirsTier Bank Lincoln,  First National Bank
                             of Wahoo,  National  Bank of Detroit,  Norwest Bank
                             Nebraska, NA and The Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed March 14, 1994).

                    (t)      Restated and amended  Non-Employee  Directors
                             Stock Option Plan.
          (This  document  is  included  as an exhibit to the  Registrant's
          Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
          April 26, 1995).

                    (u)      First Amendment to the Restated Loan Agreement
                             dated November 8, 1993 among the Registrant,  First
                             National  Bank of  Omaha,  Firstier  Bank  Lincoln,
                             First  National  Bank of  Wahoo,  National  Bank of
                             Detroit,   Norwest  Bank   Nebraska,   NA  and  The
                             Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.

                    (v)      Second   Amendment   to  the   Restated   Loan
                             Agreement   dated   November   8,  1993  among  the
                             Registrant,  First National Bank of Omaha, Firstier
                             Bank  Lincoln,   First   National  Bank  of  Wahoo,
                             National Bank of Detroit, Norwest Bank Nebraska, NA
                             and The Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.

                    (w)      Third Amendment to the Restated Loan Agreement
                             dated November 8, 1993 among the Registrant,  First
                             National  Bank of  Omaha,  Firstier  Bank  Lincoln,
                             First  National  Bank of  Wahoo,  National  Bank of
                             Detroit,   Norwest  Bank   Nebraska,   NA  and  The
                             Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.

                    (x)      Fourth   Amendment   to  the   Restated   Loan
                             Agreement   dated   November   8,  1993  among  the
                             Registrant,  First National Bank of Omaha, Firstier
                             Bank  Lincoln,   First   National  Bank  of  Wahoo,
                             National Bank of Detroit, Norwest Bank Nebraska, NA
                             and The Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis.

                    (y)      Lease  agreement dated August 30, 1994 between
                             Registrant and The Prudential  Insurance Company of
                             America.

                    (z)      First  Amendment  to  lease  agreement  dated
                             August  30,  1994  among  the  Registrant  and  The
                             Prudential Insurance Company of America.

                    (aa)     Senior  Subordinated  Note dated June 30, 1994
                             between  the  Registrant   and  Equitable   Capital
                             Private Income & Equity Partnership II, L.P.
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed March 28, 1995).

                    (ab)     Fifth Amendment to the Restated Loan Agreement
                             dated November 8, 1993 among the Registrant and six
                             regional banks.

                    (ac)     Sixth Amendment to the Restated Loan Agreement
                             dated November 8, 1993 among the Registrant and six
                             regional banks.

                    (ad)     Lease  agreement dated May 2, 1995 between the
                             Registrant and The Prudential  Insurance Company of
                             America.

                    (ae)     First Amendment to lease  agreement  dated May
                             2, 1995 between the  Registrant  and The Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                    (af)     Restated  Loan  Agreement  dated June 29, 1995
                             among the Registrant and seven regional banks.

                    (ag)     Purchase and service agreement dated July 13,
                             1995  between  the  Registrant  and   Knight-Ridder
                             Financial.

                    (ah)     Adjustment to Independent Sales Representative
                             Agreement  dated March 28, 1990 between  Registrant
                             and Phil Huston.
                                                    
                    (ai)     Senior Subordinated Notes and Warrant Purchase
                             Agreement  dated June 30, 1994  between  Registrant
                             and  Equitable  Capital  Private  Income and Equity
                             Partnership II, L.P.

                    (aj)     First Amendment to Senior Subordinated  Notes
                             and Warrant Purchase  Agreement dated June 30, 1994
                             between  Registrant and Equitable  Capital  Private
                             Income and Equity Partnership II, L.P.
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed March 22, 1997).

                    (ak)     Independent  Sales  Representative  Agreement
                             dated  September  1,  1997,   between   Registrant,
                             Huston, Inc., and Phil Huston.

                    (al)     Second Amendment to the lease agreement  dated
                             May  2,  1995,   between  the  Registrant  and  The
                             Prudential Insurance Company of America.

                    (am)     Third Amendment to the lease agreement  dated
                             May  2,  1995,   between  the  Registrant  and  The
                             Prudential Insurance Company of America.

                    (an)     Fourth  Amendment to the lease agreement dated
                             May 2, 1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,
                             Inc.,  successors  in  interest  to The  Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.

                    (ao)     Revolving  Credit   Agreement  dated  June 28,
                             1997, between the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (ap)     First   Amendment  to  the  Revolving   Credit
                             Agreement   dated  June  28,   1997,   between  the
                             Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (aq)     Second   Amendment  to  the  Revolving  Credit
                             Agreement   dated  June  28,   1997,   between  the
                             Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (ar)     Term  Credit  Agreement  dated  May  3, 1997,
                             between the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (as)     First  Amendment to the Term Credit  Agreement
                             dated May 3, 1997,  between  the  Registrant  and a
                             group of banks.

                    (at)     Second  Amendment to the Term Credit Agreement
                             dated May 3, 1997,  between  the  Registrant  and a
                             group of banks.

                    (au)     Third  Amendment to the Term Credit  Agreement
                             dated May 3, 1997,  between  the  Registrant  and a
                             group of banks.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                    (av)     Restated Security Agreement dated May 3, 1997,
                             between the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (aw)     First  Amendment  to  the  Restated   Security
                             Agreement dated May 3, 1997, between the Registrant
                             and a group of banks.

                    (ax)     Second  Amendment  to  the  Restated  Security
                             Agreement dated May 3, 1997, between the Registrant
                             and a group of banks.

                    (ay)     Third  Amendment  to  the  Restated   Security
                             Agreement dated May 3, 1997, between the Registrant
                             and a group of banks.
                                                      
                    (az)     Second Amendment to  the Senior  Subordinated
                             Notes and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated June 30,
                             1994,  between the Registrant and Equitable Capital
                             Private Income and Equity Partnership II, L.P.
          (These  documents  are  included as exhibits to the  Registrant's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed March 27, 1997).

                    (ba)     Fifth Amendment to Employee Stock Option Plan
                             of 1989 (amends Exhibit 10(b).  
          (This document is included as an exhibit to the  Registrant's
          Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
          on April 23, 1997).

                    (bb)     Purchase and Sale of Assets Agreement dated January
                             2, 1997, between the Registrant,  and Northern Data
                             Communications and Market Quoters, Inc.
 
                    (bc)     Purchase and Service Agreement dated October 24, 
                             1997,  between the Registrant and the Arkansas Farm
                             Bureau.

                    (bd)    Purchase and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated 
                             March 14, 1997,  between the  Registrant and Market
                             Communications Group, LLC.
 
                    (be)     Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 1997, be-
                             tween  the  Registrant  and  Cotton  Communications
                             Network, Inc.

                    (bf)     Fifth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2,
                             1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,
                             successors   in  interest   to  The  Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.

                    (bg)     Sixth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2,
                             1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,
                             successors   in  interest   to  The  Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.

                    (bh)     Seventh Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 
                             2, 1995, between the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,
                             successors in interest to The Prudential Insurance
                             Company of America.

                    (bi)     Eighth Amendment to the lease agreement dated 
                             May 2, 1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,
                             Inc.,  successors  in  interest  to The  Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.

                    (bj)     Ninth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2,
                             1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,
                             successors   in  interest   to  The  Prudential
                             Insurance Company of America.
 
                    (bk)     Tenth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2,
                             1995,  between the  Registrant  and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,
                             successors in interest to The Prudential  Insurance
                             Company of America.
 
                    (bl)     1997 Revolving Credit Agreement dated February 26, 
                             1997, between the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (bm)     First Amendment to the 1997 Revolving Credit Agree-
                             ment  dated   February   26,   1997,   between  the
                             Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (bn)     Second Amendment to the 1997 Revolving Credit
                             Agreement  dated  February  26,  1997,  between the
                             Registrant and a group of banks.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                    (bo)     1997 Term Credit Agreement dated February 26, 1997
                             between the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (bp)     1997 Security Agreement dated February 26, 1997 be-
                             tween the Registrant and a group of banks.

                    (bq)     Sixth  Amendment  to  Non-Employee  Directors
                             Stock Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10(c)).

                    (br)     Seventh Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Stock
                             Option Plan (amends Exhibit 10(c)).
                        
          (12)      Not applicable.
          (13)      Registrant's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.
                    (This document is hereby incorporated by reference.)
          (16)      None.
          (18)      None.
          (21)      None.
          (22)      None.
          (23)      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
          (24)      None.
          (27)      Financial Data Schedule.
          (28)      None.
          (99)      Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
                    of the Registrant to be held April 22, 1998.
                    (This document is hereby incorporated by reference.)

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Data Transmission Network Corporation,
a Delaware Corporation


By:     /s/ Roger R. Brodersen
        ----------------------
        Roger R. Brodersen
        Chief Executive Officer

Dated March 30, 1998.

        Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                               <C>
By:     /s/ Roger R. Brodersen                                    March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Roger R. Brodersen, Chairman of the
        Board, Chief Executive Officer
        and Director


By:     /s/ Greg T. Sloma                                         March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Greg T. Sloma, President and
        Chief Operating Officer
        and Director


By:     /s/ Roger W. Wallace                                      March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Roger W. Wallace, Senior Vice
        President, Co-President-Ag
        Division and Director


By:     /s/ Robert S. Herman                                      March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Robert S. Herman, Senior Vice
        President and Director


By:     /s/ Brian L. Larson                                       March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Brian L. Larson, Vice President,
        Chief Financial Officer,
        Secretary and Treasurer


By:     /s/ David K. Karnes                                       March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        David K. Karnes, Director


By:     /s/ J. Michael Parks                                      March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        J. Michael Parks, Director


By:     /s/ Jay E. Ricks                                          March 30, 1998
        ------------------------------
        Jay E. Ricks, Director
</TABLE>

                                       22

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data Transmission Network Corporation
Omaha, Nebraska




     We have  audited the  financial  statements  of Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and for each of the three years in
the period  ended  December  31, 1997 and have issued our report  thereon  dated
February 6, 1998, such financial  statements and report are included in the 1997
Annual Report to  Stockholders  and are  incorporated  herein by reference.  Our
audits also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule of Data  Transmission
Network Corporation, listed in Item 14(a)2. This financial statement schedule is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an  opinion  based on our  audits.  In our  opinion,  such  financial  statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a whole,  presents  fairly in all material  respects the  information  set forth
therein.





DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Omaha, Nebraska
February 6, 1998
                                       23

<PAGE>

                                                                     Schedule II

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996, AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Balance at               Charged to              Balance at
                                 Beginning   Charged to     Other                     End
Description                      of Period   Expenses      Accounts   Deductions   of Period
- -----------------------------    ---------   ----------   ----------  ----------  ----------

Allowance for doubtful
 accounts:

<S>                              <C>         <C>             <C>       <C>         <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997:    $520,000    $842,000         -        $552,000    $810,000

Year ended December 31, 1996:    $300,000    $672,000         -        $452,000    $520,000

Year ended December 31, 1995:    $220,000    $358,000         -        $278,000    $300,000

</TABLE>
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                                 
                                                                      Exhibit 23



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT








     We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No.
33- 50406 and No. 33-50412 of Data Transmission Network Corporation on Forms S-8
of our reports dated  February 6, 1998,  appearing in and incorporated by refer-
ence in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Data Transmission Network Corporation
for the year ended December 31, 1997.




DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Omaha, Nebraska
March 27, 1998
                                       25



              AGREEMENT FOR PURCHASE AND SALE OF CORPORATION ASSETS

         This is an  agreement  dated this          day of                     ,
199    for the purchase and sale of the assets hereafter listed of Northern Data
Communications, Inc. (hereafter "NDC"), and Market Quoters, Inc.
(hereafter "MQI") by Data Transmission Network, Inc. (hereafter "DTN").

                                     PURPOSE

         The purpose of this agreement is to set forth in written form the terms
and conditions pursuant to which DTN shall purchase the assets of NDC and MQI.

                                    RECITALS

         1.    The parties  hereto wish to accomplish  the sale and the purchase
of certain  assets  while,  at the same time,  minimizing  any  interruption  or
inconvenience  to the present  customers of NDC and MQI and to  accomplish  such
transaction  in a  manner  which is  nearly  transparent  to all  such  existing
customers.

         2.    To this end, NDC and MQI will be servicing customer  accounts for
a minimum period of three months or longer,  following  closing at the option of
DTN,  and DTN will be  reimbursing  NDC and MQI for  employee  costs  and  other
operational  costs  incurred by NDC and MQI during this  transitional  period of
conversion.  Continued  customer servicing after sale, during this transitionary
period is aimed at minimizing inconvenience or interruption to any customer.

         THEREFORE;  AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
HEREAFTER SET FORTH, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

         1.     DTN shall purchase the assets of NDC and MQI which are set forth
in the next paragraph for a total purchase price of $750,000.00 of which 56%, or
$420,000.00,  shall be paid to MQI, and of which 44%, or  $330,000.00,  shall be
paid to NDC. The purchase price shall be paid as hereafter set forth at closing.

         2.     The assets to be  purchased  include,  but are not  limited  to,
all customer lists,  service  records,  customer  service  contracts,  equipment
lists,  software,  and magnetic data (hard disks) pertaining to the customers of
NDC and MQI, and all  equipment  utilized by said NDC and MQI in servicing  said
customer locations.

                  a.     Any customer equipment which is purchased hereunder
that is  compatible  with the DTN system shall be  considered  assets  purchased
under this agreement while any such customer  equipment which is  non-compatible
with the DTN system shall remain the property of the sellers, NDC and MQI. It is
the purpose of this  paragraph to make certain that each  customer is left whole
throughout this transaction.

                                       1

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

                  b.       Also  purchased  hereunder is any existing  equipment
that any  customer  would  require to continue to receive  market data via third
party software.

                  c.       Also included in the assets  purchased  hereunder are
one  service  van,  together  with  tools,  necessary  to  provide  service  and
switch-out.  Here,  it is  understood  that  MQI will  transfer  title of a 1993
Plymouth service van and said tools.

         3.     After closing, NDC and MQI shall  continue to service  customers
in the normal manner during a conversion  period,  the completion of which shall
be final once all customers have been switched to the necessary DTN hardware and
are  receiving  data via DTN. This  conversion  period is expected to last three
months,  and during this period, DTN agrees that DTN shall reimburse NDC and MQI
for employee costs and  operational  costs incurred during the transition by NDC
and MQI employees.  Attached  hereto,  marked Exhibit "A", and by this reference
made a part  hereof,  is a list  setting  forth the  names of said  transitional
employees and costs anticipated to be incurred.

         4.     DTN agrees that DTN shall employ Leonard Kotta and John Salewske
for a period  of two  years  commencing  with  closing  at an  annual  salary of
$48,000.00  each  if said  Leonard  Kotta  and  John  Salewske  so  choose  such
employment.

         5.     DTN agrees that DTN shall  interview  all MQI and NDC  employees
for the purpose of determining  whether employment offers will be extended after
closing.  DTN is not  responsible  for  any  severance  package  for  MQI or NDC
employees.

         6.     DTN shall  complete due diligence by December 31 with respect to
all items outlined in a certain  November 29, 1996 letter to Paul Hedberg.  This
agreement  shall  become  binding  upon  the  satisfactory   completion  of  due
diligence,  such satisfaction  shall be in the sole discretion of DTN. DTN shall
be satisfied if the information reviewed is materially accurate when compared to
information received from NDC and MQI prior to December 17, 1996.

         7.     Closing shall be on January 2, 1997, and the purchase price 
shall be accomplished by a transfer of funds by wire. Wire  instructions are set
forth on Exhibit "B" hereto attached and by this reference made a part hereof.

         8.     As of the date of closing,  January 2, 1997,  all  receivables  
less unearned credit shall be the property of DTN. DTN shall pay to NDC and MQI,
in  addition  to the  purchase  price,  the total of said  receivables  less any
unearned credit.  Said receivables,  together with said unearned credit, are set
forth on Exhibit "C" hereto attached and by this reference made a part hereof.

         9.     NDC and MQI shall  defend,  indemnify and hold DTN harmless and
free from any  actions,  claims,  proceedings  or  liabilities  arising from the
conduct of NDC or MQI prior to the date of closing (January 2, 1997).

         10.    This agreement shall enure to and be binding upon the successors
and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

                                       2

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

         11.    This agreement  represents the entire agreement of the parties.
Any prior agreements  between the parties hereto,  whether oral or written,  are
superseded hereby, and there are no oral or written collateral  representations,
agreements, or understandings.

         12.    For a period of two years Leonard Kotta and John Salewske,  and 
for a period of three years Paul  Hedberg and Larry  Risedt,  following  date of
closing  shall not  directly or  indirectly  engage in a trader  business in the
United  States which  business  would  provide a service  similar to the service
currently  provided  by NDC and MQI.  Indirectly  shall  mean any type of entity
(Partnership,  corporation,  joint venture,  trust,  etc.) which is owned 20% or
more by one of the parties or their immediate ancestors and descendants.

         13.    This agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.

                                  MARKET  QUOTERS,   INC.,  a Minnesota Corp.



                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------------

                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------------



                                  NORTHERN DATA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                  By: 
                                     -------------------------------------------

                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------------



                                  DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                  CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation




                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------------

                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                       3

                                     - 3 -


                         PURCHASE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

         This  Purchase and Service  Agreement  ("this  Agreement")  is made and
entered  into  this       day of          ,  1997,  between  Data  Transmission
Network Corporation,  a Delaware corporation ("DTN"), whose address is 9110 West
Dodge  Road,  Suite  200,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114,  and  Arkansas  Farm  Bureau
Federation   ("AFB"),   whose   address   is                         , Arkansas.

                                    RECITALS:
                                    ---------

          A. DTN is the owner and operator of an electronic  information  system
using color satellite data terminals (the "System") which continuously transmits
information  to DTN's  subscribers  ("DTN  Subscribers").  DTN provides  various
information services to DTN Subscribers over the System. One of such services is
known as the FarmDayta II service (the "FarmDayta II Service").

          B. AFB is a provider of services  to the  agriculture  industry in the
State of Arkansas.  AFB currently  transmits  information to  subscribers  ("AFB
Subscribers")  of its ACRES program on equipment  owned by AFB, which  equipment
includes a monitor,  databox, Ku satellite  receiver,  LNB, cable, and satellite
dish.  Such  satellite  dish,  LNB,  and cable  may be used by DTN in  providing
information to the DTN Subscribers on the System, while the monitor, databox and
Ku satellite receiver must be replaced with DTN's equipment.

          C. AFB desires for DTN to make the  FarmDayta II Service and its other
information  services  available to the AFB Subscribers and other members of AFB
and AFB is willing to promote  DTN's  information  services  as provided in this
Agreement.   DTN  desires  to  provide  its  information  services  to  the  AFB
Subscribers who contract to receive such services.

          D. AFB also  desires  for DTN to purchase  certain of AFB's  equipment
used by it in transmitting information to AFB Subscribers, and DTN is willing to
purchase such equipment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the aforementioned  recitals and
the covenants  and  conditions  herein  contained,  the parties  hereto agree as
follows:

         1.  Sale and Purchase.  DTN agrees to purchase from AFB, and AFB agrees
to sell to DTN the  equipment  and  accessories  now owned by AFB and  currently
being  used by the  Converted  Subscribers  (defined  below)  to  receive  AFB's
information service which shall include for each Converted Subscriber a monitor,
databox,  Ku satellite  receiver,  LNB, cable,  and satellite dish  (hereinafter
collectively   referred  to  as  a  "Unit").   AFB  represents  that  there  are
approximately  750 AFB  Subscribers who possess one Unit each. The Units used by
Converted  Subscribers which are to be sold to DTN are collectively  referred to
in this  Agreement as the  "Converted  Subscriber  Units".  For purposes of this
Agreement, the term "Converted Subscribers" shall mean those AFB Subscribers who
convert to and become DTN  Subscribers  during the  Conversion  Period  (defined
below)  upon the  terms  set  forth in this  Agreement,  including  the  minimum
requirement of a 1-year  subscription term. For purposes of this Agreement,  the
term  "Conversion  Period" shall mean the 120-day  period  following the date of

                                        1
     
                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>

this  Agreement.  In  addition,  DTN  agrees  to  purchase  those  sets of color
satellite  data  terminals  which AFB elects to sell (each set must consist of a
monitor, databox and Ku satellite receiver and is referred to herein as a "Color
Unit") and which are either  currently  being used by AFB Subscribers who do not
become Converted  Subscribers or held in inventory by AFB. Color Units shall not
include any Converted  Subscriber  Units.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  all
Converted Subscriber Units and Color Units shall be referred to in the aggregate
as the "Purchased Equipment".

          2. Payments.  In  consideration  for the  Purchased  Equipment and
for the services to be performed by AFB pursuant to this  Agreement,  DTN agrees
to pay AFB, and AFB agrees to accept from DTN as payment in full,  the following
payments:

          (a)      Six Hundred Dollars ($600) for each Converted Subscriber. DTN
                   shall  have  no  obligation  to  pay  $600  to  AFB  for  AFB
                   Subscribers who convert to and become DTN  Subscribers  after
                   the  Conversion  Period.  This fee shall be paid on or before
                   the 15th day of the month  following  the month in which such
                   Converted  Subscriber  begins to receive the DTN  information
                   service or the month in which that  portion of the  Converted
                   Subscriber Unit which is to be returned to DTN is received by
                   DTN in acceptable condition, whichever is later.

          (b)      Fifty  Dollars  ($50) for each Color Unit which AFB elects to
                   sell to DTN. This fee shall be paid on or before the 15th day
                   of the month  following  the month in which the Color Unit is
                   received by DTN in acceptable condition.

          (c)      During  the  term  of this  Agreement,  DTN  shall  pay AFB a
                   monthly fee determined by multiplying  Six Dollars ($6.00) by
                   the  number of paid  Converted  Subscribers  receiving  a DTN
                   information  service  during  such month.  The per  Converted
                   Subscriber fee shall be paid in arrears on or before the 15th
                   day of each  month  based  on the  number  of paid  Converted
                   Subscribers receiving the service in the prior month.

AFB shall be  responsible  for any sales or related  taxes which may result as a
result of the payments made to AFB under this Agreement.

          3. AFB Services.  During the Conversion Period, AFB shall solicit (via
telephone  call,  written  correspondence  or  face to face  meeting)  each  AFB
Subscriber to enter into DTN's standard form of  subscription  agreement for the
FarmDayta II Service or another  color service of DTN on the System for at least
a one (1) year  subscription  term. AFB agrees at its expense to send during the
Conversion Period to each AFB Subscriber a letter recommending DTN's information
services  to  such  AFB  Subscriber,  which  letter  is  to  be  accompanied  by
promotional  materials  furnished  by  DTN.  Such  letter  shall  be  in a  form

                                       2

                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>

satisfactory  to both DTN and AFB. AFB shall be  responsible  for  obtaining the
subscription  agreement  signed by the Converted  Subscriber and returning it to
DTN for acceptance by DTN. An AFB Subscriber  will not be considered a Converted
Subscriber  until  the  subscription  agreement  is  accepted  by DTN in  Omaha,
Nebraska.  DTN will then deliver to each Converted  Subscriber the DTN equipment
(likely to be the monitor,  databox and satellite receiver) which will be needed
to allow such Converted  Subscriber to receive the  applicable DTN service.  AFB
shall cause to be picked up from each Converted  Subscriber  that portion of the
Converted  Subscriber  Unit  which  has  been  replaced  by  the  DTN  equipment
(exclusive  of monochrome  monitors  believed to be  undesirable)  and, at AFB's
expense,  delivered to DTN. Where  possible,  such pick up and delivery shall be
accomplished  through  the use of UPS call tags.  AFB shall be  responsible  for
installing  or  assisting  the  Converted  Subscribers  in  installing  the  DTN
equipment  and  providing  the  necessary  assistance  and support to assure AFB
Subscribers  a smooth  conversion  to the System.  DTN will be  responsible  for
training Converted Subscribers on how to use the DTN equipment. In addition, AFB
shall at its  expense  deliver  the Color  Units to DTN no later than sixty (60)
days after the expiration of the Conversion Period.

         4.  DTN Services. DTN agrees to provide the FarmDayta II Service to 
each Converted Subscriber at the same subscription rate at which such subscriber
currently receives the AFB service,  during the initial 12-month period in which
such subscriber is a Converted Subscriber. DTN agrees to provide its DTN AgDaily
service to each  Converted  Subscriber  at the  subscription  rate of Forty-Five
Dollars  ($45.00)  per month  during the initial  12-month  period in which such
subscriber  is a  Converted  Subscriber.  With  respect  to any DTN  information
service  offered on the color platform  (other than the FarmDayta II Service and
the DTN AgDaily  service),  DTN will offer a Converted  Subscriber a Five Dollar
($5.00) discount from DTN's standard monthly  subscription rate for such service
during the  initial  12-month  period in which such  subscriber  is a  Converted
Subscriber.  A Converted  Subscriber also will receive no initiation or start up
fee with its initial DTN subscription. DTN will impose no more than a Two Dollar
($2.00)  increase in the standard  monthly  subscription  rate during the second
12-month  subscription  period  for  those  Converted  Subscribers  who have not
changed the DTN information  service initially received by them. During the term
of this  Agreement,  DTN will  furnish to AFB that number of  complimentary  DTN
units which equals the number of complimentary  units currently furnished to AFB
in the ACRES program or a maximum of twenty (20),  whichever is less. Such units
shall consist of no more than three units receiving the FarmDayta II Service, no
more than three units  receiving  DTN's  AgDaily Pro  service,  no more than two
units  receiving real time commodity  quotations,  and the remaining units shall
receive DTN's basic  AgDaily  service.  AFB and DTN will execute DTN's  standard
Subscription  Agreements  applicable  to the  various  services,  which  will be
provided  free of  charge,  except  AFB will be  responsible  for all real  time
exchange fees. DTN also shall provide to AFB during the term of this  Agreement,
free of charge,  a 5-page DTN Group E-Mail segment (to be used by the Vocational
Agriculture  Department)  and an 11-page DTN Group E-Mail segment (to be used by
the  Cooperative  Extension  Service)  on the System for  delivery  to those DTN
Subscribers in Arkansas designated by AFB. Such segments will be updated no more
than once per calendar week. AFB and DTN will execute DTN's standard  Electronic
Mail Service Agreement applicable to such services.

         5.  Term. The term of this  Agreement shall be for a period of ten (10)
years from the date of this  Agreement,  unless  this  Agreement  is  terminated

                                       3
     
                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>

earlier as  otherwise  provided in this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  also shall
terminate  upon the  occurrence of the first to occur of either of the following
events:

         (i)     The mutual written agreement of both DTN and AFB; or

         (ii)    The  adjudication  of  either  party  as a  bankrupt,  the
                 execution by either party of an assignment for the benefit
                 of its  creditors,  or the  appointment  of a receiver for
                 either  party  or  substantially  all  of  either  party's
                 property.

         6.  Promotion.  During  the  term  of this  Agreement,  AFB  agrees  to
encourage all AFB members to use DTN's services and to otherwise  promote to all
AFB  members  the DTN  services  being  provided  on the  System.  AFB agrees to
cooperate  with DTN to  market  DTN's  services  to all AFB  members;  provided,
however,  AFB  shall  not be  required  to incur  out-of-pocket  costs  for such
marketing, except as specifically provided in this Agreement.

         7.  Cotton/Rice  Information.  During  the  term of this  Agreement
(so long as such  information  or similar  information is available to AFB), AFB
will  furnish  to DTN  for  transmission  on the  System  the  cotton  and  rice
information  package currently provided by AFB to AFB Subscribers under the name
of Gene Martin (the "Cotton/Rice  Information").  AFB may rename the Cotton/Rice
Information  at its  discretion  if Mr.  Gene  Martin is no longer  involved  in
furnishing  such  information.  During  the  term of this  Agreement,  DTN  will
transmit the Cotton/Rice Information free of charge to all Converted Subscribers
who remain DTN  Subscribers.  During those  periods in which DTN elects to offer
the Cotton/Rice  Information to DTN Subscribers  located in Arkansas (other than
the Converted Subscribers), DTN will offer such information free of charge.

         8.  Sales Agency.  After the Conversion Period, AFB shall be eligible
to act as a sales  agent of DTN to  solicit  and obtain  subscriptions  to DTN's
information services.  AFB shall receive $200 for obtaining a basic subscription
agreement  with a new  DTN  Subscriber  and  $350  for  obtaining  a  real  time
subscription agreement with a new DTN Subscriber. AFB and DTN will execute DTN's
standard Sales Agency  Agreement upon the foregoing  terms.  AFB will be a sales
agent of DTN only for the purposes and to the extent expressly set forth in such
Sales Agency Agreement and its relationship  with DTN shall be solely that of an
independent contractor.  AFB also shall be entitled to receive a referral fee of
$50.00 for any referral which results in a new DTN Subscriber.  Any solicitation
at an AFB meeting which results in a new DTN  Subscriber or generates a referral
which leads to a new DTN Subscriber  shall entitle AFB to the applicable fees as
set forth in this paragraph regardless of whether such solicitation is made by a
DTN sales representative or a staff member of AFB.

         9.  Bill of Sale. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,
AFB agrees to sell, transfer, assign and convey to DTN the Purchase Equipment by
duly executed warranty bill of sale and assignment, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, security interests, leasehold interests, actions, claims, and

                                       4

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

equities of any kind  whatsoever.  AFB agrees to take such  actions from time to
time as may in the  reasonable  judgment of DTN or its counsel be  necessary  or
advisable  to confirm the title of DTN to any of the items of personal  property
acquired by DTN from AFB  pursuant to this  Agreement.  DTN shall be entitled to
possession of the  Purchased  Equipment  upon the  execution of this  Agreement;
provided,  however, that AFB agrees to maintain full replacement value insurance
on the Purchased Equipment until it is transported to DTN.

         10. Bulk Sales Transfer.  If applicable,  DTN waives  compliance by AFB
with the Bulk Sales  provisions of the Arkansas  Uniform  Commercial Code or any
equivalent  statute,  and AFB agrees to  indemnify  DTN and to hold DTN harmless
from any loss or expense arising by reason of such non-compliance.

          11.Representations of AFB. AFB warrants,  represents and covenants to
and with DTN that AFB is the sole and lawful owner and has good and merchantable
title to all of the items of personal property to be acquired by DTN pursuant to
this  Agreement and that,  upon the transfer and  assignment of such property to
DTN by warranty bill of sale and assignment as hereinbefore mentioned,  DTN will
acquire  good and  merchantable  title  thereto,  free and  clear of  interests,
leasehold  interests,  and claims of any kind whatsoever.  AFB further warrants,
represents and covenants to and with DTN that the Purchased  Equipment,  when it
is received by DTN, will be in the same  condition as it was when located at the
AFB Subscriber sites and, otherwise,  DTN accepts the Purchased Equipment in its
present condition. The representations,  warranties,  and covenants contained in
this  Agreement  shall  survive the date of this  Agreement and shall be binding
upon the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

         12. Indemnification.  Each party hereto  agrees to indemnify  and hold
harmless the other party, its officers,  directors,  employees,  and agents from
and against any and all claims, demands,  liability, loss, cost, damage, penalty
or expense, including attorneys' fees and costs of settlement, resulting from or
arising out of the failure of the indemnifying  party to observe any covenant or
condition set forth in this Agreement,  and the inaccuracy of any representation
made by the indemnifying party in this Agreement.

         13. Covenant Not to Compete.  After the  Conversion  Period and during
each month of the term of this  Agreement  in which AFB receives at least $2,000
in fees pursuant to Paragraph  2(c) of this  Agreement,  AFB and its  affiliates
shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an agent, consultant,  independent
contractor, owner, partner or otherwise:

         a)       Solicit for itself or others,  or advise or  recommend  to any
                  other  person  that  such  person  solicit,  any  customer  or
                  prospective customer of DTN or any current or future member of
                  AFB,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  business  of such
                  customer or member, in competition with DTN; or

         b)       Offer,  transmit, facilitate  or promote  the  distribution or
                  transmission to AFB  members of information services in compe-
                  tition with DTN.

The phrase "in competition with DTN" shall mean any business that distributes or
transmits  via any  electronic  information  system the same or similar  type of

                                       5

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

information as currently  offered by AFB on its ACRES program or the Cotton/Rice
Information; provided, however, AFB shall retain the right to continue providing
(i) the Cotton/Rice  Information to ACRES pursuant to its existing  contract and
(ii) in the  context  and via the medium  currently  provided,  its  information
services  other  than  its  ACRES  program.  Accordingly,  AFB  shall  terminate
operation of its ACRES program by the end of the Conversion Period. AFB shall be
responsible  for all of its  obligations  to AFB  Subscribers  and DTN  does not
assume any of such obligations.

         The  covenants  contained  in this  Section 13 are  independent  of one
another and are  severable.  In the event any part of the covenants set forth in
this Section shall be held to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the remaining parts
thereof will continue to be valid and  enforceable.  If any  provisions of these
covenants relating to the time period, activity and/or area of restriction shall
be  declared by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to exceed the maximum  time
periods,  activities or areas which such court deems reasonable and enforceable,
such time period,  activity and/or area of restriction shall be deemed to be the
maximum time period,  activity and/or area which such court deems reasonable and
enforceable. AFB acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 13
are  reasonable  and  necessary  to protect the  goodwill of that portion of the
business of AFB being acquired by DTN pursuant to this Agreement.

         14. Severability.  In the  event  that  one or more of the  provisions
contained in this  Agreement  shall for any reason be held  invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect any of the other provisions contained in this Agreement,  which
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

         15. Relationship of Parties.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
be deemed or construed to create the  relationship  of principal and agent or of
partnership,  joint venture, or any association  whatsoever between the parties,
it being expressly understood and agreed that each party shall be an independent
contractor with respect to the other party in connection with the work performed
hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall bear
its own expenses with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

         16. Notices.  Any and all written notices,  communications  or payments
shall be made to the  respective  parties at their  addresses  indicated  in the
first  paragraph  of this  Agreement  or at such other  address as the party may
indicate in a written notice to the other party of this Agreement.

         17. Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more 
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

         18. Choice  of Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to and  
interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

         19. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors,  legal
representatives,  and assigns;  provided,  however, that the rights, duties, and

                                       6

                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

privileges of AFB hereunder may not be assigned or otherwise  transferred by it,
in whole or in part,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of DTN which may be
withheld for any reason.

         20. Default.  This  Agreement  may be  terminated by either party upon
twenty (20) days prior written notice if the other party has materially breached
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and has not cured such  breach  within such
notice period.  Upon the occurrence of any event of default,  the non-defaulting
party  may  exercise  any right or remedy  which  may be  available  to it under
applicable law.

         21. Entire   Agreement.   This   Agreement   constitutes   the  entire
understanding  of the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement and shall  supersede all prior offers,  negotiations,  and  agreements
with  respect to such subject  matter.  Any  provision of any party's  invoices,
statements, orders, acknowledgements,  or other forms which is inconsistent with
or in  addition  to the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be of no force or
effect unless specifically consented to in writing by the party to be charged.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                             DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK 
                                             CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------



                                             ARKANSAS FARM BUREAU FEDERATION


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                       7

                                     - 10 -


                   PURCHASE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

         This Purchase and Restrictive  Covenant Agreement (this "Agreement") is
entered into as of March 12,  1997,  by and between  Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation,  a Delaware corporation ("DTN"), and Market  Communications  Group,
L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MCG").

                                    RECITALS:

         DTN owns and operates a satellite information  transmission system that
provides its  subscribers  with access via  electronic  transmission  to various
types of information services.

         MCG owns and operates a satellite information  transmission system that
provides its  subscribers  with access via  electronic  transmission  to various
types of information services.

         MCG and DTN desire in this  Agreement  to provide  for the  purchase by
DTN of the assets and  business as a going  concern of MCG.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.       Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used herein shall have the 
meanings ascribed to them elsewhere in this Agreement and as follows:

                  1.1  "Affiliate"  means a Person who  directly or  indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries or otherwise,  controls,  is controlled by or
is under common control with another Person.

                  1.2  "Assumed Liabilities" shall mean,  collectively:  (a) all
trade accounts payable of MCG in existence as of the Effective Date and incurred
in the ordinary course of the Business, whenever created ("Trade Payables"); (b)
all  obligations  and  liabilities  under the Leases  which  accrue or are to be
performed  following the Effective Date; and (c) all obligations and liabilities
under the Contracts which accrue or are to be performed  following the Effective
Date. The Trade Payables are listed in SCHEDULE 1.2 attached hereto.  All of the
Assumed Liabilities are listed in SCHEDULES 1.2, 1.4 AND 1.7.

                  1.3  "Business" shall mean MCG's business of providing the
MCG Services to Subscribers.

                  1.4  "Contracts" shall mean,  collectively: (a) all agreements
between MCG and  Subscribers  in effect as of the  Effective  Date;  and (b) the

                                       1

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

license  agreements  and other  contracts to which MCG is a party in  connection
with the Business and listed in SCHEDULE 1.4 attached hereto.

                  1.5  "Effective Date" shall mean March 12, 1997. It is intend-
ed that this  Agreement  will be  simultaneously  executed  and closed as of the
Effective Date.

                  1.6  "Farmland" shall mean Farmland Industries, Inc., a 
Kansas corporation.

                  1.7  "Leases" shall mean all real estate and equipment  leases
to which MCG is a party in  connection  with the Business and listed in SCHEDULE
1.7 attached hereto.

                  1.8  "MCG  Services"  shall mean,  collectively: (a) MCG's
MarketPulse  and  MarketPRO  electronic  information services; and (b) all other
electronic data and/or information services provided by MCG as of the Effective
Date.

                  1.9  "Person" shall mean an individual,  partnership, 
corporation,  limited  liability  company,  trust or other entity.

                  1.10 "Purchased Assets" means all assets owned by MCG and used
in connection  with the Business as of the Effective  Date,  including:  (a) the
Business and the MCG Services as a going  concern and all goodwill in connection
therewith;  (b) all rights under the Contracts and the Leases;  (c) all accounts
receivable  of the  Business in  existence as of the  Effective  Date,  whenever
created;  (d) subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.5, all computer  hardware
and  peripherals,   office  equipment,   communication  systems  and  equipment,
host/uplink and transmission system and equipment,  back-up generators and other
equipment  owned by MCG,  used in the  Business  and  listed  in  SCHEDULE  1.10
(collectively, the "MCG Equipment") but excluding equipment subject to equipment
Leases;  (e) all computer software  developed or owned by MCG,  including source
codes,  object codes,  datafeed  protocols and interface  programs,  (f) prepaid
expenses; (g) telephone numbers, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and
supplies;  (h) all trade marks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  logos and other
intangible  assets and  intellectual  property  of MCG;  and (i) all cash of the
Business on hand as of the Effective  Date, but not including the Purchase Price
to be received by MCG.

                  1.11 "Reuters" shall mean Reuters America Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

                  1.12 "Subscribers" small mean customers of MCG for one or more
of the MCG Services,  including  Subscribers  who receive one or more of the MCG
Services; (a) directly from MCG for redistribution to their subscribers; (b) via
redistributors  of  the  MCG  Services;  (c)  directly  from  MCG  for  internal
redissemination  physically controlled by the Subscriber  independent of MCG, or
(d) directly from MCG for internal use with no redissemination.

                                       2

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

                  1.13 "Terminal"   shall  mean  any  devise   installed  at  a
Subscriber  location that is capable of providing one individual  with access to
one or more of the MCG Services at that  location  independent  of access to the
MCG Services by any other  individual at the same location,  but excluding:  (a)
any Terminal  operating by a Subscriber  whose  account with MCG is more than 90
days  past  due as of the  Effective  Date;  (b)  any  device  installed  by MCG
exclusively for promotion,  marketing,  sales or customer support purposes,  and
(c) any device installed at a Subscriber  location on a free trial basis for not
more than one period of not to exceed 60 days.

                  1.14 "Territory" means the United States of America and 
Canada.

         2.       Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets.

                  2.1  Upon the terms and conditions contained herein, MCG here-
by sells,  transfers  and assigns to DTN, and DTN hereby  purchases and acquires
from MCG, the Purchased Assets.

                  2.2  The Purchased  Assets are  purchased  by DTN and sold and
delivered  by MCG "as is, where is," with all faults.  MCG warrants  that it has
good and marketable  title to the Purchased  Assets free and clear of all liens,
charges,  claims,  encumbrances and equities other than the Assumed Liabilities.
Otherwise, MCG makes no representation or warranty,  express or implied, oral or
in writing,  with regard to the condition,  quality,  adequacy or fitness of the
Purchased  Assets,  including  but not  limited  to any  implied  warranties  of
merchantability,  fitness for a particular purpose or  noninfringement,  and all
such warranties are expressly disclaimed.

         3.       Liabilities.

                  3.1  DTN hereby assumes and agrees to pay and  discharge  when
due all  Assumed  Liabilities  and shall  hold  MCG,  its  members,  Affiliates,
successors and assigns harmless therefrom.

                  3.2  DTN is not assuming and shall have no responsibility  for
any debts,  obligations or  liabilities  of MCG not included  within the Assumed
Liabilities or not otherwise  expressly  assumed by DTN in accordance  with this
Agreement.

                  3.3  MCG shall  have no  liability  to DTN from and  after the
Effective  Date under that  Amended  and  Restated  Datafeed  Dissemination  and
Equipment  Lease  Agreement  between DTN and MCG ("Datafeed and Equipment  Lease
Agreement").

         4.       Purchase Price.

                  4.1  The  purchase  price  (the  "Purchase   Price")  for  the
Purchased  Assets  shall be an  amount  equal to  $1,500  times  the  number  of
Terminals  in  existence  on the day prior to the  Effective  Date.  The parties
anticipate  there will be  approximately  2,400 Terminals in existence as of the

                                       3

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

Effective  Date and attached to an  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement to be
executed by MCG and DTN.

                  4.2  The  Purchase  Price shall be paid by DTN to MCG by 
wire  transfer  in  immediately  available  funds on the Effective Date

                  4.3  The Purchase Price shall be allocated as follows:

                             Fixed Assets                      [ $             ]
                                                                  ------------- 
                             Goodwill/Subscriber Contracts     [ $             ]
                                                                  ------------- 
                             Restrictive Covenant              [ $             ]
                                                                  -------------

                  DTN and MCG shall  each  prepare  IRS Form 8594 in  accordance
with the  allocation set forth above in time to file such Form with the Internal
Revenue  Service in  accordance  with  applicable  IRS  procedures  and Treasury
regulations.

         5.       Deliveries.

                  5.1  In addition to any other documents specifically  required
to be delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  MCG shall,  in form and substance
satisfactory to DTN and its counsel, deliver to DTN on the Effective Date:

                           5.1.1    A bill of sale,  assignments and other  
instruments  of transfer as  required  to  effectively  vest in DTN all of MCG's
right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets,  free and clear of all liens,
charges, claims, encumbrances and equities other than the Assumed Liabilities.

                           5.1.2    Such consents to the  assignment of the 
Contracts as required  under the terms on the Contracts and which MCG is able to
obtain prior to the Effective Date.

                           5.1.3    A copy of the resolution of MCG's Management
Committee  authorizing  the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement  and the
consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.

                           5.1.4.   Executed originals or accurate copies of the
Contracts and Leases,  all amendments  thereto,  and all extensions and renewals
thereof.

                           5.1.5.   Copies  of all  business  records  of MCG. 
DTN acknowledges that the software on which MCG's accounting system is contained
is  licensed  by MCG from a third  party and is  necessary  for the  purpose  of
winding down MCG's  operations  and  preparing tax returns.  Accordingly,  MCG's
accounting system  (including  hardware and software) shall be made available to
MCG and/or its members for such purposes,  at no charge,  for a period of twelve
months after the  Effective  Date.  DTN shall  maintain  the  integrity of MCG's
accounting data, software and operating system

                                       4

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

and shall not remove any MCG accounting  information from the server or software
during such period.  In the  alternative,  DTN shall provide after the Effective
Date  such  records  and  information  as MCG or its  members  require  for such
purposes.

                  5.2  In addition to any other documents specifically  required
to be delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  DTN shall,  in form and substance
satisfactory  to MCG and its counsel,  deliver to MCG on the Effective Date such
assumptions and undertakings as MCG reasonably deems necessary to evidence DTN's
obligation to assume and discharge the Assumed Liabilities.

                  5.3  DTN shall not be required to close this Agreement  unless
prior to our  simultaneous  with closing DTN and Reuters enter into the Datafeed
Dissemination Agreement between DTN and Reuters.

         6.       Documentation Subsequent to Effective Date.

                  6.1  From  time to time  after  the  Effective  Date,  without
additional consideration, MCG shall execute and deliver such further instruments
and take such  other  actions as DTN  reasonably  requests  to more  effectively
transfer  to and vest in DTN,  and to put DTN in  possession  of, the  Purchased
Assets.

                  6.2  From  time to time  after  the  Effective  Date,  without
additional consideration, DTN shall execute and deliver such further instruments
and take such  other  actions as MCG  reasonably  requests  to more  effectively
evidence DTN's obligation to assume and discharge the Assumed Liabilities.

         7.       Absence of Brokers.  Each party  represents that it has not 
retained or incurred liability to any Person for a broker's, finder's or agent's
fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and each
party agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from the claim of any such
broker, finder or agent retained by such party.

         8.       Restrictive Covenants.

                  8.1  For a period of three years commencing  on the  Effective
Date,  MCG  agrees  that it shall not  directly  or  indirectly  or  through  an
Affiliate  provide,   anywhere  in  the  Territory,   and  real-time  electronic
information service package which is substantially  similar to MCG's MarketPulse
or  MarketPRO  Ag Service as provided on the  Effective  Date.  DTN shall not be
required to close this Agreement  unless prior to or simultaneous  with closing,
Farmland  enters  into a  noncompete  agreement  with DTN  containing  identical
covenants.

                  8.2  If any court  having  jurisdiction shall  hold any of the
restrictive  covenants in this Section 8 to be  unenforceable or unreasonable in
scope,  territory  or  duration  and if such court  shall  determine  the scope,
territory  or  duration  which  such  court  deems  reasonable,  then the scope,

                                       5

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

territory or duration of the covenants in this Section 8 shall be  automatically
reduced to that determined to be reasonable by such court.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, if any provision of this Section 8 shall be unenforceable,  then such
provision  shall be severed from this Section 8, but every other provision shall
continue  in full  force and  effect.  The  covenants  in this  Section 8 are an
integral part of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and DTN would
not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such  covenants.  DTN and
MCG agree that no allocation of the Purchase  Price shall in any way reflect the
damages which would accrue to DTN in the event of any breach of such restrictive
covenants.

                  8.3  MCG acknowledges that the covenants in this Section 8 are
reasonable  and  necessary in order that DTN receive the benefits  intended from
the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  and that any breach of such
covenants will result in irreparable injury to DTN for which DTN has no adequate
remedy at law. In the even MCG breaches any of the  covenants in this Section 8,
DTN  shall be  authorized  to seek from any court of  competent  jurisdiction  a
temporary  restraining order and/or preliminary and permanent injunctive relief.
Such  remedies  shall be  cumulative  and not  exclusive  of any other rights or
remedies to which DTN may be entitled as a result of such breach.

         9.       MCG Employees. DTN shall have no obligation to hire any em-
ployees of MCG.  MCG shall be responsible for all obligations to its employees,
including but not limited to salaries, bonuses, vacation pay, retirement bene-
fits, sick pay, insurance premiums, severance pay and other fringe benefits.

         10.      Indemnification.

                  10.1 With the exception of the Assumed Liabilities,  MCG shall
defend, indemnify and hold DTN, its Affiliates,  successors and assigns harmless
from any loss,  claim,  liability,  damage,  cost or expense  (including but not
limited to reasonable attorneys' fees) ("Damages") arising from: (a) the conduct
of the Business or the provision of the MCG Services or the use of the Purchased
Assets prior to the Effective Date; (b) any breach of this Agreement by MCG; (c)
any material  inaccuracy in any of the representations or warranties made by MCG
in this Agreement;  or (d) any material inaccuracy or  misrepresentation  in any
certificate  or  other  document  delivered  by  MCG  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement.

                  10.2 DTN waives  compliance with the Bulk Sales  provisions of
the Uniforms  Commercial  Code in connection  with this  transaction.  MCG shall
indemnify  DTN,  its  Affiliates,  successors  and  assigns  against any Damages
arising by reason of non-compliance by MCG with the Bulk Sales provisions of the
Uniform Commercial Code or any equivalent statute in connection with the sale of
the Purchased Assets.

                  10.3 DTN shall be  responsible  for and shall pay the  Assumed
Liabilities.  DTN may make adjustments in such Assumed  Liabilities as DTN deems
appropriate,   provided  DTN  shall  indemnify  MCG,  its  members,  Affiliates,

                                       6

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

successors  and assigns from any  liability  which may accrue as a result of any
such adjustment.

                  10.4 DTN shall  defend,  indemnify  and hold MCG, its members,
Affiliates,  successors and assigns  harmless from any Damages arising from: (a)
the conduct of the  Business or the  provision of the MCG Services or the use of
the Purchased Assets following the Effective Date, whether integrated with DTN's
other operations or operated on a stand-line basis; (b) the Assumed Liabilities;
(c) any breach of this  Agreement by DTN, (d) any material  inaccuracy in any of
the  representations  or warranties  made by DTN in this  Agreement;  or (e) any
material  inaccuracy or  misrepresentation  in any certificate or other document
delivered by DTN in accordance with this Agreement.

                  10.5 If  any  party   ("Indemnified   Party")   entitled   to
indemnification from the other party ("Indemnifying Party") under this Agreement
receives  notice of any claim or the  commencement  of any action or  proceeding
with respect to which the Indemnifying  Party is obligated to indemnify pursuant
to this Agreement,  the Indemnified  Party shall promptly give the  Indemnifying
Party written notice thereof. Such notice shall describe the claim in reasonable
detail and shall  indicate the amount  (estimated if necessary) of the loss that
has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified  Party in connection  therewith.
The Indemnifying Party may elect to compromise or defend, at its own expense and
by its own counsel,  any such matter  involving  the  asserted  liability of the
Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party elects to compromise or defend such
asserted  liability,  it shall  within 30 days (or sooner,  if the nature of the
asserted liability so requires) notify the Indemnified Party of its intent to do
so, and the  Indemnified  Party shall  cooperate,  at the  Indemnifying  Party's
expense, in the compromise of or defense against such asserted liability. If the
Indemnifying  Party  elects not to  compromise  or defend  against the  asserted
liability,  if the Indemnified Party reasonably determines that the Indemnifying
Party's  counsel has a conflict of interest  with the  Indemnified  Party or the
Indemnifying  Party or its counsel is not adequately  defending the  Indemnified
Party's interests,  or if the Indemnifying Party fails to notify the Indemnified
Party of its election as provided herein,  the Indemnified  Party may, if acting
in accordance with its good faith business judgment,  pay,  compromise or defend
such asserted liability at the Indemnifying Party's expense, and such settlement
shall be binding on the  Indemnifying  Party for  purposes  of this  Section 10.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  neither the Indemnifying  Party nor Indemnified
Party may  settle  or  compromise  any  claim  over the  reasonable  good  faith
objection of the other. The Indemnified Party may object to any settlement which
obligates  the  Indemnified  Party to pay any funds or  perform  or desist  from
performing  any actions or which does not provide the  Indemnified  Party with a
full  release  from  liability.   In  any  event,  the  Indemnified   Party  and
Indemnifying Party may each participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense of
such asserted  liability.  If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend any claim,
the Indemnified Party shall make available to the Indemnifying  Party any books,
records or other documents  within its control that are necessary or appropriate
for such defense.

                                       7

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

                  10.6 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
10: (a)  neither  party shall have any  liability  to the other party under this
Section 10 for any indirect,  incidental or  consequential  damages or expenses;
and (b) the aggregate liability of each party to the other under this Section 10
shall be limited to an amount not to exceed the Purchase Price.

         11.      Taxes and Prorations.

                  11.1 All sales and other similar taxes (not including state or
federal  income  taxes)  payable in  connection  with this  transaction  and the
transfer of the Purchased  Assets shall be paid by DTN, and DTN shall  indemnify
and hold MCG, its members, Affiliates,  successors and assigns harmless from any
and all such taxes.

                  11.2 All property  taxes,  annual  license  fees and  similar
annual  assessments  due in  connection  with the  ownership or operation of the
Purchased Assets shall be prorated between DTN and MCG as of the Effective Date.
MCG will provide DTN with an estimate of such taxes,  fees and  assessments  and
shall make available to DTN copies of all tax  assessments,  notices and related
documents in its possession.

         12.      Nonassignable Rights. Despite anything contained herein to the
contrary,  this  Agreement  shall not  constitute  an  agreement  to assign  any
Contract if such assignment without the consent of the other party thereto would
constitute  a breach  thereof  or in any  material  way affect the rights of MCG
thereunder unless such consent is obtained.  If any such consent is not obtained
as of the Effective  Date, of if any attempted  assignment  without such consent
would be ineffective or would materially  affect MCG's rights thereunder so that
DTN would not in fact receive all such rights, the parties agree to cooperate in
any reasonable  arrangement designed to ensure that DTN shall have the benefits,
rights,  obligations  and duties  under  such  Contract  as soon as  practicable
following the Effective Date.

         13.      Confidentiality. The terms and conditions of this Agreement 
are and shall  remain and be kept  confidential  by the  parties  hereto,  their
employees,  agents and legal counsel.  Except as required by law, regulations or
auditing requirements, the terms of this Agreement shall not be disclosed to any
third Person by MCG without the prior written  consent of DTN nor by DTN without
the prior written  consent of MCG and its members.  No press  release  regarding
this transaction shall be issued by MCG without the prior written consent of DTN
nor by DTN without the prior written  consent of MCG, which consent by MCG shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

         14.      Lost Equipment Charges.  DTN acknowledges that all or sub-
stantially  all  Equipment  (as  defined in the  Datafeed  and  Equipment  Lease
Agreement)  has been  accounted for as of the Effective  Date. MCG shall have no
responsibility  for, and DTN shall not assess or attempt to collect against MCG,
any Lost Equipment Charges under the Datafeed and Equipment Lease Agreement.

                                       8

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

         15.      Survival of  Representations  and  Warranties.  The  repre-
sentations  and  warranties  of DTN and MCG  contained in this  Agreement  shall
survive the Effective Date for a period of twelve months.

         16.      No Assignment.  Neither party may assign this Agreement or 
delegate any duties  hereunder  without the written  consent of the other party.
Any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

         17.      Expenses of  Transaction.  Except as specifically  provided in
this  Agreement,  each party shall bear its own expenses  incurred in connection
with  this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

         18.      Entire  Agreement.   Together  with  the  Schedules  hereto,  
this  constitutes the entire  agreement  between the parties with respect to the
subject  matter  hereof.   There  are  no  other  agreements,   representations,
warranties  or  covenants,  written or oral,  with  respect to the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  which are not expressly set forth herein.  This
Agreement may not be modified or amended except by written  instrument  executed
by both parties hereto.

         19.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which  shall be an original  and both of which,  taken  together,  shall
constitute a single instrument.

         20.      Notices.  Any notice required or permitted  under this Agree-
ment shall be in writing and may be delivered personally or sent by a nationally
recognized  overnight  courier,  United  States  registered  or certified  mail,
postage prepaid, or facsimile transmission, addressed as set forth below:

         If to MCG:                         Market Communications Group, L.L.C.
                                            8610 NW 107th Terrace
                                            Kansas City, MO  64153
                                            FAX (816) 880-1210
                                            Attn:  President

         With copies to:                    Stimson, Mag & Fizzell, P.C.
                                            Suite 2800
                                            1201 Walnut Street
                                            Kansas City, MO  64106
                                            FAX (816) 691-3495
                                            Attn:  Marc Salle, Esq.

                                                     and
                                       9

                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>


                                            Farmland Industries, Inc.
                                            3315 N. Farmland Trafficway
                                            Department 62
                                            Kansas City, MO  64116
                                            FAX (816) 459-5902
                                            Attn:  Vice President and General 
                                                   Counsel

                                                     and

                                            Reuters America Inc.
                                            1700 Broadway
                                            New York, NY  10019
                                            FAX (212) 307-9378
                                            Attn:  Vice President and General
                                                   Counsel

         If to DTN:                         Data Transmission Network Corp.
                                            9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                                            Omaha, NE  68114
                                            FAX (402) 390-7188
                                            Attn:  President

         With a copy to:                    Abrahams, Kaslow & Cassman
                                            8712 West Dodge Road, Suite 300
                                            Omaha, NE  68114
                                            FAX (402) 392-0816
                                            Attn:  R. Craig Fry, Esq.

or to any other address or facsimile number as either party shall give the other
in writing.

         21.      Binding  Effect.  The terms and  provisions of this  Agreement
shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.

         22.      Section  Headings.  Section  headings in this  Agreement are
for the purpose of reference  only and shall not limit or  otherwise  affect the
meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         23.      Incorporation  of Schedules.  Each of the Schedules  referred
to herein and attached hereto are incorporated  herein and shall be deemed to be
a part of this Agreement.

         24.      Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nebraska, without
reference to conflicts of laws rules.

                                       10

                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

         25.      Survival.  Those  provisions of this Agreement which by their
nature are  intended  to survive  the  Effective  Date shall so survive for such
period of time as necessary to achieve full performance thereof.

         26.      Conduct and  Transactions  of MCG Prior to Closing.  It is in-
tended that this Agreement will be simultaneously  executed and closed. However,
from the date of this Agreement  until closing,  except to the extent  expressly
permitted by this  Agreement or  resulting  from or incident to the  transaction
contemplated  hereby,  or as otherwise  consented to by an instrument in writing
signed by DTN:
                  26.1 MCG will use commercially  reasonable efforts to keep the
Business and MCG's  organization  intact and will not take or permit to be taken
or do or suffer to be done  anything  other than in the  ordinary  course of the
Business as presently conducted or necessary or incidental to the performance of
this Agreement,  and MCG will use its  commercially  reasonable  efforts to keep
available the services of its officers, employees and agents and to maintain the
goodwill and reputation associated with the MCG Services.

                  26.2 MCG will not make  any  changes  in its  Certificate  of
Formation or Limited Liability  Company Agreement which would preclude,  hinder,
interfere with or otherwise impair the ability of MCG to perform its obligations
pursuant  to this  Agreement  and to  consummate  the  transaction  contemplated
hereby.

                  26.3 MCG will use commercially  reasonable efforts to maintain
the Purchased Assets,  tangible or intangible,  in good operating  condition and
repair and take all steps necessary to keep its operations functioning properly.

                  26.4 MCG will not  sell,  lease  or  dispose  of,  or make any
contract for the sale,  lease or  disposition  of, any of the  Purchased  Assets
other than in the ordinary and usual course of the Business  consistent with the
representations  and warranties of MCG contained herein and not in breach of any
of the provisions of this Section 26.

                  26.5 MCG shall not encumber or permit to be encumbered any
of the Purchased Assets.

                  26.6 MCG shall not do, or cause to be done, any act or suffer,
or cause to be suffered,  any omission  which would result in a breach of any of
the representation,  warranties or covenants of MCG contained herein if the same
were made a new immediately after such act or omission.

                                       11

                                     -21 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on their  respective  behalves by their respective duly authorized
officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                    MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.,
                                    a Delaware limited liability company



                                    By: 
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                            Richard H. Weaver
                                            President and CEO



                                    DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                                    a Delaware corporation



                                    By: 
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                            Greg T. Sloma
                                            President Chief Operating Officer

                                       12

                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1.2

                                 Trade Payables










                                       13

                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 1.4

                    Contract Other Than Subscriber Agreements










                                       14

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1.7

                                    Leases










                                       15

                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1.10

                                  MCG Equipment









                                       16

                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

                              NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of March 12, 1997 by Farmland Industries Inc.,
a Kansas corporation ("Farmland"),  and Data Transmission Network Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("DTN").

                                    RECITALS

         DTN  has  agreed  to  purchase   the  assets  and  business  of  Market
Communications  Group,  L.L.C., a Delaware  limited  liability  company ("MCG")
pursuant  to that  Purchase  and  Restrictive  Covenant  Agreement  of even date
herewith ("Purchase  Agreement").  Farmland is a member of MCG and is willing to
give the  undertakings  contained  herein as an inducement for DTN to enter into
the Purchase Agreement.

         In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  Definitions.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

         2.  Restrictive Covenant. For a period of three years commencing on the
Effective  Date,  Farmland  agrees that it shall not directly or  indirectly  or
through  an  Affiliate  provide,   anywhere  in  the  Territory,  any  real-time
electronic  information service package which is substantially  similar to MCG's
MarketPulse  or  MarketPRO  Ag Service as  provided on the  Effective  Date (the
"Restrictive  Covenant").  DTN  acknowledges  and agrees that the businesses and
activities  conducted  by Farmland as of the date of this  Agreement  are not in
violation of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenant.

         3.  Enforcement.  Farmland  acknowledges  the  Restrictive  Covenant is
reasonable  and  necessary in order that DTN receive the benefits  intended from
the transaction  contemplated  by the Purchase  Agreement and that any breach of
the Restrictive  Covenant will result in irreparable injury to DTN for which DTN
has no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, if Farmland breaches the Restrictive
Covenant,  DTN  shall  be  authorized  to  seek  from  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  a temporary  restraining  order and/or  preliminary  and permanent
injunctive relief for the duration of the Restrictive Covenant.

         4.  Severability.  If a final judicial  determination  is made that any
provision of the Restrictive  Covenant  constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise
unenforceable  restriction  against  Farmland,  Farmland and DTN agree that such
provision shall be void only to the extent such provision is so determined to be
unreasonable  or  otherwise  unenforceable,  and shall be modified to the extent
required to render the same reasonable and enforceable under the circumstances.

                                       17

                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

         5.  Miscellaneous. This constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and may not be modified or amended
except by written instrument  executed by Farmland and DTN. This Agreement shall
be  binding on the  parties  and their  respective  Affiliates,  associates  and
employees.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by the  laws of the  State  of
Nebraska,  without  reference to conflicts of laws rules.  This Agreement may be
executed in counterparts,  each of which shall be an original and both of which,
taken together, shall constitute a single instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date set forth above.

                                            FARMLAND INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                  
                                                                      "Farmland"



                                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                            CORPORATION

                                            By: 
                                               ---------------------------------

                                                                           "DTN"
                                       18

                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

                                  BILL OF SALE
                                  ------------

         Effective  March 12,  1997,  Market  Communications  Group,  L.L.C.,  a
Delaware  limited   liability   company   ("Seller"),   for  good  and  valuable
consideration  paid  to  Seller  by Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Buyer"),  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and
subject to the terms and  conditions of that Purchase and  Restrictive  Covenant
Agreement  of  even  date  herewith  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  does  hereby
irrevocably  sell,  assign,  transfer and deliver to Buyer,  its  successors and
assigns,  the entire right, title and interest of Seller in the Purchase Assets,
as  defined  in  Section  1.10 of the  Purchase  Agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  the tangible assets listed on Exhibit A attached  hereto,  wherever
such Purchased Assets may be located and whether or not reflected on the balance
sheet of Seller.  All capitalized  terms not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

         Seller warrants, covenants and agrees that it:

         (i)  is hereby  conveying  good and  indefeasible  title to the  
Purchase Assets, free and clear of all liens, charges, claims,  encumbrances and
equities whatsoever;

         (ii) has  complete  and  unrestricted  power to enter into this Bill of
Sales and to sell,  assign and transfer its right,  title and interest in and to
the Purchase  Assets and such sale,  assignment and transfer do not and will not
require  the consent or approval  of any third  person or  governmental  entity,
except as  provided in the  Purchase  Agreement  or as  otherwise  disclosed  in
writing to Buyer;

         (iii) will  forever  fully  warrant  and defend  Seller's  title to the
Purchased  Assets  against  any and all  claims  and  demands  of any  kind  and
description  (other than claims or demands  created by sanctions or omissions of
Buyer); and

         (iv) will take all steps  necessary  to put Buyer,  its  successors  or
assigns, in actual possession and control of the Purchased Assets.

Seller  agrees that it shall  execute  and  deliver or cause to be executed  and
delivered from time to time such instruments,  documents,  agreements,  consents
and assurances and shall take such other actions as Buyer reasonably may require
to more  effectively  convey,  transfer  and vest in Buyer all right,  title and
interest  in and to the  Purchased  Assets,  to put Buyer in  possession  of the
Purchased Assets, and to carry out the intent and purposes of this instrument.

         This  instrument  shall be binding upon Seller and inure to the benefit
of and be enforceable by Buyer, and their respective successors and assigns.

                                       19

                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this instrument to be executed as
of March 12, 1997.

                                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard H. Weaver
                                           President and CEO

                                                                   "Seller"



                                      ACCEPTED:


                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION



                                      By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma
                                           President and Chief Operating Officer

                                                                   "Buyer"
                                       20

                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                 Tangible Assets
                                 ---------------


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

               ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF SUBSCRIBER AGREEMENTS
               --------------------------------------------------


         This  Assignment  is  entered  into as of March  12,  1997,  by  Market
Communications Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Assignor"),
and Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Assignee").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A.       Assignor and Assignee are parties to that  Purchase and  Re-
strictive  Covenant  Agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  pursuant  to which
Assignee  has agreed to acquire the assets and  business  as a going  concern of
Assignor.

         B.       Assignor is a party to the subscriber agreements (the "Sub-
criber Agreements") listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.

         C.       As part of the transaction  contemplated  by the Purchase  
Agreement,  Assignor desires to assign to Assignee all of Assignor's  rights and
obligations under the Subscriber Agreements.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

         In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, Assignor and Assigned agree as follows:

         1.       Assignor  assigns to Assignee all of Assignor's  right,  title
and interest in and  obligations  under the Subscriber agreements.

         2.       Assignee  accepts such  assignment and assumes and agrees to 
perform when due all of Assignor's  obligations under the Subscriber  Agreements
which accrue following the date hereof.

         3.       This Assignment may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be an original  and both of which,  taken  together,  shall  constitute  a
single instrument.

                                       21

                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have cause this Assignment to
be executed as of the date set forth above.

                                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.



                                      By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard H. Weaver
                                           President and CEO

                                                                   "Assignor"

``


                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION



                                      By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma
                                           President and Chief Operating Officer

                                                                   "Assignee"

                                       22

                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                               List of Subscribers










                                       23

                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>

                     ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF CONTRACTS
                     --------------------------------------



         This  Assignment  is  entered  into as of March  12,  1997,  by  Market
Communications Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Assignor"),
and Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Assignee").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A. Assignor and Assignee are parties to that  Purchase and  Restrictive
Covenant  Agreement  (the "Purchase  Agreement")  pursuant to which Assignee has
agreed to acquire the assets and business as a going concern of Assignor.

         B. Assignor is a party to the agreements (the "Contracts") listed
on Exhibit A attached hereto.

         C. As part of the transaction  contemplated  by the Purchase  
Agreement,  Assignor desires to assign to Assignee all of Assignor's  rights and
obligations under the Contracts.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

         In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

         1. Assignor assigns to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title 
and interest in and obligations under the Contracts.

         2. Assignee  accepts such  assignment and assumes and agrees to pay and
perform when due all of Assignor's  obligations under the Contracts which accrue
following the date hereof.

         3. This Assignment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be an original  and both of which,  taken  together,  shall  constitute a single
instrument.


                                       24

                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have cause this Assignment to
be executed as of the date set forth above.

                                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard H. Weaver
                                           President and CEO

                                                                   "Assignor"



                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION



                                      By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma
                                           President and Chief Operating Officer

                                                                   "Assignee"

                                       25

                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                List of Contracts









                                       26

                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>


                                     CONSENT
                                     -------

         The   undersigned   hereby   consents  to  the   assignment  by  Market
Communications  Group,  L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MCG"), to
Data Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation ("DTN") of the
contract  identified below (the  "Contract").  The undersigned  acknowledges the
Contract  is in full  force and  effect and  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and
binding  obligation  of  the  undersigned,  and  that  MCG  is  not  in  default
thereunder.

         Dated as of March 12, 1997.


 
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                     Company Name



                                     By 
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                     Signature



Contract:         
                  ---------------------------------------------

                  ---------------------------------------------

                                       27

                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>



                    ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF OFFICE LEASE
                    -----------------------------------------



         This  Assignment  is  entered  into as of March  12,  1997,  by  Market
Communications Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Assignor"),
and Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Assignee").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A.       Assignor and Assignee are parties to that  Purchase and  Re-
strictive  Covenant  Agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  pursuant  to which
Assignee  has agreed to acquire the assets and  business  as a going  concern of
Assignor.

         B.       Assignor  maintains  office space at 8610 N.W. 107th Terrace,
Kansas City,  Missouri 64153 (the "Leased  Premises").

The Leased  Premises are subject to a lease (the  "Office  Lease")  between  
Farmland  Industries,  Inc. as landlord  ("Landlord")  and Assignor as tenant.

         C.       As part of the transaction  contemplated  by the Purchase  
Agreement,  Assignor desires to assign to Assignee all of Assignor's  rights and
obligations under the Contracts.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

         In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

         1.       Assignor assigns to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title 
and interest in and obligations under the Office Lease.

         2.       Assignee  accepts such  assignment and assumes and agrees to 
pay and perform when due all of  Assignor's  obligations  under the Office Lease
which accrue following the date hereof.

         3.       This Assignment may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be an original  and both of which,  taken  together,  shall  constitute  a
single instrument.

                                       28

                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have cause this Assignment to
be executed as of the date set forth above.

                                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard H. Weaver
                                           President and CEO

                                                                   "Assignor"



                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma
                                           President and Chief Operating Officer

                                                                   "Assignee"
                                       29

                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

                                     CONSENT
                                     -------

         The  undersigned   Landlord   consents  to  the  assignment  by  Market
Communications  Group,  L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MCG"), to
Data Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation ("DTN") of that
Office Lease for the premises  located at 8610 N.W. 107th Terrace,  Kansas City,
Missouri 64153 and releases MCG from all duties and obligations under the Office
Lease which accrue following the date hereof. The undersigned  acknowledges that
the Office Lease is in full force and effect and  constitutes  the legal,  valid
and  binding  obligation  of the  undersigned,  and that  MCG is not in  default
thereunder.

         Dated as of March 12, 1997.



                                     Farmland Industries, Inc.



                                      By 
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                       30

                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>



                  ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF EQUIPMENT LEASES
                  ---------------------------------------------



         This  Assignment  is  entered  into as of March  12,  1997,  by  Market
Communications Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Assignor"),
and Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Assignee").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A.       Assignor and Assignee are parties to that  Purchase and  Re-
strictive  Covenant  Agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  pursuant  to which
Assignee  has agreed to acquire the assets and  business  as a going  concern of
Assignor.

         B.       Assignor is a party to the equipment leases (the "Equipment 
Leases") identified on Exhibit A attached hereto.

         C.       As part of the transaction  contemplated  by the Purchase 
Agreement,  Assignor desires to assign to Assignee all of Assignor's  rights and
obligations under the Equipment Leases.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

         In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

1.       Assignor assigns to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and 
         interest in and obligations under the Equipment Leases.

2.       Assignee  accepts  such  assignment  and  assumes and agrees to pay and
         perform  when due all of  Assignor's  obligations  under the  Equipment
         Leases which accrue following the date hereof.

3.       This Assignment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be
         an original  and both of which,  taken  together,  shall  constitute  a
         single instrument.


                                       31

                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have cause this Assignment to
be executed as of the date set forth above.

                                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard H. Weaver
                                           President and CEO

                                                                   "Assignor"



                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION



                                      By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma
                                           President and Chief Operating Officer

                                                                   "Assignee"

                                       32

                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                                Equipment Leases











                                       33

                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>

                                     CONSENT
                                     -------

         The undersigned  equipment  lessor hereby consents to the assignment by
Market  Communications  Group,  L.L.C.,  a Delaware  limited  liability  company
("MCG"),  to Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation
("DTN") of that Equipment Lease  identified below (the "Equipment  Lease").  The
undersigned  acknowledges  that the Equipment  Lease is in full force and effect
and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned,  and
that MCG is not in default thereunder.

         Dated as of March 12, 1997.



                                      ------------------------------------------
                                            Company



                                      By
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            Signature




Equipment Lease:  
                  -----------------------------------

                  -----------------------------------

                                       34

                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>

                         STATEMENT OF UNANIMOUS CONSENT
                           OF THE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
                                       OF
                      MARKET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.
                      ------------------------------------



         The undersigned,  being all the members of the Management  Committee of
Market  Communications  Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Company"),  in lieu of holding a special  meeting of the Management  Committee,
hereby  consent to the adoption of and hereby adopt the  following  resolutions,
effective as of this date, such resolutions to have the same force and effect as
if adopted at a special  meeting of the  Management  Committee  duly  called and
held:

                           BE  IT  RESOLVED,   that  the  Management   Committee
         believes it to be in the best  interests of the Company that the assets
         and  business  as a  going  concern  of the  Company  be  sold  to Data
         Transmission  Network Corporation ("DTN") pursuant to that Purchase and
         Restrictive  Covenant Agreement (the "Purchase  Agreement") between the
         Company and DTN.

                           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Purchase Agreement and the
         terms thereof and the  transactions  contemplated  thereby are ratified
         and improved in all  respects,  and the Company is  authorized to enter
         into and perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement.

                           FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that the President of the Company
         is  authorized  and  directed  to  execute  and  deliver  the  Purchase
         Agreement in the name and on behalf of the Company,  with such changes,
         additions or deletions as approved by the  Management  Committee,  such
         approval  being  conclusively  evidenced by the  President's  signature
         thereto.

                           FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that the President of the Company
         is  authorized  and  directed  to  execute  and  deliver  such  further
         agreements,  certificates and documents and to take such other actions,
         in the name and on  behalf of the  company,  as he deems  necessary  or
         appropriate to carry out the Company's  obligations  under the Purchase
         Agreement,  to consummate the transactions  contemplated thereby and to
         carry out the purpose and intent of the foregoing resolutions.

                           FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that the President of the Company
         is authorized and directed to engage and consult with such accountants,
         legal counsel and other advisers as he deems  appropriate in connection
         with the actions to be taken under the foregoing resolutions.

                           FURTHER RESOLVED, that any and all actions heretofore
         or hereafter  taken by the President of the company in  furtherance  of
         the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions are ratified
         and approved in all respects.

Dated :  March 12, 1997.

For Reuters America Inc.                          For Farmland Industries, Inc.



- ----------------------------                      ------------------------------
         Sara Dunn                                         H. D. Cleberg

- ----------------------------                      ------------------------------
         Jeffrey Maron                                     John Berardi

- ----------------------------                      ------------------------------
         Howard Naphtali                                   Kent Nunn

                                       35

                                     - 46 -


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------


         THIS ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made July     , 1997,
among THE COTTON COMMUNICATION NETWORK, INC., a Texas corporation, also known as
The  Network   ("Seller"),   DANIEL  DAVIS,   majority   shareholder  of  Seller
("Shareholder"),   and  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK   CORPORATION,   a  Delaware
corporation ("Purchaser").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.  Purchaser  owns and operates a satellite  information  transmission
system  (the "DTN  System")  that  provides  its  subscribers  with  access  via
electronic  transmission  to various types of  information  services.  Purchaser
offers certain information services which provide futures and options quotations
from the major commodity  exchanges,  including the cotton  exchange.  Purchaser
also offers other information  services serving the agriculture industry as well
as other industries.

         B. Seller  operates a cotton trading  network  service (the  "Service")
pursuant to which Seller  delivers  information  to end users via the DTN System
(as optional services on certain of Purchaser's information services),  provides
such end users with  computer  programs  to  process  the  information  on their
personal  computers,  and  allows  such end users to  communicate  trades  via a
phone-line based transmission  system.  Seller has approximately fifty customers
who  subscribe  to the  Service.  Seller also  develops,  markets,  distributes,
licenses,  maintains,  and  supports  other  systems and  applications  computer
programs.  Seller's  various lines of business are  collectively  referred to in
this Agreement as the "Business".

         C. Seller and Purchaser  desire to enter into this Agreement  providing
for the sale to Purchaser of certain of the assets used in the  operation of the
Business and  assumption  by Purchaser  of certain  liabilities  relating to the
Business on the terms and  conditions and subject to the exceptions set forth in
this Agreement.

         In  consideration  of the recitals and provisions  herein,  the parties
agree as follows:

         1.      Assets To Be Purchased.  Seller agrees to sell and Purchaser  
agrees to purchase the Business and all of the Assets.  The term "Assets" means,
except for the  Excluded  Assets (as  defined at the end of this  Section 1), if
any, all of the assets of Seller of every nature and kind,  whether  tangible or
intangible,  and  wherever  situated,  belonging  to or  used  in the  Business,
including without limitation all of the following:

                                       1

                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>

         (a)      The Business and goodwill as a going concern of Seller arising
                  out of the Business  including  the right to use the name "The
                  Network".

         (b)      The  assets  (other  than cash and  equivalents,  investments,
                  notes  and  accounts  receivable,  prepaid  expenses,  and tax
                  refunds)  listed on the balance  sheet of Seller as of May 31,
                  1997 included in Schedule 9.4,  including  without  limitation
                  the  furniture,   fixtures,  equipment,   supplies,  leasehold
                  improvements,  computer hardware and other fixed assets listed
                  on Schedule  1(b) attached  hereto,  subject to any changes in
                  the  assets  which  may  occur in the  ordinary  course of the
                  Business between May 31, 1997 and the Closing Date.

         (c)      All rights of Seller under  contracts,  leases and  agreements
                  relating to the Business,  whether written or oral,  including
                  without   limitation   those  listed  on  Schedule  1(c),  but
                  excluding those (if any) which are Excluded Assets.

         (d)      All trade names,  trademarks,  service marks, patents,  patent
                  rights,  copyrights, and all applications for or registrations
                  thereof,  together with the right to sue for past infringement
                  thereof,  all inventions or discoveries  whether patentable or
                  unpatentable, and all other proprietary rights belonging to or
                  used  in the  Business,  including  without  limitation  those
                  listed on Schedule 1(d).

         (e)      All computer software  programs and associated  documentation,
                  whether owned or licensed,  used by Seller in the operation of
                  the Business,  including  without  limitation  those listed on
                  Schedule 1(e).

         (f)      All licenses, permits, approvals, qualifications, certificates
                  or the like  issued or to be  issued  or held by  Seller  with
                  respect to the Business,  including  without  limitation those
                  listed on Schedule 1(f).

         (g)      All of Seller's assignable  insurance policies relating to the
                  Business or the Assets being acquired by Purchaser pursuant to
                  this  Agreement,  including  all  rights of Seller  under such
                  insurance policies as are listed on Schedule 1(g).

         (h)      All warranties  held by Seller with respect to the Assets to
                  the extent that such  warranties are assignable.

         (i)      All of Seller's  know-how, trade  secrets and other technology
                  or  procedures  relating to the conduct of the Business.
 
                                      2

                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>

         (j)      All of Seller's  customer lists,  vendor lists,  and books and
                  records of every nature and kind of or used in the Business.

         (k)      All telephone and facsimile numbers,  including "800" numbers,
                  and  post  office  boxes,  of or  used  in  the  Business,  as
                  described on Schedule 1(k).

The term  "Excluded  Assets" as used herein means those current assets of Seller
excluded in Section 1(b) and those  contracts,  leases and  agreements,  if any,
which relate to the Business and (i) have not been listed as Assumed Liabilities
on Schedule 3.1 and (ii) after Purchaser becomes aware of such non-listed assets
Purchaser declines to accept them.

         2.       Purchase Price and Payment.  The purchase  price payable by 
Purchaser for the Assets,  subject to the  provisions of Section 5, shall be One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the "Purchase Price"), payable without interest as
follows:

         (a)      Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) shall be paid to Seller at 
                  Closing.

         (b)      Four monthly payments of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) each
                  shall be paid to Seller commencing one month after the Closing
                  Date and continuing on the same day of each month for the next
                  three consecutive months thereafter.

         (c)      Four payments of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars  ($200,000) each
                  shall be paid to Seller  commencing on the second  anniversary
                  date of the Closing  Date and  continuing  on each of the next
                  three consecutive anniversary dates thereafter.

         3.       Assumption of Liabilities.

                  3.1  Assumed  Liabilities.  At  the  Closing  Purchaser  shall
assume,  agree to perform,  and  discharge  when due only those  obligations  of
Seller  arising out of the contracts,  leases and agreements  listed on Schedule
3.1 with respect to the period from and after the Closing Date.

                  3.2  Excluded  Liabilities.  Seller and  Purchaser  agree that
Purchaser does not agree to assume and shall have no  responsibility  for any of
the  debts,  obligations  or  liabilities  of  Seller  other  than  the  Assumed
Liabilities  (the  "Excluded  Liabilities"),  all of which shall remain the sole
responsibility of and shall be paid and discharged by Seller as they become due.
The Excluded Liabilities include without limitation all of the following:

         (a)      Any tax liability or tax obligation of Seller,  its directors,
                  officers,  shareholders  and  agents  which has been or may be
                                       3

                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>

                  asserted by any taxing authority, including without limitation
                  any  such  liability  or  obligation  arising  out  of  or  in
                  connection   with   this   Agreement   or   the   transactions
                  contemplated hereby.

         (b)      Any liability or obligation of Seller  whether  incurred prior
                  to, at or  subsequent  to the Closing Date for any amounts due
                  or which may  become due to any person or entity who is or has
                  been a holder of any debt or equity security of Seller.

         (c)      Any trade  account  payable  or note  payable of Seller or any
                  contract obligation of Seller (other than those referred to in
                  Section 3.1) whether  incurred  prior to, at or  subsequent to
                  the Closing Date.

         (d)      Any  liability or  obligation  arising out of any  litigation,
                  suit, proceeding, action, claim or investigation, at law or in
                  equity or in arbitration, related to Seller's operation of the
                  Business prior to the Closing Date.

         (e)      Any  claim,   liability  or  obligation,   known  or  unknown,
                  contingent  or  otherwise,  the existence of which is a breach
                  of, or  inconsistent  with,  any  representation,  warranty or
                  covenant of Seller set forth in this Agreement.

         (f)      Any  liability or  obligation  specifically  stated in this  
                  Agreement or the  Schedules hereto as not to be assumed by 
                  Purchaser.

4.                Allocation of Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price shall be al-
located among the Assets and the Seller/Shareholder Non-Competition Agreement in
the manner  described on Schedule 4. Seller and  Purchaser  each agree that they
will not take a  position  on any  income tax  return,  before any  governmental
agency  charged  with the  collection  of any  income  tax,  or in any  judicial
proceeding which is in any way inconsistent  with the provisions of this Section
4.

         5.      Option of  Purchaser  to Unwind  Agreement.  At  anytime  after
the  Closing,   Purchaser  may  notify  (the  "Notice")  Seller  in  writing  of
Purchaser's  election to terminate  this  Agreement  and unwind the  acquisition
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  in which case the  obligations of the parties
under all provisions of this  Agreement  (other than this Section) and under the
Seller/  Shareholder  Non-Competition  Agreement and the Shareholder  Consulting
Agreement shall cease. If the Notice is given, then the obligations of Purchaser
to pay the remainder of the Purchase Price to Seller shall cease;  provided that
Seller shall  retain that portion of the Purchase  Price paid to Seller prior to
the  Notice.  Seller may, at its option,  reacquire  from  Purchaser  any of the
Assets then held by Purchaser plus those  improvements or  enhancements  made by
Purchaser

                                       4

                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>

to the  computer  software  listed on Schedule  1(e) which are used by Purchaser
solely  in  connection  with  the  cotton  trading  network.   For  purposes  of
illustration  and not by way of limitation,  such  improvements and enhancements
shall not include any computer  software  possessed  by  Purchaser  prior to the
Closing or any computer  software  used by  Purchaser  in  providing  any of its
information  services other than its cotton trading network service,  even if it
also is used in providing such cotton trading network service. The consideration
to be given by Seller to Purchaser  shall be the  assumption  by Seller of those
obligations  of Purchaser  arising out of the  contracts,  leases and agreements
listed on Schedule 3.1 and those additional  contracts entered into by Purchaser
with customers to receive the cotton trading network service with respect to the
period from and after the date of such reacquisition.  In addition,  Seller may,
at its option,  acquire from Purchaser any additional computer hardware which is
acquired by  Purchaser  after the date of this  Agreement  and used by Purchaser
solely in providing  the cotton  trading  network  service,  for a cash purchase
price equivalent to Purchaser's net book value of the hardware (as determined by
Purchaser in the preparation of its financial  statements) as of the last day of
the  calendar  quarter  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  the  Notice.  The
reacquisition and purchase by Seller as contemplated by this Section shall occur
at the option of Seller within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice and
Seller  shall be  responsible  for the sales  taxes,  if any,  arising from such
transaction.  If such  reacquisition or purchase occurs,  such property is to be
reacquired by and sold to Seller "AS IS" and Seller  assumes the  responsibility
and risks of all defects and  conditions  relating to such  property.  Purchaser
makes  no  representation   and  assumes  no  liability  for  the  condition  or
completeness  of such  property  (including  but  not  limited  to the  computer
software and any  improvements or  enhancements  thereto) and Seller assumes all
risk in  connection  with  the use  thereof,  and  releases  Purchaser  from any
liability in  connection  with the use thereof by Seller or by any other person.
If the Notice is given,  then  Purchaser  agrees  that for a period of three (3)
years  after the date of the Notice it will not offer on the DTN System a cotton
trading  network  service  in direct  competition  with the  Service;  provided,
however,  such restriction shall not preclude Purchaser from continuing to offer
during such three-year period those information services offered by Purchaser on
the date of this Agreement.


         6.       Information  and  Access.  Seller  shall  allow  Purchaser and
its  representatives  full access to all of Seller's  books and records,  files,
contracts,  documents,  facilities,  attorneys and accountants pertaining to the
Business and Assets for purposes of  Purchaser's  due diligence  review.  Seller
shall  furnish  to  Purchaser  such  financial  and  operating  data  and  other
information  concerning  the  Business and Assets as  Purchaser  may  reasonably
request.
                                       5

                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>

         7.       Related Transactions.

                  7.1  Seller/Shareholder  Non-Competition  Agreements.  At  the
Closing,  Seller  and  Shareholder  shall  execute  and  deliver a five (5) year
Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition   Agreement  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A
("Seller/Shareholder Non-Competition Agreement").

                  7.2      Shareholder  Consulting  Agreement.  At the Closing,
Shareholder  and Purchaser  shall execute and deliver a Consulting  Agreement in
the form of Exhibit B ("Shareholder Consulting Agreement").

                  7.3      Employees of the Business.

         (a)      Prior to the  Closing  Date  Seller  shall  send a letter  of
                  termination   (in  form  and  timing  approved  by  Purchaser)
                  effective  as of the  Closing  Date  to all  employees  of the
                  Business  who will no longer be employed  by Seller  following
                  the Closing.  Seller shall be solely responsible for and shall
                  pay at Closing or as soon  thereafter  as required by law, all
                  salaries, bonuses,  commissions,  vacation pay, severance pay,
                  sick  leave,  profit-sharing  plan  contributions,  health and
                  accident insurance,  pension benefits,  and all other employee
                  benefits of any kind accruing in favor of the employees of the
                  Business,  and any payroll  taxes owing  thereon,  through the
                  termination of their  employment with Seller.  If requested by
                  Purchaser,  Seller will take such  actions as may be necessary
                  to transfer to Purchaser  Seller's  unemployment  compensation
                  insurance  experience accounts relating solely to the Business
                  as of the Closing Date.

         (b)      Purchaser  may,  but is not  obligated  to, offer to employ as
                  Purchaser's   own  employees  any  of  the  persons   actively
                  participating  in  the  Business  on  the  Closing  Date.  All
                  employees accepting  employment under the employment terms and
                  conditions offered by Purchaser, if any, shall be eligible, as
                  other similarly  situated new employees of Purchaser would be,
                  for those employee benefit plans which Purchaser has in effect
                  for  its  similarly  situated  existing  employees  as of  the
                  Closing Date.

                  7.4  Continued   Relationships   With   Clients.   Seller  and
Shareholder shall cooperate with Purchaser on communications with clients of the
Business  prior to the Closing.  Seller  understands  that Purchaser will expect
satisfactory  assurances as to the continued level of business to be anticipated
from clients of the Business from and after the Closing.

                                       6

                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

         8.       Closing.

                  8.1 Date and Place.  The  closing  under this  Agreement  (the
"Closing")   shall   take   place  on  or  before   ______________,   1997,   at
________________________________________  or at such other place and time as may
be mutually  agreed upon by the parties.  The actual date of Closing is referred
to in this Agreement as the "Closing Date".

                  8.2   Deliveries  by  Seller  and   Shareholder.   Seller  and
Shareholder  shall deliver to Purchaser at the Closing the  following  items and
documents,  executed as appropriate by Seller and Shareholder: (a) possession of
all of the Assets; (b) such bills of sale and other instruments of transfer,  in
form  satisfactory  to Purchaser,  as are required or  appropriate  to convey to
Purchaser good and marketable title to the Assets,  free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  claims  and  restrictions  of any  nature;  (c)  the  Shareholder
Consulting Agreement; (d) the Seller/Shareholder  Non-Competition Agreement; (e)
all third party consents  necessary for Seller and Shareholder to consummate the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement;  (f)  such  other  documents  as
Purchaser may  reasonably  request in order to show that Seller and  Shareholder
have fulfilled all of their other obligations  required under this Agreement for
the  Closing  to  occur;  and (g) a  certified  copy of the  resolutions  of the
shareholders and Board of Directors of the Seller  authorizing the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Seller and the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                  8.3 Deliveries by Purchaser. Purchaser shall deliver to Seller
and Shareholder at the Closing the following documents,  executed as appropriate
by Purchaser:  (a) the portion of the Purchase Price  specified in Section 2(a);
(b) the Shareholder Consulting Agreement; (c) all third party consents necessary
for Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (d)
such other documents as Seller and  Shareholder may reasonably  request in order
to show that Purchaser has fulfilled all of its other obligations required under
this  Agreement  for the  Closing  to  occur;  and (e) a  certified  copy of the
resolutions  of the Board of Directors of the Purchaser  approving the execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  by  Purchaser  and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         9.       Representations and Warranties  of  Seller  and  Shareholder.
Seller and  Shareholder  hereby  jointly and  severally  represent,  warrant and
covenant to and with Purchaser,  as of the date of this Agreement and also as of
the Closing Date, as follows:

                  9.1  Organization.  Seller is a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the laws of the State of Texas.
Seller has all requisite  corporate power and authority to own its assets and to
carry on the Business as now conducted.  Seller is duly licensed or qualified to
do  business  as  a  foreign   corporation  and  is  in  good  standing  in  all

                                        7

                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

jurisdictions in which it is required to be so licensed or qualified in order to
conduct the Business as presently conducted.

                  9.2  Authorization.  Seller has the requisite  corporate power
and authority to execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement in accordance with
its terms.  The execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller
have  been  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  action  and  do not
contravene  or  constitute  a default  under any  provision  of the  Articles of
Incorporation  or Bylaws  of  Seller.  This  Agreement  has been,  and the other
agreements,  documents  and  instruments  required to be  delivered by Seller in
accordance with the provisions hereof, will be duly executed and delivered on or
before Closing by Seller through its duly  authorized  officers.  This Agreement
constitutes, and the other agreements,  documents and instruments required to be
delivered by Seller or Shareholder  (or both) in accordance  with the provisions
of this Agreement when executed and delivered by Seller or Shareholder (or both)
will  constitute,   the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Seller  or
Shareholder  (or both),  enforceable  against Seller or Shareholder (or both) in
accordance with its and their terms.

                  9.3 No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
does not, and the performance of the transactions  contemplated hereby by Seller
and  Shareholder  will  not,  (i)  create,  permit  or result at any time in the
creation or imposition of any lien,  encumbrance,  claim or charge of any nature
whatsoever with respect to the Assets; (ii) violate or conflict at any time with
any  provision  of  Seller's  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws  or of any
agreement  to  which  Seller  or  Shareholder  is a party  or by  which  Seller,
Shareholder  or  any of  the  Assets  is  bound;  and  (iii)  violate  any  law,
regulation,  rule,  or order of any court or  governmental  authority  affecting
Seller, Shareholder, the Business or the Assets.

                  9.4  Financial  Statements.  Attached as Schedule 9.4 are true
and correct copies of (a) Seller's  unaudited detailed income statements for the
Business for the fiscal years ending December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 and
for the  five  month  period  ended  May  31,  1997,  respectively,  and (b) the
unaudited  balance sheets of Seller as of December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996
and as of May 31, 1997 (collectively, the "Financial Statements"). The Financial
Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principals  consistently  applied  except for the omission of footnotes [and any
other  exceptions]  and  fairly  present  the  financial  condition,  assets and
liabilities,  and results of operations of the Business as of such dates and for
such  periods.  All  liabilities  or  obligations  (whether  absolute,  accrued,
contingent or  otherwise)  of the Business as of the date of this  Agreement are
fully  reflected  or  reserved  against in such  balance  sheet,  except for the
additional  liabilities or obligations of the Business  accruing in the ordinary
course of the Business since the date of such balance sheet  consistent with the
representations, warranties and covenants herein.

                                       8

                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>
                  9.5 Title to Assets.  Seller has good and marketable  title to
and the right to convey the Assets to Purchaser.  There are not  presently  any,
and at Closing there will be no, liens, encumbrances,  claims or restrictions of
any kind against any of the Assets. No person or entity other than Seller has or
claims any right, title or interest in and to any of the Assets or the Business.
None of the Assets are leased or being  purchased on  installment or conditional
sale contract, except as described on Schedule 9.5.

                  9.6      Necessary  Consents.  Except as  disclosed  on  
Schedule  9.6,  there are no  consents  of third  parties  or  approvals  of any
governmental authority required to be obtained by Seller or Shareholder in order
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  9.7 Litigation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.7, there are
no  legal,   administrative,   governmental,   arbitration   or  other  actions,
proceedings  or  investigations  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of  Seller  and
Shareholder,  threatened against Seller or Shareholder which would affect in any
respect the Assets or the Business or the ability of Seller and  Shareholder  to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  9.8 Taxes.  Seller has duly and timely paid all taxes required
to be paid,  and has duly and timely  filed all  returns/reports  required to be
filed, with respect to the Business under applicable  federal,  state, local and
other laws and regulations. Seller will duly and timely pay all taxes owing, and
file all returns/reports  required,  with respect to the Business for any period
ending on or before the Closing Date.
There are no unpaid federal, state or local income, sales, payroll, property or
other taxes of any kind which could  constitute a claim,  charge or lien against
the Assets or the Business.

                  9.9 Employees and Sales  Representatives;  Employee  Benefits.
Seller has furnished to Purchaser a true and correct list of the names, ages and
titles of all employees of Seller who work in the Business (whether full or part
time),  together with the annual rate of compensation  (including bonuses) being
paid to each  such  employee  and the  benefits  (including  without  limitation
accrued vacation pay, sick pay, and severance pay) payable to each such employee
upon or with respect to their termination of employment with Seller effective as
of the Closing Date.  Seller has also  furnished to Purchaser a true and correct
list of the names, ages and titles of all non-employee sales  representatives or
agents  of  Seller  who  work for the  Business,  together  with the  applicable
commissions  or  consulting  fee rates with  respect to each such person and the
respective  commissions  or  consulting  fees earned by each such person for the
last fiscal year of the Seller.  Schedule 9.9  contains a complete  list of each
benefit plan or  arrangement,  whether formal or informal and whether binding or

                                       9

                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>

not,  maintained  or  contributed  to by Seller  for the  benefit  of any of the
employees or non-employee sales representatives or agents of the Business.

                  9.10 Contracts  With Clients and Suppliers.  Seller has listed
on Schedule  9.10 all of Seller's  contracts  (oral or written) with clients and
suppliers of the Business;  Seller has no other contracts (oral or written) with
clients and suppliers of the Business.  Seller has delivered to Purchaser  true,
correct and complete copies of all written  contracts  relating to the Business,
and  written  summaries  of the  terms of all  oral  contracts  relating  to the
Business,  and all of such  contracts are presently in full force and effect and
are  assignable.  Seller  has not  received  any  notices  from any  clients  or
suppliers of the Business  that  indicate  that they intend to terminate  any of
such contracts and, except as reflected in the copies  delivered to Purchaser or
on Schedule 9.10,  such contracts have not been amended and Seller and the other
parties to such contracts are not in default in any material  respect under such
contracts.  Seller has not been apprised and does not currently  believe or have
reason to  believe  that any of the  clients of the  Business  plan to cancel or
reduce the volume under any client contracts.

                  9.11 Other  Contracts.  Schedule 9.11 contains a complete list
of all of Seller's  contracts  (oral and written)  relating to the Business,  if
any,  other than the  contracts  with clients and  suppliers  listed on Schedule
9.10. Seller has delivered to Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of all
such other written  contracts  relating to the Business and written summaries of
the terms of all such other oral contracts relating to the Business,  and all of
such contracts are presently in full force and effect and are  assignable,  and,
except as  reflected in the copies  delivered to Purchaser or on Schedule  9.11,
such  contracts  have not been amended and Seller and the other  parties to such
contracts are not in default in any material respect under such contracts.

                  9.12 Fixed  Assets.  Attached as  Schedule  9.12 is a true and
correct list of all furniture, equipment, leasehold improvements and other fixed
assets  of or  used in the  Business.  All of such  Assets  are in good  working
condition  with no  known  material  defects  and  shall be  maintained  in such
condition pending Closing.

                  9.13 Bulk Sales. Seller has taken any and all actions required
under the bulk sales laws of the State of Texas with respect to the transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and will  satisfy on or before the Closing (or
make  arrangements  satisfactory to Purchaser in its sole discretion to satisfy)
all creditor claims, excluding Assumed Liabilities.

                  9.14  Insurance.  Seller shall  maintain in effect through the
Closing  Date  all  policies  of fire,  casualty,  public  liability,  workmen's
compensation and errors and omissions insurance presently in effect with respect
to the Business and the Assets.

                                       10

                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>

                  9.15     Necessary  Assets.  Except for any Excluded Assets, 
the Assets  include all property and rights  reasonably  required to operate the
Business in the manner the Business is presently  operated by Seller. All of the
Assets are located at the Business in Lubbock, Texas.

                  9.16 Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Trade Names. Schedule
9.16 contains an accurate and complete  description  of all domestic and foreign
patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trademark  and service mark
registrations, logos, corporate names, trade names, assumed or fictitious names,
copyrights  and copyright  registrations,  and all  applications  for any of the
above,  (collectively,  "Intellectual  Property"),  presently  owned  or held by
Seller,  or under which Seller owns or holds any license,  and which are used in
the operation of the Business. Except with respect to the patents referred to in
Section 14.1(d),  to the best knowledge of Seller and  Shareholder,  neither the
Service nor any  Intellectual  Property  used in the  operation  of the Business
infringes on any patents,  trademarks,  service marks, copyrights,  or any other
rights,  of any person or entity.  Seller is the sole owner of, has the sole and
exclusive right to use (without  payment of any license fee,  royalty or similar
charge),  and has the full  right  and power to sell,  has taken all  reasonable
measures to maintain and protect, the Intellectual  Property, and has granted no
licenses  or other  rights to  utilize  the  Intellectual  Property  (except  as
provided  in the  contracts  listed on Schedule  9.10);  and no claims have been
asserted  by  any  person  to  the  use of any  such  Intellectual  Property  or
questioning the validity or effectiveness of any such license,  and, to the best
knowledge  of  Seller  and  Shareholder,  there is no valid  basis  for any such
claims.

                  9.17  Compliance  With  Applicable  Laws.  In  respect  to its
ownership  of the Assets and  operation of the  Business,  Seller has not in the
past been in  violation  of and is not  presently  in  violation in any material
respect of any applicable law, rule, regulation,  order,  ordinance, or judgment
of any governmental authority  (collectively,  "laws").  Seller has not received
notification  of any claimed  present or past failure of Seller to comply in any
material respect with any of such laws.

                  9.18     No  Subsidiaries.  Seller does not own any shares of
any corporation or any ownership or other investment interest, either of record,
beneficially or equitably,  in any  association,  partnership,  joint venture or
other legal entity.

         10.      Representations  and  Warranties by Purchaser.  Purchaser 
represents, warrants and covenants to and with Seller as follows:

                  10.1 Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized,
validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Purchaser has all requisite  corporate power and authority to own its assets and
to carry on its business as now conducted.

                                       11

                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>
                  10.2  Authorization.  Purchaser  has the  requisite  corporate
power and  authority  to  execute,  deliver  and  perform  this  Agreement.  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement by Purchaser have been
duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action. This Agreement has been, and
the other  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  required to be delivered by
Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered
by  Purchaser  through  its  duly  authorized   officers,   and  this  Agreement
constitutes,  and the other agreements,  documents and instruments when executed
and  delivered  will  constitute,  the legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of
Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its and their terms.

                  10.3  No  Violation.   The  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement does not, and the performance of the transactions  contemplated hereby
by Purchaser will not, (i) violate or conflict at any time with any provision of
Purchaser's  Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws or of any  agreement to which
Purchaser is a party or by which  Purchaser is bound;  and (ii) violate any law,
regulation,  rule,  or order of any court or  governmental  authority  affecting
Purchaser.

                  10.4     Necessary  Consents.  There  are no  consents  of 
third parties or approvals of any governmental authority required to be obtained
by  Purchaser  in order to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

                  10.5   Litigation.   There  are  no   legal,   administrative,
governmental,  arbitration  or  other  actions,  proceedings  or  investigations
pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser,  threatened  against  Purchaser which
would  affect  in any  respect  the  ability  of  Purchaser  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         11.      Conditions to Closing.

                  11.1     Conditions to  Purchaser's  Obligations.  Purchaser's
obligations  under this  Agreement  are expressly  conditioned  upon each of the
following:  (a) All of  Seller's  representations  and  warranties  set forth in
Section 9 shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date.

         (b)      Seller and Shareholder  shall have taken all actions  required
                  of them under this Agreement and delivered to Purchaser all of
                  the closing items set forth in Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

         (c)      There shall have been no damage,  destruction or loss to or of
                  the Assets,  whether or not insured,  other than ordinary wear
                  and tear and use in the ordinary  course of business,  between
                  the date of this Agreement and the Closing.
  
                                     12

                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>

         (d)      Purchaser shall be satisfied in all respects,  in its sole
                  judgment,  with its business, legal, accounting, tax and 
                  financial review of the Assets and Business;

         (e)      Purchaser shall obtain, upon terms and conditions satisfactory
                  to Purchaser in its sole judgment,  an agreement with EWR Inc.
                  providing for Purchaser's  access to, use of and interactivity
                  with  (including  but not  limited to the right and ability of
                  Purchaser to download) the  information  and  applications  of
                  EWR's electronic warehouse receipt system.

         (f)      Purchaser  shall  have  obtained,  or  satisfied   itself that
                  it  will  obtain  upon  satisfactory  terms  and  costs,  such
                  permits,  licenses  or  other  rights  (in  addition  to those
                  included in the Assets and however  denominated)  which may be
                  necessary,  in  Purchaser's  sole and absolute  judgement,  to
                  enable  Purchaser  to  develop  and  operate a cotton  trading
                  network in the manner  contemplated by Purchaser  (which is to
                  exceed the scope of the Service offered by Seller) and without
                  infringing  on  any  patents,   trademarks,   service   marks,
                  copyrights,   or   proprietary   rights  of   others.   Seller
                  acknowledges  that the Assets and Business may be of no use to
                  Purchaser  unless certain  conditions  precedent to developing
                  such cotton trading network exist.

         (g)      This  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
                  shall  have  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of
                  Purchaser.

                  11.2     Conditions  to  Seller's  and  Shareholder's  
Obligations.  Seller's and  Shareholder's  obligations  under this Agreement are
expressly conditioned upon each of the following:

         (a)      All of the  representations  and  warranties  of  Purchaser  
                  set forth in Section 10 are true and correct as of the Closing
                  Date; and

         (b)      Purchaser  shall have taken all  actions  required of it under
                  this Agreement and delivered to Seller and  Shareholder all of
                  the closing items set forth in Section 8.3 of this Agreement.

         12.      Conduct of Business.  Until the Closing, Seller (a) will carry
on the Business in the ordinary course; (b) will not buy, sell or dispose of any
Assets  except in the  ordinary  course of the  Business;  (c) will use its best
efforts to preserve its existing relations with its clients, employees,

                                       13

                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>

suppliers and others; (d) will not increase the compensation and benefits of any
of its  employees  without  Purchaser's  approval;  (e) will not enter into,  or
terminate, any material contracts without Purchaser's consent; and (f) will take
no actions,  or fail to take any actions,  which would cause its representations
and warranties in this Agreement to become untrue as of the Closing Date.

         13.      Broker.  Each party warrants to the other that it has not used
a broker or finding agent in connection with this  transaction and will hold the
other  party  harmless  from any claim made by any person or entity  claiming to
have been employed by such party as a broker or finding agent in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         14.      Indemnification.

                  14.1  Indemnification  Obligation  of Seller and  Shareholder.
Seller and  Shareholder,  jointly and severally,  shall indemnify  Purchaser and
hold  Purchaser  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  liability,   loss,
litigation,  expense or claim (including  reasonable  attorney fees) arising out
of, resulting from, relating to, in the nature of or caused by:

         (a)      Any  breach  of  any  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
                  agreement made by Seller and/or  Shareholder in this Agreement
                  or in any  agreement,  statement,  certificate,  instrument or
                  other  document  furnished  or delivered or to be furnished or
                  delivered to Purchaser  pursuant  hereto or in connection with
                  the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

         (b)       The  ownership or  operation  of the Assets or the  Business
                   prior to the Closing Date (except to the extent included in 
                   the Assumed Liabilities);

         (c)       The Excluded Liabilities; and


         (d)       Any  infringement or claim of  infringement  (notice of which
                   is given to Seller  within five years  after the  Closing) of
                   either  United  States   Patents  Nos.   5063507  or  5285383
                   registered to Plains Cotton  Cooperative  Association  by any
                   portion  of the  Service  or the Assets as used in the cotton
                   trading  network  developed by  Purchaser,  but excluding any
                   infringement  to the  extent  caused by the  modification  or
                   enhancement  of the Service or the Assets by Purchaser (as an
                   example of such exclusion,  if the  infringement is caused by
                   Purchaser   combining  the  Service  with  the  providing  of
                   electronic warehouse receipt processing);  provided, however,

                                       14

                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>

                   the cumulative  liability of Seller and Shareholder  pursuant
                   to the indemnification  obligations under this subsection (d)
                   alone shall not exceed the amount of the  Purchase  Price or,
                   in the case the Notice is given pursuant to Section 5 hereof,
                   the portion of the Purchase  Price paid or payable under this
                   Agreement.

                  14.2 Indemnification Obligation of Purchaser.  Purchaser shall
indemnify  Seller and Shareholder and hold Seller and Shareholder  harmless from
and against any and all liability, loss, litigation, expense or claim (including
reasonable  attorney fees) arising out of,  resulting from,  relating to, in the
nature of or caused by:

         (a)      Any  breach  of  any  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
                  agreement  made  by  Purchaser  in  this  Agreement  or in any
                  statement,  certificate,  instrument or other document or item
                  furnished  or  delivered  or to be  furnished  or delivered to
                  Seller and  Shareholder  pursuant hereto or in connection with
                  the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

         (b)      The  ownership  or  operation of the Assets or the Business on
                  or after the Closing Date  (except to the extent  included in
                  the Excluded Liabilities); and

         (c)      The Assumed Liabilities.

         15.      Survival  of  Representations,   Warranties,  Covenants  and  
Indemnities. All representations,  warranties, covenants and indemnities in this
Agreement shall survive the Closing, regardless of any investigations made prior
to Closing.

         16.      Governing  Law.  This  Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Nebraska without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

         17.      Modification.  This Agreement may be modified only by a writ-
ing signed by all parties.

         18.      Schedules  and  Exhibits.  All  references to Schedules  and
Exhibits  herein,  unless  otherwise  stated,  means the  schedules and exhibits
attached to this Agreement which are hereby incorporated by reference.

         19.      Notices.  Notices to any party shall be deemed  given when 
deposited  in the U.S.  Mail,  postage  prepaid and  addressed to the parties as
follows, and otherwise when received:

         (The following addresses are for after the Closing)

                                       15

                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>

         If to Seller or Shareholder:

                  The Cotton Communication Network, Inc.
                  P.O. Box 5963
                  Lubbock, Texas  79408
                  Attention:  Daniel Davis, President

         If to Purchaser:

                  Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attention:  Greg T. Sloma, President

Any  party may  change  its  address  for  notice by giving  notice to the other
parties as provided above.

         20.      Assignment and Binding Effect.  This Agreement may not be as-
signed  prior to the  Closing  by any party  hereto  without  the prior  written
consent of the other parties; provided,  however, that Data Transmission Network
Corporation shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations under this
Agreement at any time prior to the Closing to a corporation which is a direct or
indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation.
Subject to the  foregoing,  all of the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement
shall be  binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of and be  enforceable  by the
parties and their respective successors and assigns.

         21.      Expenses.   Each  party  shall  pay  its  own  expenses  with
respect to the negotiation and preparation of documents and the  consummation of
the transactions provided for in this Agreement.

         22.      Risk of Loss.  Until the Closing, Seller shall bear the risk 
of loss to the Assets or Business.

         23.      Exclusivity.  Seller and Shareholder  agree not to entertain 
any  discussions  regarding  the sale of the  Business  or Assets with any third
party while this Agreement remains in effect.

         24.      Post-Closing Effectuation. Following the Closing, each party 
agrees to deliver to any other  party to this  Agreement  such  instruments  and
documents,  and to take such other  actions,  as may be reasonably  requested by
such  other  party  to  this  Agreement  to  more  fully  effectuate  any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         25.      Right of  Set-off.  Purchaser  shall  have the  right to 
offset  against  any  obligations  which  Purchaser  has to Seller any amount or
amounts which Seller  hereafter owes Purchaser  pursuant to the  indemnification
provisions of this Agreement.

                                       16

                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>

         26.      Responsibility  for Sales  Taxes.  Seller  shall pay any and 
all  state  and  local  sales  taxes  arising  out of the sale of the  Assets to
Purchaser.

         27.      Announcements.  Neither Seller nor Purchaser shall make any 
public  announcements  about the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement
without the other's prior written  consent;  provided,  however,  that Purchaser
shall,  after  reasonable  advance  notice to Seller,  be  entitled to make such
public  announcements  about the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement as
may be required by reason of its status as a public company.

         28.      Severability.  If any  term or  provision  of  this  Agreement
is judicially  determined  to be invalid or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity or
unenforceability  shall not affect the remainder of the Agreement which shall be
enforced so as to give effect as nearly as  possible  to the  parties'  original
intent.

         29.      Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  including  the Schedules
and Exhibits and the other agreements  referenced herein to be executed pursuant
to this Agreement, contains the full understanding of the parties concerning its
subject  matter.  This  Agreement may not be amended except in writing signed by
all parties and none of the provisions of this Agreement may be waived except in
writing signed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement of such waiver
is sought.

         30.      Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be signed in one or more 
counterparts each of which will be an original but which together constitute one
and the same instrument.

         31.      Confidentiality.  Seller and Shareholder  agree that following
the Closing  and for a period of three (3) years  thereafter,  all  Confidential
Information (as defined herein) shall be maintained in strict confidence by them
and shall not be disclosed to any third party without  Purchaser's prior written
consent,  except to the extent that information  about the operating  results of
the Business is required to be furnished by Seller or Shareholder in filings and
other reports to tax and other  governmental  authorities.  For purposes of this
Section 32,  "Confidential  Information"  means,  in addition to the information
within that term in the Seller/Shareholder  Non-Competition Agreement, the terms
of this Agreement and of all other  agreements  executed and delivered  pursuant
hereto.

                            [Signature page follows]

                                       17

                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>

                                SIGNATURE PAGE TO
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                     AMONG THE NETWORK, INC., DANIEL DAVIS,
                    AND DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.


                                      SELLER:

                                      THE COTTON COMMUNICATION NETWORK,
                                      INC.



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Daniel Davis, President




                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Daniel Davis, Shareholder



                                         PURCHASER:

                                         DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------

                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                       18

                                     - 64 -



                           FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE



         THIS FIFTH  AMENDMENT  TO LEASE (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this ______ day of June, 1997, by and between LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successor in
interest to The Prudential Insurance Company Of America ("Landlord"),  having an
office c/o Lowe Enterprises  Colorado,  Inc., 1475 Lawrence  Street,  Suite 210,
Denver,  Colorado 80202, and Data Transmission  Network Corporation  ("Tenant"),
having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.


                                    RECITALS

A.       The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America  and Data  Transmission
         Network  Corporation entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 2,
         1995, for Suites #175A, #110, #200, #300, #301, #310, #320, #325, #340,
         #360,  and #362  containing  75,931  rentable  square feet (RSF) in the
         Building  known as Embassy  Plaza,  located  at 9110 West  Dodge  Road,
         Omaha, Nebraska ("the Premises").

B.       Subsequently,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company Of America  and Data
         Transmission  Network  Corporation  executed a First Amendment To Lease
         dated  September 29, 1995, a Second  Amendment To Lease dated  November
         30,  1995,  a Third  Amendment  To Lease dated  January 5, 1996,  and a
         Fourth  Amendment  to Lease  between  LAFP-SF,  Inc.  and Tenant  dated
         December  23,  1996.  The  combined  terms of the Lease and  subsequent
         Amendments shall herein be referred to as the "Lease".  Under the Lease
         the Premises consists of a total of 88,136 RSF.

C.       Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the surface parking for the
         Building is  overburdened, in part as a result of Tenant's use thereof.

D.       Landlord  intends to construct  additional  parking  facilities to ser-
         vice Tenant and other tenants in the Building subject to the terms and
         conditions contained below.

E.       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings as-
         cribed to them in the Lease.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and other
good and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Parking.   Landlord  shall  construct  approximately   ninety-six  (96)
         additional  parking  spaces  to be  located  on the  north  side of the
         Building in the area outlined in blue on Exhibit A attached  hereto and
         incorporated  herein  by this  reference  ("Additional  Parking").  The
         Additional  Parking shall be for the non-exclusive use of the Tenant in
         common with the other tenants in the Building.

2.       Base Rent.  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord,  as  additional  Base Rent,
         $39,999.96  per year for the remainder of the Term,  payable in monthly
         installments  of $3,333.33 in accordance with the provisions of Section
         2 of the Lease.  Tenant's  obligation to pay such  additional Base Rent
         shall  commence  the  first  day of  the  month  following  substantial
         completion of the Additional  Parking pursuant to a notice thereof from
         Landlord.

3.       Effect of  Agreement.  Except as  herein  specifically  provided,  the
         terms and  conditions  of the Lease shall continue in full force and 
         effect.

                                       1

                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>

4.       This  Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         parties  hereto,  their  successors and assigns.


5.       The parties hereto hereby reaffirm and ratify all covenants,  represen-
         tations  and warranties in the Lease as amended by this Amendment.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as
of the day and year first above written.



Tenant:                                        Landlord:

Data Transmission Network Corporation,         LAFP-SF, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

                                               By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                    Management, Inc.
By:                                            Its:  Authorized Agent
   ----------------------------------


Its:                                           By:
    ---------------------------------             ------------------------------

                                               Its:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                       2

                                     - 66 -



                            SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE



         THIS SIXTH  AMENDMENT  TO LEASE (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this ______ day of June, 1997, by and between LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successor in
interest to The Prudential Insurance Company Of America ("Landlord"),  having an
office c/o Lowe Enterprises  Colorado,  Inc., 1475 Lawrence  Street,  Suite 210,
Denver,  Colorado 80202, and Data Transmission  Network Corporation  ("Tenant"),
having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.


                                    RECITALS

A.       The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America  and Data  Transmission
         Network  Corporation entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 2,
         1995, for Suites #175A, #110, #200, #300, #301, #310, #320, #325, #340,
         #360,  and #362  containing  75,931  rentable  square feet (RSF) in the
         Building  known as Embassy  Plaza,  located  at 9110 West  Dodge  Road,
         Omaha, Nebraska ("the Premises").

B.       Subsequently,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company Of America  and Data
         Transmission  Network  Corporation  executed a First Amendment To Lease
         dated  September 29, 1995, a Second  Amendment To Lease dated  November
         30,  1995,  a Third  Amendment  To Lease dated  January 5, 1996,  and a
         Fourth  Amendment  To Lease  between  LAFP-SF,  Inc.  and Tenant  dated
         December  23, 1996,  and a Fifth  Amendment To Lease dated June , 1997.
         The combined terms of the Lease and subsequent  Amendments shall herein
         be referred to as the "Lease". Under the Lease the Premises consists of
         a total of 88,136 RSF.

C.       Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge that the surface parking for the 
         Building is overburdened,  in part as a result of Tenant's use thereof.

D.       Landlord  intends to construct  additional  parking  facilities to ser-
         vice Tenant and other tenants in the Building subject to the terms and
         conditions contained below.

E.       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings 
         ascribed to them in the Lease.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and other
good and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Premises.  Effective  August 1, 1997,  the  Premises  shall be expanded
         to include  Suite 100,  measuring  4,544 RSF as shown on the floor plan
         attached hereto, marked Exhibit "A" (the "Expansion Space") and by this
         reference made a part hereof.  Notwithstanding  the above,  both Tenant
         and Landlord understand that the law offices of Young & White currently
         leases Suite 100 with such lease expiring  approximately July 31, 1997.
         Should  Young & White  holdover  and not  vacate  Suite 100 by July 31,
         1997,  Landlord  will  make  reasonable  efforts  to  pursue  its legal
         remedies to have Young & White removed from the space. If the Expansion
         Space is delivered  to Tenant after July 31, 1997,  Landlord and Tenant
         shall  execute a  Commencement  Date  Certificate  in the form attached
         hereto as Exhibit "C", confirming  Landlord's delivery of the Expansion
         Space and  commencement  of the Lease  with  respect  to the  Expansion
         Space.

2.       Term.  The term of the Lease with respect to the  Expansion  Space  
         identified  in  Paragraph 1 above shall  commence  August 1, 1997,  and
         terminate upon termination of the Lease.

3.       Base Rent.  Tenant shall pay as Base Rent for the  Expansion  Space 
         during the Term the sum of Six Hundred and Five Thousand,  Four Hundred
         Eighty-Eight Dollars and Sixteen Cents ($605,488.16) payable monthly as
         follows:

                                       1

                                     - 67 -
<PAGE>

                  August 1, 1997 - May 31, 2001     $6,248.00 / Month
                  June 1, 2001 - May 31, 2005       $6,626.67 / Month

4.       Adjustment  Rent.  Effective  upon  commencement  of the  Term  for the
         Expansion  Space,  Tenant shall pay Adjustment Rent with respect to the
         Expansion Space in accordance  with the terms and conditions  contained
         in Paragraph 2 of the Lease, except that the Base Expense Year and Base
         Tax Year  with  respect  to the  Expansion  Space  herein  shall be the
         calendar year 1997.

5.       Tenant  Improvements.  Landlord  shall  provide  a  tenant  improvement
         allowance of up to $45,440.00 to be applied toward the cost of Tenant's
         required building improvements.  All improvements shall be performed in
         accordance with the Tenant  Improvement Work Schedule  attached hereto,
         marked as Exhibit "B", and by this reference made a part hereof.

6.       Tenant's Proportionate Share. Tenant's Proportionate Share with respect
         to the  Expansion  Space shall be 3.45% (4,544 RSF / 131,740  RSF).  In
         addition,  as a part of this Amendment,  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share
         schedule for Tenant's  remaining  Premises  contained in paragraph 6 of
         the Fourth  Amendment  To Lease,  dated  December  23,  1996,  shall be
         replaced with the following schedule:

         January 1, 1997 - December 31, 1997   59.20% (77,990 RSF / 131,740 RSF)
         January 1, 1998 - May 31, 2005        66.90% (88,136 RSF / 131,740 RSF)


7.       Parking.  In order to avoid  future  problems  with  overburdened  
         parking facilities at Embassy Plaza,  Tenant  acknowledges the building
         surface   parking  lot   currently   provides  a  parking  ratio  of
         approximately four (4) parking stalls per 1,000 rentable square feet of
         lease space and that this ratio may change from time to time. Effective
         January  1, 1998,  Tenant  agrees to cause its  employees,  independent
         contractors,  and other  invitees  to  conform to the  current  parking
         ratio, as it changes from time to time, and further agrees to only park
         up to the number of cars  permitted  using the  following  calculation:
         Tenant's total rentable  square feet / 1,000 times the current  parking
         ratio.  In  addition,   Tenant  agrees  not  to  allow  its  employees,
         independent  contractors,  and  other  invitees  to  park  cars  in the
         adjacent  Financial  Plaza parking lots.  Landlord  shall  maintain the
         right to use any means it determines,  in its reasonable discretion, to
         enforce Tenant's  parking space  limitations as described herein and/or
         in the Rules and  Regulations  including  towing,  and Tenant agrees to
         cooperate with Landlord in such efforts.

         Notwithstanding  the above, should Tenant be in default of the Lease as
         a result of the parking provisions contained herein,  Tenant shall have
         up to sixty  (60) days to either  cure such  default  or reach  written
         agreement  with the  Landlord as to a solution  and schedule for curing
         such  default.  Tenant  will be  allowed,  as a method of  curing  such
         default,  to acquire from other tenants of the building,  if available,
         parking  spaces from that tenant's  parking stall  allocation not being
         required  by such  tenant.  Such  agreement  between  Tenant  and other
         building  tenant's  shall be documented by both parties and approved by
         Landlord,  with such  approval not to be  unreasonably  withheld.  Such
         documentation  shall  include  employee  counts for such  tenant and an
         agreement  for policing  such  action.  Such  agreement  shall end upon
         termination of such tenant's  rights for space within the Embassy Plaza
         building.

8.       Effect of  Agreement.  Except as  herein  specifically  provided,  the
         terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and 
         effect.

9.       This  Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         parties  hereto,  their  successors and assigns.

                                       2

                                     - 68 -
<PAGE>

10.      The parties hereto hereby reaffirm and ratify all covenants,  represen-
         tations  and warranties in the Lease as amended by this Amendment.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as
of the day and year first above written.



Tenant:                                         Landlord:

Data Transmission Network Corporation,          LAFP-SF, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

                                                By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                     Management, Inc.
By:                                             Its:  Authorized Agent
   ----------------------------------


Its:                                            By:
    ---------------------------------              -----------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    ----------------------------

                                       3

                                     - 69 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Sixth  Amendment  To Lease  between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997 (Page 1 of 2)



                        TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK SCHEDULE
                        ---------------------------------



                                    ARTICLE I
                       Landlord's Construction Obligations
                       -----------------------------------

     Landlord  shall have no  construction  obligations  under  this  Amendment.
Tenant accepts the Additional Premises in an "as is" condition,  with all faults
and  with  the  understanding  that  it  shall  be  responsible  for any and all
improvements required for its occupancy and use in accordance with Article II of
this Exhibit "B".



                                   ARTICLE II
                       Construction of Tenant Improvements
                       -----------------------------------

     Tenant  shall  have the right to place  partitions  and  fixtures  and make
improvements or other alterations in the Additional Space in accordance with the
provisions of Paragraph 9 of the Lease.  Landlord  shall provide Tenant a tenant
finish allowance of up to Forty Eight Thousand, Six Hundred Dollars and Nineteen
Cents  ($45,440.00)  to be applied  toward the cost of any such  tenant-provided
improvements as follows:

     1. The tenant finish allowance shall be paid in periodic installments,  not
more frequently than once per month,  equal to the total of the  contractor's or
consultant's  invoice  amounts for  improvements  made to the Additional  Space,
excluding   any   furnishings   or  business   equipment   (such  as  computers,
satellite/microwave  dish, office  equipment,  etc.), as submitted by Tenant and
verified to Landlord's  reasonable  satisfaction;  provided,  however, that such
payments  will be made only if Tenant is not then in Default  under the terms of
this Lease and invoices are  accompanied  by lien waivers in the amount equal to
that of the  invoices.  The  tenant  finish  allowance  shall be  allocated  and
distributed subject to the provisions of this Exhibit "B" as follows:

              August 1, 1997 - July 31, 1998       Up To $45,440.00

     2. Upon the earlier of the end date  identified in the allocation  schedule
specified  in  Paragraph  1  above,  or  the  satisfaction  of  all  obligations
associated  with the  tenant  improvements  covered  under  this  Article II and
receipt of the  associated  lien waivers for the work,  the Tenant shall forfeit
any unused  portion of the allowance.  Any requests for payment  received by the
Landlord after the above specified end dates, will be returned to the Tenant and
will be the obligation and sole responsibility of the Tenant.

     3. In addition to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Lease,  
Tenant's  contractor shall (and its contract shall so provide):

         (a)  conduct  its  work  in  such a  manner  so as not to  unreasonably
              interfere with other tenants in the Building, Building operations,
              or any other  construction  occurring on or in the Building or the
              Premises;

         (b)  execute  a set  of and  comply  with  all  rules  and  regulations
              relating to the  construction  activities in or on the Building as
              may be reasonably promulgated from time to time by Landlord or its
              agents;

         (c)  maintain such insurance  (such as general  liability and workman's
              compensation)  and bonds (such as performance  and  completion) in
              force and effect as may be reasonably  requested by Landlord or as
              required by  applicable  law (but in any event said bonds shall be
              in amounts  equal to the full value or cost of the work being done
              by the Tenant contractor);

                                       4

                                     - 70 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Sixth  Amendment  To Lease  between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997. (Page 2 of 2)

         (d)  be  responsible  for reaching an agreement  with  Landlord and its
              agents as to the terms and  conditions  for all  contractor  items
              relating to the conducting of its work,  including but not limited
              to, those matters relating to hoisting,  systems interfacing,  use
              of  temporary  utilities,  storage  of  materials,   placement  of
              dumpsters,  access  to the  Premises  and  the  Building,  and the
              purchase and return of Building standard materials.

         (e)  Upon completion of any tenant  improvements, Tenant shall  prompt-
              ly furnish Landlord with sworn owner's and contractors' statements
              and  full  and  final  waivers  of lien  covering  all  labor  and
              materials included in such  improvements.  Tenant shall not permit
              any mechanic's lien to be filed against the Building,  or any part
              thereof,  arising out of any improvement performed,  or alleged to
              have been performed,  by or on behalf of Tenant.  If any such lien
              is filed,  Tenant shall within ten (10) days  thereafter have such
              lien  released  of record or deliver  to  Landlord a bond in form,
              amount,   and  issued  by  a  surety   satisfactory  to  Landlord,
              indemnifying  Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting
              from  such  lien  and the  foreclosure  or  attempted  foreclosure
              thereof.  If  Tenant  fails to have such  lien so  released  or to
              deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the
              validity of such lien,  may pay or discharge the same;  and Tenant
              shall  reimburse  Landlord  upon  demand for the amount so paid by
              Landlord, including Landlord's expenses and attorney's fees.

     4. Landlord shall have the right to approve all  subcontractors  to be used
by the Tenant's contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld as
long as such subcontractors satisfy the requirements of this Article II.


     5. Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Landlord,   its  agents,
contractors (including Building Contractor), and any mortgagee of Landlord, from
and against  any and all losses,  damages,  costs  (including  costs of suit and
attorneys' fees), liabilities, or causes of action for injury to or death of any
person,  for damage to any property,  and for mechanic's  materialmen's or other
liens or  claims  arising  out of or in  connection  with  the work  done by the
Tenant's    contractor   (and   Tenant's    contractor's    subcontractors   and
sub-subcontractors) under its contract with Tenant.


     6. The failure by Tenant,  after receiving  written  notice,  to materially
comply with any of the provisions of Article II of this Exhibit shall constitute
a Default  by Tenant  under the terms of the Lease and  Landlord  shall have the
benefit of all remedies  provided for in the Lease,  except  Tenant shall have a
thirty (30) day right to cure Default upon receipt of written notice .


     7. Upon  completion  of the Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant shall  deliver to
Landlord  two (2)  copies of the "as  built"  plans and  specifications  for the
Tenant  Improvements  completed  under Article II of this Exhibit  within thirty
(30) days of completing the same.

                                       5

                                     - 71 -


                           SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE



         THIS SEVENTH  AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the  "Amendment") is made and entered
into this  ______ day of , 1997,  by and between  LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successor  in
interest to The Prudential Insurance Company Of America ("Landlord"),  having an
office c/o Lowe Enterprises  Colorado,  Inc., 1475 Lawrence  Street,  Suite 210,
Denver,  Colorado 80202, and Data Transmission  Network Corporation  ("Tenant"),
having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.


                                    RECITALS

A.       The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America  and Data  Transmission
         Network  Corporation entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 2,
         1995, for Suites #175A, #110, #200, #300, #301, #310, #320, #325, #340,
         #360,  #362, and #100  containing  75,931 rentable square feet (RSF) in
         the Building known as Embassy  Plaza,  located at 9110 West Dodge Road,
         Omaha, Nebraska ("the Premises").

B.       Subsequently,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company Of America  and Data
         Transmission  Network  Corporation  executed a First Amendment To Lease
         dated September 29, 1995, a Second  Amendment To Lease dated January 5,
         1996, a Third  Amendment To Lease dated  January 5, 1996,  and a Fourth
         Amendment To Lease between LAFP-SF,  Inc. and Tenant dated December 23,
         1996,  a Fifth  Amendment  To Lease  dated  July 7,  1997,  and a Sixth
         Amendment To Lease dated July 7, 1997.  The combined terms of the Lease
         and subsequent  Amendments  shall herein be referred to as the "Lease".
         Under the Lease the Premises consists of a total of 92,680 RSF.

C.       Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge that the surface parking for the
         Building is overburdened,  in part as a result of Tenant's use thereof.

D.       Landlord  intends to construct  additional  parking  facilities to ser-
         vice Tenant and other tenants in the Building subject to the terms and
         conditions contained below.

E.       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings as-
         cribed to them in the Lease.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and other
good and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Premises.  Effective September 16, 1997, the Premises  shall be expand-
         ed to  include  Suite  130,  measuring  1,180 RSF as shown on the floor
         plans attached  hereto,  marked Exhibit "A" (the "Expansion  Premises")
         and by this  reference made a part hereof.  Notwithstanding  the above,
         both Tenant and Landlord  understand that E.L.H.,  Inc. / d.b.a. Todays
         Temporary   currently  leases  Suite  130,  with  such  lease  expiring
         approximately  September 15, 1997. Should E.L.H.,  Inc. / d.b.a. Todays
         Temporary  holdover  and not vacate  Suite 130 by  September  15, 1997,
         Landlord will make  reasonable  efforts to pursue its legal remedies to
         have E.L.H.,  Inc. / d.b.a. Todays Temporary removed from the space. If
         the Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant after September 16, 1997,
         Landlord and Tenant shall execute a  Commencement  Date  Certificate in
         the form attached hereto as Exhibit "C", confirming Landlord's delivery
         of the Expansion Premises and commencement of the Lease with respect to
         the Expansion Premises.

2.       Term.  The term of the Lease with  respect to the  Expansion  Premises
         identified in Paragraph 1 above shall commence  September 16, 1997, and
         terminate upon termination of the Lease.

                                       1

                                     - 72 -
<PAGE>


3.       Base  Rent.  Tenant  shall  pay as Base Rent for the  Expansion  Pre-
         mises during the Term the sum of One Hundred Fifty-Four Thousand,  Nine
         Hundred and One Dollars,  and Nine Cents ($154,901.09)  payable monthly
         as follows:

              September 16, 1997 - May 31, 2001        $1,622.50 / Month
              June 1, 2001 - May 31, 2005              $1,720.83 / Month

4.       Adjustment Rent.  Effective upon  commencement of the Term with respect
         to the  Expansion  Premises,  Tenant  shall  pay  Adjustment  Rent with
         respect to the  Expansion  Premises  in  accordance  with the terms and
         conditions  contained in Paragraph 2 of the Lease, except that the Base
         Expense Year and Base Tax Year with respect to the  Expansion  Premises
         herein shall be the calendar year 1997.

5.       Tenant  Improvements.  Landlord  shall  provide  a  tenant  improvement
         allowance of up to $11,800.00 to be applied toward the cost of Tenant's
         required building improvements.  All improvements shall be performed in
         accordance with the Tenant  Improvement Work Schedule  attached hereto,
         marked as Exhibit "B", and by this reference made a part hereof.

6.       Tenant's  Proportionate  Share.  The schedule for  Tenant's  Propor-
         tionate  Share with space  having a Base Expense Year and Base Tax Year
         of 1997, shall be revised to reflect the incorporation of the Expansion
         Premises as follows:

         August 1, 1997 - September 15, 1997     3.45% (4,544 RSF / 131,740 RSF)
         September 16, 1997 - May 31, 2005       4.34% (5,724 RSF / 131,740 RSF)

7.       Effect of  Agreement.  Except as  herein  specifically  provided,  the
         terms and  conditions  of the Lease  shall  continue  in full force and
         effect.

8.       This  Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

9.       The parties hereto hereby reaffirm and ratify all covenants,  represen-
         tations and warranties in the Lease as amended by this Amendment.

                                       2

                                     - 73 -
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as
of the day and year first above written.


Tenant:                                         Landlord:

Data Transmission Network Corporation,          LAFP-SF, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

                                                By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                     Management, Inc.
By:                                             Its:  Authorized Agent
   -----------------------------------

Its:                                            By:
    ----------------------------------             -----------------------------


                                                Its:
                                                    ----------------------------

                                       3

                                     - 74 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Seventh  Amendment To Lease between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997 (Page 1 of 2)



                        TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK SCHEDULE
                        ---------------------------------



                                    ARTICLE I
                       Landlord's Construction Obligations
                       -----------------------------------

     Landlord  shall have no  construction  obligations  under  this  Amendment.
Tenant accepts the Expansion  Premises in an "as is" condition,  with all faults
and  with  the  understanding  that  it  shall  be  responsible  for any and all
improvements required for its occupancy and use in accordance with Article II of
this Exhibit "B".



                                   ARTICLE II
                       Construction of Tenant Improvements
                       -----------------------------------

     Tenant  shall  have the right to place  partitions  and  fixtures  and make
improvements or other  alterations in the Expansion  Premises in accordance with
the  provisions of Paragraph 9 of the Lease.  Landlord  shall  provide  Tenant a
tenant finish allowance of up to Eleven  Thousand,  Eight Hundred Dollars and No
Cents  ($11,800.00)  to be applied  toward the cost of any such  tenant-provided
improvements as follows:

     1. The tenant finish allowance shall be paid in periodic installments,  not
more frequently than once per month,  equal to the total of the  contractor's or
consultant's  invoice amounts for improvements  made to the Expansion  Premises,
excluding   any   furnishings   or  business   equipment   (such  as  computers,
satellite/microwave  dish, office  equipment,  etc.), as submitted by Tenant and
verified to Landlord's  reasonable  satisfaction;  provided,  however, that such
payments  will be made only if Tenant is not then in Default  under the terms of
this Lease and invoices are  accompanied  by lien waivers in the amount equal to
that of the  invoices.  The  tenant  finish  allowance  shall be  allocated  and
distributed subject to the provisions of this Exhibit "B" as follows:

        September 16, 1997 - September 15, 1998      Up To $11,800.00

     2. Upon the earlier of the end date  identified in the allocation  schedule
specified  in  Paragraph  1  above,  or  the  satisfaction  of  all  obligations
associated  with the  tenant  improvements  covered  under  this  Article II and
receipt of the  associated  lien waivers for the work,  the Tenant shall forfeit
any unused  portion of the allowance.  Any requests for payment  received by the
Landlord after the above  specified end date, will be returned to the Tenant and
will be the obligation and sole responsibility of the Tenant.

     3. In addition to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Lease,  
Tenant's  contractor shall (and its contract shall so provide):

         (a)  conduct  its  work  in  such a  manner  so as not to  unreasonably
              interfere with other tenants in the Building, Building operations,
              or any other  construction  occurring on or in the Building or the
              Premises;

         (b)  execute  a set  of and  comply  with  all  rules  and  regulations
              relating to the  construction  activities in or on the Building as
              may be reasonably promulgated from time to time by Landlord or its
              agents;

         (c)  maintain such insurance  (such as general  liability and workman's
              compensation)  and bonds (such as performance  and  completion) in
              force and effect as may be reasonably  requested by Landlord or as
              required by  applicable  law (but in any event said bonds shall be
              in amounts  equal to the full value or cost of the work being done
              by the Tenant contractor);

                                       4

                                     - 75 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Seventh  Amendment To Lease between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997. (Page 2 of 2)

         (d)  be  responsible  for reaching an agreement  with  Landlord and its
              agents as to the terms and  conditions  for all  contractor  items
              relating to the conducting of its work,  including but not limited
              to, those matters relating to hoisting,  systems interfacing,  use
              of  temporary  utilities,  storage  of  materials,   placement  of
              dumpsters,  access  to the  Premises  and  the  Building,  and the
              purchase and return of Building standard materials.

         (e)  Upon  completion  of any tenant  improvements,  Tenant shall  
              promptly  furnish  Landlord  with sworn  owner's and  contractors'
              statements  and full and final  waivers of lien covering all labor
              and  materials  included in such  improvements.  Tenant  shall not
              permit any  mechanic's  lien to be filed against the Building,  or
              any part thereof,  arising out of any  improvement  performed,  or
              alleged to have been performed,  by or on behalf of Tenant. If any
              such lien is filed,  Tenant shall within ten (10) days  thereafter
              have such lien released of record or deliver to Landlord a bond in
              form,  amount,  and issued by a surety  satisfactory  to Landlord,
              indemnifying  Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting
              from  such  lien  and the  foreclosure  or  attempted  foreclosure
              thereof.  If  Tenant  fails to have such  lien so  released  or to
              deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the
              validity of such lien,  may pay or discharge the same;  and Tenant
              shall  reimburse  Landlord  upon  demand for the amount so paid by
              Landlord, including Landlord's expenses and attorney's fees.

     4. Landlord shall have the right to approve all  subcontractors  to be used
by the Tenant's contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld as
long as such subcontractors satisfy the requirements of this Article II.

     5.  Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Landlord,   its  agents,
contractors (including Building Contractor), and any mortgagee of Landlord, from
and against  any and all losses,  damages,  costs  (including  costs of suit and
attorneys' fees), liabilities, or causes of action for injury to or death of any
person,  for damage to any property,  and for mechanic's  materialmen's or other
liens or  claims  arising  out of or in  connection  with  the work  done by the
Tenant's    contractor   (and   Tenant's    contractor's    subcontractors   and
sub-subcontractors) under its contract with Tenant.

     6. The failure by Tenant,  after receiving  written  notice,  to materially
comply with any of the provisions of Article II of this Exhibit shall constitute
a Default  by Tenant  under the terms of the Lease and  Landlord  shall have the
benefit of all remedies  provided for in the Lease,  except  Tenant shall have a
thirty (30) day right to cure Default upon receipt of written notice .

     7. Upon  completion  of the Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant shall  deliver to
Landlord  two (2)  copies of the "as  built"  plans and  specifications  for the
Tenant  Improvements  completed  under Article II of this Exhibit  within thirty
(30) days of completing the same.


                                       5

                                     - 76 -
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT "C" TO A SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                                     BETWEEN
                            LAFP-SF, INC., (LANDLORD)
                                       AND
                 DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION, (TENANT)
                              DATED JANUARY 5, 1998




                           COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT


         This Commencement Date Agreement is entered into by Landlord and Tenant
pursuant to Paragraph 1 of this Amendment.

         1.       DEFINITIONS.  In this Agreement the following terms have the 
meanings given to them:

                           (a)      Landlord:  LAFP-SF, Inc.

                           (b)      Tenant:  Data Transmission Network 
                                    Corporation

                           (c)      Lease:  Lease  between  Landlord and Tenant,
                                    dated May 2, 1995, and subsequently  amended
                                    via  a  First   Amendment   To  Lease  dated
                                    September  29, 1995,  a Second  Amendment To
                                    Lease  dated   January  5,  1996,   a  Third
                                    Amendment To Lease dated  January 5, 1996, a
                                    Fourth Amendment To Lease dated December 23,
                                    1996, a Fifth  Amendment To Lease dated July
                                    7,  1997,  and a Sixth  Amendment  To  Lease
                                    dated July 7, 1997,  a Seventh  Amendment To
                                    Lease  dated  September  19,  1997,  and  an
                                    Eighth  Amendment  To Lease dated  September
                                    19, 1997.

         2.       CONFIRMATION  OF THE  COMMENCEMENT  DATE  WITH  REGARD TO THE 
OCCUPANCY,   BY  TENANT,  OF  SUITE.   Landlord  and  Tenant  confirm  that  the
Commencement Date of the Lease with regard to the Expansion  Premises is January
5, 1998.


         Landlord and Tenant have executed this  Commencement  Date Agreement as
of the date set forth above.


Tenant:                                         Landlord:

DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK                       LAFP-SF, INC.
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

                                                By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                     Management, Inc.
By:                                             Its:  Authorized Agent
   ---------------------------------

Its:                                            By:
    --------------------------------               -----------------------------



                                                Its:
                                                    ----------------------------
 
                                      6


                                     - 77 -


                            EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE



         THIS EIGHTH  AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this  ______ day of , 1997,  by and between  LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successor  in
interest to The Prudential Insurance Company Of America ("Landlord"),  having an
office c/o Lowe Enterprises  Colorado,  Inc., 1475 Lawrence  Street,  Suite 210,
Denver,  Colorado 80202, and Data Transmission  Network Corporation  ("Tenant"),
having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.


                                    RECITALS

A.       The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America  and Data  Transmission
         Network  Corporation entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 2,
         1995, for Suites #175A, #110, #200, #300, #301, #310, #320, #325, #340,
         #360,  #362, and #100  containing  75,931 rentable square feet (RSF) in
         the Building known as Embassy  Plaza,  located at 9110 West Dodge Road,
         Omaha, Nebraska ("the Premises").

B.       Subsequently,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company Of America  and Data
         Transmission  Network  Corporation  executed a First Amendment To Lease
         dated September 29, 1995, a Second  Amendment To Lease dated January 5,
         1996, a Third  Amendment To Lease dated  January 5, 1996,  and a Fourth
         Amendment To Lease between LAFP-SF,  Inc. and Tenant dated December 23,
         1996, a Fifth  Amendment To Lease dated July 7, 1997, a Sixth Amendment
         To Lease  dated July 7, 1997,  and a Seventh  Amendment  To Lease dated
         September  , 1997.  The  combined  terms of the  Lease  and  subsequent
         Amendments shall herein be referred to as the "Lease".  Under the Lease
         the Premises consists of a total of 93,860 RSF.

C.       Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge that the surface parking for the
         Building is overburdened,  in part as a result of Tenant's use thereof.

D.       Landlord  intends to construct  additional  parking  facilities to ser-
         vice Tenant and other tenants in the Building  subject to the terms and
         conditions contained below.

E.       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings 
         ascribed to them in the Lease.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and other
good and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Premises.  Effective September 16, 1997, the Premises shall be expanded
         to include Suite 315 (3,430 RSF) and the adjacent  corridor  space (142
         RSF),  measuring 3,572 RSF as shown on the floor plans attached hereto,
         marked Exhibit "A" (the  "Additional  Expansion  Premises") and by this
         reference  made a part  hereof  for a total  Premises  of  97,432  RSF.
         Notwithstanding the above, both Tenant and Landlord understand that GAB
         Robins,  Inc.,  currently  leases Suite 315,  with such lease  expiring
         approximately September 15, 1997. Should GAB Robins, Inc., holdover and
         not  vacate  Suite  315 by  September  15,  1997,  Landlord  will  make
         reasonable  efforts to pursue its legal  remedies  to have GAB  Robins,
         Inc.,  removed from the space. If the Additional  Expansion Premises is
         delivered to Tenant after September 16, 1997, Landlord and Tenant shall
         execute a Commencement  Date Certificate in the form attached hereto as
         Exhibit "C", confirming Landlord's delivery of the Additional Expansion
         Premises and  commencement  of the Lease with respect to the Additional
         Expansion Premises.

2.       Term. The term of the Lease with respect to the Additional  Expansion  
         Premises  identified in Paragraph 1 above shall commence  September 16,
         1997, and terminate upon termination of the Lease.


                                       1
    
                                     - 78 -
<PAGE>

3.       Base Rent.  Tenant shall pay as Base Rent for the Additional  Expansion
         Premises during the Term the sum of Four Hundred Sixty-Eight  Thousand,
         Six Hundred and One Dollars, and Ninety-One Cents ($468,601.91) payable
         monthly as follows:

                September 16, 1997 - May 31, 2001     $4,911.50 / Month
                June 1, 2001 - May 31, 2005           $5,209.17 / Month

4.       Adjustment Rent.  Effective upon  commencement of the Term with respect
         to the Additional Expansion Premises,  Tenant shall pay Adjustment Rent
         with respect to the Additional  Expansion  Premises in accordance  with
         the terms and conditions  contained in Paragraph 2 of the Lease, except
         that the Base  Expense  Year and  Base  Tax Year  with  respect  to the
         Additional Expansion Premises herein shall be the calendar year 1997.

5.       Tenant  Improvements.  Landlord  shall  provide  a  tenant  improvement
         allowance of up to $35,720.00 to be applied toward the cost of Tenant's
         required building improvements.  All improvements shall be performed in
         accordance with the Tenant  Improvement Work Schedule  attached hereto,
         marked as Exhibit "B", and by this reference made a part hereof.

6.       Tenant's Proportionate  Share. The schedule for Tenant's Proportionate 
         Share shall be revised to reflect the  incorporation  of the Additional
         Expansion Premises as follows:

         Floor Space with a 1994 Base Expense Year and Base Tax Year:
         January 1, 1997-September 15, 1997    59.20% (77,992 RSF / 131,740 RSF)
         September 16, 1997-December 31, 1997  59.14% (77,992 RSF / 131,882 RSF)
         January 1, 1998-May 31, 2005          66.83% (88,136 RSF / 131,882 RSF)

         Floor Space with a 1997 Base Expense Year and Base Tax Year:
         August 1, 1997 - September 15, 1997   3.45% (4,544 RSF / 131,740 RSF)
         September 16, 1997 - May 31, 2005     7.05% (9,296 RSF / 131,882 RSF)

7.       Effect of  Agreement.  Except as  herein  specifically  provided,  the 
         terms and  conditions  of the Lease  shall  continue  in full force and
         effect.

8.       This  Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

9.       The parties hereto hereby reaffirm and ratify all covenants,  represen-
         tations and warranties in the Lease as amended by this Amendment.

                                       2

                                     - 79 -

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as
of the day and year first above written.


Tenant:                                 Landlord:

Data Transmission Network Corporation,          LAFP-SF, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

                                                By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                     Management, Inc.
By:                                             Its:  Authorized Agent
   -----------------------------------

Its:                                            By:
    ----------------------------------             -----------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    ----------------------------








                                       3

                                     - 80 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of an Eighth  Amendment To Lease between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated
                           1997 (Page 1 of 2).
- ---------------------------



                        TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK SCHEDULE
                        ---------------------------------



                                    ARTICLE I
                       Landlord's Construction Obligations
                       -----------------------------------

     Landlord  shall have no  construction  obligations  under  this  Amendment.
Tenant accepts the Additional  Expansion Premises in an "as is" condition,  with
all faults and with the  understanding  that it shall be responsible for any and
all  improvements  required for its occupancy and use in accordance with Article
II of this Exhibit "B".



                                   ARTICLE II
                       Construction of Tenant Improvements
                       -----------------------------------

     Tenant  shall  have the right to place  partitions  and  fixtures  and make
improvements  or other  alterations  in the  Additional  Expansion  Premises  in
accordance  with the  provisions  of  Paragraph 9 of the Lease.  Landlord  shall
provide Tenant a tenant finish  allowance of up to Thirty-Five  Thousand,  Seven
Hundred and Twenty  Dollars and No Cents  ($35,720.00)  to be applied toward the
cost of any such tenant-provided improvements as follows:

     1. The tenant finish allowance shall be paid in periodic installments,  not
more frequently than once per month,  equal to the total of the  contractor's or
consultant's  invoice amounts for improvements made to the Additional  Expansion
Premises,  excluding any  furnishings or business  equipment (such as computers,
satellite/microwave  dish, office  equipment,  etc.), as submitted by Tenant and
verified to Landlord's  reasonable  satisfaction;  provided,  however, that such
payments  will be made only if Tenant is not then in Default  under the terms of
this Lease and invoices are  accompanied  by lien waivers in the amount equal to
that of the  invoices.  The  tenant  finish  allowance  shall be  allocated  and
distributed subject to the provisions of this Exhibit "B" as follows:

   September 16, 1997 - September 15, 1998            Up To $35,720.00


     2. Upon the earlier of the end date  identified in the allocation  schedule
specified  in  Paragraph  1  above,  or  the  satisfaction  of  all  obligations
associated  with the  tenant  improvements  covered  under  this  Article II and
receipt of the  associated  lien waivers for the work,  the Tenant shall forfeit
any unused  portion of the allowance.  Any requests for payment  received by the
Landlord after the above  specified end date, will be returned to the Tenant and
will be the obligation and sole responsibility of the Tenant.


     3. In addition to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Lease,  
Tenant's  contractor shall (and its contract shall so provide):

         (a)  conduct  its  work  in  such a  manner  so as not to  unreasonably
              interfere with other tenants in the Building, Building operations,
              or any other  construction  occurring on or in the Building or the
              Premises;

         (b)  execute  a set  of and  comply  with  all  rules  and  regulations
              relating to the  construction  activities in or on the Building as
              may be reasonably promulgated from time to time by Landlord or its
              agents;

         (c)  maintain such insurance  (such as general  liability and workman's
              compensation)  and bonds (such as performance  and  completion) in
              force and effect as may be reasonably  requested by Landlord or as
              required by  applicable  law (but in any event said bonds shall be
              in amounts  equal to the full value or cost of the work being done
              by the Tenant contractor);

                                       4

                                     - 81 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of an Eighth  Amendment To Lease between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated
               1997. (Page 2 of 2).
- --------------

         (d)  be  responsible  for reaching an agreement  with  Landlord and its
              agents as to the terms and  conditions  for all  contractor  items
              relating to the conducting of its work,  including but not limited
              to, those matters relating to hoisting,  systems interfacing,  use
              of  temporary  utilities,  storage  of  materials,   placement  of
              dumpsters,  access  to the  Premises  and  the  Building,  and the
              purchase and return of Building standard materials.

         (e)  Upon completion of any tenant improvements, Tenant shall promptly
              furnish  Landlord with sworn owner's and  contractors'  statements
              and  full  and  final  waivers  of lien  covering  all  labor  and
              materials included in such  improvements.  Tenant shall not permit
              any mechanic's lien to be filed against the Building,  or any part
              thereof,  arising out of any improvement performed,  or alleged to
              have been performed,  by or on behalf of Tenant.  If any such lien
              is filed,  Tenant shall within ten (10) days  thereafter have such
              lien  released  of record or deliver  to  Landlord a bond in form,
              amount,   and  issued  by  a  surety   satisfactory  to  Landlord,
              indemnifying  Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting
              from  such  lien  and the  foreclosure  or  attempted  foreclosure
              thereof.  If  Tenant  fails to have such  lien so  released  or to
              deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the
              validity of such lien,  may pay or discharge the same;  and Tenant
              shall  reimburse  Landlord  upon  demand for the amount so paid by
              Landlord, including Landlord's expenses and attorney's fees.

     4. Landlord shall have the right to approve all  subcontractors  to be used
by the Tenant's contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld as
long as such subcontractors satisfy the requirements of this Article II.

     5.  Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Landlord,   its  agents,
contractors (including Building Contractor), and any mortgagee of Landlord, from
and against  any and all losses,  damages,  costs  (including  costs of suit and
attorneys' fees), liabilities, or causes of action for injury to or death of any
person,  for damage to any property, and for mechanic's  material men's or other
liens or  claims  arising  out of or in  connection  with  the work  done by the
Tenant's    contractor   (and   Tenant's    contractor's    subcontractors   and
sub-subcontractors) under its contract with Tenant.

     6. The failure by Tenant,  after receiving  written  notice,  to materially
comply with any of the provisions of Article II of this Exhibit shall constitute
a Default  by Tenant  under the terms of the Lease and  Landlord  shall have the
benefit of all remedies  provided for in the Lease,  except  Tenant shall have a
thirty (30) day right to cure Default upon receipt of written notice .

     7. Upon  completion  of the Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant shall  deliver to
Landlord  two (2)  copies of the "as  built"  plans and  specifications  for the
Tenant  Improvements  completed  under Article II of this Exhibit  within thirty
(30) days of completing the same.

                                       5

                                     - 82 -
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT "C" TO AN EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                                     BETWEEN
                            LAFP-SF, INC., (LANDLORD)
                                       AND
                 DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION, (TENANT)
                                  DATED           , 1997
                                       -----------




                           COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
                           ---------------------------


         This Commencement Date Agreement is entered into by Landlord and Tenant
pursuant to Paragraph 1 of this Amendment.

         1.       DEFINITIONS.  In this Agreement the following terms have the
meanings given to them:

                           (a)      Landlord:  LAFP-SF, Inc.

                           (b)      Tenant:  Data Transmission Network
                                    Corporation

                           (c)      Lease:  Lease  between  Landlord and Tenant,
                                    dated May 2, 1995, and subsequently  amended
                                    via  a  First   Amendment   To  Lease  dated
                                    September  29, 1995,  a Second  Amendment To
                                    Lease  dated   January  5,  1996,   a  Third
                                    Amendment To Lease dated  January 5, 1996, a
                                    Fourth Amendment To Lease dated December 23,
                                    1996, a Fifth  Amendment To Lease dated July
                                    7, 1997,  a Sixth  Amendment  To Lease dated
                                    July 7, 1997,  and an Seventh  Amendment  To
                                    Lease dated               1997.
                                               --------------

         2.       CONFIRMATION  OF THE  COMMENCEMENT  DATE  WITH  REGARD TO THE
OCCUPANCY,   BY  TENANT,  OF  SUITE.   Landlord  and  Tenant  confirm  that  the
Commencement Date of the Lease with regard to the Additional  Expansion Premises
is                 , 1997.
  ----------------

         Landlord and Tenant have executed this  Commencement  Date Agreement as
of the date set forth above.


Tenant:                                  Landlord:

DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK                LAFP-SF, INC.
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

                                         Lowe Enterprises Investment Management,
                                         Inc.
By:                                      Its:  Authorized Agent
   --------------------------------


Its:                                     By:
    -------------------------------         ------------------------------------


                                         Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


                                       6

                                     - 83 -


EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Ninth  Amendment  To Lease  between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997 (Page 1 of 2)



                        TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK SCHEDULE



                                    ARTICLE I
                       Landlord's Construction Obligations

     Landlord  shall have no  construction  obligations  under  this  Amendment.
Tenant  accepts the Option  Space in an "as is"  condition,  with all faults and
with the understanding that it shall be responsible for any and all improvements
required for its occupancy and use in accordance with Article II of this Exhibit
"B".



                                   ARTICLE II
                       Construction of Tenant Improvements

     Tenant  shall  have the right to place  partitions  and  fixtures  and make
improvements  or other  alterations  in the Option Space in accordance  with the
provisions of Paragraph 9 of the Lease.  Landlord  shall provide Tenant a tenant
finish  allowance of up to One Hundred  Twenty-One  Thousand,  Seven Hundred and
Twenty-Eight Dollars and No Cents ($121,728.00) to be applied toward the cost of
any such tenant-provided improvements as follows:

     1. The tenant finish allowance shall be paid in periodic installments,  not
more frequently than once per month,  equal to the total of the  contractor's or
consultant's  invoice  amounts  for  improvements  made  to  the  Option  Space,
excluding   any   furnishings   or  business   equipment   (such  as  computers,
satellite/microwave  dish, office  equipment,  etc.), as submitted by Tenant and
verified to Landlord's  reasonable  satisfaction;  provided,  however, that such
payments  will be made only if Tenant is not then in Default  under the terms of
this Lease and invoices are  accompanied  by lien waivers in the amount equal to
that of the  invoices.  The  tenant  finish  allowance  shall be  allocated  and
distributed subject to the provisions of this Exhibit "B" as follows:

  January 1, 1998 - December 31, 1998                      Up To $121,728.00


     2. Upon the earlier of the end date  identified in the allocation  schedule
specified  in  Paragraph  1  above,  or  the  satisfaction  of  all  obligations
associated  with the  tenant  improvements  covered  under  this  Article II and
receipt of the  associated  lien waivers for the work,  the Tenant shall forfeit
any unused  portion of the allowance.  Any requests for payment  received by the
Landlord after the above  specified end date, will be returned to the Tenant and
will be the obligation and sole responsibility of the Tenant.


     3. In addition to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Lease,  
Tenant's  contractor shall (and its contract shall so provide):

         (a)  conduct  its  work  in  such a  manner  so as not to  unreasonably
              interfere with other tenants in the Building, Building operations,
              or any other  construction  occurring on or in the Building or the
              Premises;

         (b)  execute  a set  of and  comply  with  all  rules  and  regulations
              relating to the  construction  activities in or on the Building as
              may be reasonably promulgated from time to time by Landlord or its
              agents;

         (c)  maintain such insurance  (such as general  liability and workman's
              compensation)  and bonds (such as performance  and  completion) in
              force and effect as may be reasonably  requested by Landlord or as
              required by  applicable  law (but in any event said bonds shall be
              in amounts  equal to the full value or cost of the work being done
              by the Tenant contractor);


                                       1

                                     - 84 -
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT "B" to be made a part of a Ninth  Amendment  To Lease  between  LAFP-SF,
INC.  (Landlord),  and DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  (Tenant),  dated ,
1997. (Page 2 of 2)



         (d)  be  responsible  for reaching an agreement  with  Landlord and its
              agents as to the terms and  conditions  for all  contractor  items
              relating to the conducting of its work,  including but not limited
              to, those matters relating to hoisting,  systems interfacing,  use
              of  temporary  utilities,  storage  of  materials,   placement  of
              dumpsters,  access  to the  Premises  and  the  Building,  and the
              purchase and return of Building standard materials.

         (e)  Upon  completion  of any tenant  improvements,  Tenant shall  
              promptly  furnish  Landlord  with sworn  owner's and  contractors'
              statements  and full and final  waivers of lien covering all labor
              and  materials  included in such  improvements.  Tenant  shall not
              permit any  mechanic's  lien to be filed against the Building,  or
              any part thereof,  arising out of any  improvement  performed,  or
              alleged to have been performed,  by or on behalf of Tenant. If any
              such lien is filed,  Tenant shall within ten (10) days  thereafter
              have such lien released of record or deliver to Landlord a bond in
              form,  amount,  and issued by a surety  satisfactory  to Landlord,
              indemnifying  Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting
              from  such  lien  and the  foreclosure  or  attempted  foreclosure
              thereof.  If  Tenant  fails to have such  lien so  released  or to
              deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the
              validity of such lien,  may pay or discharge the same;  and Tenant
              shall  reimburse  Landlord  upon  demand for the amount so paid by
              Landlord, including Landlord's expenses and attorney's fees.

     4. Landlord shall have the right to approve all  subcontractors  to be used
by the Tenant's contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld as
long as such subcontractors satisfy the requirements of this Article II.


     5.  Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Landlord,   its  agents,
contractors (including Building Contractor), and any mortgagee of Landlord, from
and against  any and all losses,  damages,  costs  (including  costs of suit and
attorneys' fees), liabilities, or causes of action for injury to or death of any
person,  for damage to any property,  and for mechanic's  materialmen's or other
liens or  claims  arising  out of or in  connection  with  the work  done by the
Tenant's    contractor   (and   Tenant's    contractor's    subcontractors   and
sub-subcontractors) under its contract with Tenant.


     6. The failure by Tenant,  after receiving  written  notice,  to materially
comply with any of the provisions of Article II of this Exhibit shall constitute
a Default  by Tenant  under the terms of the Lease and  Landlord  shall have the
benefit of all remedies  provided for in the Lease,  except  Tenant shall have a
thirty (30) day right to cure Default upon receipt of written notice .


     7. Upon  completion  of the Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant shall  deliver to
Landlord  two (2)  copies of the "as  built"  plans and  specifications  for the
Tenant  Improvements  completed  under Article II of this Exhibit  within thirty
(30) days of completing the same.


                                       2

                                     - 85 -

                            TENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE




         THIS TENTH  AMENDMENT  TO LEASE (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this ______ day of December,  1997, by and between LAFP-SF, Inc., successor
in interest to The Prudential Insurance Company Of America ("Landlord"),  having
an office c/o Lowe Enterprises Colorado,  Inc., 1475 Lawrence Street, Suite 210,
Denver,  Colorado 80202, and Data Transmission  Network Corporation  ("Tenant"),
having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.


                                    RECITALS

A.       The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America  and Data  Transmission
         Network  Corporation entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 2,
         1995, for Suites #175A, #110, #200, #300, #301, #310, #320, #325, #340,
         #360,  #362, and #100  containing  75,931 rentable square feet (RSF) in
         the Building known as Embassy  Plaza,  located at 9110 West Dodge Road,
         Omaha, Nebraska ("the Premises").

B.       Subsequently,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company Of America  and Data
         Transmission  Network  Corporation  executed a First Amendment To Lease
         dated September 29, 1995, a Second  Amendment To Lease dated January 5,
         1996, a Third  Amendment To Lease dated  January 5, 1996,  and a Fourth
         Amendment To Lease between LAFP-SF,  Inc. and Tenant dated December 23,
         1996, a Fifth  Amendment To Lease dated July 7, 1997, a Sixth Amendment
         To Lease  dated  July 7,  1997,  a  Seventh  Amendment  To Lease  dated
         September  19, 1997, an Eighth  Amendment To Lease dated  September 19,
         1997,  and a Ninth  Amendment To Lease dated  September  19, 1997.  The
         combined terms of the Lease and subsequent  Amendments  shall herein be
         referred to as the "Lease".
         Under the Lease the Premises consists of a total of 107,576 RSF.

C.       All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings 
         ascribed to them in the Lease.



         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  promises and other
good and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Parking.  Landlord and Tenant  recognize that the  construction  of the
         additional  parking  spaces  required  under  paragraph  1 of the Fifth
         Amendment To Lease, as referenced above, is substantially  underway and
         has been delayed from time to time due to weather conditions beyond the
         control of the Landlord.  In  consideration  of  Landlord's  reasonable
         efforts to complete  said parking as weather  permits  (estimated to be
         prior to May 1, 1998) and other  provisions of this  Amendment,  Tenant
         agrees,  effective  December  1,  1997,  to  commence  payment  of  the
         additional  Base Rent called for in paragraph 2 of said Fifth Amendment
         To Lease.


2.       Tenant  Improvements.  As a part  of  this  Amendment,  paragraph  1 of
         Article  II,  of  Exhibit  B to  the  Fourth  Amendment  To  Lease,  as
         referenced  above,  shall be modified to provide Tenant an extension of
         the time frame for  submittal  of invoices  relative to Tenant's use of
         the tenant finish  allowance  provided  under this Fourth  Amendment To
         Lease.  Such  extension  shall be for a period of up to four (4) months
         through April 30, 1998.


3.       Effect of  Agreement.  Except as  herein  specifically  provided,  the
         terms and  conditions  of the Lease shall continue in full force and 
         effect.


                                       1

                                     - 86 -
<PAGE>


4.       This  Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
         parties  hereto,  their  successors and assigns.



5.       The parties hereto hereby reaffirm and ratify all covenants, represen-
         tations  and warranties in the Lease as amended by this Amendment.



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as
of the day and year first above written.


Tenant:                                     Landlord:

Data Transmission Network Corporation,          LAFP-SF, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

                                                By:  Lowe Enterprises Investment
                                                     Management, Inc.
By:                                             Its:  Authorized Agent
  -----------------------------------


Its:                                            By:
    ---------------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    ----------------------------

                                       2

                                     - 87 -


                        1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK







                                       1

                                     - 88 -
<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


         <S>                                                                 <C>
         I.  DEFINITIONS.....................................................  2

         II.  REVOLVING FACILITY.............................................  9
         2.1      Revolving Credit...........................................  9
         2.2      Revolving Credit Fees...................................... 11
         2.3      Interest on Revolving Credit............................... 11
         2.4      Conversion................................................. 12
         2.5      Interest on Converted Notes................................ 12
         2.6      Payments................................................... 14
         2.7      Prepayments................................................ 14
         2.8      Security................................................... 14
         2.9      Existing Term Notes........................................ 14
         2.10     Related Loan Agreement..................................... 15

         III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................ 15
         3.1      Corporate Existence........................................ 15
         3.2      Corporate Authority........................................ 15
         3.3      Validity of Agreements..................................... 15
         3.4      Litigation................................................. 15
         3.5      Governmental Approvals..................................... 16
         3.6       Defaults Under Other Documents............................ 16
         3.7      Judgments.................................................. 16
         3.8      Compliance with Laws....................................... 16
         3.9      Taxes...................................................... 16
         3.10     Collateral................................................. 16
         3.11     Pension Benefits........................................... 16
         3.12     Margin Regulations......................................... 17
         3.13     Financial Condition........................................ 17
         4.1      Financial Reports.......................................... 17
         4.2      Corporate Structure and Assets............................. 19
         4.3      Net Worth.................................................. 19
         4.4      Indebtedness............................................... 19
         4.5      Use of Proceeds............................................ 19
         4.6      Notice of Default.......................................... 20
         4.7      Distributions.............................................. 20
         4.8      Compliance with Law and Regulations........................ 21
         4.9      Maintenance of Property; Accounting; Corporate 
                    Form; Taxes; Insurance................................... 21       
         4.10     Inspection of Properties and Books......................... 21
         4.11     Guaranties................................................. 22
         4.12     Collateral................................................. 22
         4.13     Name; Location............................................. 22
         4.14     Notice of Change in Ownership or Management................ 22

                                       2
    
                                     - 89 -
<PAGE>

         4.15     Interest Coverage.......................................... 23
         4.16     Subordinated Debt.......................................... 23
         4.17     Subsidiaries............................................... 23
         4.18     Amendments to Purchase Agreement........................... 23
         4.19     Capital Expenditures....................................... 23
         4.20     Acquisitions............................................... 23

         V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................. 24
         5.1      Closing Conditions......................................... 24

         VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES........................................... 24
         6.1      Events of Default.......................................... 24
         6.2      Remedies................................................... 26

         VII.  INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS..................................... 27
         7.1      FNB-O as Servicer.......................................... 27
         7.2      Application of Payments.................................... 28
         7.3      Liability of FNB-O......................................... 29
         7.4      Transfers.................................................. 29
         7.5      Reliance................................................... 29
         7.6      Relationship of Lenders.................................... 29
         7.7      New Lenders................................................ 29

         VIII.  MISCELLANEOUS................................................ 30
         8.1      Entire Agreement........................................... 30
         8.2      Governing Law.............................................. 30
         8.3      Notices.................................................... 30
         8.4      Headings................................................... 30
         8.5      Counterparts............................................... 30
         8.6      Survival; Successors and Assigns........................... 31
         8.7      Severability............................................... 31
         8.8      Assignment................................................. 31
         8.9      Amendments................................................. 31
         8.10     Consent to Form of Security Agreement, Term Agreement...... 31

         EXHIBIT A........................................................... 43

         EXHIBIT B...........................................................  9

         EXHIBIT C........................................................... 11

</TABLE>


                                       3

                                     - 90 -
<PAGE>

                         1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



    This 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
the 26th day of February,  1997, among DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business at Suite 200, 9110
West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114 (the "Borrower"),  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, a national banking  association having its principal place of business at
One First National Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102 ("FNB-O"), FIRST NATIONAL BANK,
WAHOO,  NEBRASKA,  a national banking  association having its principal place of
business at Wahoo,  Nebraska 68066  ("FNB-W"),  NBD BANK, a bank organized under
the laws of the State of Michigan and having its principal  place of business at
611 Woodward  Avenue,  Detroit,  Michigan 48226 ("NBD"),  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA,
N.A., a national banking  association  having its principal place of business at
20th and Farnam Streets,  Omaha, Nebraska 68102 ("Norwest"),  THE SUMITOMO BANK,
LIMITED,  a Japanese bank being represented by its office at 200 North Broadway,
Suite 1625,  St. Louis,  Missouri  63102 and acting  through its Chicago  branch
("Sumitomo"), MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A., a national banking association
having  its  principal  place of  business  at One  Mercantile  Center,  7th and
Washington  Streets,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63101  ("Mercantile"),  FIRST BANK,
NATIONAL   ASSOCIATION   (successor  in  interest  to  FirsTier  Bank,  National
Association),  a national  banking  association  having its  principal  place of
business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska  68508 ("First  Bank"),  THE
BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS, a national banking  association having its
principal place of business at One Boatmen's Plaza, 800 Market Street,  P.O. Box
236, St. Louis, Missouri 63166-0236 ("Boatmen's"),  BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian
bank  represented  by its office at 430 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10022
("Montreal"),  and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking  association  being
represented by its offices at One Metropolitan  Square, 211 North Broadway,  St.
Louis, Missouri 63102 ("LaSalle").

                                   WITNESSETH:

    WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and  certain  of  the  Lenders  (as  such  term  is
hereinafter defined) are parties to a 1996 Term Credit Agreement dated as of May
3,  1996,  which has been  amended,  (the  "1996 Term  Credit  Agreement"),  the
proceeds  of which  were  used to  acquire  substantially  all of the  assets of
Broadcast Partners, a general partnership having its principal place of business
in Des Moines, Iowa;

    WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and  certain of the  Lenders  are parties to a 1996
Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated as of June 28, 1996,  which has been amended
(the "1996 Revolving Credit  Agreement"),  which 1996 Revolving Credit Agreement
provided a revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes;

                                       4

                                     - 91 -
<PAGE>

    WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to increase the amount and extend the maturity
of the revolving  credit  facility  which was the subject of the 1996  Revolving
Credit Agreement; and

    WHEREAS,  the parties do not intend for this 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement
to be deemed to  extinguish  any  existing  indebtedness  of the  Borrower or to
release,  terminate  or affect the priority of any  security  therefor,  but the
parties do intend that this 1997 Revolving  Credit Agreement shall supersede and
replace the terms of the above-referenced 1996 Revolving Credit Agreement;

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the premises,  and for other good and
valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:

                                 I. DEFINITIONS

    For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

Acquisition
Notes:                The Notes  issued by the  Borrower  to the Term  Lenders 
                      under the Term Agreement, and all extensions, renewals and
                      substitutions, if any, of or for the same.

Advance:              Any  advance  of funds to the  Borrower  by the  Revolving
                      Lenders or any of them under the revolving credit facility
                      provided in this Agreement.

Agreement:            This 1997 Revolving  Credit Agreement dated as of February
                      26, 1997,  between the Borrower  and certain  Lenders,  as
                      amended or restated from time to time.

Base Rate:            The floating  interest rate  announced from time to
                      time by FNB-O as its  "National  Base Rate." The  National
                      Base Rate is set by FNB-O,  solely in its  discretion,  to
                      reflect  generally  the rates  charged by  national  money
                      center banks as their reference  rates.  (Previously,  the
                      rate was  announced by FNB-O as its "New York Base Rate.")
                      Rates  charged  by FNB-O  may be at,  above  or below  the
                      National  Base  Rate,  as  determined  by FNB-O as to each
                      respective customer.

Boatmen's:            The Boatmen's  National Bank of St. Louis, a national 
                      banking association having its principal place of business
                      at One  Boatmen's  Plaza,  800 Market  Street,  St. Louis,
                      Missouri 63166-0236, and its successors and assigns.

Borrower:             Data   Transmission   Network   Corporation,   a  Delaware
                      corporation  having its  principal  place of  business  at
                      Suite 200, 9110 West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.

                                       5

                                     - 92 -
<PAGE>

Broadcast
Partners:             Broadcast  Partners,  a general partnership having its 
                      current  principal  place  of  business  at  11275  Aurora
                      Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

Business
Day:                  Any day other than a  Saturday, Sunday or a legal  holiday
                      on which banks in the State of  Nebraska  are not open for
                      business.

Change of
Control:              (a) At any time when any of the equity  securities of the 
                      Borrower  shall  be  registered  under  Section  12 of the
                      Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 as amended  from time to
                      time  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  (i) any  person,  entity or
                      "group"  (within  the  meaning of Section  13(d)(3) of the
                      Exchange Act) (other than any person which is a management
                      employee,  or any such "group" which consists  entirely of
                      management  employees,  of the Borrower) being or becoming
                      the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than
                      50%  of  the  voting  stock  of the  Borrower,  or  (ii) a
                      majority  of  the  members  of  the  Borrower's  board  of
                      directors  (the "Board")  consisting of persons other than
                      Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined);  and (b) at
                      any other time,  less than 50% of the voting  stock of the
                      Borrower being owned beneficially, directly or indirectly,
                      by employees of the Borrower or its subsidiaries.  As used
                      herein, the term "Continuing Director" means any member of
                      the Board on June 29,  1995,  and any other  member of the
                      Board who shall be  recommended  or  elected  to succeed a
                      Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing  Directors
                      who are the members of the Board.

Collateral:           All personal  property of the  Borrower  described  in the
                      Security   Agreement,   whether  now  owned  or  hereafter
                      acquired, including, without limitation:

                              (a)  all  of  the  Borrower's  accounts,  accounts
                      receivable,  Subscriber  contract  rights,  chattel paper,
                      documents,   instruments,   goods,  inventory,  equipment,
                      general intangibles; and

                              (b)  all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

Conversion:           This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Converted
Notes:                Any  note  evidencing  Conversion  under  or of  all  or a
                      portion of the Revolving Credit Notes (or any such similar
                      notes   issued  to  any   additional   Revolving   Lenders
                      hereinafter added to this Agreement),  and all extensions,
                      renewals and substitutions of or for the foregoing.

                                       6

                                     - 93 -
<PAGE>


Default Rate:         The floating  interest rate  announced from time to
                      time by FNB-O as its "National  Base Rate" plus 4.0%.  The
                      National  Base  Rate  is  set  by  FNB-O,  solely  in  its
                      discretion,  to  reflect  generally  the rates  charged by
                      national  money  center  banks as their  reference  rates.
                      (Previously,  the rate was  announced by FNB-O as its "New
                      York Base Rate.")  Rates charged by FNB-O may be at, above
                      or below the National Base Rate, as determined by FNB-O as
                      to each respective customer.

Existing
Term Notes:           Those certain promissory notes from the Borrower to
                      FNB-O,  FirsTier,  FNB-W, NBD, Norwest and Boatmen's dated
                      as of April 16,  1993,  July 8,  1993,  August  30,  1994,
                      November  29,  1994,   and  February  27,  1995,  and  all
                      extensions,  renewals,  and  substitutions  of or for  the
                      foregoing.

First Bank:           First Bank, National Association, a national banking
                      association having its principal place of business at 13th
                      and M Streets, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508, and its successors
                      and assigns (it being  acknowledged that First Bank is the
                      successor in interest to FirsTier).

FNB-O:                First   National  Bank  of  Omaha,   a  national   banking
                      association  having its principal place of business at One
                      First National  Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68102,  and its
                      successors and assigns.

FNB-W:                First National Bank, Wahoo,  Nebraska,  a national banking
                      association  having its  principal  place of  business  at
                      Wahoo, Nebraska 68066, and its successors and assigns.

Fixed Rate
Notice:               This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Interest Rate
Protection
Contract
Amounts:              "Interest Rate  Protection  Contract  Amounts" shall mean
                      amounts  due  from  the  Borrower   under   interest  rate
                      protection  contracts between the Borrower and one or more
                      Lenders as to (i) the interest differential amounts due in
                      respect  of  periodic  netting  payments  under  any  such
                      contract,  and (ii) any  amount due as a result of marking
                      to  market  the  Borrower's  obligations  under  any  such
                      contract upon the occurrence of an event of default under,
                      or other early  termination  of, such contract;  in either
                      case without  inclusion of fees and other expenses related
                      to such contract.  Such Interest Rate Protection  Contract
                      Amounts  shall be  reported  in  writing  to FNB-O and the
                      Borrower by the  applicable  Lender at such times as shall
                      be appropriate to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

                                       7

                                     - 94 -
<PAGE>

LaSalle:              LaSalle  National  Bank,  a national  banking  association
                      having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 135  South
                      LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

Lenders:              FNB-O, FNB-W, NBD, Norwest, LaSalle, Sumitomo, Mercantile,
                      First Bank and  Montreal,  in their  capacity as Revolving
                      Lenders under this Agreement, the Term Lenders, lenders of
                      the Related  Bank Debt,  Boatmen's  (as to Articles VI and
                      VII and as to  Section  8.6  only),  and  such  additional
                      lenders  as may be added  hereto or  thereto  from time to
                      time.

Leverage
Ratio:                The number which is obtained at the time of determination
                      by dividing Total  Indebtedness  at the applicable time by
                      Operating Cash Flow at the applicable time.

Make-Whole
Premium:              An amount which shall be sufficient  as  determined by the
                      relevant  Lender in good faith and on a  reasonable  basis
                      and  certified to the Borrower in writing,  to  compensate
                      the Lender for any loss  (including any lost yield),  cost
                      or expense  incurred by the Lender (i) in  liquidating  or
                      redeploying deposits or other funds acquired by the Lender
                      to  fund  or  maintain   the  loan  prepaid  and  (ii)  in
                      unwinding,  amending,  canceling or otherwise modifying or
                      terminating any match funding,  swap or other  arrangement
                      entered into by the Lender in connection with acquiring or
                      maintaining the funding for the loan prepaid.

Mercantile:           Mercantile  Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., a national  banking
                      association  having its principal place of business at One
                      Mercantile Center, 7th and Washington Streets,  St. Louis,
                      Missouri 63101, and its successors and assigns.

Montreal:             Bank of Montreal, a Canadian bank being represented by its
                      offices at 430 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

NBD:                  NBD Bank, a bank organized  under the laws of the State of
                      Michigan and having its principal place of business at 611
                      Woodward   Avenue,   Detroit,   Michigan  48226,  and  its
                      successors and assigns.

Net Operating
Profit After
Taxes:                For any period,  the net earnings (or loss) after taxes of
                      Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for
                      such  period  taken  as a  single  accounting  period  and
                      determined   in   conformity   with   generally   accepted
                      accounting  principles;   provided  that  there  shall  be
                      excluded  (i) the income  (or loss) of any entity  accrued
                      prior to the date it becomes a  Subsidiary  of Borrower or
                      is merged into or consolidated  with Borrower and (ii) any
                      extraordinary  gains or losses for such period  determined
                      in   accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting
                      principles.

                                       8

                                     - 95 -
<PAGE>

Net Worth:            The Borrower's consolidated net worth as determined
                      in   accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting
                      principles  plus  subordinated  debt. For purposes of this
                      definition,  "subordinated debt" means indebtedness of the
                      Borrower which is subordinate, in a manner satisfactory to
                      the Lenders,  to the indebtedness due to the Lenders,  and
                      the  repayment of which is forbidden  during the existence
                      of any Event of Default hereunder;  provided however, that
                      any such  indebtedness  shall not be  deemed  subordinated
                      debt to the  extent of the  amount of  principal  payments
                      that are due thereon  within one (1) year from the date of
                      determination.

Norwest:              Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., a national  banking  
                      association having its principal place of business at 20th
                      and  Farnam  Streets,   Omaha,  Nebraska  68102,  and  its
                      successors and assigns.

Notes:                (i) The Revolving  Credit Notes,  the Converted Notes, the
                      Existing  Term  Notes,  the  Acquisition  Notes,  and such
                      additional  similar  notes  as may be  issued  to  certain
                      additional  Lenders,  and all  extensions,  renewals,  and
                      substitutions of or for the foregoing; and (ii) notes and,
                      in the case of interest rate  protection  contracts,  such
                      contracts  evidencing  the  obligations of the Borrower to
                      any Lender under the Related Bank Debt.

Operating
Cash Flow:            The Borrower's consolidated average monthly earnings
                      or loss before  interest,  depreciation,  amortization and
                      taxes,  less  current  tax  expense  and plus or minus any
                      non-ordinary  non-cash  charges or  credits  to  earnings,
                      which  average  shall be based  on the  Borrower's  actual
                      financial  results  in the two (2)  full  calendar  months
                      preceding  the  date of  determination.  For  purposes  of
                      calculating  Operating Cash Flow for this  Agreement,  the
                      Borrower shall not permit deferred  commission expenses to
                      be  capitalized  for any  period in excess of twelve  (12)
                      months.

Operative
Documents:            This Agreement,  the Notes, the Security Agreement,  the
                      financing  statements  regarding  the  Collateral  and the
                      documents and certificates  delivered  pursuant to Section
                      5.1.
Principal
Loan
Amount:               As to the Revolving  Credit  Notes,  the aggregate  prin-
                      cipal  amount of all unpaid  Advances  outstanding  at any
                      time (not including the unpaid balance under the

                                       9

                                     - 96 -
<PAGE>

                      Related Bank Debt,  Existing Term Notes or any Acquisition
                      Notes, or any amounts converted to a term loan hereunder),
                      and as to Converted Notes hereunder,  the unpaid principal
                      amount thereof.

Purchase
Agreement:            The Asset  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated as of 
                      May 3, 1996, between the Borrower and Broadcast  Partners,
                      as amended from time to time.

Quarterly
Compliance
Certificate:          The certificate delivered to the Lenders by the Borrower 
                      pursuant to Section 4.1(d).

Related
Bank Debt:            The aggregate  unpaid  balance of all  indebtedness,
                      now or  hereafter  existing  (including  future  advances)
                      under (i) the Related Loan Agreement,  including,  without
                      limitation,  the amounts  outstanding  under those certain
                      promissory notes from the Borrower to FNB-O,  FirsTier and
                      FNB-W dated as of October  13, 1992 and  December 7, 1992,
                      and all extensions,  renewals, and substitutions of or for
                      the foregoing;  and (ii) certain  interest rate protection
                      contracts  entered  into from time to time by the Borrower
                      with one or more of the Lenders.

Related
Loan
Agreement:            The Loan  Agreement  dated as of October 9, 1992,  between
                      the  Borrower  and FNB-O,  FirsTier and FNB-W and any loan
                      agreements issued in extension,  renewal,  replacement, or
                      restatement of the foregoing.

Release:              The Federal Reserve Statistical Release.

Restricted
Quarter:              This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 
                      hereof.

Revolving
Credit                Notes: The Notes issued to the Revolving  Lenders pursuant
                      to Section 2.1, and such  additional  similar notes as may
                      be issued to Revolving  Lenders  hereinafter added to this
                      Agreement by mutual written agreement of the parties,  and
                      all extensions,  renewals, and substitutions of or for the
                      same. Such notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Revolving
Credit Rate:          The Base Rate minus the applicable margin as determined 
                      pursuant to Section 2.3.

                                       10

                                     - 97 -
<PAGE>


Revolving
Lenders:              FNB-O, FNB-W, NBD, Norwest, LaSalle, Sumitomo, Mercantile,
                      First Bank and  Montreal,  and such  additional  Revolving
                      Lenders as may be added as Revolving Lenders under Section
                      2.1 hereto from time to time by mutual  written  agreement
                      of the parties.

Security
Agreement:            The 1997 Security  Agreement  dated as of the date hereof,
                      between the Borrower and FNB-O,  as agent for the Lenders,
                      (which  amends and  restates  the 1996  Restated  Security
                      Agreement dated as of May 3, 1996, as amended by the First
                      Amendment to 1996 Restated Security  Agreement dated as of
                      June 28,  1996;  the  Second  Amendment  to 1996  Restated
                      Security  Agreement  dated  as of July 31,  1996;  and the
                      Third Amendment to 1996 Restated Security  Agreement dated
                      as of  December  27,  1996),  and as  further  amended  or
                      restated from time to time.

Subscribers:          Those  customers of the Borrower which have subscribed for
                      the Borrower's  "Basic DTN  Subscription  Service"  and/or
                      "Farm Dayta Service" and/or other similar services and who
                      are not in default of their  payment or other  obligations
                      with respect thereto.

Subsidiary:           Any corporation business association,  partnership,  joint
                      venture,  limited  liability  company  or  other  business
                      entity  in  which  the  Borrower,  or one or  more  of its
                      Subsidiaries,  or the  Borrower  and  one or  more  of its
                      Subsidiaries  has  either  (i) more than 50% of the equity
                      ownership  thereof,  or (ii) the power to elect a majority
                      of the directors or to control the  identification  of the
                      managing or general partners or similar  governing persons
                      thereof.

Sumitomo:             The  Sumitomo  Bank,   Limited,   a  Japanese  bank  being
                      represented  by its  office at 200 North  Broadway,  Suite
                      1625, St. Louis,  Missouri  63102,  and acting through its
                      Chicago branch, and its successors and assigns.

Term
Agreement:            The  1997  Term  Credit  Agreement  dated  as of the  date
                      hereof,  among the Borrower and certain Lenders  specified
                      therein,  (which  amends and restates the 1996 Term Credit
                      Agreement dated as of May 3, 1996, as amended by the First
                      Amendment to 1996 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of July
                      17,  1996;  the  Second  Amendment  to  1996  Term  Credit
                      Agreement  dated  as of  July  31,  1996;  and  the  Third
                      Amendment  to  1996  Term  Credit  Agreement  dated  as of
                      December  27,  1996),  and as further  amended or restated
                      from time to time.

                                       11

                                     - 98 -
<PAGE>

Term
Lenders:              "Lenders" to the Borrower as such term is defined in the
                      Term Agreement.

Total
Indebtedness:         All loans and other  obligations of the Borrower and its
                      Subsidiaries,  without  duplication,  for  borrowed  money
                      (including,  without  limitation,  the indebtedness due to
                      the Lenders)  regardless of the maturity  thereof but such
                      term shall not include  subordinated debt of the Borrower,
                      as such term is defined in the  definition of Net Worth up
                      to $15,000,000 if such  subordinated  debt was existing on
                      May 3, 1996.  For  purposes of this  definition  of "Total
                      Indebtedness,"   indebtedness   under  an  interest   rate
                      protection  agreement shall mean the amount if any, at the
                      time  of  determination,   of  the  unpaid  Interest  Rate
                      Protection  Contract  Amounts;  provided,   however,  that
                      solely for purposes of voting under this  Agreement by the
                      Lenders,   "Total  Indebtedness"  will  not  include  such
                      Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts.

Trigger
Event:                This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 
                      hereof.

All  accounting  terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ordinarily applied under generally accepted accounting principles.


                             II. REVOLVING FACILITY

             2.1  Revolving Credit.

             (a) Until the  earlier of June 30,  1998,  or the date on which the
    loan  hereunder is converted to a term loan in accordance  with Section 2.4,
    the Revolving Lenders severally agree to advance funds for general corporate
    purposes not to exceed $59,500,000 (the "Base Revolving Credit Facility") to
    the Borrower on a revolving  credit  basis  (amounts  outstanding  under the
    Acquisition  Notes,  Existing  Term Notes and Related Bank Debt shall not be
    counted against such Base Revolving  Credit Facility  limit).  Such Advances
    shall be made on a pro rata  basis by the  Revolving  Lenders,  based on the
    following  maximum  advance  limits  and  applicable  percentages  for  each
    Revolving Lender: (i) as to FNB-O,  $12,316,500  (20.7%);  (ii) as to FNB-W,
    $297,500 (.50%);  (iii) as to NBD, $7,080,500  (11.9%);  (iv) as to Norwest,
    $2,856,000  (4.8%);  (v) as to  LaSalle,  $11,840,500  (19.9%);  (vi)  as to
    Sumitomo,  $5,950,000  (10%);  (vii) as to Mercantile,  $6,128,500  (10.3%),
    (viii)  as to First  Bank,  $6,128,500  (10.3%);  and  (ix) as to  Montreal,
    $6,902,000 (11.6%).


             (b) The Base Revolving Credit Facility shall be increased,  up to a
    maximum of $71,000,000,  upon satisfaction of the following conditions.  For
    each six-month  period shown below, the Base Revolving Credit Facility shall
    be  increased  in the amount  shown,  up to the maximum  indicated  for such

                                       12
    
                                     - 99 -
<PAGE>

    period,  based on the  conversion  in  accordance  with Section 2.4 below of
    outstanding balances on the Revolving Credit Notes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Maximum Principal        
                                 Conversion Amount        Maximum Increase In   
             Period           Increasing Facility Size Revolving Credit Facility
    --------------------      ------------------------ -------------------------

    <S>                       <C>                                    <C>        
    January-June, 1997        $38,000,000                            $11,500,000

    July-December, 1997       $38,000,000 minus the
                              principal amount, if
                              any, converted during the
                              prior period                          $  7,667,000

    January-June, 1998        $38,000,000 minus the
                              principal amount, if
                              any, converted during the
                              prior periods                         $  3,833,000
</TABLE>

    provided,  however, that the total amount of converted principal which shall
    result in an increase to the Base  Revolving  Credit  Facility over the term
    hereof shall not exceed $38,000,000;  and provided, further, that regardless
    of conversions,  in no event shall the Base Revolving Credit Facility,  plus
    the principal amount outstanding under Converted Notes issued after the date
    hereof,  exceed $71,000,000;  and provided further, that no such increase in
    the Base Revolving  Credit  Facility amount shall occur after the occurrence
    of an Event of Default.  In the event that the  principal  amount  converted
    during any six-month  period shown above is less than the maximum  principal
    conversion  amount shown above for such  period,  the amount of the increase
    shall be  determined by  multiplying  the maximum  possible  increase in the
    revolving  credit  facility  permitted  for such period by a  fraction,  the
    numerator of which is the amount of actual  converted  principal  (up to the
    maximum  permitted) and the  denominator of which is the difference  between
    $38,000,000  and the  principal  amount  converted  during  any of the prior
    six-month  periods shown on the above chart.  The "Maximum  Revolving Credit
    Facility" shall mean, as of the date of this Agreement, $71,000,000, and, if
    the maximum  increase in the Base Revolving  Credit Facility is not effected
    prior  to July  1,  1997,  shall  be  adjusted  on July  1,  1997,  and,  if
    applicable,  on January 1, 1998 to reflect such lesser  maximum amount which
    is possible to be effected during the succeeding  six-month  period pursuant
    to the above chart.

             (c) Any increase in the Base Revolving Credit Facility shall be pro
    rated among the  Revolving  Lenders in the  percentages  shown in (a) above;
    provided that in no event shall the  respective  revolving  credit  facility
    attributable  to each such Revolving  Lender exceed the amounts shown below:
    (i) as to FNB-O, $14,697,000; (ii) as to FNB-W, $355,000; (iii) as to

                                       13

                                    - 100 -
<PAGE>

NBD, $8,449,000; (iv) as to Norwest, $3,408,000; (v) as to LaSalle, $14,129,000;
(vi) as to Sumitomo,  $7,100,000; (vii) as to Mercantile,  $7,313,000; (viii) as
to First Bank, $7,313,000; and (ix) as to Montreal, $8,236,000.


The Borrower shall not be entitled to any Advance hereunder if, after the making
of such Advance,  the Total  Indebtedness would exceed thirty-six (36) times the
Borrower's Operating Cash Flow, determined at the time of the Advance. Nor shall
the Borrower be entitled to any further Advances  hereunder after the occurrence
of a material  adverse  change in its  management  personnel,  as  described  in
Section 4.14(b), or after the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to
the  Borrower.  Advances  shall be made,  on the  terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement,  upon the  Borrower's  request.  Requests shall be made by 12:00 noon
Omaha  time on the  Business  Day prior to the  requested  date of the  Advance.
Requests shall be made by presentation to FNB-O of a drawing  certificate in the
form of Exhibit B. The  Borrower's  obligation to make payments of principal and
interest  on the  foregoing  revolving  credit  indebtedness  shall  be  further
evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes.

             2.2  Revolving Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Revolving
Lenders a commitment fee equal to the product of the per annum unused commitment
fee percentage shown below times the unadvanced portion of the Maximum Revolving
Credit Facility described above:

          Leverage Ratio                        Unused Commitment Fee Percentage
          ---------------------------           --------------------------------

          Greater than 42                                  .375%

          Greater than 24 but not in
          excess of 42                                     .250%

          24 or less                                       .125%

Such fee shall be paid to FNB-O  quarterly  (calendar  quarters)  in arrears and
based on the average unused portion of the revolving  credit  commitment  during
the  applicable  quarter and the Leverage Ratio in effect on the last day of the
month preceding such quarter.  FNB-O shall  distribute to each Revolving  Lender
its pro rata  share of such fee based on the  maximum  advance  limits set forth
above.  Furthermore,  the  Borrower  will pay to FNB-O an agenting  fee equal to
$40,000 annually, payable quarterly in arrears.

             2.3  Interest on  Revolving  Credit.  Until the earlier of June 30,
1998, or the date on which the revolving credit loan hereunder is converted to a
term loan,  interest shall accrue on the Principal Loan Amount  outstanding from
time to time at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis, equal
to the Base  Rate  minus a margin  as  determined  below.  The  margin  shall be
adjusted  quarterly  after  receipt  of  the  Borrower's   Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate, commencing with the Quarterly Compliance Certificate in the form of
Exhibit  C  hereto  for  the  quarter  ended  12/31/96.   Adjustments  shall  be
retroactive to the beginning of the current quarter.

                                       14

                                    - 101 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Leverage Ratio                        Margin Below Base Rate
             -----------------------------         ----------------------

             <S>                                          <C> 
             Greater than 42                               .25%

             Greater than 36 but not more
              than 42                                      .50%

             Greater than 30 but not more
              than 36                                      .75%

             Greater than 24 but not more
              than 30                                     1.00%

             Greater than 18 but not more
              than 24                                     1.25%

             18 or less                                   1.375%
</TABLE>


The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere herein,
after an Event of  Default  has  occurred  interest  shall  accrue on the entire
outstanding balance of principal and interest on all indebtedness hereunder at a
fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate.

             2.4 Conversion. Upon the earlier of: (i) June 30, 1998; or (ii) the
Borrower's  giving notice of its election to convert the  revolving  credit loan
hereunder,  or any portion  thereof,  to a term loan, the revolving  credit loan
described above (or applicable  portion  thereof) shall be deemed converted to a
term loan (hereinafter  referred to as "Conversion").  Any such term loans shall
be  evidenced  by notes  (the  "Converted  Notes")  separate  from  the  initial
Revolving  Credit  Notes.  Upon the issuance of Converted  Notes,  the Revolving
Credit Facility will be reduced by the principal  amount of such Converted Notes
(and shall be increased to the extent  permitted in Section 2.1(b) hereof),  and
no further  Advances  shall be made by the  Revolving  Lenders on the  converted
amount. The then outstanding  Principal Loan Amount of each respective Converted
Note shall  become due and payable in  forty-eight  (48) equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding Business Day, and subsequent installments due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2002.

             2.5  Interest on Converted Notes.  After Conversion, interest shall
accrue on the Principal Loan Amount outstanding on the respective Converted Note
from time to time at a variable rate,  which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis,
which is equal to the  Revolving  Credit  Rate plus one  quarter of one  percent
(.25%).  For purposes of computing such variable rate,  changes in the Base Rate
shall be  effective  on the  first day of each  month  based on the Base Rate in

                                       15

                                    - 102 -
<PAGE>

effect on such day.  Notwithstanding  anything in the foregoing to the contrary,
after Conversion,  the Borrower may elect to have a fixed interest rate apply to
the outstanding  Principal Loan Amount converted and outstanding  after the date
of giving  notice of such fixed rate election  (the "Fixed Rate  Notice").  Such
fixed rate shall be the greater of:


             (a) the Revolving Credit Rate in effect on the date of the notice,
    plus one-half of one percent (.50%), or

             (b) the  average  of  the  yields  on  constant  maturity Treasury
     Bonds  with  maturities  of three  (3) years and five (5) years, as quoted
     in the immediately  preceding  monthly Release for the month preceding such
     Release,  plus the incremental  percentage shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      Leverage Ratio1                    Incremental %
                      ---------------                    -------------
                      <S>                                    <C>
                      Greater than 36                        2.25%

                      Greater than 24 but not in
                       excess of 36                          2.00%

                      24 or less                             1.75%
<FN>

1  Determined on the last day of the preceding quarter.

</FN>
</TABLE>

Any  election of a fixed rate by the  Borrower  shall be final and  irrevocable.
Interest  shall be due each month  concurrently  with the  Borrower's  principal
payment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere herein,  after an
Event of Default has occurred  interest  shall accrue on the entire  outstanding
balance of principal and interest on all indebtedness hereunder at a fluctuating
rate equal to the Default Rate. All interest due under this  Agreement  shall be
calculated on the basis of the actual number of days  outstanding  and a 360-day
year.  Interest  shall  continue  to accrue on the full  unpaid  balance  of all
indebtedness  hereunder  notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of
the  Borrower to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment
day falls on a day other than a Business  Day.  If the  Borrower's  most  recent
Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,
Total  Indebtedness  was at such  date  more  than  thirty-six  (36)  times  the
Operating  Cash Flow at the end of such  quarter,  the current  quarter shall be
deemed a  "Restricted  Quarter."  If,  any  time  during  a  Restricted  Quarter
(including,  without  limitation,  during  any period in such  quarter  prior to
delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing on
any Existing Term Note or Converted Note is less than seven and one-half percent
(7.50%) per annum, a "Trigger Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon the
occurrence  of a Trigger  Event,  the  Borrower  shall be  obligated  to pay the
following  fees: (i)  three-eighths  of one percent  (.375%) of the  outstanding
principal  balance as of the date  preceding  the Trigger Event of each Existing
Term Note or  Converted  Note  which  accrues  interest  at less than  seven and

                                       16

                                    - 103 -
<PAGE>

one-half percent (7.50%) per annum,  which amount shall be payable promptly upon
invoicing by FNB-O;  (ii) the same amount as computed in clause (i),  payable on
the six (6) month anniversary of the Trigger Event; and (iii) the same amount as
computed in clause  (i),  payable on the twelve  (12) month  anniversary  of the
Trigger Event.

             2.6  Payments.  All  obligations of the Borrower  under the Related
Bank Debt (other than obligations under any interest rate protection  contract),
Revolving  Credit  Notes and  Converted  Notes  and  under  the other  Operative
Documents shall be payable in immediately available funds in lawful money of the
United States of America at the principal office of FNB-O in Omaha,  Nebraska or
at such other  address as may be  designated  by FNB-O in writing.  In the event
that a payment day is not a Business  Day, the payment  shall be due on the next
succeeding Business Day.

             2.7  Prepayments. The Borrower may at any time prepay the Principal
Loan Amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Notes or any of the Converted
Notes if the Borrower has given the Revolving  Lenders at least two (2) Business
Days prior  written  notice of its intention to make such  prepayment.  Any such
prepayment may be made without  penalty  except for Converted  Notes as to which
interest is accruing at a fixed rate in  accordance  with  Section 2.5, in which
event a  prepayment  penalty  shall  be due to each  Revolving  Lender,  at each
Revolving  Lender's  option,  either:  (1) the  Make-Whole  Premium  due to such
Revolving Lender in respect of such prepayment;  or (2) such Revolving  Lender's
applicable  prepayment fee as set forth below. The applicable prepayment fee for
any Converted Note shall be: (i) if the notice electing fixed interest was given
within  twelve  (12)  months of  Conversion,  the fee shall be one and  one-half
percent  (1.50%) of the amount of such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice electing
fixed  interest  was given after  twelve (12)  months of  Conversion  but within
twenty-four  (24) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be  three-fourths  of one
percent (.75%) of the amount of such  prepayment;  (iii) if the notice  electing
fixed interest was given after  twenty-four (24) months of Conversion but within
thirty-six  (36)  months of  Conversion,  the fee shall be  three-tenths  of one
percent (.30%) of the amount of such prepayment.  The applicable  prepayment fee
for any Existing Term Note shall be as specified in such Existing Term Note.

             2.8  Security. All obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under
the  Operative  Documents,   including,   without  limitation,   the  Borrower's
obligations  to make  payments of  principal  and interest on the Notes shall be
secured by a first security  interest in the  Collateral,  as more  specifically
described in the Security Agreement.

            2.9  Existing Term Notes.  The  Borrower's  obligations  under the
Existing Term Notes shall  continue in full force and effect in accordance  with
the terms  thereof.  Such notes  shall be deemed  amended  to include  this 1997
Revolving  Credit  Agreement within the definition of Obligations in such notes,
it being understood that this 1997 Revolving Credit  Agreement,  rather than the
1996 Revolving Credit Agreement,  shall be controlling with respect to defaults,
covenants and all other relevant  matters  arising under the Existing Term Notes
and the Notes  executed and  delivered in  connection  with this 1997  Revolving
Credit  Agreement.  The Existing Term Notes shall  continue to be secured by the
security interest provided in the Security Agreement.

                                       17

                                    - 104 -
<PAGE>
             2.10  Related  Loan  Agreement.  Nothing  herein shall be deemed to
alter or amend the Borrower's obligations under the Related Loan Agreement,  the
Related  Bank  Debt or any  collateral  security  therefor,  all of which  shall
continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.



                       III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

               The Borrower represents and warrants that as of the date hereof
and as of the date of each and  every  request  for an  Advance  hereunder,  the
following are and shall be true and correct:

             3.1  Corporate Existence.  It and each of its Subsidiaries, if any,
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Delaware  and duly  qualified  and in good  standing in all
states  where it is doing  business  except where the failure to be so qualified
would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on it and it has full  power  and
authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business.  As of
the date of this Agreement, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

             3.2  Corporate Authority. It has full corporate power, authority 
and legal right to execute, deliver and perform the Operative Documents to which
it is a party, and all other instruments and agreements  contemplated hereby and
thereby,  and to perform its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder;  and such
actions have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and are not
in conflict with any  applicable law or  regulation,  or any order,  judgment or
decree  of any court or other  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality  or its
articles of  incorporation  or bylaws,  or with any provisions of any indenture,
contract or  agreement to which it or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which  it or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of its or  their  property  may be
bound.

             3.3  Validity of Agreements. The Borrower's Operative Documents 
have been duly  authorized,  executed and  delivered and  constitute  its legal,
valid and binding  agreements,  enforceable  against the Borrower in  accordance
with their respective  terms (except to the extent that enforcement  thereof may
be limited by any applicable bankruptcy,  reorganization,  moratorium or similar
laws now or hereafter in effect, or by principles of equity).

             3.4  Litigation.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a
party  to  any  pending  lawsuit  or  proceeding  before  or  by  any  court  or
governmental body or agency, which is likely to have a materially adverse effect
on the  Borrower's  ability  to  perform  its  obligations  under its  Operative
Documents; nor is the Borrower aware of any threatened lawsuit or proceeding, to
which it or any  Subsidiary  may become a party or of any  investigation  of any
Court or governmental body or agency into its affairs, which if instituted would
have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability  to perform  its
obligations under its Operative Documents.

                                       18

                                    - 105 -
<PAGE>

             3.5  Governmental Approvals. The execution, delivery and perfor-
mance by the Borrower of the  Operative  Documents or the Purchase  Agreement do
not  require  the  consent  or  approval  of,  the  giving  of  notice  to,  the
registration with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any federal,
state or other  governmental  authority  or agency  other  than as  contemplated
herein and therein.

             3.6  Defaults  Under Other  Documents. Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is in default or in violation (nor has any event occurred which, with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or violation) under
any document or any  agreement or instrument to which it may be a party or under
which it or any of its  properties  may be bound and the  result of which  would
have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability  to perform  its
obligations under its Operative Documents.

             3.7  Judgments. There are no outstanding or unpaid judgments (which
are not adequately  bonded) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary which would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

             3.8  Compliance with Laws.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is in violation of any laws,  regulations or judicial or governmental decrees in
any respect  which could have any material  adverse  effect upon the validity or
enforceability  of any of the terms of the  Borrower's  Operative  Documents  or
which  could have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability to
perform its obligations under its Operative Documents.

             3.9  Taxes.  All tax returns of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
for material taxes required to be filed have been filed or extensions  permitted
by law have been obtained;  all taxes of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries of a
material  nature and which are due and payable as reflected on such returns have
been  paid,  other than  taxes  which are due but for which only a nominal  late
payment  penalty  is  payable  and for which  the  taxing  authority  is not yet
entitled to enforce its remedies for payment  thereof and other than taxes being
contested in good faith and with respect to which  adequate  reserves  have been
established;  and  no  material  amounts  of  taxes  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries not reflected on such returns are payable.

             3.10 Collateral.  The Borrower has good and marketable title to the
Collateral and the Collateral is free from all liens,  encumbrances  or security
interests,  except as disclosed on Schedule A attached  hereto.  The  Borrower's
principal  place of business,  chief executive  office,  and the principal place
where it keeps its records  concerning  the  Collateral  is Suite 200, 9110 West
Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114.  The  Borrower  also keeps  certain of its
records regarding the Collateral at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

             3.11 Pension Benefits. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary 
maintains a "Plan" as defined in Section 3 of the  Employees  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974  ("ERISA"),  or each such entity is in compliance  with the
minimum funding requirements with respect to any such "Plan"

                                       19

                                    - 106 -
<PAGE>

maintained  by it and it has not incurred any material  liability to the Pension
Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  ("PBGC") or otherwise  under ERISA in connection
with any such Plan.

             3.12 Margin  Regulations.  No part of the  proceeds of any Advance
hereunder  shall be used to  purchase or carry any  "margin  stock"  (within the
meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
of the United States) or any "margin security" (within the meaning of Regulation
G of said Board of Governors),  or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security.  No part of the
proceeds of any Advance  hereunder  shall be used for any purpose that violates,
or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said
Board of Governors.

             3.13 Financial  Condition.  The financial condition of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  is truly  and  accurately  set  forth in the most  recent
financial  statement  which has been  provided  to the  Lenders  and no material
adverse change has occurred which would make such financial statement inaccurate
or misleading.

                                  IV. COVENANTS

             The Borrower hereby covenants that:

             4.1  Financial Reports.

             (a) Within  forty-five  (45)  days  after the end of each month, 
     the Borrower, at its sole expense, shall furnish the Lenders a consolidated
     balance sheet, a statement of earnings of the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries  and a  statement  of  cash  flows  of the  Borrower  and  its
     consolidated Subsidiaries, and such financial statements on a consolidating
     basis as to the Borrower,  all such financial  statements to be prepared in
     accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
     applied and certified as completed and correct,  subject to normal  changes
     resulting from year-end audit  adjustments,  by the chief financial officer
     of the Borrower.


             (b) Within  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  close of the Borrower's
     fiscal year, the Borrower, at its sole expense,  shall furnish the Lenders:
     (i) a  consolidated  balance sheet, a statement of earnings of the Borrower
     and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  and a  statement  of cash flows of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, certified by Deloitte & Touche,
     or  other  independent  certified  public  accountants  acceptable  to  the
     Lenders, that such financial reports fairly present the financial condition
     of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and have been prepared in
     accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
     applied;  and (ii) a certificate from such  accountants  certifying that in
     making the requisite audit for  certification  of the Borrower's  financial
     statements, the auditors either (1) have obtained no knowledge, and are not
     otherwise  aware of, any condition or event which  constitutes  an Event of
     Default  or which with the  passage  of time or the giving of notice  would
     constitute  an Event of Default  under  Sections  4.3,  4.4,  4.7,  4.9(b),
     4.9(d),  4.11,  4.19, or 4.20;  or (2) have  discovered  such  condition or
     event, as specifically set forth in such certificate, which
                                       20

                                    - 107 -
<PAGE>
 
     constitutes  an Event of Default  or which with the  passage of time or the
     giving of notice would  constitute an Event of Default under such sections.
     The auditors  shall not be liable to the Lenders by reason of the auditors'
     failure to obtain  knowledge  of such event or  condition  in the  ordinary
     course of their audit  unless such failure is the result of  negligence  or
     willful misconduct in the performance of the audit.


             (c) Within  thirty (30) days  after  submission  to the Securities 
     and Exchange  Commission,  the Borrower shall provide to the Lenders copies
     of its Forms 10K and 10Q,  as  submitted  to the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission during the term of this Agreement.

             (d) Within twenty (20) days after the end of each quarter, the  
     Borrower,  at its expense,  shall furnish the Lenders a certificate  of the
     chief  financial  officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit C, setting
     forth such  information  (including  detailed  calculations)  sufficient to
     verify the conclusions of such officer after due inquiry and review, that:

                      (i) The Borrower and each  Subsidiary,  either (y)
             is in compliance with the  requirements  set forth in this
             Agreement or (z) is NOT in  compliance  with the foregoing for 
             reasons specifically set forth therein; and

                      (ii) The chief  financial  officer of the Borrower has  
              reviewed  or  caused  to be  reviewed  all  of  the  terms  of the
              Operative  Documents of the  Borrower and that such review  either
              (1) has NOT  disclosed  the  existence  of any  condition or event
              which  constitutes  an event of default or any  condition or event
              which  with the  passage  of time or the  giving of  notice  would
              constitute an event of default  under the  Operative  Documents or
              (2) has  disclosed  the  existence  of a condition  or event which
              constitutes  an event of default,  or a  condition  or event which
              with the passage of time or the giving of notice would  constitute
              an event of default, under the aforesaid instrument or instruments
              and the specific condition or event is specifically set forth.

     For the quarter  ended  December 31, 1996,  the Borrower  shall provide the
     Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate  in the  form of  Exhibit  C,  plus  the
     compliance certificate in the form which was required by the 1996 Revolving
     Credit Agreement in effect on December 31, 1996.

             (e) The Borrower shall provide the Lenders with such other
     financial reports and statements as the Lenders may reasonably request.
                                       21

                                    - 108 -
<PAGE>


             4.2  Corporate Structure and Assets. The Borrower shall not merge 
or consolidate with any other corporation or entity unless the Borrower shall be
the surviving  entity,  nor sell any assets except items that are obsolete or no
longer  necessary  for  operation  of the  business,  other than in the ordinary
course of business without the prior written consent of the Lenders. The Lenders
shall be entitled to receive as a  prepayment  on the Notes the  proceeds of any
sale of assets of the Borrower which are  prohibited by the preceding  sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing prepayment requirements,  any such prohibited sale
shall remain a violation of this Agreement.  In addition, the Borrower shall not
engage in any business  materially  different from that in which it is presently
engaged  without the prior written  consent of the Lenders,  which consent shall
not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  The  foregoing  restrictions  on  mergers  and
consolidations  shall not apply if: (i) in the case of a merger, the Borrower is
the surviving entity and expressly reaffirms its obligations hereunder;  (ii) in
the case of a consolidation,  the resulting  corporation  expressly  assumes the
obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder;  (iii)  the  surviving  or  resulting
corporation  is organized  under the laws of the United States or a jurisdiction
thereof; (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving
or  resulting  corporation  will be engaged in  substantially  the same lines of
business as are now engaged in by the Borrower; and (v) immediately after giving
effect  to such  merger  or  consolidation,  no  Event  of  Default  will  exist
hereunder.

             4.3  Net Worth.  The Borrower  shall  maintain a minimum  Net Worth
during the term of this  Agreement of at least  $23,500,000,  plus fifty percent
(50%) of the net income (but not losses) of the  Borrower  for each fiscal year,
commencing with the fiscal year beginning  January 1, 1997;  provided,  however,
solely for  purposes  of  determining  compliance  with the  provisions  of this
Section 4.3, "Net Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.

             4.4  Indebtedness.

             (a) The  Borrower  shall not at any time permit the sum of the 
     Total  Indebtedness  to  the  Lenders  to  exceed  forty-eight  (48)  times
     Operating Cash Flow.

             (b) On the day the Borrower or a Subsidiary becomes liable with  
     respect to any debt and immediately  after giving effect thereto and to the
     concurrent  retirement  of any other debt,  the sum of Total  Indebtedness,
     plus the amount of any  outstanding  subordinated  debt of the Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries,  plus the contingent  obligations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries  under any  guaranty of the debt of any other person or entity
     (other than unsecured debt of a Subsidiary  incurred in the ordinary course
     of business for other than borrowed  money or to finance the purchase price
     of any property or business) shall not exceed an amount equal to sixty (60)
     times Operating Cash Flow at such date.

             4.5  Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of
the  Advances  hereunder  to purchase or carry any  "margin  stock"  (within the
meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
of the United States) or any "margin security" (within the meaning of Regulation
G of said Board of Governors), or to extend credit to others for the purpose of


                                       22

                                    - 109 -
<PAGE>

purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security. No part of such
proceeds shall be used for any purpose that violates,  or which is  inconsistent
with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said Board of Governors. This
section shall not preclude the Borrower from  repurchasing any of its own issued
and outstanding common stock;  provided,  however, that such repurchase does not
result in the occurrence of any other Event of Default hereunder.


             4.6  Notice of Default.  The Borrower shall give to the Lenders
prompt written notification of the existence or occurrence of:

             (a) any fact or event which results,  or which with notice or the  
     passage of time, or both, would result in an Event of Default hereunder;

             (b) any proceedings  instituted by or against the Borrower in any  
     federal, state or local court or before any governmental body or agency, or
     before any arbitration  board, or any such proceedings  threatened  against
     the Borrower by any governmental agency, which is likely to have a material
     adverse effect upon the Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under
     its Operative Documents;

             (c) any default or event of default  involving the payment of money
     under any agreement or instrument  which is material to the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary  to which  such  entity  is a party or by which it or any of its
     property may be bound,  and which  default or event of default would have a
     material  adverse  effect  upon  the  Borrower's  ability  to  perform  its
     obligations under its Operative Documents; and

             (d) the  Borrower  shall  give  immediate  notice  of the
     commencement  of any  proceeding  under the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code by or
     against the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

             4.7  Distributions.

             (a) Neither  Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall declare any
     dividends  or make any cash  distribution  in  respect of any shares of its
     capital stock or warrants of its capital  stock,  without the prior written
     consent of the Lenders;  provided,  however,  that the Borrower may declare
     stock dividends;  provided,  further, that the Borrower need not obtain the
     Lenders'  consent with  respect to (i)  dividends in any one (1) year which
     are, in the aggregate, less than 25% of the Borrower's Net Operating Profit
     After Taxes in the previous four (4)  quarters,  as reported to the Lenders
     pursuant  to Section  4.1;  or (ii)  dividends  or  distributions  from any
     consolidated Subsidiary.
             
             (b) Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  other than a
     Subsidiary which is wholly-owned by the Borrower shall purchase, redeem, or
     otherwise retire any shares of its capital stock or warrants of its capital
     stock if, immediately after the making of such purchase or redemption,  the
     Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  will be in default of any other  covenant  or
     provision of this Agreement (including,  without limitation,  the covenants
     and  provisions   pertaining  to  minimum  net  worth  and  limitations  on
     indebtedness).
                                       23

                                    - 110 -
<PAGE>

             4.8  Compliance  with Law and  Regulations.  The  Borrower and each
Subsidiary shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and
state laws and regulations.

             4.9  Maintenance of Property; Accounting; Corporate Form;
Taxes; Insurance.

             (a) The Borrower and each  Subsidiary  shall  maintain its
     property in good condition in all material respects, ordinary wear and tear
     excepted, and make all renewals,  replacements,  additions, betterments and
     improvements thereto necessary for the efficient operation of its business.

             (b) The Borrower and each Subsidiary shall keep true books of
     record and accounts in which full and correct  entries shall be made of all
     its  business  transactions,  all in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
     accounting principles consistently applied.

             (c) The Borrower and each Subsidiary  shall do or cause to be done
     all  things  necessary  to  preserve  and keep in full force and effect its
     corporate  form of existence as is necessary  for the  continuation  of its
     business in substantially the same form, except where such failure to do so
     with respect to any Subsidiary  would not have a material adverse effect on
     the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations  under the Operative
     Documents.
            
             (d) The Borrower and each Subsidiary  shall pay all taxes,
     assessments  and  governmental  charges  or levies  imposed  upon it or its
     property;  provided, however, that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall not
     be required to pay any of the  foregoing  taxes which are being  diligently
     contested in good faith by appropriate  legal  proceedings and with respect
     to which adequate reserves have been established.

             (e) The Borrower  shall maintain or cause to be maintained
     liability  insurance  and  casualty   insurance,   in  a  form  and  amount
     satisfactory  to FNB-O  as  agent  for the  Lenders,  upon  the  Collateral
     (excluding  equipment or inventory  provided to Subscribers in the ordinary
     course  of  business)  and  other  tangible  assets  owned  by it  and  its
     Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall name FNB-O as agent for the Lenders as the
     loss payee on all such casualty insurance,  and as an additional insured on
     all such liability insurance and shall provide the Lenders with evidence of
     such insurance upon request.

             4.10 Inspection  of  Properties  and  Books.  The  Borrower  shall
recognize and honor the right of the Lenders,  upon request to an officer of the
Borrower,  to visit and inspect any of the  properties of, to examine the books,
accounts,  and other records of, and to take  extracts  therefrom and to discuss
the affairs,  finances,  loans and accounts of, and to be advised as to the same
by the


                                       24

                                     - 111 -
<PAGE>


officers  of, the  Borrower at all such times,  in such detail and through  such
agents and representatives as the Lenders may reasonably desire.


             4.11 Guaranties.  Neither the  Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  shall
guaranty  or become  responsible  for the  indebtedness  of any other  person or
entity; provided,  however, that a Subsidiary may guaranty the obligation of the
Borrower;  provided further, that the Borrower may guaranty the obligations of a
Subsidiary so long as no Event of Default (or no event or occurrence  which with
the passage of time or notice,  or both,  would  become an Event of Default) has
occurred  or will  occur  hereunder,  taking  into  account  such  guaranty  and
indebtedness.

             4.12 Collateral.  Neither the  Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  shall
incur or permit to exist any mortgage,  pledge, lien, security interest or other
encumbrance on the  Collateral,  except as permitted in the Security  Agreement.
Subject to Section 4.4(b),  the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  from  acquiring  leased  equipment  in the ordinary
course of  business.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
Borrower  covenants and agrees that it shall on request  enforce for the benefit
of the Lenders, but at the sole expense of the Borrower,  any and all rights and
remedies (including,  without limitation, rights to indemnity), that it may have
with  respect  to the  existence  of any  liens,  security  interests  or  other
encumbrances  that may  exist on the  property  of the  Borrower  acquired  from
Broadcast Partners under the Purchase Agreement.  Notwithstanding  anything else
to the contrary herein or in the Operative  Documents,  Broadcast Partners shall
have no right to share in the proceeds of any such  recovery  which  constitutes
the  proceeds  of  any  indemnity  claim  by the  Borrower  under  the  Purchase
Agreement.

             4.13 Name;  Location.  The Borrower  shall give the Lenders  ninety
(90) days notice  prior to changing its name,  identity or corporate  structure,
moving its principal place of business, chief executive office or place where it
keeps its records concerning the Collateral.

             4.14 Notice of Change in Ownership or  Management.  During the term
of this Agreement,  the Borrower shall give the Lenders notice of the occurrence
of any of the following described events, which notice shall be given as soon as
the Borrower obtains notice or knowledge thereof:

             (a) any  change, directly or indirectly, in the existing
     controlling interest in the Borrower; or

             (b) any  material   adverse   change  in  its  management
     personnel. A material adverse change in the Borrower's management personnel
     shall  be  deemed  to have  occurred  if any one (1) of the  following  has
     occurred  with  respect  to two of the  four (4)  individuals  who are both
     officers  and members of the Board of Directors  of the  Borrower:  (i) the
     resignation,   retirement,  or  voluntary  or  involuntary  termination  of
     employment  and/or  status of such persons as officers and directors of the
     Borrower;  (ii) any announcement,  notice of intent,  resolution or similar
     advance  notice with  respect to the matters  referenced  in the  foregoing
     clause;  or (iii)  the  death,  disability  or legal  incompetence  of such
     persons.
                                       25

                                     - 112 -
<PAGE>
             4.15 Interest  Coverage.  The  ratio  of  Operating  Cash  Flow to
interest expense (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles but excluding  amortization  of deferred  offering costs and any fees
related to the  Trigger  Event in Section 2.5 of this  Agreement)  at the end of
each  quarter  during  the term of this  Agreement,  as  shown on the  Quarterly
Compliance Report, shall not be less than 2.25 to 1.0.


             4.16 Subordinated  Debt.  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary
shall incur any  subordinated  debt or issue any preferred stock or warrants for
preferred  stock except upon the prior written  consent of the Lenders.  Neither
the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall make any voluntary or optional  prepayment
on any  subordinated  debt  without the prior  written  consent of the  Lenders.
Similarly,  the Borrower  shall not amend its articles of  incorporation  or any
other  documents or agreements  relating to the issuance of  subordinated  debt,
preferred  stock or warrants  for  preferred  stock  without  the prior  written
consent of the Lenders.  The indebtedness to Broadcast  Partners under the Notes
shall not be considered subordinated debt.

             4.17 Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall give prompt written notice to
the Lenders of the Borrower's intent to acquire,  or the Borrower's  acquisition
of, any Subsidiary. Prior to the creation or acquisition of such Subsidiary, the
Borrower  (i)  shall  cause a first  security  interest  in the  assets  of such
Subsidiary to be perfected in favor of FNBO, as agent for the Lenders,  and (ii)
shall cause the  Subsidiary to enter into a security  agreement,  to execute and
file such financing  statements and to provide opinions all in form satisfactory
to the Lenders as to compliance with this section.

             4.18 Amendments  to  Purchase  Agreement.  The  Borrower  shall
not amend the  Purchase  Agreement  without  the prior  written  consent  of the
Lenders.

             4.19 Capital  Expenditures.  The  Borrower  shall not incur in any
fiscal year,  commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997, capital
expenditures,  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   of  more  than  $1,000,000;   provided,   however,   that  capital
expenditures  for (a) equipment to be used by Subscribers  of the Borrower,  and
(b)  telecommunication  equipment,  computer equipment,  software,  and software
consulting shall not be counted for purposes of this annual limitation.

             4.20 Acquisitions.  The Borrower shall not acquire any stock or any
equity  interest in, or warrants  therefor or  securities  convertible  into the
same,  or a substantial  portion of the assets of,  another  entity  without the
prior written  consent of the Revolving  Lenders;  provided,  however,  that the
Borrower  shall be permitted  to make on a  cumulative  basis from and after the
date of this Agreement such  acquisitions in an amount not to exceed Six Million
Dollars  ($6,000,000)  in the  aggregate  without the  consent of the  Revolving
Lenders if such acquisitions are in or from entities which:

             (a) are in the  business  of  electronically  communicating  time-
    sensitive  information  to subscribers;

                                       26

                                     - 113 -
<PAGE>

              (b) have their principal place of business in the United  States; 
    and

              (c) except for Market Communications Group, L.L.C., have a
    positive  operating  cash  flow,  calculated  in the  same method as is used
    to calculate  the  Borrower's  Operating Cash Flow for purposes of this 
    Agreement.

                             V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

             5.1  Closing  Conditions.  Any and  all  obligations  of the
Lenders  hereunder  are  subject to  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions
precedent:

             (a) FNB-O,  as agent,  shall have  received  an opinion of counsel 
     to the  Borrower  covering  such matters as the Lenders may request  
     (including,  without  limitation,  corporate  existence and good  standing,
     corporate  authority,  due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery of the
     Operative  Documents,  the legal, valid,  binding and enforceable nature of
     the  Operative  Documents,  the  perfection  and  priority of the  security
     interest  in the  Collateral  granted to the  Lenders,  and the  Borrower's
     compliance  with  applicable  state and federal laws in connection with the
     equity  offering  made in  connection  with the Purchase  Agreement),  such
     opinion to be satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to FNB-O;

             (b) FNB-O, as agent, shall have received such certificates and  
     documents  as  the  Lenders  may  reasonably  request  from  the  Borrower,
     including articles of incorporation and bylaws, certificates regarding good
     standing,  incumbency, copies of other corporate documents, and appropriate
     authorizing resolutions; and

             (c) the   Operative   Documents   shall  have  been  duly auth-
     orized and  executed  and shall be in full force and  effect,  and such UCC
     financing  statements shall have been executed and filed in such offices as
     may be appropriate to perfect the security  interest of FNB-O, as agent for
     the Lenders, in the Collateral.

                            VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

             6.1  Events of  Default.  Any of the  following shall be deemed
an event of  default  under  this Agreement (an "Event of Default"):

             (a) Any  payment  of  principal  required  by  any of the
    Operative Documents shall not be paid when due.

             (b) Any payment of interest or other fees due hereunder or under  
     any of the  Operative  Documents  shall  not be paid  within  fifteen  (15)
     calendar days after the date on which such payment was invoiced or due.

                                       27

                                     - 114 -
<PAGE>

             (c) Any  representation  or warranty of the Borrower under
     any of the Operative  Documents,  or any financial reports or statements or
     certificates submitted pursuant to this Agreement, shall prove to have been
     false in any material respect when made.


             (d) A failure of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary to comply
     with any requirement or restriction applicable to such entity and contained
     in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.11,  4.12,  4.13,  4.14, 4.15, 4.16,
     4.19, or 4.20 of this Agreement.

             (e) A failure of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary to comply
     with any  requirement  or  restriction  contained  in any  provision of the
     Operative  Documents  not  otherwise  specified  in this  Article VI, which
     failure  remains  unremedied for ten (10) days following  receipt of notice
     from FNB-O on behalf of the Lenders.

             (f) The  occurrence of a default or a breach of any of the
     obligations  of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  (other than  obligations of
     such Subsidiary to the Borrower) under any note, loan agreement,  preferred
     stock,  subordinated  debt instrument or agreement,  or any other agreement
     evidencing an obligation to repay borrowed money.

             (g) The entry of a final judgment  against the Borrower or
     any Subsidiary for the payment of money, which is not covered by insurance,
     and the  expiration  of thirty (30) days from the date of such entry during
     which the judgment is not discharged in full or stayed.

             (h) The occurrence of any one or more of the following:

                              (1) The  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall file a
                      voluntary  petition in  bankruptcy  or an order for relief
                      shall be entered in a bankruptcy case as to such entity or
                      shall file any petition or answer  seeking or  acquiescing
                      in   any   reorganization,    arrangement,    composition,
                      readjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution or similar relief
                      for itself under any present or future  federal,  state or
                      other statute,  law or regulation  relating to bankruptcy,
                      insolvency  or other relief for debtors;  or shall seek or
                      consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee,
                      receiver  or  liquidator  of such  entity or of all or any
                      part of its property,  or of any or all of the  royalties,
                      revenues,  rents, issues or profits thereof, or shall make
                      any general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or
                      shall admit in writing its  inability  to pay its debts or
                      shall generally not pay its debts as they become due; or


                              (2) A court of competent  jurisdiction shall enter
                      an order,  judgment or decree  approving a petition  filed
                      against  the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary   seeking  any
                      reorganization,  dissolution  or similar  relief under any
                      present or future federal,  state or other statute, law or
                      regulation  relating to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other
                      relief for  debtors,  and such  order,  judgment or decree
                      shall  remain  unvacated  and unstayed for an aggregate of
                      thirty  (30) days  (whether or not  consecutive)  from the
                      first date of entry thereof;  or any trustee,  receiver or
                      liquidator of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary or of all or

                                       28

                                     - 115 -
<PAGE>
                     
                      any  part  of  its  property,  or of  any  or  all  of the
                      royalties,  revenues,  rents,  issues or profits  thereof,
                      shall be appointed  without the consent or acquiescence of
                      such entity and such  appointments  shall remain unvacated
                      and unstayed for an aggregate of thirty (30) days (whether
                      or not consecutive); or


                              (3) A  writ  of  execution  or  attachment  or any
                      similar  process shall be issued or levied  against all or
                      any part of or interest in the Collateral, or any judgment
                      involving  monetary  damages shall be entered  against the
                      Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which shall  become a lien on
                      the Collateral or any portion thereof or interest  therein
                      and such  execution,  attachment  or  similar  process  or
                      judgment is not released,  bonded,  satisfied,  vacated or
                      stayed within thirty (30) days after its entry or levy.

             (i) Any event of default shall occur under any Operative Document.

             (j) A change shall occur after November 8, 1993,  directly or  
     indirectly, in the ownership or control of the Borrower; provided, however,
     that changes in the  ownership or control of, or new  issuances  of, voting
     common stock which do not exceed, cumulatively, 50% of the total issued and
     outstanding  shares of the Borrower as of  September  30, 1993 shall not be
     deemed an Event of Default  under this Section  6.1(j);  provided  further,
     that acquisitions of additional shares by members of the existing executive
     management  group of the  Borrower  shall not be  counted as changes in the
     ownership  or  control  of the  Borrower  under this  Section  6.1(j).  For
     purposes  of  computing  the  total  issued  and  outstanding  shares as of
     September 30, 1993, warrants and options for such shares shall be included.

             (k) An Event of Default  shall  occur  under any  Existing
     Term  Note  or  the  Related  Loan  Agreement  and  the  expiration  of any
     applicable cure period thereunder.

             (l) The  Borrower  shall be obligated to prepay all or any
     portion of its subordinated debt as a result of a Change of Control.

             (m) The Borrower pays, or is determined to be obligated to
     pay, any indemnity to Broadcast  Partners  under the Purchase  Agreement in
     excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

             6.2  Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, up-
on the  election  of the  Lenders  holding  two-thirds  of the then  outstanding
aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders (including under the
Revolving  Credit  Notes,  the Existing Term Notes,  the Related Bank Debt,  the
Acquisition  Notes, and any similar  indebtedness),  the entire unpaid principal
amount under the Notes,  together with interest  accrued  thereon,  shall become
immediately due and payable without  presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and the Lenders may exercise
their rights


                                       29

                                     - 116 -
<PAGE>

under the other Operative  Documents,  the Notes,  the Term  Agreement,  and the
Related Loan  Agreement  (and the  operative  documents  with respect  thereto),
including,  without limitation,  under the Security  Agreement.  For purposes of
this Article VI, the term Lenders includes Boatmen's.  In addition,  the Lenders
shall have such other  remedies as are available at law and in equity.  Remedies
under this Agreement,  the Operative  Documents,  the Notes, the Term Agreement,
the Related Loan Agreements (and the operative  documents with respect  thereto)
are cumulative. Any waiver must be in writing by the Lenders and no waiver shall
constitute a waiver as to any other  occurrence  which  constitutes  an Event of
Default or as to any party not specifically included in such written waiver.



                         VII. INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS


             7.1  FNB-O as Servicer. FNB-O will act as sole servicer of the 
loans  evidenced  by the Notes  (other than in  connection  with  interest  rate
protection  contracts).  For  purposes of this  Article  VII,  the term  Lenders
includes  Boatmen's  and the term  Event of  Default  means any Event of Default
hereunder,  under any Note,  or under the Term  Agreement  or the  Related  Loan
Agreement. FNB-O will enforce, administer and otherwise deal with the loans made
by the Lenders in accordance with safe and prudent banking standards employed by
FNB-O in the case of the loan made by FNB-O.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  FNB-O will, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Lenders:  (i)
maintain  originals of the  Operative  Documents  (excluding  the Notes) and the
operative  documents in connection  with the Term Agreement and the Related Loan
Agreement;  (ii)  receive  requests  for Advances  from the  Borrower,  promptly
transmit the same to the  Revolving  Lenders and make such Advances on behalf of
the Revolving Lenders (provided that FNB-O is assured of reimbursement  therefor
by the  other  Revolving  Lenders  for  their pro rata  shares);  (iii)  receive
payments and  prepayments  from the Borrower and apply such payments as provided
in Section 7.2; (iv) receive  notices from the Borrower and send copies  thereof
to the Lenders if FNB-O has  reasonable  cause to believe that such Lenders have
not received such notice from another source;  and (v) advise the Lenders of the
occurrence of any Event of Default which FNB-O obtains actual  knowledge of. The
Lenders agree not to attempt to take any action  against the Borrower  under the
Operative  Documents,  the Notes, the Term Agreement or the Related Bank Debt or
with respect to the  indebtedness  evidenced  thereby  without  FNB-O's  consent
unless  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  then   outstanding   aggregate   Total
Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders  (including  under the Notes and any
similar indebtedness) shall have requested FNB-O to take specific action against
the  Borrower  and FNB-O shall have failed to do so within a  reasonable  period
after receipt of such request. All actions,  consents,  waivers and approvals by
the Lenders shall be deemed taken or given and  amendments  hereto deemed agreed
to if the holders of more than  two-thirds of the  outstanding  aggregate  Total
Indebtedness  of the Borrower to the Lenders shall have indicated  their consent
thereto.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  unanimous  approval of the applicable
Lenders under the  respective  Notes shall be required for: (i) any reduction or
compromise  of the  principal  loan amount of such Notes,  the amount or rate of
interest  accrued  or  accruing  thereon  or the  fees due  hereunder;  and (ii)
extension of the date of any scheduled payment; and unanimous consent of all the
Lenders shall be required for (iii) permitting the sale of or releasing the

                                       30

                                     - 117 -
<PAGE>

security  interest of the Lenders in Collateral  which  comprises  more than ten
percent  (10%) of net book value of fixed assets of the  Borrower;  and (iv) any
amendment  of  Sections  7.1 or 7.2  hereof.  A  Revolving  Lender's  commitment
hereunder may not be increased  without the consent of such Revolving Lender, it
being understood, however, that increases in the total revolving credit facility
hereunder may be made with the consent of the holders of more than two-thirds of
the outstanding  aggregate total  outstanding  obligation of the Borrower to the
Revolving  Lenders,  so long as such increase does not result in the increase of
any non-consenting Revolving Lender's commitment hereunder.


             7.2  Application of Payments. Until the earlier of the occurrence
of an Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice to the others  that it
deems  itself  insecure,  payments or  prepayments  made by the  Borrower may be
applied to the indebtedness  designated by the Borrower or otherwise  applied as
follows:

             (a) first,  to pay  interest to date on the  Revolving
     Credit Notes and fees due to the Lenders;

             (b) second, to make payments due but unpaid under any
     of the other Notes; and

             (c) third, pro rata to the Lenders, such pro rata share to
     be determined as set forth below in subsection (bb) of this Section 7.2.

After the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice
that it deems itself insecure,  payments or prepayments on the Notes received by
FNB-O or any of the Lenders and funds  realized upon the  disposition  of any of
the Collateral shall be applied as follows:

             (aa) first,  to reimburse  FNB-O for any costs,  expenses,
     and disbursements (including attorneys' fees) which may be incurred or made
     by FNB-0:  (i) in connection  with its servicing  obligations;  (ii) in the
     process of collecting  such payments or funds; or (iii) as advances made by
     FNB-O to protect the Collateral  (provided,  however, that FNB-O shall have
     no obligation to make such protective advances); and

             (bb) second, pari passu among the Lenders,  based on their
     respective  pro rata shares of the funds to be applied.  Each  Lender's pro
     rata share shall be equal to a fraction,  (x) the  numerator of which shall
     be the total principal loan amount then outstanding  which is owing to each
     such Lender under its Notes,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be the
     total principal loan amount then outstanding  which is owing to the Lenders
     under all  Notes.  As to any Note which  represents  an  obligation  of the
     Borrower to one or more Lenders under an interest rate protection contract,
     "principal  loan amount  then  outstanding"  shall mean,  as of the date of
     determination  by FNB-O of the Lenders'  respective  pro rata  shares,  the
     amount, if any, of the unpaid Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts.
                                       31

                                     - 118 -
<PAGE>

Except as  specifically  provided  in this  Section  7.2,  FNB-O  shall  have no
obligation  to repay or prepay any amount  due from the  Borrower  to any of the
other  Lenders nor shall FNB-O have any  obligation to purchase all or a part of
any Note  hereunder or any Advance  made by any  Lenders,  nor shall the Lenders
have any recourse  whatsoever  against  FNB-O with respect to any failure of the
Borrower to repay the indebtedness referenced herein.


             7.3  Liability  of FNB-O.  FNB-O shall not be liable to the Lenders
for any error of judgment  or for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by it
hereunder,  except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting
the  generality of the foregoing,  FNB-O,  except as expressly set forth herein,
(a) may consult with legal counsel,  independent  public  accountants  and other
experts  selected by it and shall not be liable for any action  taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (b) makes no representation or warranty with respect to,
and  shall  not be  responsible  for,  the  accuracy,  completeness,  execution,
legality, validity, legal effect or enforceability of this 1997 Revolving Credit
Agreement,  the  Notes,  or the  other  Operative  Documents  or  the  operative
documents  under the Term  Agreement or the Related  Bank Debt,  or the value or
sufficiency  of any  Collateral  given by the  Borrower  or the  priority of the
Lenders' security  interest therein or the financial  condition of the Borrower;
and (c) shall not be responsible for the performance or observance of any of the
terms,  covenants or conditions of the  Operative  Documents,  the Existing Term
Notes, or the operative documents under any Related Bank Debt on the part of the
Borrower and shall not have any duty to inspect the property (including, without
limitation, the books and records) of the Borrower.

             7.4  Transfers.  No Lender  shall  subdivide,  transfer  or grant a
participation  in its respective Notes or in any Advance  hereunder  without the
prior written consent of FNB-O which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
For  purposes of this  Section  7.4,  "Notes"  shall not include  interest  rate
protection contracts.

             7.5  Reliance.  The Lenders acknowledge that they have been advised
that none of the Notes nor any interest  therein or related thereto has been (i)
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, nor (ii) insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation.  The Lenders  acknowledge that they have
received from the Borrower all financial  information and other data relevant to
their decision to extend credit to the Borrower and that they have independently
approved the credit quality of the Borrower.

             7.6  Relationship   of  Lenders.   The  Lenders   intend  for  the
relationships  created by this  Agreement to be construed as  concurrent  direct
loans from each Lender  respectively  to the Borrower.  Nothing  herein shall be
construed  as a loan from any Lender to FNB-O or as  creating a  partnership  or
joint venture relationship among them.

             7.7  New  Lenders.  In the event that new Lenders are added to this
Agreement, the Term Agreement or the Related Loan Agreement,  such Lenders shall
be required to agree to the inter-creditor provisions of this Article VII.

                                       32
 
                                    - 119 -
<PAGE>
                               VIII. MISCELLANEOUS


             8.1  Entire  Agreement.   This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire
agreement  between the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
and may not be  effectively  amended,  changed,  modified or altered,  except in
writing executed by all parties.

             8.2  Governing  Law. The Operative  Documents shall be governed
by and construed  pursuant to the laws of the State of Nebraska.

             8.3  Notices. Until changed by written notice from one party hereto
to the other,  all  communications  under the  Operative  Documents  shall be in
writing and shall be hand delivered or mailed by registered  mail to the parties
as follows:

                      If to the Borrower:

                              DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                              Suite 200
                              9110 West Dodge Road
                              Omaha, Nebraska 68114
                              Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

                      If to the Lenders:

                              FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA
                              One First National Center
                              Omaha, Nebraska  68102
                              Attention:  Mr. James P. Bonham

Notices  shall be deemed  given when  mailed,  except that any notice by the  
Borrower  under  Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall not be deemed given until received 
by FNB-O.

             8.4  Headings. The captions and headings herein are for convenience
only and in no way  define,  limit  or  describe  the  scope  or  intent  of any
provisions or sections of this Agreement.

             8.5  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several  
counterparts and such  counterparts together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

             8.6  Survival; Successors and Assigns.  The covenants,  agreements,
representations  and warranties made herein,  and in the certificates  delivered
pursuant hereto, shall survive the execution and delivery to the Lenders of this
Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Note or any
obligation to the Lenders under any of the  Operative  Documents is  outstanding
and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to,
such  reference  shall be deemed to include the  successors  and assigns of such
party,  and all  covenants,  promises  and  agreements  by or on  behalf  of the


                                       33

                                    - 120 -
<PAGE>

Borrower  which are contained in this  Agreement  shall bind the  successors and
assigns of the  Borrower  and shall inure to the benefit of the  successors  and
assigns of the Lenders.


             8.7  Severability.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be
prohibited  by  or  invalid  under  applicable  law,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating
the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

             8.8  Assignment.  The  Borrower  may not  assign  its  rights
or  obligations  hereunder  and any assignment in contravention of the terms
hereof shall be void.

             8.9  Amendments.  Any amendment,  modification  or supplement
to this Agreement must be in writing and must be signed by the requisite parties
hereto.

             8.10 Consent to Form of Security Agreement,  Term Agreement.  
The parties hereto expressly approve the form of the Term Agreement and the 
Security Agreement, both amended and restated as of the date hereof.

             IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Borrower,  Boatmen's  and the  Revolving
Lenders have caused this 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement to be executed by their
duly authorized corporate officers as of the day and year first above written.


                                       34

                                    - 121 -
<PAGE>


                                  DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                  CORPORATION


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:

                                       35

                                    - 122 -
<PAGE>


                                  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------                                  
                                  Borrower

                                       36

                                    - 123 -
<PAGE>

                                  THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  ---------                                
                                  Borrower




                                       37

                                    - 124 -
<PAGE>






                                  FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                  NEBRASKA



                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower


                                       38

                                    - 125 -
<PAGE>







                                  NBD BANK


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower


                                       39

                                    - 126 -
<PAGE>







                                  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                     Title:












NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower


                                       40

                                    - 127 -
<PAGE>







                                  LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                  banking association




                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                     Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower


                                       41



                                     - 128 -
<PAGE>








                                  MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                  ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                     Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  ---------
                                  Borrower



                                       42

                                     - 129 -
<PAGE>







                                  FIRST BANK, NATIONAL
                                  ASSOCIATION


                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                     Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower



                                       43

                                     - 130 -
<PAGE>






                                  THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK
                                  OF ST. LOUIS



                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                     Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------                                 
                                  Borrower




                                       44

                                    - 131 -
<PAGE>






                                  BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian bank




                                  By
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                  INITIALED:


                                  --------
                                  Borrower


                                       45

                                    - 132 -
<PAGE>







                                    EXHIBIT A



                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                    THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS,
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




                                  FORM OF NOTES


                                       46

                                    - 133 -
<PAGE>







                        SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE


Omaha, Nebraska                                   $
                                                   -----------------------------
       
                      , 19                                      June 30, 1998
- ----------------------    ----                                ------------------
(Note Date)                                                    (Maturity Date)


                              REVOLVING NOTE TERMS

         On or before  June 30,  1998,  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION
("Maker")  promises to pay to the order of  [REVOLVING  LENDER]  ("Lender")  the
principal sum hereof, which shall be the lesser of
Dollars, or so much thereof as may have been advanced by Lender, either directly
under this Note or as an advance pursuant to the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of February  26, 1997,  as amended from time to time (the  "Agreement")
among Maker and Lender,  First  National  Bank of Omaha,  First  National  Bank,
Wahoo, Nebraska,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., LaSalle National Bank,
The  Sumitomo  Bank,  Limited,  Mercantile  Bank  of St.  Louis,  N.A.,  Bank of
Montreal,  First Bank,  National  Association,  and Boatmen's Bank of St. Louis,
N.A.  (collectively,  the "Lenders").  All capitalized  terms not defined herein
shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

         Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  sum hereof from and including
the  Note  Date  above  to the  earlier  of the  Maturity  Date  or the  date of
Conversion (as such term is defined  hereafter) at a variable rate,  which shall
fluctuate on a monthly  basis,  equal to the rate announced from time to time by
FNB-O as its "National Base Rate" minus a margin as determined below. The margin
shall be  adjusted  quarterly  after  receipt  of Maker's  Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate  (as  defined  in the  Agreement),  commencing  with  the  Quarterly
Compliance  Certificate  for the quarter  ended  December 31, 1996.  Adjustments
shall be retroactive to the beginning of the current quarter.

                  (a) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 42,
         the margin for the current  quarter  (meaning  the quarter in which the
         certificate is required to be delivered) shall be .25%.

                  (b) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 36
         but equal to or less than 42, the margin for the current  quarter shall
         be .50%.

                  (c) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 30
         but equal to or less than 36, the margin for the current  quarter shall
         be .75%.
                                       47

                                    - 134 -
<PAGE>

                  (d) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 24
         but equal to or less than 30, the margin for the current  quarter shall
         be 1.00%.

                  (e) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 18
         but equal to or less than 24, the margin for the current  quarter shall
         be 1.25%.

                  (f) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of
         the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was equal to or less
         than 18, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.375%.

The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.


                                 TERM NOTE TERMS

         Upon the earlier of: (i) June 30, 1998;  or (ii) Maker's  giving notice
of its election to convert the revolving  credit loan evidenced by this Note, or
any portion  thereof,  to a term loan, the revolving loan  referenced  above (or
applicable  portion  thereof)  shall be  deemed  converted  to a term  loan (the
"Conversion").  Any such term loan shall be evidenced  by notes (the  "Converted
Notes") separate from the initial  Revolving Credit Notes.  Upon the issuance of
Converted Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced by the principal
amount of such Converted  Notes (and shall be increased to the extent  permitted
in Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement) and no further Advances shall be made by the
Revolving  Lenders  on the  converted  amount.  The then  outstanding  principal
hereunder  shall become due and payable in  forty-eight  equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding  Business Day,  subsequent  installments  due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2002.

         After  Conversion,  interest shall accrue on the principal  outstanding
from time to time at a variable rate,  which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis,
which is equal to the Revolving Credit Rate plus .25%. For purposes of computing
such variable rate, changes in the Base Rate shall be effective on the first day
of each  month  based on the Base Rate in  effect  on such day.  Notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary, after Conversion,  Maker may elect to
have a fixed  interest  rate  apply to the  outstanding  Principal  Loan  Amount
converted  and  outstanding  after the date of giving  notice of such fixed rate
election  (the  "Fixed  Rate  Notice").  Such  fixed  rate shall be equal to the
greater of:


                                       48

                                    - 135 -
<PAGE>

                  (a)  the Revolving Credit Rate in effect on the date of the
                  notice, plus .50%, or


                  (b) the  average of the yields on constant  maturity  Treasury
                  Bonds with maturities of three years and five years, as quoted
                  in  the   immediately   preceding   monthly   Federal  Reserve
                  Statistical   Release  (the   "Release")  plus  the  following
                  incremental  percentage  determined  based  upon the  Leverage
                  Ratio as of the last day of the  preceding  month:  (x) if the
                  Leverage Ratio is greater than 36, the incremental  percentage
                  shall be 2.25%;  (y) if the Leverage  Ratio is greater than 24
                  but not in excess of 36, the incremental  percentage  shall be
                  2.00%;  and  (z) if the  Leverage  Ratio  is 24 or  less,  the
                  incremental percentage should be 1.75%;

     Any election of a fixed rate by Maker shall be final and  irrevocable.  
Interest  shall be due  each  month  concurrently  with  the  Maker's  principal
payment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere herein,  after an
Event of Default has occurred  interest  shall accrue on the entire  outstanding
balance of  principal  and interest at a  fluctuating  rate equal to the Default
Rate.  Interest  shall be  calculated  on the basis of the actual number of days
outstanding  and a 360-day year.  Interest  shall continue to accrue on the full
unpaid balance hereunder notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of
Maker to make a scheduled payment or the fact that a scheduled payment day falls
on a day other than a Business Day. If Maker's most recent Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,  Total  Indebtedness
was in excess of  thirty-six  (36) times the  Operating  Cash Flow at the end of
such quarter,  the current  quarter shall be deemed a "Restricted  Quarter." If,
any time during a Restricted Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any
period  in  such  quarter  prior  to  delivery  of  the   Quarterly   Compliance
Certificate),  the interest  rate accruing on any Existing Term Note (as defined
in the  Agreement)  or Converted  Note is less than 7.50% per annum,  a "Trigger
Event" shall be deemed to have occurred. Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event,
Maker shall be obligated to pay the following fees: (i) .375% of the outstanding
principal  balance as of the date  preceding  the Trigger Event of each Existing
Term Note or  Converted  Note  which  accrues  interest  at less than  seven and
one-half  percent (7.50%) per annum which amount shall be payable  promptly upon
invoicing by FNB-O;  (ii) the same amount as computed in clause (i),  payable on
the six-month  anniversary  of the Trigger  Event;  and (iii) the same amount as
computed in clause (i), payable on the  twelve-month  anniversary of the Trigger
Event.

         Maker  may at any time  prepay in whole or in part the  Principal  Loan
Amount  outstanding  under this Revolving Credit Note or a Converted Note if the
Maker has given the  Revolving  Lenders  at least two (2)  business  days  prior
written notice of its intention to make such prepayment. Any such prepayment may
be made  without  penalty  except for a Converted  Note as to which  interest is
accrued at a fixed rate in  accordance  with  clause (a) or (b) above,  in which
event a  prepayment  penalty  shall be due to the Lender,  at  Lender's  option,
either: (1) the Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment; or (2) the
applicable  prepayment fee as set forth below. The applicable prepayment fee for
any Converted Note shall be: (i) if the notice electing fixed interest was given

                                       49

                                    - 136 -
<PAGE>

within twelve (12) months of Conversion, the fee shall be 1.50% of the amount of
such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given after
twelve  (12)  months  of  Conversion,  but  within  twenty-four  (24)  months of
Conversion, the fee shall be .75% of the amount of such prepayment; and (iii) if
the notice  electing  fixed interest was given after twenty- four (24) months of
Conversion,  but within  thirty-six (36) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be
 .30% of the amount of such prepayment.


                                  GENERAL TERMS

         Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under
the  Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest  granted to
First  National  Bank of Omaha,  as agent for the Lenders and others  ("Agent"),
under the Security Agreement in:

         All of Maker's accounts, accounts receivable, chattel paper, documents,
         instruments, goods, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, contract
         rights,  all rights of Maker in deposits and advance  payments  made to
         Maker by its customers and  Subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers
         and all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret  and other
         intellectual   property  rights  in  and  to  computer   software  (and
         specifically  including,  without  limitation,  all such  rights in DTN
         transmission  computer  software used in the provision of the Basic DTN
         Subscription Service and Farm Dayta Service to Maker's Subscribers) and
         all  documentation,  source code,  information  and works of authorship
         pertaining  thereto,  all  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  and all
         proceeds and products thereof; and such additional collateral as is
         more specifically described in the Security agreement.

         Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of
the following:

                  Acceptance  or retention by Lender or Agent of other  property
         or interests as security for the  Obligations,  or for the liability of
         any person other than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

                  The release of all or any of the Collateral or other 
         security for any of the  Obligations to any Maker;

                  Any release, extension,  renewal, modification or compromise 
         of any of the Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

                  Failure by Lender or Agent to resort to other  security or any
         person  liable  for  any of the  Obligations  before  resorting  to the
         Collateral.
                                       50

                                    - 137 -
<PAGE>

         Neither  Lender nor Agent is required to take any action  whatsoever in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.


         Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

                  Maker is authorized to grant to Agent a security interest in 
         the Collateral;

                  This Note, the Agreement and the Security  Agreement have been
         duly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Maker and  constitute
         legal, valid and binding obligations of Maker;

                  This Note evidences a loan for business or agricultural pur-
         poses; and

                  Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection in connection with
         this  Note,  the  Agreement  and  the  Security  Agreement,   including
         reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

         Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of  principal or interest
when  due  hereunder  or the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default,  all of the
Obligations  shall, at the option of Agent and without notice or demand,  mature
and become  immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent  shall have all rights and
remedies  for  default  provided  by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  any  other
applicable law and/or the Obligations.

         All costs and  expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in  enforcing  its
rights under this Note or any mortgage,  endorsement, surety agreement, guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

         Without  affecting  the  liability  of any Maker,  endorser,  surety or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

         Neither  Lender  nor Agent  shall be deemed to have  waived  any of its
rights  upon or under  this Note,  or under any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety
agreement or guaranty, unless such waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or
Agent,  as the case may be. No delay or  omission on the part of Lender or Agent
in  exercising  any right  shall  operate as a waiver of such right or any other
right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver
of any right on any future occasion.  All rights and remedies of Lender or Agent
on  liabilities  or the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby or by any other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

                                       51

                                    - 138 -
<PAGE>

         Maker,  if more  than  one,  shall  be  jointly  and  severally  liable
hereunder and all  provisions  hereof  regarding the  liabilities or security of
Maker shall apply to any  liability or any security of any or all of them.  This
Note shall be  binding  upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or
successors of Maker;  shall constitute a continuing  agreement,  applying to all
future  as  well  as  existing  transactions,  whether  or not of the  character
contemplated  at the date of this Note, and if all  transactions  between Lender
and Maker shall be at any time closed,  shall be equally  applicable  to any new
transactions thereafter, provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall
be limited to the extent  provided  in the  Security  Agreement;  shall  benefit
Lender,   its   successors   and  assigns;   and  shall  so  continue  in  force
notwithstanding any change in any partnership party hereto,  whether such change
occurs through death, retirement or otherwise.


         All  obligations  of Maker  hereunder  shall be payable in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

         This  Note  shall be  construed  according  to the laws of the State of
Nebraska.
         Unless the content otherwise requires,  all terms used herein which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

         Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or  unenforceable in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

         This Note is given in  substitution  of that certain  Secured  Business
Promissory  Note dated              ,        the  original  principal  amount of
$            .  This Note shall not affect,  and there remains  outstanding from
the Maker to the  Lender the  Related  Bank Debt (as such term is defined in the
Agreement) and those certain Secured Business Promissory Notes dated as of April
16,  1993,  July 8, 1993,  August 30,  1994,  November 29, 1994 and February 27,
1995, and all extensions, renewals, and substitutions of or for the foregoing.

         Executed as of this      day of              ,     .


                                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                               CORPORATION


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title:
  
                                     52

                                    - 139 -
<PAGE>

                            PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE

                     Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>               <C>                   <C>                       <C>                     <C>                <C>
                                          Amount of                                        Unpaid
                     Amount             Principal Paid              Amount of             Principal          Notation
Date              of Advance             or Prepaid               Interest Paid            Balance            Made By
- ----              ----------            ---------------           -------------           ---------          ---------

</TABLE>

                                                         53

                                                      - 140 -
<PAGE>




TERM NOTE:


Date of Conversion:
                   --------------------------------------

Amount Due at Date of Conversion:
                                 ------------------------


    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:           %
                           -------------------            -----------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>               <C>                   <C>                       <C>                     <C>                <C>
                                          Amount of                                        Unpaid
                     Amount             Principal Paid              Amount of             Principal          Notation
Date              of Advance             or Prepaid               Interest Paid            Balance            Made By
- ----              ----------            ---------------           -------------           ---------          ---------

</TABLE>

                                                          54
 
                                                        - 141 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B




                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                    THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS,
                                       AND
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,




                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE



                                       55

                                     - 142 -
<PAGE>




                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

To induce  the  First  National  Bank of  Omaha,  First  National  Bank,  Wahoo,
Nebraska,  NBD Bank,  Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A.,  LaSalle  National Bank, The
Sumitomo Bank, Limited, Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, N.A., First Bank, National
Association,  and Bank of Montreal (the "Revolving  Lenders") to make an advance
under the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of February
26, 1997, between the undersigned (the "Borrower"),  The Boatmen's National Bank
of St. Louis  ("Boatmen's"),  and the Revolving Lenders (as to Boatmen's and the
Revolving Lenders together,  (the "Banks"), the Borrower hereby certifies to the
Banks that its Operating  Cash Flow (as defined in the Agreement) as represented
below is true and correct and that there is no default under the  aforementioned
Agreement, or on any other liability of the Borrower to the Banks.

All information as of:  Date
                            -------------------------

a)  Maximum Revolving Credit Facility                                  $
                                                                        --------

b)  Principal on Converted Notes,
    Acquisition Notes, Existing Term Notes,
    and Related Bank Debt Outstanding                                  $
                                                                        --------
 
c)  Principal on Revolving Credit                                      $
                                                                        --------


d)  ADVANCE REQUEST                                                    $
                                                                        --------
e)  Total Proposed Bank Debt
    (line b + line c + line d, but                                     $
       not to exceed line a)                                            --------

f)  Most recent month's operating cash flow                            $
                                                                        --------

g)  Prior month's operating cash flow                                  $
                                                                        --------
h)  Operating Cash Flow
    (average of line f and line g)                                     $
                                                                        --------

i)  36 x Operating Cash Flow                                           $
                                                                        --------

j)  Excess (line i - line e)                                           $
                                                                        --------


Name of Borrower:  Data Transmission Network Corporation

Signature: 
          ----------------------------------------------

Title:
          ----------------------------------------------


                                       56
       
                                    - 143 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C




                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                    THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS,
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK



                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


                                       57

                                     - 144 -
<PAGE>




                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                              Date
Attn:  James Bonham
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement")
dated as of February 26,  1997,  between  First  National  Bank of Omaha,  First
National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., LaSalle
National Bank, The Sumitomo Bank,  Limited,  Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, N.A.,
First Bank, National  Association,  The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis and
Data Transmission Network Corporation.

The following calculations are as of             (statement date) as required by
                                     -----------
Section 4.1(d) of said Agreement:

Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):

Operating Cash Flow:      most recent month                 previous month
                           ending                            ending
                                 ----------                        -----------

    Net Income (loss)        --------------                    ---------------
    Interest Expense         --------------                    ---------------
    Depreciation             --------------                    ---------------
    Amortization             --------------                    ---------------
    Deferred Income 
     Taxes                   --------------                    ---------------
    Non-Ordinary
     Non-Cash
     Charges (Credits)       --------------                    ---------------

    Total                 a) --------------                 b) ---------------

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 =
                                           ------------------

Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):

Section 2.3

 .   Pricing:                  If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 42 then the
                              margin is .25%.
                              If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 36 but equal
                              to or less than 42 then the margin is .50%. If the
                              Leverage  Ratio is greater than 30 but equal to or
                              less than 36 then the margin is .75%.

                                       58

                                     - 145 -
<PAGE>




                              If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 24 but equal
                              to or less than 30 then the margin is 1.00%.
                              If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 18 but equal
                              to or less than 24 then the  margin  is 1.25%.  If
                              the  Leverage  Ratio is  equal to or less  than 18
                              then the margin is 1.375%.

    Position:                 The Revolving Credit Rate is the Base Rate minus

                              -------------


Section 2.5

 .   Trigger Fee:              If Total  Indebtedness  is more than 36 times
                              Operating Cash Flow,  then a one time fee, paid in
                              three installments of 3/8% of the then outstanding
                              principal  balances,  on any of the Existing  Term
                              Notes,  Acquisition Notes or Converted Notes which
                              have an interest  rate less than 7.5% per annum is
                              due.

    Position:                 A Trigger Event  has/has not  occurred.


Section 4.3

 .   Net Worth:                A minimum Net Worth  (exclusive of subordinated
                              debt) of  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of
                              the net income  (but not  losses) of the  Borrower
                              for each fiscal year,  commencing  with the fiscal
                              year beginning January 1, 1997; provided, however,
                              solely for purposes of determining compliance with
                              the  provisions  of this Section 5.3,  "Net Worth"
                              shall not include any subordinated debt.

                              Minimum  Net  Worth   (exclusive  of  subordinated
                              debt)= $ 23,500,000.

                              Net Income         Year ending      Addition (50%)

                              $                    12/31/97        $
                               ------------                         ------------
Total Minimum Net
   Worth                                                           $
                                                                    ============
Position:

Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated debt) = $
                                                    --------------


Section 4.4

 .   Indebtedness:             At no time will Total Indebtedness exceed 48x OCF.

    Position:                 (48 x OCF)  -  Total Indebtedness  =
  
                                       59

                                     - 146 -
<PAGE>

 .   Total                     At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness
    Indebtedness              exceed 60 x OCF
    plus
    subordinated
    debt plus
    guaranty
    contingencies
    (Adjusted
    Total
    Indebtedness or
    ATI):

    Position:                 Adjusted Total Indebtedness = $
                                                             -------------
                              (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $
                                                    -----------------

Section 4.7

 .   Distributions:            Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall 
                              declare  any  dividends   (other  than   dividends
                              payable in stock of the  Borrower or  dividends or
                              distributions from any consolidated Subsidiary) or
                              make  any  cash  distribution  in  respect  of any
                              shares of its  capital  stock or  warrants  of its
                              capital stock,  without the prior written  consent
                              of the Lenders;  provided  that the Borrower  need
                              not obtain the  Lenders'  consent  with respect to
                              dividends  in any one (1)  year  which  are in the
                              aggregate  less  than  25% of the  Borrower's  Net
                              Operating  Profit After Taxes in the previous four
                              (4) quarters,  as reported to the Lenders pursuant
                              to Section 4.1

 .   Position:                 Net Operating Profit
                                After Taxes for
                                last four (4) quarters              =
                                                                     -----------

                                                                          x  .25

                              Available for dividends
                              or distributions in the most
                              recent quarter plus the
                              prior three (3) quarters          = 
                                                                  --------------

                              Dividends and distributions
                              (excluding dividends payable
                              solely in stock of the Borrower 
                              and distributions from consolidated
                              Subsidiaries) declared or paid
                              in the most recent quarter plus the
                              prior three (3) quarters          = 
                                                                  --------------

                              The  Borrower   [is/is  not]  in  compliance  with
                              Section 4.7.

                                       60
                                    

                                     - 147 -
<PAGE>
                                      




Section 4.15


 .   Interest                  The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")
    Coverage:                 at the end of each quarter will not be less than
                              2.25 to 1.0 (225%).

    Position:                 OCF = $
                                     --------------
                              IE =  $
                                     --------------
                              OCF/IE =        %
                                       -------


Section 4.19

 .   Capital Expenditures:     The Borrower shall not make
                              capital expenditures (other than permitted earning
                              assets  specified  in Section  4.19) in any fiscal
                              year,  commencing  with the fiscal year  beginning
                              January 1, 1997, in excess of $1,000,000.

    Position:                 Capital  Expenditures  (other than permitted  
                              earning assets specified in Section 4.19) this 
                              fiscal year = $
                                             --------------

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.19.


Section 4.20

 .   Acquisitions              The  Borrower  shall  not make  acquisitions
                              which in the aggregate  exceed  $6,000,000  except
                              certain permitted unlimited acquisitions.

    Position:                 Acquisitions  (other  than  permitted  unlimited 
                              acquisitions)  in the aggregate  since the date of
                              the Agreement =          .
                                             ----------

                              Date            Amount            Acquired Company
                              ----            ------            ----------------

Permitted Unlimited Acquisition:

                                                    Principal             Line
                                    Acquired         Place of              Of
    Date         Amount             Company          Business           Business
    ----         ------             --------        ---------           --------

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.20.


Additional Representations:

    There  have/have  not  been  any  sale(s)  of  assets  which  would  require
    prepayment of the Notes under Section 4.2.

                                       61

                                     - 148 -
<PAGE>

    There has/has not been:


          (i)         a Change of Control or a material adverse change in
                      management  personnel as defined in Section 4.14 of the
                      Agreement; or

         (ii)         a default under Section 6.1(j) or 6.1(l) regarding a 
                      change in ownership or control of the Company.

        (iii)         an indemnity claim by Broadcast Partners under Section
                      6.1(m).


Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

Signature:
                      -------------------------------------

Title:
                      -------------------------------------

                                       62

                                     - 149 -
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A

                          TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Secured Party                                                       Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                   <C>   
First National Bank of Omaha                         12/28/87           #401690
                                                     10/13/92           #564918               Amendment
                                                     11/13/92           #568176               Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691938               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     6/24/87           #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                          2/03/88           #405477               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            5/28/92           #553205               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                         10/13/92           #564919               Amendment
                                                      2/05/93           #576038               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603168               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691936               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/13/92           #564917               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/07/93           #572981               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #576039               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603169               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691937               Amendment

                                                        63

                                                      - 150 -
<PAGE>

First Bank of Minneapolis                            11/25/91           #534665

 (Norstan)                                            8/24/92           #561090               Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska
- ------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #000534               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #0000054              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #000253               Amendment
                                                     11/17/93           #54                   Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/ /96                                 Amendment


Iowa Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           K395184               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           K424887               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           K434908               Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           K503145               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/6/96            K734148              Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State
- -------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #1842986              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #1868482              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/11/93           #1879069              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1964342              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/18/96           #2265201              Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     3/18/88           #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #3043202              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            2/11/93           #3084199              Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                          2/25/93           #3089132              Continued
                                                     12/09/93           #3197498              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #3562627              Amendment


                                                        64

                                                      - 151 -
<PAGE>

Michigan Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #C646856              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #C672590              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          3/01/93           #C689434              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #C778208              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #D128002              Amendment


Wisconsin Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/18/88           #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1309942              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/15/93           #1326550              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1331412              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1393268              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96           #1602740              Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1808780              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #1822115              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1827451              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1878806              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #2065412              Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/17/88           1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #1537269              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/19/93           #1557397              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1562125              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1632156              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 9/5/96           #1875684              Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #22901003596          Amend.
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #30081001734          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #30391203308          Amend.
                                                     11/22/93           #33261003899          Amend.
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #961900902562         Amend.


                                                       65

                                                    - 152 -
<PAGE>

Missouri Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #2184193              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #2212473              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #2224113              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #2331876              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #2684601              Amendment


Ohio Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/19/92           #01097336             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #01119343901          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #02099338901          Amend.
                                                     11/12/93           #1129331801           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #07099607117          Amendment


Kentucky Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96                                 Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State
- --------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           25631529              Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           035257                Amendment


Mississippi Secretary of State
- ------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           01015782              Amendment

Colorado Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           962051575             Amendment

                                                        66

                                                      - 153 -
<PAGE>

California Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96191C0067            Amendment


Washington Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96-187-9060           Amendment


Montana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           419540                Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           765359                Amendment


North Carolina Secretary of State
- ---------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           1357308               Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/16/93           93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           96-608985             Amendment


Florida Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/17/93           930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/10/96           960000142090          Amendment


Texas Secretary of State
- ------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/29/93           227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           96683548              Amendment

                                                        67

                                                     - 154 -
<PAGE>

Alabama Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/27/95           B-95-26462FS
                                                      7/19/96               95-26462          Amendment


Arkansas Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/29/95           968722
                                                      7/10/96           968722                Amendment


New York Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/26/95           130246
                                                      7/8/96            532973                Amendment
</TABLE>
                         

                                                        68

                                                      - 155 -


               FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to 1997  REVOLVING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT (the "First
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")   dated  as  of  February  26,  1997,  among  DATA
TRANSMISSION NETWORK  CORPORATION;  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA; FIRST NATIONAL
BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA; NBD BANK, N.A.; NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.; THE SUMITOMO
BANK,  LIMITED;  MERCANTILE  BANK  OF ST.  LOUIS,  N.A.;  FIRST  BANK,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION; BANK OF MONTREAL; LASALLE NATIONAL BANK; and THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL
BANK OF ST. LOUIS.  All terms and  conditions  of the Agreement  shall remain in
full force and effect except as expressly amended herein.  All capitalized terms
herein shall have the meanings prescribed in the Agreement.  The Agreement shall
be amended as follows:

         The parties hereby  acknowledge that,  effective as of the date hereof,
$38,000,000 of the outstanding balance of the Borrower's loan shall be converted
to a term loan in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Agreement.  Such loan shall
bear interest at the rate of 7.865% per annum.  In Section 2.1 of the Agreement,
the reference to the maximum amount of revolving credit available to be advanced
shall be reduced from  $59,500,000  to  $33,000,000,  and the references to each
Bank's maximum  advance limit shall be reduced  accordingly on a pro rata basis,
as shown on  Exhibit  A. No  further  increases  in the  Base  Revolving  Credit
Facility are available to be implemented under Section 2.1 of the Agreement.

         In   connection   with   this   First   Amendment   the   Borrower   is
contemporaneously executing and delivering to the Banks Converted Notes dated as
of the date  hereof  in the  respective  principal  amounts  shown on  Exhibit A
hereto.  This First Amendment shall not affect and there remain outstanding from
the Borrower to the Banks, the Existing Term Notes and the Related Bank Debt.

         This First Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts  and such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this FIRST AMENDMENT
TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of March 31, 1997.


                                       1

                                    - 156 -
<PAGE>

                                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                           CORPORATION



                                            By
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Title:


                                    - 157 -
<PAGE>


                                            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower


                                       2

                                    - 158 -
<PAGE>

                                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:

 

                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:


                                           --------
                                           Borrower




                                       3

                                    - 159 -
<PAGE>






                                           FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                           NEBRASKA



                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower


                                       4

                                   - 160 -
<PAGE>




                                           NBD BANK


                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower


                                       5

                                    - 161 -
<PAGE>







                                           NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.



                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower

                                       6

                                    - 162 -
<PAGE>







                                           LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                           banking association




                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower

                                          

                                       7

                                    - 163 -
<PAGE>








                                           MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                           ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower



                                       8

                                    - 164 -
<PAGE>







                                           FIRST BANK, NATIONAL
                                           ASSOCIATION


                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower

                                       9

                                    - 165 -
<PAGE>






                                           THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK
                                           OF ST. LOUIS



                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower



                                       10

                                    - 166 -
<PAGE>






                                           BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian bank



                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Title:


NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:

                                           --------
                                           Borrower

                                       11

                                    - 167 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                    Exhibit A
                                       to
                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                         1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                                               Maximum Amount
                                               Converted       Available Under
Bank                Pro Rata %                 Note Amount   Revolving Facility*
- ----------          ----------                 -----------   -------------------

<S>                      <C>                   <C>                   <C>        
FNB-O                    20.7%                 $ 7,866,000           $ 6,831,000
FNB-W                      .5%                     190,000               165,000
NBD                      11.9%                   4,522,000             3,927,000
Norwest                  4.8 %                   1,824,000             1,584,000
LaSalle                  19.9%                   7,562,000             6,567,000
Sumitomo                 10.0%                   3,800,000             3,300,000
Mercantile               10.3%                   3,914,000             3,399,000
Montreal                 11.6%                   4,408,000             3,828,000
First Bank               10.3%                   3,914,000             3,399,000
                     ---------                ------------

                                               $38,000,000           $33,000,000


<FN>

*Includes current amounts outstanding after Conversion

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       12

                                    - 168 -


              SECOND AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS SECOND  AMENDMENT to 1997 REVOLVING  CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Second
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  dated as of February 26, 1997,  as amended by the
First Amendment to 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of March 31, 1997,
among DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION; FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA; FIRST
NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA; NBD BANK, N.A.; NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.; THE
SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED; MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.; FIRST BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION;  BANK OF MONTREAL;  LASALLE  NATIONAL BANK; and  NATIONSBANK,  N.A.
(successor in interest to the Boatmen's  National Bank of St. Louis).  All terms
and conditions of the Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect except as
expressly  amended herein.  All capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings
prescribed in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         The parties hereby acknowledge that, effective as of the date hereof:

         1.       The maturity  date  referenced in Section 2.1 of the Agreement
                  shall be extended to June 30,  1999.  Every  reference  in the
                  Agreement  to June 30, 1998 shall be changed to June 30, 1999.
                  The maximum maturity date for Converted Notes of June 30, 2002
                  referenced in Section 2.4 of the  Agreement  shall be extended
                  to June 30, 2003.

         2.        Section 4.20 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

                   4.20    Acquisitions.  The  Borrower  shall not  acquire  any
                           stock or any equity interest in, or warrants therefor
                           or securities into the same, or a substantial portion
                           of the assets of,  another  entity  without the prior
                           written consent of the Revolving  Lenders;  provided,
                           however, that the Borrower shall be permitted to make
                           on a  cumulative  basis  from and after  July 1, 1997
                           such  acquisitions in an amount not to exceed Fifteen
                           Million  Dollars   ($15,000,000)   in  the  aggregate
                           without the consent of the Revolving  Lenders if such
                           acquisitions are in or from entities which:

                                       (a)  are in the  business  of  electron-
                                    ically  communicating  time-sensitive
                                    information to subscribers;

                                       (b)  have  their  principal  place  of
                                    business  in the  United  States  or
                                    Canada; and

                                       (c) have a positive  operating cash flow,
                                    calculated  in the same method as is used to
                                    calculate the Borrower's Operating Cash Flow
                                    for purposes of this Agreement; and

                                       1

                                    - 169 -
<PAGE>


                           the   Borrower  or  any   Subsidiary   is  not,   and
                           immediately  after the  making  of such  acquisition,
                           will not be in default  under any other  covenant  or
                           provision  of  this  Agreement  (including,   without
                           limitation,  the covenants and provisions  pertaining
                           to   minimum   net   worth   and    limitations    on
                           indebtedness).

         This Second  Amendment  shall not affect and there  remain  outstanding
from the  Borrower to the Banks,  the  Existing  Term Notes and the Related Bank
Debt.

         This Second Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts and such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this SECOND AMENDMENT
TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 1997.


                                               DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                               CORPORATION



                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:

                                       2

                                    - 170 -
<PAGE>







                                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       3

                                    - 171 -
<PAGE>


                                               THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:



                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:   






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       4

                                    - 172 -
<PAGE>






                                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                               NEBRASKA



                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       5

                                    - 173 -
<PAGE>


                                               NBD BANK


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
 
                                               Borrower

                                       6

                                    - 174 -
<PAGE>







                                               NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower
                                       7

                                    - 175 -
<PAGE>


                                               LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                               banking association




                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       8

                                    - 176 -
<PAGE>


                                               MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                               ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       9

                                    - 177 -
<PAGE>







                                               FIRST BANK, NATIONAL
                                               ASSOCIATION


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       10

                                    - 178 -
<PAGE>

                                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                                               Successor in Interest to The 
                                               Boatmen's Nat'l Bank of St. Louis



                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       11

                                    - 179 -
<PAGE>


                                               BANK OF MONTREAL,
                                               Chicago Branch




                                               By
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       12

                                    - 180 -


                           1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK





                                       1

                                     - 181 -
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>          <C>                                                             <C>
  I.         DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

 II.         TERM FACILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
             2.1      Term Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
             2.2      Acquisition Term Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
             2.3      Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
             2.4      Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
             2.5      Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
             2.6      Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
             2.6A     Permitted Prepayments to Broadcast Partners . . . . . . 14
             2.7      Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
             2.8      Related Loan Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

III.         [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

 IV.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
             4.1  Corporate Existence. . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
             4.2  Corporate Authority. . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
             4.3  Validity of Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.4  Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.5  Governmental Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.6  Defaults Under Other Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.7  Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.8  Compliance with Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
             4.9  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
             4.10 Collateral  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
             4.11 Pension Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
             4.12 Margin Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
             4.13 Financial Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

 V.          COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
             5.1  Financial Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
             5.2  Corporate Structure and Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
             5.3  Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
             5.4  Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
             5.5  Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
             5.6  Notice of Default   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
             5.7  Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
             5.8  Compliance with Law and Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . .20
             5.9  Maintenance of Property; Accounting;
                       Corporate Form; Taxes; Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . .20

                                       2

                                     - 182 -
<PAGE>

             5.10 Inspection of Properties and Books  . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
             5.11 Guaranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

             5.12 Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
             5.13 Name; Location  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
             5.14 Notice of Change in Ownership or Management . . . . . . . . 22
             5.15 Interest Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
             5.16 Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
             5.17 Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
             5.18 Amendments to Purchase Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
             5.19 Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
             5.20 Acquisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

 VI.         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
             6.1  Closing Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

VII.         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
             7.1  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
             7.2  Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

VIII.        INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
             8.1  FNB-O as Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
             8.2  Application of Payments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
             8.3  Liability of FNB-O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
             8.4  Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
             8.5  Reliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
             8.6  Relationship of Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
             8.7  New Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
             8.8  Broadcast Partners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

 IX.         MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
             9.1  Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.2  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.3  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.4  Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.5  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.6  Survival; Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.7  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.8  Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
             9.9  Amendments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
</TABLE>

Exhibit  A:  Form of Notes
Exhibit  B:  Officer's Certificate
Schedule A:  Permitted Encumbrances


                                     - 183 -
<PAGE>

                                       3


                           1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


         This 1997 Term Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  entered into as of
the 26th day of  February,  1997,  amends  and  restates  the 1996  Term  Credit
Agreement  entered into as of the 3rd day of May, 1996, among DATA  TRANSMISSION
NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware  corporation  having its  principal  place of
business  at Suite  200,  9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114  (the
"Borrower"), FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, a national banking association having
its principal place of business at One First National  Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska
68102  ("FNB-O"),  FIRST  NATIONAL BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA,  a national  banking
association  having its  principal  place of business at Wahoo,  Nebraska  68066
("FNB-W"),  NBD BANK, a bank  organized  under the laws of the State of Michigan
and having its  principal  place of business at 611  Woodward  Avenue,  Detroit,
Michigan  48226  ("NBD"),  NORWEST  BANK  NEBRASKA,  N.A.,  a  national  banking
association  having its principal  place of business at 20th and Farnam Streets,
Omaha,  Nebraska 68102 ("Norwest"),  THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED, a Japanese bank
being  represented by its office at 200 North  Broadway,  Suite 1625, St. Louis,
Missouri 63102 and acting through its Chicago  branch  ("Sumitomo"),  MERCANTILE
BANK OF ST. LOUIS,  N.A., a national  banking  association  having its principal
place of business at One  Mercantile  Center,  7th and Washington  Streets,  St.
Louis,   Missouri  63101   ("Mercantile"),   FIRST  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION
(successor  in interest  to FirsTier  Bank,  National  Association),  a national
banking  association  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 13th and M
Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska 68508 ("First Bank"), BANK OF MONTREAL,  a Canadian
Bank being  represented  by its office at 430 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York
10022  ("Montreal"),  and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking  association
being represented by its office at One Metropolitan  Square, 211 North Broadway,
St. Louis, Missouri 63102 ("LaSalle"); as amended by the First Amendment to 1996
Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of July 17, 1996, the Second  Amendment to 1996
Term Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996, and the Third Amendment to 1996
Term Credit Agreement dated as of December 27, 1996.


                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the parties  have  entered into that certain 1996 Term Credit
Agreement,  dated as of May 3, 1996,  as amended by the First  Amendment to 1996
Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of July 17, 1996, the Second  Amendment to 1996
Term Credit  Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996 and the Third Amendment to 1996
Term Credit Agreement dated as of December 27, 1996 (as so amended and restated,
the "1996 Term Credit  Agreement"),  pursuant to which the  Borrower  obtained a
term credit  facility  for the  purpose of  acquiring  substantially  all of the
assets of Broadcast Partners; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend and restate the 1996 Term
Credit Agreement; and

                                       4

                                     - 184 -
<PAGE>


         WHEREAS,  the parties do not intend for this 1997 Term Credit Agreement
to be deemed to  extinguish  any  existing  indebtedness  of the  Borrower or to
release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:


                                 I. DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

Agreement:                 The 1996 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of May 3, 
                           1996,  between  the  Borrower  and  the  Lenders,  as
                           amended by the First  Amendment  to 1996 Term  Credit
                           Agreement,  dated as of July  17,  1996;  the  Second
                           Amendment to 1996 Term Credit Agreement,  dated as of
                           July 31, 1996;  and the Third  Amendment to 1996 Term
                           Credit  Agreement,  dated as of December 27, 1996, as
                           further amended and restated by this 1997 Term Credit
                           Agreement dated as of February 26, 1997,  between the
                           Borrower and the Lenders,  and as further  amended or
                           restated from time to time. Reference in the Notes to
                           the  Agreement  shall mean the  Agreement  as defined
                           herein.

Banks:                     FNB-O, FNB-W, First Bank,  Mercantile,  NBD, Norwest,
                           Sumitomo,  LaSalle and Montreal,  and such additional
                           banks as may be  added  hereto  from  time to time by
                           mutual written agreement of the parties.

Boatmen's:                 The  Boatmen's  National  Bank of St.  Louis,  a 
                           national  banking  association  having its  principal
                           place of business at One Boatmen's  Plaza, 800 Market
                           Street,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63166-0236,  and  its
                           successors and assigns.

Borrower:                  Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation, a Delaware
                           corporation having its principal place of business at
                           Suite 200,  9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska
                           68114.

Broadcast
Partners:                  Broadcast  Partners,  a general  partnership having
                           its  current  principal  place of  business  at 11275
                           Aurora Avenue,  Des Moines,  Iowa 50322. For purposes
                           of  future  notices  or  communications   under  this
                           Agreement   Broadcast   Partners  address  shall  be:
                           Broadcast  Partners,   care  of  Thomas  M.  Hanigan,
                           Pioneer Hi-Bred  International,  Inc., 7200 N.W. 62nd
                           Ave., P.O. Box 184, Johnston, Iowa 50131-0184.

                                       5

                                     - 185 -
<PAGE>


Business
Day:                       Any day  other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday or a legal
                           holiday on which banks in the State of  Nebraska  are
                           not open for business.
Change of
Control:                            (a) At any time when any of the  equity  
                           securities of the Borrower shall be registered  under
                           Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 as
                           amended from time to time (the "Exchange  Act"),  (i)
                           any person,  entity or "group" (within the meaning of
                           Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than any
                           person  which is a management  employee,  or any such
                           "group"   which   consists   entirely  of  management
                           employees,  of the  Borrower)  being or becoming  the
                           beneficial  owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of more
                           than 50% of the voting stock of the Borrower, or (ii)
                           a majority of the members of the Borrower's  board of
                           directors  (the "Board")  consisting of persons other
                           than Continuing  Directors (as hereinafter  defined);
                           and  (b) at any  other  time,  less  than  50% of the
                           voting   stock   of   the   Borrower    being   owned
                           beneficially, directly or indirectly, by employees of
                           the Borrower or its subsidiaries. As used herein, the
                           term  "Continuing  Director"  means any member of the
                           Board on June 29,  1995 and any  other  member of the
                           Board who shall be  recommended or elected to succeed
                           a  Continuing  Director by a majority  of  Continuing
                           Directors who are the members of the Board.

Collateral:                All  personal  property of the Borrower described  in
                           the   Security   Agreement,   whether  now  owned  or
                           hereafter acquired, including, without limitation:

                                    (a) all of the Borrower's accounts, accounts
                           receivable,   subscriber  contract  rights,   chattel
                           paper,  documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,
                           equipment, general intangibles; and

                                    (b) all proceeds and products of the 
                           foregoing.

Existing
Term Notes:                Those  certain  promissory  notes  from  the Borrower
                           to FNB-O, FirsTier, FNB-W, NBD, Norwest and Boatmen's
                           dated as of April 16, 1993, July 8, 1993,  August 30,
                           1994, November 29, 1994, and February 27, 1995.

FirsTier:                  FirsTier   Bank,   National   Association,   Lincoln,
                           Nebraska,  a national banking  association having its
                           principal  place of  business  at 13th and M Streets,
                           Lincoln,  Nebraska  68508,  and  its  successors  and
                           assigns (it being acknowledged that First Bank is the
                           successor in interest to FirsTier).

First Bank:                First Bank,  National  Association,  a national
                           banking  association  having its  principal  place of
                           business  at 13th and M  Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska
 
                                       6

                                     - 186 -
<PAGE>

                           68508,  and its  successors  and  assigns  (it  being
                           acknowledged  that  First  Bank is the  successor  in
                           interest to FirsTier).

FNB-O:                     First  National  Bank of Omaha,  a  national  banking
                           association having its principal place of business at
                           One First National Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102, and
                           its successors and assigns.

FNB-W:                     First  National  Bank,  Wahoo,  Nebraska,  a national
                           banking  association  having its  principal  place of
                           business at Wahoo, Nebraska 68066, and its successors
                           and assigns.

Interest Rate
Protection Contract
Amounts:                   "Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts" shall 
                           mean  amounts due from the  Borrower  under  interest
                           rate  protection  contracts  between the Borrower and
                           Lender as to (i) the  interest  differential  amounts
                           due in respect of periodic netting payments under any
                           such contract, and (ii) any amount due as a result of
                           marking to market the  Borrower's  obligations  under
                           any such contract upon the  occurrence of an event of
                           default under,  or other early  termination  of, such
                           contract;  in either case  without  inclusion of fees
                           and other  expenses  related to such  contract.  Such
                           Interest Rate  Protection  Contract  Amounts shall be
                           reported in writing to FNB-O and the  Borrower by the
                           applicable   Lender   at  such   times  as  shall  be
                           appropriate   to  carry   out  the   intent  of  this
                           Agreement.


LaSalle:                   LaSalle National Bank, a national banking association
                           having its  principal  place of business at 135 South
                           LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

Lenders:                   The Banks.

Leverage Ratio:            The  number  which  is  obtained  at  the  time  of
                           determination  by dividing Total  Indebtedness at the
                           applicable   time  by  Operating  Cash  Flow  at  the
                           applicable time.

Make-Whole
Premium:                   An amount which shall be  sufficient as determined by
                           the  relevant  Bank in good faith and on a reasonable
                           basis and  certified to the  Borrower in writing,  to
                           compensate the Bank for any loss  (including any lost
                           yield),  cost or expense  incurred by the Bank (i) in
                           liquidating  or  redeploying  deposits or other funds
                           acquired  by the  Bank to fund or  maintain  the loan
                           prepaid and (ii) in unwinding,  amending,  cancelling
                           or  otherwise  modifying  or  terminating  any  match
                           funding,  swap or other  arrangement  entered into by

                                        7

                                    - 187 -
<PAGE>
      
                           the Bank in connection  with acquiring or maintaining
                           the funding for the loan prepaid.

Mercantile:                Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., a national 
                           banking  association  having its  principal  place of
                           business at One Mercantile Center, 7th and Washington
                           Streets, St. Louis, Missouri 63101.

Montreal:                  Bank of Montreal,  a Canadian bank being  represented
                           by its office at 430 Park Avenue, New York, New York,
                           10022.

NBD:                       NBD Bank,  a bank  organized  under  the laws of the
                           State of Michigan and having its  principal  place of
                           business at 611 Woodward  Avenue,  Detroit,  Michigan
                           48226.

Net Operating
Profit After  Taxes:       For any period,  the net  earnings (or loss) after
                           taxes  of  Borrower   and  its   Subsidiaries   on  a
                           consolidated  basis for such period taken as a single
                           accounting  period and determined in conformity  with
                           generally accepted  accounting  principals;  provided
                           that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss)
                           of any entity  accrued prior to the date it becomes a
                           Subsidiary   of   Borrower   or  is  merged  into  or
                           consolidated with Borrower and (ii) any extraordinary
                           gains  or  losses  for  such  period   determined  in
                           accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting
                           principles.

Net Worth:                 The  Borrower's  consolidated  net  worth  as  deter-
                           mined   in   accordance   with   generally   accepted
                           accounting  principles  plus  subordinated  debt. For
                           purposes  of  this  definition,  "subordinated  debt"
                           means   indebtedness   of  the   Borrower   which  is
                           subordinate, in a manner satisfactory to the Lenders,
                           to  the  indebtedness  due to the  Lenders,  and  the
                           repayment of which is forbidden  during the existence
                           of any Event of Default hereunder;  provided however,
                           that  any  such  indebtedness  shall  not  be  deemed
                           subordinated  debt to the  extent  of the  amount  of
                           principal  payments  that are due thereon  within one
                           (1) year from the date of determination.
New York
Prime:                     The  floating  interest  rate  published  as the 
                           "Prime Rate" (the base rate on corporate loans posted
                           by at least 75% of the nation's 30 largest  banks) in
                           the Wall  Street  Journal  on the  first  day of each
                           month,    or   if   no   rate   is    published    on
                           the  first  day  of  any  month,  on  the  first  day
                           thereafter when such rate is published.  For purposes
                           of this Agreement,  New York Prime shall fluctuate on
                           a monthly  basis.  Changes to New York Prime shall be
                           effective on the first day of each month based on the
                           "Prime Rate" in effect on such day.

                                       8

                                     - 188 -
<PAGE>

Norwest:                   Norwest  Bank  Nebraska,  N.A.,  a  national  banking
                           association having its principal place of business at
                           20th and Farnam Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102, and
                           its successors and assigns.

Notes:                     Those certain  promissory  notes from the Borrower to
                           the Lenders  dated as of May 3, 1996,  July 17, 1996,
                           and July 31, 1996, including, without limitation, the
                           Notes  to the  Banks as  referenced  in  Section  2.1
                           hereof, and such additional term notes as the parties
                           may hereafter agree to add hereto as Notes.

Operating
Cash Flow:                 The Borrower's consolidated  average monthly earnings
                           or loss before interest,  depreciation,  amortization
                           and taxes, less current tax expense and plus or minus
                           any  non-ordinary  non-cash  charges  or  credits  to
                           earnings,   which  average  shall  be  based  on  the
                           Borrower's  actual  financial  results in the two (2)
                           full   calendar   months   preceding   the   date  of
                           determination.  For purposes of calculating Operating
                           Cash Flow for this Agreement,  the Borrower shall not
                           permit deferred commission expenses to be capitalized
                           for any period in excess of twelve (12) months.
Operative
Documents:                 This 1996 Loan  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Security
                           Agreement,  the  financing  statements  regarding the
                           Collateral and the documents and certificates,  other
                           than the Purchase  Agreement,  delivered  pursuant to
                           Article VI.
Purchase
Agreement:                 The Asset  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated as of 
                           May 3,  1996,  between  the  Borrower  and  Broadcast
                           Partners.

Quarterly
Compliance
Certificate:               The  certificate  delivered to the Lenders by the 
                           Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1(d).

Related
Bank Debt:                 The aggregate  unpaid balance of all  indebtedness, 
                           now or hereafter existing (including future advances)
                           under the Related Loan Agreements, including, without
                           limitation,   the  amounts  outstanding  under  those
                           certain  promissory notes from the Borrower to FNB-O,
                           FirsTier  and FNB-W  dated as of October 13, 1992 and
                           December 7, 1992; the amounts  outstanding  under the
                           Existing Term Notes;  the amounts  outstanding  under
                           the revolving credit notes issued under the Revolving
                           Credit Agreement,  and under any term notes issued to
                           convert  such  revolving  credit notes or any portion
                           thereof  to  a  term   obligation;   all  extensions,
 
                           renewals,  and substitutions of or for the foregoing;

                                       9

                                    - 189 -
<PAGE>
                          
                           and all  obligations,  if any,  as to the accrued and
                           unpaid Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts.

Related
Loan
Agreements:                The  Loan  Agreement  dated  as of  October  9,  1992
                           between the Borrower  and FNB-O,  FirsTier and FNB-W,
                           and the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  and any  loan
                           agreements issued in extension, renewal, replacement,
                           or  reinstatement  of the foregoing,  in each case as
                           any such agreement is amended from time to time.

Release:                   The Federal Reserve Statistical Release.

Restricted
Quarter:                   This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                           2.2 hereof.

Revolving Credit
Agreement:                 The 1996 Revolving  Credit Agreement dated as of June
                           28,  1996,  between the  Borrower  and the Lenders as
                           amended  by the  First  Amendment  to 1996  Revolving
                           Credit  Agreement,  dated as of July 31, 1996, and by
                           the  Second   Amendment  to  1996  Revolving   Credit
                           Agreement,  dated as of December  27,  1996;  and, as
                           further  amended and  restated by the 1997  Revolving
                           Credit  Agreement,  dated as of  February  26,  1997,
                           between the Borrower and the Lenders,  and as further
                           amended or restated from time to time.

Revolving
Credit Rate:               The  floating  interest  rate  announced  from  time
                           to time by FNB-O as its  "National  Base  Rate."  The
                           National  Base  Rate is set by  FNB-O,  solely in its
                           discretion, to reflect generally the rates charged by
                           national money center banks as their reference rates.
                           (Previously,  the rate was  announced by FNB-O as its
                           "New York Base Rate.")  Rates charged by FNB-O may be
                           at,  above  or  below  the  National  Base  Rate,  as
                           determined by FNB-O as to each respective customer.
Security
Agreement:                 The 1996 Restated Security  Agreement  restated as of
                           May 3, 1996, between the Borrower and FNB-O, as agent
                           for the Lenders  and others,  as amended by the First
                           Amendment to 1996 Restated Security Agreement,  dated
                           as of June 28,  1996;  the Second  Amendment  to 1996
                           Restated  Security  Agreement,  dated  as of July 31,
                           1996;  and  the  Third  Amendment  to  1996  Restated
                           Security  Agreement,  dated as of December  27, 1996;
                           and as  further  amended  and  restated  by the  1997
                           Security  Agreement  dated as of February  26,  1997,
                           between  the  Borrower  and  FNB-O,  as agent for the
 
                                       10

                                     - 190 -
<PAGE>

                           Lenders and others and as further amended or restated
                           from  time to time.  References  in the  Notes to the
                           1996  Restated  Security  Agreement  shall  mean  the
                           Security Agreement as defined herein.

Subsidiaries:              Any corporation,  business association,  partnership,
                           joint  venture,  limited  liability  company or other
                           business entity in which the Borrower, or one or more
                           of its Subsidiaries,  or the Borrower and one or more
                           of its  Subsidiaries  has either (i) more than 50% of
                           the equity  ownership  thereof,  or (ii) the power to
                           elect a majority of the  directors  or to control the
                           identification of the managing or general partners or
                           similar governing persons thereof.

Sumitomo:                  The Sumitomo Bank,  Limited, a Japanese bank being 
                           represented  by its  office  at 200  North  Broadway,
                           Suite  1625,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63102 and acting
                           through its Chicago branch.

Total
Indebtedness:              All loans and other obligations of the Borrower and 
                           its Subsidiaries,  without duplication,  for borrowed
                           money    (including,    without    limitation,    the
                           indebtedness  due to the  Lenders  and the holders of
                           the Related  Bank Debt)  regardless  of the  maturity
                           thereof but such term shall not include  subordinated
                           debt of the Borrower,  as such term is defined in the
                           definition of Net Worth,  up to  $15,000,000  if such
                           subordinated  debt was  existing on May 3, 1996.  For
                           purposes of this definition of "Total  Indebtedness,"
                           indebtedness   under  an  interest  rate   protection
                           Agreement shall mean the amount,  if any, at the time
                           of   determination,   of  the  unpaid  Interest  Rate
                           Protection Contract Amounts; provided,  however, that
                           solely for purposes of voting under this Agreement by
                           the Lenders,  "Total  Indebtedness"  will not include
                           such Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts.
Trigger
Event:                     This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                           2.2 hereof.

All  accounting  terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ordinarily applied under generally accepted accounting principles.

                                       11

                                    - 191 -
<PAGE>

                                II. TERM FACILITY

         2.1.  Term  Credit.   The  Banks  agree  to  advance $48,490,000 to the
Borrower  for the  purchase  of  substantially  all of the  assets of  Broadcast
Partners.  Such advances shall be made, in one or more  closings,  on a pro rata
basis by the Banks, based on the following maximum advance limits for each Bank:
(1) as to  FNB-O,  $10,780,000;  (ii) as to  FNB-W,  $245,000;  (iii) as to NBD,
$6,223,000; (iv) as to Norwest, $4,047,000; (v) as to LaSalle, $10,388,000; (vi)
as to Mercantile,  $5,333,900;  (vii) as to Sumitomo,  $5,170,000;  (viii) as to
First Bank, $1,933,000; and (ix) as to Montreal, $4,370,100.

         It is understood and agreed by the parties that the foregoing  advances
by FNB-O,  FNB-W,  and NBD were made at the initial  closing under the 1996 Term
Credit Agreement on May 3, 1996. The foregoing advance by Norwest  represents an
advance of $1,822,000  which was made at the initial closing under the Agreement
on May 3, 1996, and an additional  advance of $2,225,000,  which was made at the
closing under the First  Amendment on July 17, 1996.  The foregoing  advances by
Mercantile,  Sumitomo  and First Bank were made at the  closing  under the First
Amendment on July 17, 1996. The advance made by Montreal was made at the closing
of the Second Amendment on July 31, 1996; the proceeds of such advance were used
to  prepay  the  existing  Note  held by  Broadcast  Partners  in the  remaining
principal  amount of  $4,070,100,  and to provide an additional  $300,000 to the
Borrower.  The advance  made by LaSalle was made on December  27,  1996,  at the
closing of the Third Amendment. This Agreement shall not be deemed to extinguish
any existing  indebtedness of the Borrower under the 1996 Term Credit  Agreement
or the Notes issued  thereunder or to release,  terminate or affect the priority
of any security therefor.

         2.2.  Notes. The Notes shall bear interest on the principal loan
amount  thereof  outstanding  through  June 30,  1999,  at the rate of 8.25% per
annum;  thereafter the interest rate for the balance of the term shall be set on
June 30,  1999,  at two percent  (2.00%)  above the yield on  constant  maturity
Treasury  Bonds with  maturities of three years,  as quoted for the Business Day
immediately  preceding June 30, 1999 in the applicable Release.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  the Notes issued to the following Lenders shall bear interest as
follows:  (i) as to First Bank,  at the rate of 8.36% per annum through June 30,
1999  (whereupon the interest rate reset  described  above shall be applicable);
and (ii) as to Mercantile,  NBD,  Sumitomo,  Norwest,  FNB-W and Montreal,  at a
variable  rate per annum equal to New York Prime  minus  one-half of one percent
(0.5%). After an Event of Default has occurred,  interest shall accrue: (i) with
respect to the fixed rate Notes, on the entire outstanding  balance of principal
and interest at a fluctuating  rate equal to the Revolving Credit Rate plus four
percent  (4.00%);  and (ii) as to the floating rate Notes, on the principal loan
amount  thereof at a rate per annum equal to three and one-half  percent  (3.5%)
above New York Prime.  Interest shall be calculated on actual days elapsed and a
year of 360 days. If the Borrower's most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate
shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,  Total  Indebtedness was at such
date more than  thirty-six (36) times the Operating Cash Flow at the end of such
quarter,  the current  quarter shall be deemed a  "Restricted  Quarter." If, any
time during a Restricted  Quarter  (including,  without  limitation,  during any
period  in  such  quarter  prior  to  delivery  of  the   Quarterly   Compliance
Certificate),  the  interest  rate  accruing  on any Note is less than seven and
one-half  percent  (7.50%),  a "Trigger Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.
Upon the occurrence of a Trigger  Event,  the Borrower shall be obligated to pay
the Lenders the following fees: (i)  three-eighths of one percent (.375%) of the

                                       12

                                    - 192 -
<PAGE>

outstanding  principal balance of such Note as of the date preceding the Trigger
Event,  which amount shall be payable promptly upon invoicing by FNB-O; (ii) the
same amount as computed in clause (i),  payable on the six-month  anniversary of
the Trigger Event;  and (iii) the same amount as computed in clause (i), payable
on the twelve-month anniversary of the Trigger Event.

         2.3.  Payments. Interest on the unpaid balance of the Notes
shall be due on the last day of each month beginning May 31, 1996. The principal
amount of each respective Note shall become due and payable in seventy-two equal
monthly  installments,  with the first such installment due on January 31, 1997,
and  subsequent  installments  due on the  last  day of each  consecutive  month
thereafter.  The total  amount of all  unpaid  principal  and  accrued  interest
hereunder shall be due and payable no later than December 31, 2002. In the event
that a payment day is not a Business  Day, the payment  shall be due on the next
succeeding  Business Day.  Interest  shall continue to accrue on the full unpaid
balance hereunder  notwithstanding  any permitted or unpermitted  failure of the
Borrower  to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment day
falls on a day other than a Business Day.

         2.4.  Fees. The Borrower will pay to FNB-O an initial fee equal
to $14,729,  payable at closing. Such fee will be paid to FNB-O and allocated by
FNB-O pro rata among the Banks based on their respective commitments as shown in
Section 2.1 above.  Furthermore,  the  Borrower  will pay to FNB-O at closing an
agenting fee equal to $25,500. At the closing of the First Amendment on July 17,
1996,  the Borrower  paid a fee of $7,330.95  to FNB-O for  distribution  to the
following Banks: (i) $1,112.50 to Norwest;  (ii) $2,666.95 to Mercantile;  (iii)
$2,585.00  to Sumitomo;  and (iv)  $966.50 to First Bank.  At the closing of the
Second Amendment on July 31, 1996, the Borrower paid a fee of $2,185.05 to FNB-O
for distribution to Montreal.

         2.5  Payment.  The Borrower's  obligation to make payments of
principal and interest  hereunder shall be further  evidenced by the Notes,  the
form of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit A. All  obligations of the Borrower
under  the  Notes  and  the  other  Operative  Documents  shall  be  payable  in
immediately  available  funds in lawful money of the United States of America at
the principal office of FNB-O in Omaha, Nebraska or at such other address as may
be designated by FNB-O in writing.

         2.6  Prepayment.  Prepayments of the Notes may be made in
full or in part at any time upon 10 days prior  written  notice to the  Lenders;
provided,  however,  that unanimous consent of the Lenders shall be required for
any prepayment (other than a prepayment to Broadcast Partners in accordance with
Section 2.6A below)  which is not applied pro rata to the Lenders in  accordance
with Section 8.2. Prepayment penalties will be required as indicated below:

                  (a)      The Borrower  may prepay in full without  penalty the
                           principal  loan amounts  outstanding  under all Notes
                           which bear  interest  at a fixed  rate in  accordance
                           with Section 2.2 hereof, if such prepayment occurs on
                           June 30, 1999 and the Borrower has given the Banks at
                           least 30 days prior  written  notice of its intention
                           to make such prepayment.

                                       13

                                    - 193 -
<PAGE>


                  (b)      If a prepayment  of a Note which bears  interest at a
                           fixed  rate in  accordance  with  Section  2.2 hereof
                           occurs other than in accordance  with (a) above,  the
                           Borrower  shall  pay to  the  respective  Bank  payee
                           thereof,  at such  payee's  option,  either:  (1) the
                           Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment;
                           or (2) a  prepayment  fee  equal to one and  one-half
                           percent (1.50%) of the amount of such prepayment.


                  (c)      The  Borrower   shall  not  be  obligated  to  pay  a
                           Make-Whole  Premium or  prepayment  fee to  Broadcast
                           Partners  or to any Bank payee of a Note which  bears
                           interest  at a  floating  rate  indexed  to New  York
                           Prime.

         2.6A  Permitted  Prepayments to Broadcast  Partners.  Broadcast 
Partners' Notes were prepaid in full at the closing of the Second Amendment on 
July 31, 1996.

         2.7  Security.  All obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the
Operative Documents,  including,  without limitation, the Borrower's obligations
to make payments of principal and interest  shall be secured by a first security
interest in the  Collateral,  as more  specifically  described  in the  Security
Agreement.

         2.8 Related Loan Agreements. Nothing herein shall be deemed to alter or
amend the Borrower's obligations under the Related Loan Agreements,  the Related
Bank Debt or any collateral  security  therefor,  all of which shall continue in
full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.


                          III. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]


                       IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Borrower  represents  and warrants that as of May 3, 1996,  and the
date hereof the following are and shall be true and correct:

         4.1 Corporate Existence. It and each of its Subsidiaries,  if any, is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Delaware and duly  qualified  and in good standing in all states
where it is doing business except where the failure to be so qualified would not
have a material  adverse effect on it and it has full power and authority to own
and operate its properties  and to carry on its business.  As of May 3, 1996 and
the date hereof , the Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

         4.2 Corporate  Authority.  It has full corporate  power,  authority and
legal right to execute,  deliver and perform the Operative Documents to which it
is a party,  and all other  instruments and agreements  contemplated  hereby and


                                       14

                                    - 194 -
<PAGE>

thereby,  and to perform its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder;  and such
actions have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and are not
in conflict with any  applicable law or  regulation,  or any order,  judgment or
decree  of any court or other  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality  or its
articles of  incorporation  or bylaws,  or with any provisions of any indenture,
contract or  agreement to which it or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which  it or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of its or  their  property  may be
bound.

         4.3 Validity of  Agreements.  The Borrower's  Operative  Documents have
been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute its legal, valid and
binding  agreements,  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance with their
respective terms (except to the extent that  enforcement  thereof may be limited
by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws now or
hereafter in effect, or by principles of equity).

         4.4  Litigation.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to
any pending lawsuit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental body or
agency,  which is likely to have a materially  adverse  effect on the Borrower's
ability to perform its  obligations  under its Operative  Documents;  nor is the
Borrower  aware of any  threatened  lawsuit  or  proceeding,  to which it or any
Subsidiary  may  become  a  party  or of  any  investigation  of  any  Court  or
governmental  body or agency into its affairs,  which if instituted would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

         4.5 Governmental Approvals. The execution,  delivery and performance by
the Borrower of the Operative Documents or the Purchase Agreement do not require
the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the  registration  with, or
the  taking of any other  action in  respect  of,  any  federal,  state or other
governmental authority or agency other than as contemplated herein and therein.

         4.6  Defaults  Under  Other  Documents.  Neither the  Borrower  nor any
Subsidiary is in default or in violation (nor has any event occurred which, with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or violation) under
any document or any  Agreement or instrument to which it may be a party or under
which it or any of its  properties  may be bound and the  result of which  would
have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability  to perform  its
obligations under its Operative Documents.

         4.7 Judgments.  There are no outstanding or unpaid judgments (which are
not  adequately  bonded) of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

         4.8 Compliance with Laws. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in
violation of any laws,  regulations or judicial or  governmental  decrees in any
respect  which  could have any  material  adverse  effect  upon the  validity or
enforceability  of any of the terms of the  Borrower's  Operative  Documents  or
which  could have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability to
perform its obligations under its Operative Documents.

                                       15

                                    - 195 -
<PAGE>

         4.9 Taxes.  All tax returns of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for
material taxes  required to be filed have been filed or extensions  permitted by
law have been  obtained;  all taxes of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  of a
material  nature and which are due and payable as reflected on such returns have
been  paid,  other than  taxes  which are due but for which only a nominal  late
payment  penalty  is  payable  and for which  the  taxing  authority  is not yet
entitled to enforce its remedies for payment  thereof and other than taxes being
contested in good faith and with respect to which  adequate  reserves  have been
established;  and  no  material  amounts  of  taxes  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries not reflected on such returns are payable.

         4.10  Collateral.  The  Borrower has good and  marketable  title to the
Collateral and the Collateral is free from all liens,  encumbrances  or security
interests,  except as disclosed on Schedule A attached  hereto.  The  Borrower's
principal  place of business,  chief executive  office,  and the principal place
where it keeps its records  concerning  the  Collateral  is Suite 200, 9110 West
Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114.  The  Borrower  also keeps  certain of its
records regarding the Collateral at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

         4.11  Pension  Benefits.   Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary
maintains a "Plan" as defined in Section 3 of the  Employees  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974  ("ERISA"),  or each such entity is in compliance  with the
minimum funding  requirements  with respect to any such "Plan"  maintained by it
and it has not incurred any material  liability to the Pension Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") or otherwise under ERISA in connection with any such Plan.

         4.12  Margin  Regulations.  No  part  of the  proceeds  of any  advance
hereunder  shall be used to  purchase or carry any  "margin  stock"  (within the
meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
of the United States) or any "margin security" (within the meaning of Regulation
G of said Board of Governors),  or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security.  No part of the
proceeds of any advance  hereunder  shall be used for any purpose that violates,
or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said
Board of Governors.

         4.13 Financial  Condition.  The financial condition of the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries is truly and accurately set forth in the most recent financial
statement which has been provided to the Lenders and no material  adverse change
has occurred which would make such financial statement inaccurate or misleading.


                                       16

                                    - 196 -
<PAGE>

                                  V. COVENANTS


         The Borrower hereby covenants that:

         5.1  Financial Reports.

                  (a)      Within  forty-five  (45) days after the end of each 
                           month,  the  Borrower,  at its  sole  expense,  shall
                           furnish the  Lenders a  consolidated  balance  sheet,
                           statement   of  earnings  of  the  Borrower  and  its
                           consolidated  Subsidiaries,  and a statement  of cash
                           flows   of  the   Borrower   and   its   consolidated
                           subsidiaries  and  such  financial  statements  on  a
                           consolidating  basis  as to the  Borrower,  all  such
                           financial  statements  to be prepared  in  accordance
                           with   generally   accepted   accounting   principles
                           consistently  applied and  certified as completed and
                           correct,  subject to normal  changes  resulting  from
                           year-end audit  adjustments,  by the chief  financial
                           officer of the Borrower.

                  (b)      Within  ninety (90) days after the close of the 
                           Borrower's  fiscal year,  the  Borrower,  at its sole
                           expense,   shall   furnish   the   Lenders:   (i)   a
                           consolidated  balance  sheet, a statement of earnings
                           of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and
                           a  statement  of cash flows of the  Borrower  and its
                           consolidated  subsidiaries,  certified  by Deloitte &
                           Touche,   or  other   independent   certified  public
                           accountants  acceptable  to the  Lenders,  that  such
                           financial   reports   fairly  present  the  financial
                           condition  of  the  Borrower  and  its   consolidated
                           Subsidiaries  and have been  prepared  in  accordance
                           with   generally   accepted   accounting   principles
                           consistently  applied;  and (ii) a  certificate  from
                           such  accountants   certifying  that  in  making  the
                           requisite audit for  certification  of the Borrower's
                           financial  statements,  the auditors  either (1) have
                           obtained no knowledge,  and are not  otherwise  aware
                           of, any condition or event which constitutes an Event
                           of Default  or which with the  passage of time or the
                           giving of notice would constitute an Event of Default
                           under Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.7, 5.9(b),  5.9(d),  5.11,
                           5.19 or 5.20; or (2) have  discovered  such condition
                           or  event,   as   specifically   set  forth  in  such
                           certificate, which constitutes an Event of Default or
                           which  with  the  passage  of time or the  giving  of
                           notice  would  constitute  an Event of Default  under
                           such  sections.  The auditors  shall not be liable to
                           the  Lenders  by reason of the  auditors'  failure to
                           obtain  knowledge  of such event or  condition in the
                           ordinary course of their audit unless such failure is
                           the result of negligence or willful misconduct in the
                           performance of the audit.

                  (c)      Within thirty  (30)  days  after  submission  to the
                           Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the Borrower
                           shall provide to the Lenders copies of its Forms 10K
                           and 10Q, as submitted to the Securities and Exchange
                           Commission during the term of this Agreement.

                  (d)      Within twenty  (20)  days  after  the  end  of  each
                           quarter, the Borrower, at its expense, shall furnish


                                       17

                                    - 197 -
<PAGE>

                           the  Lenders a  certificate  of the chief  financial
                           officer  of the  Borrower  in the form of Exhibit C,
                           setting forth such information  (including  detailed
                           calculations)  sufficient to verify the  conclusions
                           of such officer after due inquiry and review, that:


                           (i)      The Borrower and each Subsidiary, either (y)
                                    is in compliance with the  requirements  set
                                    forth  in  this  Agreement  or (z) is NOT in
                                    compliance  with the  foregoing  for reasons
                                    specifically set forth therein; and

                           (ii)     The chief  financial  officer  of the  
                                    Borrower   has  reviewed  or  caused  to  be
                                    reviewed  all of the terms of the  Operative
                                    Documents  of the  Borrower  and  that  such
                                    review  either  (1)  has NOT  disclosed  the
                                    existence  of any  condition  or event which
                                    constitutes  an  event  of  default  or  any
                                    condition or event which with the passage of
                                    time  or  the   giving   of   notice   would
                                    constitute  an event of  default  under  the
                                    Operative Documents or (2) has disclosed the
                                    existence  of a  condition  or  event  which
                                    constitutes  an  event  of  default,   or  a
                                    condition or event which with the passage of
                                    time  or  the   giving   of   notice   would
                                    constitute  an event of  default,  under the
                                    aforesaid  instrument or instruments and the
                                    specific  condition or event is specifically
                                    set forth.

                           For the quarter ended December 31, 1996, the Borrower
                           shall provide the Quarterly Compliance Certificate in
                           the form of Exhibit B, plus the Quarterly  Compliance
                           Certificate  in the form  which was  required  by the
                           1996 Term Credit  Agreement in effect on December 31,
                           1996.

                  (e)      The  Borrower  shall  provide the  Lenders  with such
                           other financial reports and statements as the Lenders
                           may reasonably request.

         5.2  Corporate  Structure and Assets.  The Borrower  shall not merge or
consolidate  with any other  corporation  or entity unless the Borrower shall be
the surviving  entity,  nor sell any assets except items that are obsolete or no
longer  necessary  for  operation  of the  business,  other than in the ordinary
course of business without the prior written consent of the Lenders. The Lenders
shall be entitled to receive as a  prepayment  on the Notes the  proceeds of any
sale of assets of the Borrower which are  prohibited by the preceding  sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing prepayment requirements,  any such prohibited sale
shall remain a violation of this Agreement.  In addition, the Borrower shall not
engage in any business  materially  different from that in which it is presently
engaged  without the prior written  consent of the Lenders,  which consent shall
not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  The  foregoing  restrictions  on  mergers  and
consolidations  shall not apply if: (i) in the case of a merger, the Borrower is
the surviving entity and expressly reaffirms its obligations hereunder;  (ii) in
the case of a consolidation,  the resulting  corporation  expressly  assumes the
obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder;  (iii)  the  surviving  or  resulting
corporation  is organized  under the laws of the United States or a jurisdiction
thereof; (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving
or  resulting  corporation  will be engaged in  substantially  the same lines of
business as are now engaged in by the Borrower; and (v) immediately after giving
effect  to such  merger  or  consolidation,  no  Event  of  Default  will  exist
hereunder.


                                       18

                                    - 198 -
<PAGE>

         5.3 Net Worth.  The Borrower  shall maintain a minimum Net Worth during
the term of this Agreement of at least  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of
the net income (but not losses) of the Borrower for each fiscal year, commencing
with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997;  provided,  however,  solely for
purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.3, "Net
Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.

         5.4  Indebtedness.

                  (a)      The Borrower  shall not at any time permit the sum of
                           the Total Indebtedness to the Lenders and the holders
                           of the Related Bank Debt to exceed  forty-eight  (48)
                           times Operating Cash Flow.

                  (b)      On the day the  Borrower or a  Subsidiary  becomes  
                           liable with respect to any debt and immediately after
                           giving   effect   thereto   and  to  the   concurrent
                           retirement  of any  other  debt,  the  sum  of  Total
                           Indebtedness,  plus  the  amount  of any  outstanding
                           subordinated   debt   of   the   Borrower   and   its
                           Subsidiaries,  plus the contingent obligations of the
                           Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  under any guaranty of
                           the debt of any other  person or entity  (other  than
                           unsecured  debt  of  a  Subsidiary  incurred  in  the
                           ordinary  course of business for other than  borrowed
                           money  or  to  finance  the  purchase  price  of  any
                           property  or  business)  shall  not  exceed an amount
                           equal to sixty (60) times Operating Cash Flow at such
                           date.

         5.5 Use of  Proceeds.  The  Borrower  shall not use the proceeds of the
advances  hereunder to purchase or carry any "margin  stock" (within the meaning
of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System of the
United States) or any "margin  security"  (within the meaning of Regulation G of
said  Board of  Governors),  or to extend  credit to others  for the  purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security. No part of such
proceeds shall be used for any purpose that violates,  or which is  inconsistent
with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said Board of Governors. This
section shall not preclude the Borrower from  repurchasing any of its own issued
and outstanding common stock;  provided,  however, that such repurchase does not
result in the occurrence of any other Event of Default hereunder.

         5.6 Notice of  Default.  The  Borrower  shall  give to the  Lenders  
prompt  written  notification  of the existence or occurrence of:

                  (a)      any fact or event which results, or which with notice
                           or the passage of time, or both, would result in an 
                           Event of Default hereunder;

                  (b)      any proceedings instituted by or against the Borrower
                           in any  federal,  state or local  court or before any
                           governmental   body  or   agency,   or   before   any
                           arbitration board, or any such proceedings threatened
                           against  the  Borrower  by any  governmental  agency,
                           which is likely  to have a  material  adverse  effect
                           upon  the   Borrower's   ability   to   perform   its
                           obligations under its Operative Documents;

                                       19

                                    - 199 -
<PAGE>

                  (c)      any default or event of default involving the payment
                           of money under any Agreement or  instrument  which is
                           material to the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  to which
                           such  entity  is a party or by which it or any of its
                           property may be bound,  and which default or event of
                           default would have a material adverse effect upon the
                           Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations  under
                           its Operative Documents; and

                  (d)      the  Borrower  shall  give  immediate  notice  of the
                           commencement  of any  proceeding  under  the  Federal
                           Bankruptcy  Code by or against  the  Borrower  or any
                           Subsidiary.

         5.7  Distributions.

                  (a)      Neither Borrower  nor any  Subsidiary  shall  declare
                           any  dividends  or  make  any  cash  distribution  in
                           respect  of  any  shares  of  its  capital  stock  or
                           warrants  of its  capital  stock,  without  the prior
                           written  consent of the Lenders;  provided,  however,
                           that  the  Borrower  may  declare  stock   dividends;
                           provided,  further, that the Borrower need not obtain
                           the Lenders' consent with respect to (i) dividends in
                           any one (1) year which are, in  aggregate,  less than
                           25% of the  Borrower's  Net  Operating  Profit  After
                           Taxes in the previous four (4) quarters,  as reported
                           to the  Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  5.1;  or (ii)
                           dividends  or  distributions  from  any  consolidated
                           Subsidiary.

                  (b)      Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  other than a
                           Subsidiary  which  is  wholly-owned  by the  Borrower
                           shall  purchase,  redeem,  or  otherwise  retire  any
                           shares  of  its  capital  stock  or  warrants  of its
                           capital  stock if,  immediately  after the  making of
                           such  purchase  or  redemption,  the  Borrower or any
                           Subsidiary  will be in default of any other  covenant
                           or provision of this  Agreement  (including,  without
                           limitation,  the covenants and provisions  pertaining
                           to   minimum   net   worth   and    limitations    on
                           indebtedness).

         5.8  Compliance  with  Law  and  Regulations.  The  Borrower  and  each
Subsidiary shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and
state laws and regulations.

         5.9  Maintenance of Property; Accounting; Corporate Form; Taxes; 
Insurance.

                  (a)      The Borrower and each  Subsidiary  shall maintain its
                           property in good condition in all material  respects,
                           ordinary  wear  and  tear  excepted,   and  make  all
                           renewals,  replacements,  additions,  betterments and
                           improvements  thereto  necessary  for  the  efficient
                           operation of its business.

                  (b)      The  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  shall  keep true
                           books  of  record  and  accounts  in  which  full and
                           correct  entries  shall  be made of all its  business
                           transactions,   all  in  accordance   with  generally
                           accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

                                       20

                                    - 200 -
<PAGE>

                  (c)      The Borrower and each Subsidiary shall do or cause to
                           be done all things  necessary to preserve and keep in
                           full force and effect its corporate form of existence
                           as is necessary for the  continuation of its business
                           in  substantially  the same form,  except  where such
                           failure to do so with respect to any Subsidiary would
                           not have a material  adverse effect on the ability of
                           the  Borrower  to perform its  obligations  under the
                           Operative Documents.

                  (d)      The Borrower and each Subsidiary shall pay all taxes,
                           assessments  and   governmental   charges  or  levies
                           imposed upon it or its property;  provided,  however,
                           that the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  shall  not be
                           required to pay any of the foregoing  taxes which are
                           being   diligently   contested   in  good   faith  by
                           appropriate  legal  proceedings  and with  respect to
                           which adequate reserves have been established.

                  (e)      The Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained
                           liability insurance and casualty insurance, in a form
                           and  amount  satisfactory  to FNB-O as agent  for the
                           Lenders,  upon the Collateral (excluding equipment or
                           inventory  provided to  Subscribers  in the  ordinary
                           course of business) and other  tangible  assets owned
                           by it and its  Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall name
                           FNB-O as agent for the Lenders and the holders of the
                           Related  Bank  Debt as the  loss  payee  on all  such
                           casualty  insurance,  and as an additional insured on
                           all such  liability  insurance  and shall provide the
                           Lenders with evidence of such insurance upon request.

         5.10  Inspection of Properties and Books.  The Borrower shall recognize
and honor the right of the Lenders,  upon request to an officer of the Borrower,
to visit and inspect any of the properties  of, to examine the books,  accounts,
and other records of, and to take extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs,
finances,  loans  and  accounts  of,  and to be  advised  as to the  same by the
officers  of, the  Borrower at all such times,  in such detail and through  such
agents and representatives as the Lenders may reasonably desire.

         5.11 Guaranties. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall guaranty
or  become  responsible  for the  indebtedness  of any other  person or  entity;
provided,  however,  that  a  Subsidiary  may  guaranty  the  obligation  of the
Borrower;  provided further, that the Borrower may guaranty the obligations of a
Subsidiary so long as no Event of Default (or not event or occurrence which with
the passage of time or notice,  or both,  would  become an Event of Default) has
occurred  or will  occur  hereunder,  taking  into  account  such  guaranty  and
indebtedness.

         5.12 Collateral. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall incur or
permit  to  exist  any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest  or  other
encumbrance on the  Collateral,  except as permitted in the Security  Agreement.
Subject to Section 5.4(b),  the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  from  acquiring  leased  equipment  in the ordinary
course of  business.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
Borrower  covenants and agrees that it shall on request  enforce for the benefit
of the Lenders and the holders of the Related Bank Debt, but at the sole expense
of the Borrower, any and all rights and remedies (including, without limitation,
rights to  indemnity),  that it may have with  respect to the  existence  of any
liens,  security  interests or other encumbrances that may exist on the property
of the Borrower acquired from Broadcast  Partners under the Purchase  Agreement.

                                       21

                                    - 201 -
<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  anything  else  to the  contrary  herein  or in  the  Operative
Documents,  Broadcast  Partners  shall have no right to share in the proceeds of
any such recovery which  constitutes  the proceeds of any indemnity claim by the
Borrower under the Purchase Agreement.

         5.13 Name;  Location.  The Borrower  shall give the Lenders ninety (90)
days notice prior to changing its name, identity or corporate structure,  moving
its principal place of business,  chief executive office or place where it keeps
its records concerning the Collateral.

         5.14 Notice of Change in  Ownership or  Management.  During the term of
this Agreement,  the Borrower shall give the Lenders notice of the occurrence of
any of the following  described  events,  which notice shall be given as soon as
the Borrower obtains notice or knowledge thereof:

                  (a)      any  change, directly or indirectly, in the existing
                           controlling  interest  in the Borrower; or

                  (b)      any material  adverse change in its management  
                           personnel.   A   material   adverse   change  in  the
                           Borrower's  management  personnel  shall be deemed to
                           have  occurred  if any one (1) of the  following  has
                           occurred   with  respect  to  two  of  the  four  (4)
                           individuals  who are both officers and members of the
                           Board  of   Directors  of  the   Borrower:   (i)  the
                           resignation,  retirement, or voluntary or involuntary
                           termination  of  employment  and/or  status  of  such
                           persons as officers and  directors  of the  Borrower;
                           (ii) any announcement,  notice of intent,  resolution
                           or similar advance notice with respect to the matters
                           referenced  in the  foregoing  clause;  or (iii)  the
                           death,  disability  or  legal  incompetence  of  such
                           persons.

         5.15.  Interest Coverage.  The ratio of Operating Cash Flow to interest
expense  (as  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles but excluding  amortization  of deferred  offering costs and any fees
related to the  Trigger  Event in Section 2.2 of this  Agreement)  at the end of
each  quarter  during  the term of this  Agreement,  as  shown on the  Quarterly
Compliance Report, shall not be less than 2.25 to 1.0.

         5.16 Subordinated  Debt.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall
incur  any  subordinated  debt or issue  any  preferred  stock or  warrants  for
preferred  stock except upon the prior written  consent of the Lenders.  Neither
the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall make any voluntary or optional  prepayment
on any  subordinated  debt  without the prior  written  consent of the  Lenders.
Similarly,  the Borrower  shall not amend its articles of  incorporation  or any
other  documents or agreements  relating to the issuance of  subordinated  debt,
preferred  stock or warrants  for  preferred  stock  without  the prior  written
consent of the Lenders.  The indebtedness to Broadcast  Partners under the Notes
shall not be considered subordinated debt.


         5.17 Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall give prompt written notice to the
Lenders of the Borrower's intent to acquire,  or the Borrower's  acquisition of,
any  Subsidiary.  Prior to the creation or acquisition of such  Subsidiary,  the
Borrower  (i)  shall  cause a first  security  interest  in the  assets  of such
Subsidiary  to be perfected in favor of FNB-O,  as agent for the Lenders and the

                                       22

                                    - 202 -
<PAGE>

holders of the Related Bank Debt,  and (ii) shall cause the  Subsidiary to enter
into a security Agreement,  to execute and file such financing statements and to
provide opinions all in form  satisfactory to the Lenders and the holders of the
Related Bank Debt, as to compliance with this section.

         5.18 Amendments to Purchase  Agreement.  The Borrower shall not amend 
the Purchase  Agreement  without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

         5.19 Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower shall not incur in any fiscal
year,  commencing  with the fiscal  year  beginning  January  1,  1997,  capital
expenditures,  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   of  more  than  $1,000,000;   provided,   however,   that  capital
expenditures  for (a) equipment to be used by subscribers  of the Borrower,  and
(b)  telecommunications  equipment,  computer  equipment,  software and software
consulting shall not be counted for purposes of this annual limitation.

         5.20  Acquisitions.  The Borrower  shall not acquire any stock,  or any
equity  interest in, or warrants  therefor or  securities  convertible  into the
same,  or a substantial  portion of the assets of,  another  entity  without the
prior written consent of the Lenders; provided, however, that the Borrower shall
be  permitted  to make on a  cumulative  basis  from and  after the date of this
Agreement  such  acquisitions  in an amount  not to exceed Six  Million  Dollars
($6,000,000)  in the  aggregate  without  the  consent  of the  Lenders  if such
acquisitions are in or from entities which:

                  (a)      are in the  business of electronically communicating
                           time-sensitive  information  to subscribers;

                  (b)      have their principal place of business in the United 
                           States; and

                  (c)      except for Market  Communications Group, L.L.C., have
                           a positive  operating  cash flow,  calculated  in the
                           same method as is used to  calculate  the  Borrower's
                           Operating Cash Flow for purposes of this Agreement.


                            VI. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         6.1   Closing   Conditions.   Any  and  all  obligations  of  the 
Lenders  hereunder  are  subject  to satisfaction of the following conditions 
precedent:

                  (a)      FNB-O,  as agent,  shall have  received an opinion of
                           counsel to the Borrower  covering such matters as the
                           Lenders may request  (including,  without limitation,
                           corporate  existence  and  good  standing,  corporate
                           authority, due authorization,  execution and delivery
                           of the Operative Documents, the legal, valid, binding
                           and  enforceable  nature of the Operative  Documents,
                           the perfection and priority of the security  interest
                           in the  Collateral  granted to the  Lenders,  and the
                           Borrower's   compliance  with  applicable  state  and
                           federal laws in connection  with the equity  offering
                           specified in Section 6.1(f)  below),  such opinion to
                           be  satisfactory  in form and substance to counsel to
                           FNB-O.  To the extent  that FNB-O  agrees to accept a
                           post closing  opinion from the Borrowers'  counsel as
                           to  security  interest  issues,  the  same  shall  be

                                       23

                                    - 203 -
<PAGE>

                           delivered no later than ten days after  completion of
                           the necessary  UCC  searches,  which shall be ordered
                           promptly   after   recording  any  UCC   terminations
                           received by the Borrower upon closing of the Purchase
                           Agreement  and in any event,  such  opinion  shall be
                           delivered no later than 30 days after closing;

                  (b)      FNB-O,   as   agent,   shall   have   received   such
                           certificates   and   documents  as  the  Lenders  may
                           reasonably  request  from  the  Borrower,   including
                           articles of  incorporation  and bylaws,  certificates
                           regarding good standing,  incumbency, copies of other
                           corporate  documents,   and  appropriate  authorizing
                           resolutions;

                  (c)      the   Operative   Documents   shall  have  been  duly
                           authorized  and  executed  and shall be in full force
                           and effect,  and such UCC financing  statements shall
                           have been  executed  and filed in such offices as may
                           be  appropriate  to perfect the security  interest of
                           FNB-O,  as agent for the Lenders,  in the Collateral,
                           it  being  understood,   however,  that  certain  UCC
                           amendments  and  terminations  will  be  filed  after
                           closing as directed by FNB-O;

                  (d)      FNB-O, as agent, shall have received copies of the 
                           Purchase   Agreement,   satisfactory   in  form   and
                           substance to FNB-O;

                  (e)      the closing of the Purchase  Agreement shall occur 
                           prior to or  simultaneously  with the closing of this
                           Agreement; and

                  (f)      the Borrower  shall have completed an offering of its
                           common stock and received  proceeds  therefrom in the
                           approximate  amount of  $15,010,000,  satisfactory in
                           form and substance to the Banks.


                           VII. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         7.1 Events of Default. Any of the following shall be deemed an event of
default under this Agreement (an "Event of Default"):

                  (a)      Any payment of principal  required by any of the 
                           Operative Documents shall not be paid when due.

                  (b)      Any payment of  interest or other fees due  hereunder
                           or under any of the Operative  Documents shall not be
                           paid within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date
                           on which such payment was invoiced or due.

                  (c)      Any  representation or warranty of the Borrower under
                           any  of the  Operative  Documents,  or any  financial
                           reports  or  statements  or  certificates   submitted
                           pursuant to this Agreement,  shall prove to have been
                           false in any material respect when made.

                                       24

                                    - 204 -
<PAGE>


                  (d)      A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply
                           with any  requirement  or  restriction  applicable to
                           such entity and  contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3,
                           5.4, 5.7, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.19 or
                           5.20 of this Agreement.

                  (e)      A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply
                           with any requirement or restriction  contained in any
                           provision of the  Operative  Documents  not otherwise
                           specified in this Article VI, which  failure  remains
                           unremedied  for ten (10) days  following  receipt  of
                           notice from FNB-O on behalf of the Lenders.

                  (f)      The occurrence of a default or a breach of any of the
                           obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  (other
                           than  obligations of such Subsidiary to the Borrower)
                           under  any note,  loan  agreement,  preferred  stock,
                           subordinated  debt  instrument or  agreement,  or any
                           other  agreement  evidencing  an  obligation to repay
                           borrowed money.

                  (g)      The entry of a final judgment against the Borrower or
                           any Subsidiary for the payment of money, which is not
                           covered by  insurance,  and the  expiration of thirty
                           (30) days from the date of such  entry  during  which
                           the judgment is not discharged in full or stayed.

                  (h)      The occurrence of any one or more of the following:


                           (1)      The Borrower or any Subsidiary  shall file a
                                    voluntary petition in bankruptcy or an order
                                    for relief  shall be entered in a bankruptcy
                                    case as to such  entity  or  shall  file any
                                    petition or answer seeking or acquiescing in
                                    any       reorganization,       arrangement,
                                    composition,   readjustment,    liquidation,
                                    dissolution  or  similar  relief  for itself
                                    under any present or future  federal,  state
                                    or other statute, law or regulation relating
                                    to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other relief
                                    for debtors;  or shall seek or consent to or
                                    acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee,
                                    receiver or  liquidator of such entity or of
                                    all or any part of its  property,  or of any
                                    or all of the  royalties,  revenues,  rents,
                                    issues or profits thereof, or shall make any
                                    general   assignment   for  the  benefit  of
                                    creditors,  or shall  admit in  writing  its
                                    inability   to  pay  its   debts   or  shall
                                    generally  not pay its debts as they  become
                                    due; or

                           (2)      A  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall
                                    enter an order, judgment or decree approving
                                    a petition filed against the Borrower or any
                                    Subsidiary   seeking   any   reorganization,
                                    dissolution  or  similar  relief  under  any
                                    present  or future  federal,  state or other
                                    statute,   law  or  regulation  relating  to
                                    bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other relief for
                                    debtors, and such order,  judgment or decree
                                    shall remain  unvacated  and unstayed for an
                                    aggregate  of thirty  (30) days  (whether or
                                    not  consecutive)  from  the  first  date of
                                    entry thereof;  or any trustee,  receiver or
                                    liquidator of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
                                    or of all or any part of its property, or of

                                       25

                                    - 205 -
<PAGE>

                                    any  or  all  of  the  royalties,  revenues,
                                    rents,  issues or profits thereof,  shall be
                                    appointed    without    the    consent    or
                                    acquiescence   of  such   entity   and  such
                                    appointments   shall  remain  unvacated  and
                                    unstayed  for an  aggregate  of thirty  (30)
                                    days (whether or not consecutive); or

                           (3)      A writ of  execution  or  attachment  or any
                                    similar  process  shall be  issued or levied
                                    against  all or any part of or  interest  in
                                    the  Collateral,  or any judgment  involving
                                    monetary  damages  shall be entered  against
                                    the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which shall
                                    become  a  lien  on  the  Collateral  or any
                                    portion thereof or interest therein and such
                                    execution,  attachment or similar process or
                                    judgment is not released, bonded, satisfied,
                                    vacated or stayed  within  thirty  (30) days
                                    after its entry or levy.

                  (i)      Any event of default shall occur under any Operative
                           Document.

                  (j)       A change shall occur after November 8, 1993, 
                           directly or  indirectly,  in the ownership or control
                           of the Borrower;  provided,  however, that changes in
                           the  ownership  or control of, or new  issuances  of,
                           voting    common   stock   which   do   not   exceed,
                           cumulatively, 50% of the total issued and outstanding
                           shares of the Borrower as of September 30, 1993 shall
                           not be deemed an Event of Default  under this Section
                           7.1(j);   provided  further,   that  acquisitions  of
                           additional   shares  by  members   of  the   existing
                           executive  management group of the Borrower shall not
                           be counted as changes in the  ownership or control of
                           the Borrower under this Section 7.1(j).  For purposes
                           of computing the total issued and outstanding  shares
                           as of September  30,  1993,  warrants and options for
                           such shares shall be included.

                  (k)      An Event of Default  shall  occur  under any  Related
                           Bank  Debt  or the  Related  Loan  Agreement  and the
                           expiration of any applicable cure period thereunder.

                  (l)      The Borrower  shall be obligated to prepay all or any
                           portion  of its  subordinated  debt as a result  of a
                           Change of Control.

                  (m)      The Borrower  pays,  or is determined to be obligated
                           to pay, any indemnity to Broadcast Partners under the
                           Purchase  Agreement  in excess of  $1,000,000  in the
                           aggregate.

         7.2 Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, upon the
election of the Lenders  holding  two-thirds of the then  outstanding  aggregate
Total  Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders  (including  under the Notes,
the Related Bank Debt and any similar  indebtedness  but  excluding  amounts due
under the Purchase  Agreement),  the entire  unpaid  principal  amount under the

                                       26

                                    - 206 -
<PAGE>

Notes and all Related Bank Debt,  together with interest accrued thereon,  shall
become  immediately  due and payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly  waived,  and the Lenders
may exercise  their rights under the other  Operative  Documents and the Related
Loan Agreements (and the operative  documents with respect thereto),  including,
without limitation,  under the Security Agreement.  For purposes of this Article
VII, the term Lenders  includes  First Bank,  Boatmen's  and . In addition,  the
Lenders  shall have such other  remedies as are  available at law and in equity.
Remedies  under this  Agreement,  the  Operative  Documents,  the  Related  Loan
Agreements  (and the operative  documents with respect  thereto) are cumulative.
Any waiver must be in writing by the Lenders and no waiver  shall  constitute  a
waiver as to any other occurrence which constitutes an Event of Default or as to
any party not specifically included in such written waiver.

                                       27

                                    - 207 -
<PAGE>

                     ARTICLE VIII. INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS

         8.1 FNB-O as  Servicer.  FNB-O will act as sole  servicer  of the loans
evidenced  by the Notes issued  hereunder  and the Related Bank Debt (other than
interest rate  protection  agreements).  For purposes of this Article VIII,  the
term Lenders includes First Bank,  Boatmen's and the term Event of Default means
any Event of  Default  hereunder  or under any  Related  Bank  Debt.  FNB-O will
enforce,  administer  and  otherwise  deal with the loans made by the Lenders in
accordance with safe and prudent banking standards employed by FNB-O in the case
of the loan made by FNB-O.  Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,
FNB-O  will,  on its own  behalf  and on behalf  of the  Lenders:  (i)  maintain
originals of the Operative  Documents and the operative  documents in connection
with the Related Loan  Agreements;  (ii) receive  requests for advances from the
Borrower  under the Related Loan  Agreements and make such advances on behalf of
the  revolving  lenders in such  agreements  (provided  that FNB-O is assured of
reimbursement  therefor  by the  other  revolving  lenders  for  their  pro rata
shares); (iii) receive payments and prepayments from the Borrower and apply such
payments as provided in Section 8.2; (iv) receive  notices from the Borrower and
send copies thereof to the Lenders if FNB-O has reasonable cause to believe that
such Lenders have not received such notice from another  source;  and (v) advise
the Lenders of the occurrence of any Event of Default which FNB-O obtains actual
knowledge  of. The Lenders  agree not to attempt to take any action  against the
Borrower under the Operative Documents, Related Bank Debt or with respect to the
indebtedness  evidenced  thereby  without  FNB-O's  consent  unless  holders  of
two-thirds of the then outstanding  aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower
to the Lenders (including under the Notes, the Related Bank Debt and any similar
indebtedness but excluding amounts due under the Purchase  Agreement) shall have
requested  FNB-O to take  specific  action  against the Borrower and FNB-O shall
have failed to do so within a reasonable  period after  receipt of such request.
All actions,  consents,  waivers and  approvals  by the Lenders  shall be deemed
taken or given and  amendments  hereto  deemed  agreed to if the holders of more
than two-thirds of the outstanding  aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower
to the Lenders shall have indicated their consent thereto.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  unanimous  approval of the applicable Lenders under the Notes or the
Related Bank Debt shall be required  for: (i) any reduction or compromise of the
principal  loan amount of the Notes or the Related Bank Debt, the amount or rate
of interest  accrued or  accruing  thereon or the fees due  hereunder;  and (ii)
extension of the date of any scheduled payment; and unanimous consent of all the
Lenders  shall be required for (iii)  permitting  the sale of or  releasing  the
security  interest of the Lenders in Collateral  which  comprises  more than ten
percent  (10%)  net book  value of fixed  assets of the  Borrower;  and (iv) any
amendment of Sections 8.1 or 8.2 hereof. A Lender's commitment hereunder may not
be increased without the consent of such Lender,  it being understood,  however,
that increases in the total  facility  hereunder may be made with the consent of
the  holders  of  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  aggregate  total  outstanding
obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders under the Agreement,  so long as such
increase  does  not  result  in  the  increase  of any  non-consenting  Lender's
commitment hereunder.

         8.2 Application of Payments.  Until the earlier of the occurrence of an
Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice to the others  that it deems
itself insecure,  payments or prepayments made by the Borrower may be applied to
the indebtedness designated by the Borrower or otherwise applied as follows:

                  (a)      first, to pay interest to date on the revolving 
                           credit due under the Revolving  Credit  Agreement and
                           fees due to the  Lenders  and  holders of the Related
                           Bank Debt;
                                       28


                                    - 208 -
<PAGE>
                  (b)      second,  to make  payments  due but unpaid under any
                           of the Notes and Related Bank Debt; and

                  (c)      third,  pro rata to the Lenders,  such pro rata share
                           to be  determined  as set forth  below in  subsection
                           (bb) of this Section 8.2.

After the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice
that it deems itself insecure,  payments or prepayments on the Notes and Related
Bank Debt  received by FNB-O or any of the Lenders and funds  realized  upon the
disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied as follows:

                  (aa)     first,  to reimburse  FNB-O for any costs,  expenses,
                           and disbursements  (including  attorneys' fees) which
                           may be incurred or made by FNB-0:  (i) in  connection
                           with its servicing  obligations;  (ii) in the process
                           of  collecting  such  payments or funds;  or (iii) as
                           advances  made by FNB-O  to  protect  the  Collateral
                           (provided,   however,   that  FNB-O   shall  have  no
                           obligation to make such protective advances); and

                  (bb)     second,  pari passu among the Lenders, based on their
                           respective  pro  rata  shares  of  the  funds  to  be
                           applied.  Each Lender's pro rata share shall be equal
                           to a fraction,  (x) the  numerator  of which shall be
                           the total  principal  loan  amount  then  outstanding
                           which is owing to each such Lender  under its Related
                           Bank Debt, and (y) the  denominator of which shall be
                           the total  principal  loan  amount  then  outstanding
                           which is owning to the Lenders under all Related Bank
                           Debt. As to any  obligation of the Borrower to one or
                           more  Lenders  under  an  interest  rate   protection
                           contract,  "principal  loan amount then  outstanding"
                           shall mean, as of the date of  determination by FNB-O
                           of the  Lenders'  respective  pro  rata  shares,  the
                           amount,   if  any,  of  the  unpaid   Interest   Rate
                           Protection Contract Amounts.

Except as  specifically  provided  in this  Section  8.2,  FNB-O  shall  have no
obligation  to repay or prepay any amount  due from the  Borrower  to any of the
other  Lenders nor shall FNB-O have any  obligation to purchase all or a part of
any Note  hereunder or any Note  evidencing any Related Bank Debt or any advance
made by any Lenders,  nor shall the Lenders have any recourse whatsoever against
FNB-O with  respect to any  failure of the  Borrower  to repay the  indebtedness
referenced herein.

         8.3  Liability  of FNB-O.  FNB-O shall not be liable to the Lenders for
any error of  judgment  or for any  action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it
hereunder,  except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting
the  generality of the foregoing,  FNB-O,  except as expressly set forth herein,
(a) may consult with legal counsel,  independent  public  accountants  and other
experts  selected by it and shall not be liable for any action  taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (b) makes no representation or warranty with respect to,
and  shall  not be  responsible  for,  the  accuracy,  completeness,  execution,
legality,  validity,  legal  effect or  enforceability  of this 1997 Term Credit
Agreement,  the Notes,  the Related Loan  Agreements or the Related Bank Debt or
the other Operative  Documents or the operative documents under any Related Bank

                                       29

                                    - 209 -
<PAGE>

Debt or the value or sufficiency of any Collateral  given by the Borrower or the
priority of the Lenders' security interest therein or the financial condition of
the Borrower; and (c) shall not be responsible for the performance or observance
of any of the terms,  covenants or conditions of the Operative  Documents or the
operative  documents under any Related Bank Debt on the part of the Borrower and
shall not have any duty to inspect the property (including,  without limitation,
the books and records) of the Borrower.

         8.4  Transfers.  No  Lender  shall  subdivide,   transfer  or  grant  a
participation in its respective Notes or notes evidencing any Related Bank Debt,
or in any advance  hereunder or under any Related  Bank Debt,  without the prior
written  consent of FNB-O  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   Broadcast  Partners  shall  be  permitted  to
subdivide,  transfer or grant a participation in its respective Notes to any of:
Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,   Inc.,  Farmland  Industries,  Inc.,  Illinois
Agricultural  Service Company, or the majority-owned or controlled  subsidiaries
or  affiliates of any of them.  For purposes of this Section 8.4,  "Related Bank
Debt" shall not include interest rate protection agreements.

         8.5 Reliance.  The Lenders acknowledge that they have been advised that
none of the Notes,  the notes  evidencing any Related Bank Debt nor any interest
therein or related  thereto has been (i) registered  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, nor (ii) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
The Lenders  acknowledge that they have received from the Borrower all financial
information  and other data  relevant to their  decision to extend credit to the
Borrower and that they have  independently  approved  the credit  quality of the
Borrower.

         8.6 Relationship of Lenders.  The Lenders intend for the  relationships
created by this  Agreement to be construed as concurrent  direct loans from each
Lender respectively to the Borrower. Nothing herein shall be construed as a loan
from  any  Lender  to FNB-O  or as  creating  a  partnership  or  joint  venture
relationship among them.

         8.7      New  Lenders.  In the event that new Lenders are added to this
Agreement or to the Related Loan  Agreements,  such Lenders shall be required to
agree to the inter-creditor provisions of this Article VIII.

         8.8      Broadcast  Partners.  As of the  closing  of the Second  
Amendment on July 31, 1996,  Broadcast  Partners was removed from this Agreement
as a party.

                           ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire Agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not
be effectively amended, changed, modified or altered, except in writing executed
by all  parties.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  it is  understood  that  the
purchase and sale  transaction  between the Borrower and  Broadcast  Partners is
governed by the Purchase Agreement.

         9.2 Governing  Law. The  Operative  Documents  shall be governed by 
and construed  pursuant to the laws of the State of Nebraska.

                                       30

                                    - 210 -
<PAGE>

         9.3 Notices.  Until changed by written  notice from one party hereto to
the other, all communications  under the Operative Documents shall be in writing
and shall be hand  delivered  or mailed by  registered  mail to the  parties  as
follows:

                  If to the Borrower:

                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                           Suite 200
                           9110 West Dodge Road
                           Omaha, Nebraska 68114
                           Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
                                    
                  If to the Lenders:

                           FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA
                           One First National Center
                           Omaha, Nebraska  68102
                           Attention:  Mr. James P. Bonham

Notices  shall be  deemed  given  when  mailed,  except  that any  notice by the
Borrower under Section 2.6 shall not be deemed given until received by FNB-O.

         9.4 Headings. The captions and headings herein are for convenience only
and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions or
sections of this Agreement.

         9.5   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts  and such  counterparts  together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         9.6  Survival;  Successors  and  Assigns.  The  covenants,  agreements,
representations  and warranties made herein,  and in the certificates  delivered
pursuant hereto, shall survive the execution and delivery to the Lenders of this
Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Note or any
obligation to the Lenders under any of the  Operative  Documents is  outstanding
and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to,
such  reference  shall be deemed to include the  successors  and assigns of such
party,  and all  covenants,  promises  and  agreements  by or on  behalf  of the
Borrower  which are contained in this  Agreement  shall bind the  successors and
assigns of the  Borrower  and shall inure to the benefit of the  successors  and
assigns of the Lenders.

         9.7  Severability.   If  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
prohibited  by  or  invalid  under  applicable  law,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating
the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

         9.8  Assignment.  The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations
hereunder and any assignment in contravention of the terms hereof shall be void.

         9.9  Amendments.  Any  amendment,  modification  or  supplement to this
Agreement must be in writing and must be signed by the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower and the Lenders have caused this 1997
Term Credit Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers
as of the day and year first above written.


                                       31

                                     - 211 -
<PAGE>









                                               DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                               CORPORATION



                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:


                                       32

                                     - 212 -
<PAGE>







                                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA




                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       33

                                     - 213 -
<PAGE>







                                               THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED





                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:     






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       34

                                     - 214 -
<PAGE>







                                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                               NEBRASKA





                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       35

                                     - 215 -
<PAGE>







                                               NBD BANK





                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       36

                                     - 216 -
<PAGE>







                                               NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:







NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       37

                                     - 217 -
<PAGE>







                                              MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.




                                              By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       38

                                     - 218 -
<PAGE>






                                               FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION




                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       39

                                     - 219 -
<PAGE>







                                               BANK OF MONTREAL




                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:





NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower

                                       40

                                     - 220 -
<PAGE>







                                               LASALLE NATIONAL BANK





                                               By                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Title:






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                               INITIALED:


                                               --------
                                               Borrower


                                       41

                                     - 221 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A



                          TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK






                                  FORM OF NOTES

                                       42

                                     - 222 -
<PAGE>




                        SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE



Omaha, Nebraska                $
                                -------------------------------
May 3, 1996                                   December 31, 2002
(Note Date)                                   (Maturity Date)


         DATA TRANSMISSION   NETWORK   CORPORATION ("Maker")  promises  to  pay
to the order of  (Lender")  at the  offices of First  National  Bank of Omaha in
Omaha, Nebraska, the principal sum of . Interest on the unpaid principal balance
shall  be due on the  last  day of  each  month,  beginning  May 31,  1996.  The
principal  sum  shall  become  due and  payable  in  seventy-two  equal  monthly
installments,  with the first such  installment  due on January 31, 1997,  or if
such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the next  succeeding  Business  Day,  and
subsequent   installments  due  on  the  last  day  of  each  consecutive  month
thereafter,  or,  if such day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next  succeeding
Business Day. In any event, the total amount of all unpaid principal and accrued
interest hereunder shall be due and payable no later than December 31, 2002. All
capitalized  terms not defined  herein shall have the meanings set forth in that
certain 1996 Term Credit  Agreement dated as of May 3, 1996 among Maker,  Lender
and others (the "Agreement".)

         Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  outstanding  through June 30,
1999, from time to time at the rate of % per annum; thereafter the interest rate
for the  balance  of the  term  shall be set on June 30,  1999,  at two  percent
(2.00%) above the yield on constant  maturity  Treasury Bonds with maturities of
three  years,  as  quoted  for the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day in the
applicable Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after an Event of Default has
occurred  interest shall accrue on the entire  outstanding  balance of principal
and interest at a  fluctuating  rate equal to the  Revolving  Credit Rate,  plus
4.00%.  Interest  shall be  calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
outstanding  and a 360-day year.  Interest  shall continue to accrue on the full
unpaid balance hereunder notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of
the  Borrower to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment
day falls on a day other than a Business  Day.  If, any time during a Restricted
Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any period in such quarter prior
to delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing
on this Note is less than seven and one-half percent (7.50%),  a "Trigger Event"
shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon the  occurrence of a Trigger Event,  the
Maker shall be obligated to pay the following  fees:  (i)  three-eighths  of one
percent (.375%) of the outstanding  principal balance of the Note as of the date
preceding  the  Trigger  Event,  which  amount  shall be payable  promptly  upon
invoicing;  (ii) the same  amount as  computed  in clause  (i),  payable  on the
six-month  anniversary  of the  Trigger  Event;  and  (iii)  the same  amount as
computed in clause (i), payable on the  twelve-month  anniversary of the Trigger
Event.

         Maker may prepay in full without penalty the unpaid balance  hereunder,
provided that the Borrower contemporaneously prepays in full all other Notes (as
such term is defined in the Agreement),  but only if such  prepayment  occurs on
June 30, 1999 and the Borrower  has given Lender at least 30 days prior  written

                                       43

                                     - 223 -
<PAGE>

notice  of its  intention  to make  such  prepayment.  In the event of any other
prepayment  (regardless of whether such  prepayment  occurs before or after June
30, 1999), the Borrower shall pay to Lender, at Lender's option, either: (1) the
Make-Whole  Premium (as such term is defined in the Agreement) due in respect of
such  prepayment;  or (2) a  prepayment  fee equal to one and  one-half  percent
(1.50%) of the amount of such prepayment.


         Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under
the  Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest  granted to
First  National  Bank of Omaha,  as agent for the Lenders and others  ("Agent"),
under the Security Agreement in:

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
         documents,    instruments,   goods,   inventory,   equipment,   general
         intangibles,  contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in  deposits  and
         advance  payments  made to Debtor  by its  customers  and  subscribers,
         accounts  due  from   advertisers   and  all  ownership,   proprietary,
         copyright,  trade secret and other intellectual  property rights in and
         to computer software (and specifically  including,  without limitation,
         all such  rights  in DTN  transmission  computer  software  used in the
         provision of the Basic DTN Subscription  Service and Farm Dayta Service
         to  Debtor's   subscribers)   and  all   documentation,   source  code,
         information and works of authorship  pertaining thereto,  all now owned
         or hereafter acquired and all proceeds and products thereof; and

such additional collateral as is more specifically described in the Security 
Agreement.

         Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of
the following:

                  Acceptance  or retention by Lender or Agent of other  property
         or interests as security for the  Obligations,  or for the liability of
         any person other than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

                  The release of all or any of the Collateral or other security 
         for any of the  Obligations to any Maker;

                  Any release, extension, renewal, modification or compromise of
         any of the Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

                  Failure by Lender or Agent to resort to other  security or any
         person  liable  for  any of the  Obligations  before  resorting  to the
         Collateral.

         Neither  Lender nor Agent is required to take any action  whatsoever in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.

         Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

                                       44

                                     - 224 -
<PAGE>

         Maker is authorized to grant to Agent a security interest in 
the Collateral;

         This Note, the Agreement and the Security  Agreement have been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Maker and constitute legal, valid
and binding obligations of Maker;

         This Note evidences a loan to acquire substantially all of the
assets of Broadcast Partners, a general partnership, with its principal place of
business at 11274 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322; and

         Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection in connection with
this Note,  the  Agreement  and the  Security  Agreement,  including  reasonable
attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

         Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of  principal or interest
when  due  hereunder  or the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default,  all of the
Obligations  shall, at the option of Agent and without notice or demand,  mature
and become  immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent  shall have all rights and
remedies  for  default  provided  by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  any  other
applicable law and/or the Obligations.

         All costs and  expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in  enforcing  its
rights under this Note or any mortgage,  endorsement, surety Agreement, guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

         Without  affecting  the  liability  of any Maker,  endorser,  surety or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

         Neither  Lender  nor Agent  shall be deemed to have  waived  any of its
rights  upon or under  this Note,  or under any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety
agreement or guaranty, unless such waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or
Agent,  as the case may be. No delay or  omission on the part of Lender or Agent
in  exercising  any right  shall  operate as a waiver of such right or any other
right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver
of any right on any future occasion.  All rights and remedies of Lender or Agent
on  liabilities  or the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby or by any other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

         Maker,  if more  than  one,  shall  be  jointly  and  severally  liable
hereunder and all  provisions  hereof  regarding the  liabilities or security of
Maker shall apply to any  liability or any security of any or all of them.  This


                                       45

                                     - 225 -
<PAGE>

Note shall be  binding  upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or
successors of Maker;  shall constitute a continuing  Agreement,  applying to all
future  as  well  as  existing  transactions,  whether  or not of the  character
contemplated  at the date of this Note, and if all  transactions  between Lender
and Maker shall be at any time closed,  shall be equally  applicable  to any new
transactions thereafter, provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall
be limited to the extent  provided  in the  Security  Agreement;  shall  benefit
Lender,   its   successors   and  assigns;   and  shall  so  continue  in  force
notwithstanding any change in any partnership party hereto,  whether such change
occurs through death, retirement or otherwise.


         All  obligations  of Maker  hereunder  shall be payable in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

         This  Note  shall be  construed  according  to the laws of the State of
Nebraska.

         Unless the content otherwise requires,  all terms used herein which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

         Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or  unenforceable in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

         Executed as of this 3rd day of May, 1996.

                                             DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                                CORPORATION


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                       46

                                     - 226 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE


                                                           Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                                                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:


<S>               <C>                   <C>                       <C>                     <C>               <C>
                                          Amount of                                        Unpaid
                     Amount             Principal Paid              Amount of             Principal         Notation
Date              of Advance             or Prepaid               Interest Paid            Balance           Made By
- ----              ----------            ---------------           -------------           ---------         --------- 


</TABLE>

                                       47

                                     - 227 -
<PAGE>


TERM NOTE:


Date of Conversion:
                   ------------------------------
Amount Due at Date of Conversion:
                                 ----------------


    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:
                           -----------------              ----------------%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>               <C>                   <C>                       <C>                     <C>              <C>
                                          Amount of                                         Unpaid
                    Amount              Principal Paid              Amount of             Principal        Notation
Date              of Payment               or Prepaid             Interest Paid            Balance          Made By
- ----              ----------            --------------            -------------           ---------        ---------

</TABLE>

                                       48

                                     - 228 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B


                          TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK






                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

                                       49

                                     - 229 -
<PAGE>


                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                 Date
                                                 -----------------------
Attn:  James Bonham
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1996 Term Credit Agreement restated as of December
27, 1996 among Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  First National Bank of
Omaha,  First National Bank, Wahoo,  Nebraska,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska,
N.A., The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, Mercantile Bank of St.
Louis,  N.A.,  First Bank,  National  Association,  Bank of Montreal and LaSalle
National Bank.

The following calculations are as of                     (statement date) as 
                                    ---------------------
required by section 5.1(d) of said Agreement:
                                     
Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):         $
                                  -----------------------

Operating Cash Flow:         most recent month    previous month
                             ending               ending
                                   -----------          ---------

    Net Income (loss)        -----------------    ---------------
    Interest Expense         -----------------    ---------------
    Depreciation             -----------------    ---------------
    Goodwill Amortization    -----------------    ---------------
    Deferred Income Taxes    -----------------    ---------------
    Non-Ordinary Non-Cash    
       Charges (Credits)     -----------------    ---------------

    Total                a)  ----------------- b) ---------------

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 = 
                                          ------------------
Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):  
                        ------------------

                                       50

                                     - 230 -
<PAGE>

Section 2.2


 . Trigger Fee:                If Total Indebtedness is greater than 36 times the
                              Operating  Cash Flow,  then a one time fee is due,
                              paid in  three  installments  of 3/8% of the  then
                              outstanding  principal  balances,  on any of Notes
                              which have an interest rate less than 7.5%.

    Position:                 A Trigger Event  has/has not occurred.

Section 5.3

 . Net  Worth:                 A minimum Net Worth (exclusive  of subordinated  
                              debt) of  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of
                              the net income  (but not  losses) of the  Borrower
                              for each fiscal year,  commencing  with the fiscal
                              year beginning January 1, 1997; provided, however,
                              solely for purposes of determining compliance with
                              the  provisions  of this Section 5.3, "Net Worth"
                              shall not include subordinated debt.

    Position:                 Minimum Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated
                              debt)= $             .
                                      -------------

                              Net Income        Year Ending       Addition (50%)
                              ----------        -----------       --------------
                              $                  12/31/97         $
                                                                   -------------

                                                                   -------------

                              Total Minimum Net Worth:            $
                                                                   -------------

                              Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated 
                              debt)                               $
                                                                   -------------

Section 5.4

 .   Indebtedness:             At no time will Total Indebtedness exceed 48 x OCF

    Position:                 (48 x OCF)  -  Total Indebtedness  =
                                          -               =
                               ---------     -----------     ------------

                                       51

                                     - 231 -
<PAGE>




 .   Total                     At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness

    Indebtedness              exceed 60 x OCF
    plus
    subordinated
    debt plus
    guaranty
    contingencies
    (Adjusted
    Total
    Indebtedness or
    ATI):

    Position:                 Adjusted Total Indebtedness = $
                                                             --------------
                              (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $
                                                    -----------------
Section 5.7

 .   Distributions:            Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall 
                              declare  any  dividends   (other  than   dividends
                              payable in stock of the  Borrower or  dividends or
                              distributions from any consolidated Subsidiary) or
                              make  any  cash  distribution  in  respect  of any
                              shares of its  capital  stock or  warrants  of its
                              capital stock,  without the prior written  consent
                              of the Lenders;  provided  that the Borrower  need
                              not obtain the Lenders'  consent.  With respect to
                              dividends  in any one (1)  year  which  are in the
                              aggregate  less  than  25% of the  Borrower's  Net
                              Operating  Profit After Taxes on the previous four
                              (4) quarters,  as reported to the Lenders pursuant
                              to Section 5.1.

 .   Position:                 Net Operating Profit
                              After Taxes for
                              last four (4) quarters           =  
                                                                  --------------

                                                                          x  .25

                              Available for dividends
                              or distributions in the most
                              recent quarter plus the
                              Prior three (3) quarters         =  
                                                                  --------------
                              Dividents and distributions  (excluding  dividends
                              payable  solely  in  stock  of  the  Borrower  and
                              distributions   from  consolidated   Subsidiaries)
                              declared or paid in the most recent  quarter  plus
                              the prior three
                              (3) quarters                     =
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 
                                       52

                                     - 232 -
<PAGE>

                              The  Borrower   [is/is  not]  in  compliance  with
                              Section 5.7.



Section 5.15

 .   Interest                  The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")
    Coverage:                 at the end of each quarter will not be less than 
                              2.25 to 1.0 (225%).

    Position:                 OCF = $
                                     -------------
                              IE = $
                                     -------------
                              OCF/IE =            %
                                       -----------
Section 5.19

 .   Capital                   The Borrower shall not make capital expenditures 
    Expenditures:             (other than permitted earning  assets  specified 
                              in Section  5.19) in any fiscal year,  commencing
                              with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997,  
                              in excess of $1,000,000

   Position:                  Capital Expenditures this fiscal year = $
                                                                       --------.

                              The Borrower  [is/not] in compliance  with Section
5.19.

Section 5.20

 .  Acquisitions:              The Borrower shall not make  acquisitions  which 
                              in the aggregate exceed  $6,000,000 except certain
                              permitted unlimited acquisitions.

   Position:                  Acquisitions  (other  than  permitted  unlimited
                              acquisitions)  in the  aggregate  since  the date
                              of this Agreement = $
                                                   -----------.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              <S>          <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>
                                                                      Principal
                                                        Acquired      Place of          Line of
                              Date         Amount       Company       Business          Business
                              ----         ------       --------      ---------         --------

</TABLE>


                              The  Borrower   [is/is  not]  in  compliance  with
                              Section 5.20.

Additional Representations:

    There  have/have  not  been  any  sale(s)  of  assets  which  would  require
prepayment of the Notes under Section 5.2.

    There has/has not been:


          (i)         a Change of Control or a material adverse change in 
                      management  personnel as defined in Section 5.14 of the
  
                    Agreement; or
  
                                     53

                                     - 233 -
<PAGE>

         (ii)         a default under Section 7.1(j) or 7.1(l) regarding a 
                      change in ownership or control of the Company.

        (iii)         an indemnity claim by Broadcast Partners under 
                      Section 7.1(m).


Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

Signature:
                      --------------------------------------

Title:
                      --------------------------------------


                                       54

                                     - 234 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A


                          TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Secured Party                                             Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State
- ---------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                   <C>   
First National Bank of Omaha                         12/28/87           #401690
                                                     10/13/92           #564918               Amendment
                                                     11/13/92           #568176               Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691938               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     6/24/87           #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                          2/03/88           #405477               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            5/28/92           #553205               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                         10/13/92           #564919               Amendment
                                                      2/05/93           #576038               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603168               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691936               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/13/92           #564917               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/07/93           #572981               Continued

                                       55

                                     - 235 -
<PAGE>

NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #576039               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603169               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691937               Amendment

First Bank of Minneapolis                            11/25/91           #534665
 (Norstan)                                            8/24/92           #561090               Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska
- ------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #000534               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #0000054              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #000253               Amendment
                                                     11/17/93           #54                   Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/ /96                                 Amendment


Iowa Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           K395184               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           K424887               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           K434908               Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           K503145               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/6/96            K734148              Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State
- --------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #1842986              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #1868482              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/11/93           #1879069              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1964342              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/18/96           #2265201              Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     3/18/88           #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #3043202              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            2/11/93           #3084199              Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                          2/25/93           #3089132              Continued
                                                     12/09/93           #3197498              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96            #3562627             Amendment

                                       56

                                     - 236 -
<PAGE>

Michigan Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #C646856              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #C672590              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          3/01/93           #C689434              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #C778208              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #D128002              Amendment


Wisconsin Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/18/88           #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1309942              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/15/93           #1326550              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1331412              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1393268              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96           #1602740              Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1808780              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #1822115              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1827451              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1878806              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #2065412              Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/17/88           1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #1537269              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/19/93           #1557397              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1562125              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1632156              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 9/5/96            #1875684             Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #22901003596          Amend.

                                       57

                                     - 237 -
<PAGE>

First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #30081001734          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #30391203308          Amend.
                                                      11/22/93          #33261003899          Amend.
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                  7/8/96          #961900902562         Amend.


Missouri Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #2184193              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #2212473              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #2224113              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #2331876              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #2684601              Amendment


Ohio Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/19/92           #01097336             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #01119343901          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #02099338901          Amend.
                                                     11/12/93           #1129331801           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #07099607117          Amendment


Kentucky Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96                                 Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State
- --------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           25631529              Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           035257                Amendment

                                       58

                                     - 238 -
<PAGE>

Mississippi Secretary of State
- ------------------------------


First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           01015782              Amendment

Colorado Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           962051575             Amendment

California Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96191C0067            Amendment


Washington Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96-187-9060           Amendment


Montana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           419540                Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           765359                Amendment


North Carolina Secretary of State
- ---------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           1357308               Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/16/93           93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           96-608985             Amendment


                                       59

                                     - 239 -
<PAGE>

Florida Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/17/93           930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/10/96           960000142090          Amendment


Texas Secretary of State
- ------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/29/93           227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96            96683548              Amendment


Alabama Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/27/95           B-95-26462FS
                                                      7/19/96               95-26462          Amendment


Arkansas Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/29/95           968722
                                                      7/10/96           968722                Amendment


New York Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/26/95           130246
                                                       7/8/96           532973                Amendment
</TABLE>

                                       60

                                     - 240 -


 1997 SECURITY AGREEMENT


         THIS 1997 SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this  "Security  Agreement") is entered
into as of February 26, 1997, between DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business at Suite 200, 9110
West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68114 (the "Debtor"),  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, a national banking  association having its principal place of business at
One First National Center,  Omaha, Nebraska 68102 as agent ("Secured Party") for
itself and FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,  NEBRASKA, a national banking association
having its principal place of business at Wahoo,  Nebraska 68066 ("FNB-W"),  NBD
BANK,  a bank  organized  under the laws of the  State of  Michigan  having  its
principal  place of business at 611 Woodward  Avenue,  Detroit,  Michigan  48226
("NBD"),  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A., a national banking association having its
principal  place of business at 20th and Farnam Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102
("Norwest"),  FIRST BANK, NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national banking association
having its principal place of business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln, Nebraska
68508 ("First Bank") (it being  acknowledged that First Bank is the successor in
interest   to   FirsTier   Bank,   National   Association,   Lincoln,   Nebraska
("FirsTier")),  the SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED, a Japanese bank being represented by
its office at 200 North  Broadway,  Suite 1625,  St. Louis,  Missouri  63102 and
acting through its Chicago branch  ("Sumitomo"),  MERCANTILE  BANK OF ST. LOUIS,
N.A., a national banking  association  having its principal place of business at
One  Mercantile,   7th  and  Washington  Streets,  St.  Louis,   Missouri  63101
("Mercantile"),  BANK OF  MONTREAL,  a Canadian  bank being  represented  by its
office  at 430 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York  10022  ("Montreal"),  LASALLE
NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association being represented by its office at
One  Metropolitan  Square,  211  North  Broadway,   St.  Louis,  Missouri  63102
("LaSalle"),  and THE BOATMEN'S  NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS, a national  banking
association  having its principal place of business at One Boatmen's  Plaza, 800
Market Street, P.O. Box 236, St. Louis, Missouri 63166-0236 ("Boatmen's").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  and  Secured  Party are  parties  to a 1996  Restated
Security  Agreement  dated as of May 3, 1996 as amended by a First  Amendment to
1996 Restated  Security  Agreement dated as of June 28, 1996, a Second Amendment
to 1996  Restated  Security  Agreement  dated as of July 31,  1996,  and a Third
Amendment to 1996 Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 27, 1996, (as
so amended and restated, the "1996 Restated Security Agreement");

         WHEREAS, Debtor and Secured Party wish to further amend and restate the
1996 Restated Security Agreement;

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  and  Secured  Party  wish to have this 1997  Security
Agreement  be the  controlling  agreement  with respect to the matters set forth
herein, which shall supersede the 1996 Restated Security Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Debtor  and  Secured  Party do not  intend for this 1997
Security  Agreement to be deemed to extinguish any existing  indebtedness of the
Debtor or to release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:

                                       1

                                     - 241 -
<PAGE>

                  1.       Grant of Security Interest. Debtor hereby grants to 
Secured  Party and  reaffirms  its prior  grant of a  security  interest  in the
Collateral.  All capitalized terms not defined in this Security  Agreement shall
have  their  respective  meanings  as set  forth  in the 1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement, as described in Section 3(i) below.

                  2.       Collateral.  The  Collateral  to which this  Security
Agreement  refers is described on Exhibit A.

                  3.       Obligations  Secured.  The security interest granted 
herein is given to secure all  present  and future  obligations  of Debtor:  (i)
under the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated as of  February  26, 1997 as
amended from time to time between the Debtor and First  National  Bank of Omaha,
FNB-W, Norwest,  NBD, First Bank, Sumitomo,  Mercantile,  Montreal,  LaSalle and
Boatmen's;  (ii) under the 1997 Term Credit Agreement,  dated as of February 26,
1997, between the Debtor and First National Bank of Omaha, FNB-W,  Norwest, NBD,
First  Bank,  Sumitomo,  Mercantile,  Montreal,  LaSalle  and  Boatmen's,  which
agreement further amends and restates the 1996 Term Credit Agreement dated as of
May 3, 1996 among such parties;  (iii) under the 1996 Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of June 28, 1996 as amended  from time to time  between  the  Borrower,
First  National  Bank of Omaha,  FNB-W,  Norwest,  NBD,  First  Bank,  Sumitomo,
Mercantile,  Montreal,  LaSalle and Boatmen's; (iv) under the 1995 Restated Loan
Agreement  dated as of June 29,  1995,  as amended from time to time between the
Borrower and First National Bank of Omaha, First National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska,
FirsTier Bank, National Association,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A., and
The  Boatmen's  National  Bank of St.  Louis;  (v) under the 1993  Restated Loan
Agreement  dated as of November 8, 1993,  as amended from time to time,  between
Debtor and First National Bank of Omaha,  FirsTier Bank,  National  Association,
Lincoln, Nebraska, First National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska, NBD Bank, N.A., Norwest
Bank Nebraska, N.A. and The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis; (vi) under the
Loan  Agreement  dated as of  October 9,  1992,  as  amended  from time to time,
between  Debtor  and First  National  Bank of  Omaha,  FirsTier  Bank,  National
Association,  Lincoln,  Nebraska and First National Bank,  Wahoo,  Nebraska,  or
under any interest rate protection  agreement entered into by Debtor with one or
more Lenders; (vii) under any and all Notes previously, now or hereafter made by
Debtor to the  Lenders  pursuant to any of the  foregoing  Loan  Agreements  and
interest rate protection  agreements (all of which are referred to herein as the
"Loan  Agreements")  or any  predecessor  loan  agreements,  including,  without
limitation, the Existing Term Notes and any notes given in extension, renewal or
substitution  of the Notes;  (viii) to reimburse the Secured Party for all sums,
if any, advanced to protect the Collateral;  and (ix) to reimburse Secured Party
for all costs and expenses  incurred in collection of the foregoing,  including,
without  limitation,  costs of repossession  and sale and reasonable  attorneys'
fees.  This  Security  Agreement  shall  not be deemed  to  extinguish  existing
indebtedness  of the  Debtor  under  any of the  agreements  referenced  in this
Section 3 or any of the notes  issued  thereunder  or to release,  terminate  or
affect the priority of any security therefor.

                  4.       Representations and Warranties.  Debtor represents 
and warrants:

                           (a)      Debt.  Debtor is justly  indebted to the 
Lenders  for the  obligations  secured and has no set off or  counterclaim  with
respect thereto;

                                       2

                                     - 242 -
<PAGE>

                           (b)      Possession and Ownership.  The Collateral is
or will be in Debtor's possession (except for equipment or inventory provided to
Debtor's  Customers in the ordinary  course of business)  and Debtor has or will
acquire absolute title thereto and will defend the Collateral against the claims
and demands of all persons other than Secured  Party.  Debtor has full right and
power to grant the security interest herein to Secured Party.

                           (c)      Liens and  Encumbrances.  No financing  
statement  covering  the  Collateral  or  other  filing  evidencing  any lien or
encumbrance  on the  Collateral  is on file in any public office and there is no
lien, security interest or encumbrance on the Collateral except for the security
interest held by Secured Party pursuant to this Security Agreement and for those
security interests described on Schedule B and other filings in favor of Secured
Party.

                           (d)      Truth of Representations.  All information, 
statements,  representations,  and  warranties  made by Debtor herein and in any
financial or credit  statement,  application  for credit,  or any other  writing
executed prior to or substantially contemporaneously herewith are true, accurate
and complete in all material respects.

                           (e)      Location.  Debtor has its chief executive  
office,  principal  place of  business  and  place  where  it  keeps it  records
concerning  the Collateral at Suite 200, 9110 West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska
68114.  The Borrower also keeps certain of its records  regarding the Collateral
at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

                           (f)      Authority.  Debtor has full  authority  to 
enter into this  Security  Agreement  and in so doing is not  violating any law,
regulation,  or agreement with third parties.  This Security  Agreement has been
duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

                  5.       Covenants.  Debtor covenants and agrees:

                           (a)      Liens and  Encumbrances.  Except as  other-
wise expressly allowed by the Loan Agreements,  Debtor shall keep the Collateral
free and clear of liens,  encumbrances,  security interests, and other claims of
third parties and will, at Debtor's expense,  defend the Collateral  against the
claims and demands of all third parties. Debtor shall promptly pay and discharge
any indebtedness  owing to any third party who, by reason of said  indebtedness,
could  obtain or become  entitled to a lien or  encumbrance  on the  Collateral,
other than such  indebtedness  being contested in good faith and with respect to
which adequate reserves have been established.

                           (b)      Proceeds;  Sale.  Debtor shall not sell or 
otherwise dispose of any Collateral  without first obtaining the written consent
of Secured  Party;  provided,  however,  that  Debtor may provide  equipment  or
inventory to customers and others in the ordinary course of business so long as:
(i) such equipment or inventory is not sold to customers;  and (ii) the value of
equipment or inventory  disposed of to others (e.g., for salvage  purposes) does
not  exceed,  in  aggregate,  $100,000.  Debtor  shall  at all  times  keep  the
Collateral  and the proceeds  from any  authorized or  unauthorized  disposition
thereof identifiable and separate from the other property of Debtor or any third
party;  provided,  however,  that  Debtor  may  commingle  and use  for  general
corporate purposes up to $100,000 in aggregate net book value of the proceeds of
sale or other disposition of obsolete or

                                       3

                                     - 243 -
<PAGE>

out-of-date  equipment or inventory  disposed of in accordance  with clause (ii)
above in this Section 5(b).


                           (c)      Protection  of  Value.  Debtor  shall  use 
the utmost care and diligence to protect and preserve the Collateral,  and shall
not commit nor suffer  any waste to occur  with  respect to the  Collateral.  In
pursuance  of the  foregoing,  Debtor  shall  maintain  the  Collateral  in good
condition  and  repair  and shall  take such  steps as are  necessary  or as are
requested  by  Secured  Party to  prevent  any  impairment  of the  value of the
Collateral.

                           (d)      Taxes.  Debtor shall  promptly pay and dis-
charge any and all taxes,  levies and other impositions made upon the Collateral
which may give rise to liens upon the  Collateral if unpaid or which are imposed
upon the creation,  perfection, or continuance of the security interest provided
for herein,  other than taxes being  contested in good faith and with respect to
which adequate reserves have been established.

                           (e)      Insurance.  All risk of loss of, damage to, 
or destruction of the Collateral  shall at all times be on Debtor.  Debtor shall
procure and  maintain,  at its own expense,  insurance  covering the  Collateral
against all risks under policies and with companies acceptable to Secured Party,
for the duration of this Security  Agreement  (except for equipment  provided to
Debtor's  Customers in the ordinary course of business).  Such policies shall be
written  for and shall name  Debtor and  Secured  Party as their  interests  may
appear,  shall contain a standard loss payable clause in favor of Secured Party.
Proof of insurance shall be provided to Secured Party upon request. For purposes
of  security,  Debtor  hereby  assigns  to  Secured  Party  any and  all  monies
(including,  without  limitation,  proceeds of insurance and refunds of unearned
premiums) due or to become due under any such policy.  Debtor hereby directs the
issuer of any such  policy to pay any such  monies  directly  to Secured  Party.
Secured  Party  may act as  attorney  for  Debtor  in  obtaining,  settling  and
adjusting such insurance and in endorsing any checks or drafts paid thereunder.

                           (f)      Secured  Party as Payee.  Debtor  shall take
such steps as are necessary or as are requested by Secured Party to have Secured
Party named as a payee on any check, draft or other document or instrument which
Debtor may  obtain or  anticipate  obtaining  with  respect  to the  Collateral.
Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Secured Party shall be named
as a payee on all instruments  from insurers of the Collateral.  Notwithstanding
anything in the  foregoing or in Subsection  (e) above to the contrary,  Secured
Party agrees that:  (i)  insurance  proceeds may be paid to Debtor so long as no
event of default exists hereunder and such proceeds are, in aggregate, less than
$100,000; and (ii) Secured Party's rights hereunder are subject to the interests
of the parties identified on Schedule B.

                           (g)      Records.  Debtor shall keep  accurate and
complete  records  pertaining  to the  Collateral  and  pertaining  to  Debtor's
business and financial  condition,  and shall allow Secured Party to inspect the
same from time to time upon  reasonable  request and shall submit such  periodic
reports relating to the same to Secured Party from time to time as Secured Party
may reasonably  request.  Debtor shall provide that the Secured Party's interest
is noted on all chattel paper and that there is only one single  original of any
chattel paper held by Debtor and created after the date hereof.

                                       4

                                    - 244 -
<PAGE>

                           (h)      Notice to Secured  Party.  Debtor shall 
promptly  notify  Secured  Party of any loss or  damage to the  Collateral,  any
impairment of the value thereof,  any claim made thereto by any third party,  or
any adverse change in Debtor's financial condition which may affect its prospect
to pay or perform its obligations to Secured Party.

                           (i)      Location.  Except for equipment or inventory
provided to Debtor's  customers in the ordinary course of business,  Debtor will
not move the Collateral, its chief executive office, principal place of business
or  places  where  it keeps  its  records  concerning  the  Collateral  from the
locations specified above without first obtaining the written consent of Secured
Party and shall not permit any  Collateral to be located in any state in which a
financing  statement  covering the  Collateral is required to be, but has not in
fact been,  filed in order to perfect  the  security  interest  granted  herein.
Debtor shall not change its name without  giving  Secured  Party at least ninety
(90) days' prior notice thereof.

                           (j)      Other  Documents.  Debtor  shall  execute  
such  further  documents  as may be  requested  by  Secured  Party to obtain and
perfect a security  interest in the Collateral,  including  without  limitation,
Uniform Commercial Code Financing  Statements and amendments  thereto. A carbon,
photographic  or  other  reproduction  of  this  Security  Agreement  or of  any
financing statement signed by Debtor shall have the same force and effect as the
original for all purposes of a financing statement.

                  6.       Default.  Debtor shall be in default hereunder if any
of the following occurs:

                           (a)      Event of  Default.  An Event of  Default
occurs under any of the Notes or the Loan Agreements.

                           (b)      Failure  to Pay.  Debtor  fails to pay when
due or within the applicable cure period any of the obligations secured hereby.

                           (c)      Misrepresentation.  Any of the  represen-
tations or warranties made by Debtor herein or in any of the documents  referred
to herein or executed prior hereto or substantially  contemporaneously  herewith
are or become false or misleading in any material respect.

                           (d)      Breach of Covenants. Debtor fails to perform
any of its covenants,  agreements or obligations hereunder or under any document
referred to herein or executed prior hereto or  substantially  contemporaneously
herewith.

                           (e)      Other  Indebtedness.  Any event occurs which
results in acceleration of the maturity of the  indebtedness of Debtor under any
material agreement with any third party.

                           (f)      Loss of Security.  Collateral with an aggre-
gate value in excess of $100,000 is lost, damaged or destroyed.

                           (g)      Business Failure. The death,  dissolution,
termination  of existence,  business  failure,  appointment of a receiver of any
part of the  property  of,  assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors  by,  or
commencement  of any proceeding in bankruptcy or insolvency by or against Debtor
or any principals of Debtor or any guarantor or surety for Debtor.

                                       5

                                    - 245 -
<PAGE>

                  7.       Rights and Remedies of Secured  Party.  Secured Party
shall have all of the rights and  remedies  provided at law and in equity and in
the  Uniform  Commercial  Code and in addition  thereto  and without  limitation
thereon  shall have the  following  rights which may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently:

                           (a)      Inspection.  Secured Party may at any time,
with or without  notice,  enter upon Debtor's  premises or any other place where
the  Collateral  is located to inspect and examine the same and, if Debtor is in
default, to take possession thereof.

                           (b)      Performance  by  Secured  Party.  If  Debtor
fails to perform any of its  obligations  hereunder,  Secured  Party may, at its
sole  discretion,  pay or perform such  obligations for Debtor's account and may
add any cost or expense thereof to the obligations secured hereby.

                           (c)      Acceleration.  Upon  default,  Secured Party
may,  without  demand or notice to  Debtor,  accelerate  all of the  obligations
secured hereby and proceed to enforce  payment of the same with or without first
resorting against the Collateral.

                           (d)      Proceed Against  Collateral.  Subject to
applicable cure periods, if any, upon default, Secured Party may: require Debtor
to make the Collateral available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by
Secured Party;  take possession of the Collateral,  proceeding  without judicial
process or by judicial  process (without a prior hearing or notice thereof which
Debtor hereby  expressly  waives) and sell,  retain or otherwise  dispose of the
Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the obligations secured hereby.

                           (e)      Power of Attorney.  Debtor hereby  irrevo-
cably appoints (which  appointment is coupled with an interest) Secured Party as
Debtor's  true and lawful  attorney,  with full power of  substitution,  without
notice  to  Debtor  and at such  time or  times  as  Secured  Party  in its sole
discretion may determine to: (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver and
file such documents, instruments, financing statements, and other agreements and
writings as may be deemed  appropriate by Secured Party to facilitate the intent
of this  Security  Agreement;  (ii)  notify  account  debtors  and  others  with
obligations  to Debtor to make payment of their  obligations  to Secured  Party;
(iii) demand,  enforce and receive payment of any accounts or obligations  owing
to Debtor, by legal proceedings or otherwise;  (iv) settle, adjust,  compromise,
release,  renew or extend any account or obligation owing to Debtor;  (v) notify
postal  authorities to change the address for delivery of mail to Debtor to such
address as Secured Party may  designate;  (vi) receive,  open and dispose of all
mail addressed to Debtor; (vii) endorse Debtor's name on any check, note, draft,
instrument  or  other  form of  payment  that  may  come  into  Secured  Party's
possession;  and (viii) send requests to Debtor's  customers and account debtors
for  verification  of amounts  due to Debtor.  Secured  Party  covenants  not to
exercise the  foregoing  rights prior to the  occurrence  of an event of default
hereunder.


                                       6

                                    - 246 -
<PAGE>

                           (f)      Deficiency.  Upon  default,  and  after  any
disposition of the  Collateral,  Secured Party may sue Debtor for any deficiency
remaining.

                  8.       Obligations of Secured  Party.   Secured  Party  has 
no obligations  to Debtor  hereunder  except those  expressly  required  herein.
Except as  expressly  provided  in the Loan  Agreements,  Secured  Party has not
agreed  to make  any  further  advance  or loan of any kind to  Debtor.  Secured
Party's duty of care with respect to the Collateral in its  possession  shall be
deemed  fulfilled  if Secured  Party  exercises  reasonable  care in  physically
safekeeping  the Collateral or, in the case of Collateral in the possession of a
bailee or third party,  exercises reasonable care in the selection of the bailee
or third party.  Secured Party need not otherwise preserve,  protect,  insure or
care for the  Collateral.  Secured Party need not preserve rights the Debtor may
have against prior parties,  realize on the Collateral in any particular  manner
or  order,  or apply  proceeds  of the  Collateral  in any  particular  order of
application.

                  9.       Miscellaneous.

                           (a)      No Waiver.  No delay or failure  on the part
of Secured Party in the exercise of any right or remedy  hereunder shall operate
as a waiver  thereof and no single or partial  exercise by Secured  Party of any
right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right or remedy.

                           (b)      Amendment  and  Termination.  This  Security
Agreement may be amended or terminated and the security  interest granted herein
can be  released  only by an  explicit  written  agreement  signed by Debtor and
Secured Party.

                           (c)      Choice of Law. This Security  Agreement and 
the rights and  obligations  of the  parties  hereto  shall be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

                           (d)      Binding  Agreement.  This Security Agreement
shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their heirs,  successors,  personal
representatives and permitted assigns.

                           (e)      Assignment.  This Security Agreement may be 
assigned by Secured Party only.

                           (f)      Captions.  Captions and headings herein are
for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent
of any provision or section of the Security Agreement.

                           (g)      Severability.  If any provision of this 
Security  Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions
of this Security Agreement.

                           (h)      Notices.  All  notices  to be  given  shall
be deemed  sufficiently  given if delivered or mailed by registered or certified
mail  postage  prepaid if to Debtor at Suite 200,  9110 West Dodge Road,  Omaha,
Nebraska  68114;  if to  Secured  Party at One  First  National  Center,  Omaha,
Nebraska  68102;  or such other  address as the parties may designate in writing
from time to time.  Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party of any changes in
Debtor's address.

                                       7

                                    - 247 -
<PAGE>

                           (i)      Priorities.  The  security  interest of a 
Lender in any property of the Debtor (i) arising  under and in  connection  with
the Agreement, this Security Agreement or any of the Related Loan Agreements and
(ii) granted to secure any  obligation of the Debtor to such Lender,  including,
without  limitation,  all  Collateral,  shall rank equally in priority  with the
security interests of each of the other Lenders, if any, in such property of the
Borrower,  irrespective of the time or order of attachment or perfection of such
security  interest,  or the time or order of filing, or the failure to file, and
regardless  of the date any  obligation  of the Debtor to a Lender was incurred.
Any amounts or payments  obtained upon  disposition of any property  securing an
obligation of the Debtor to a Lender shall be applied as provided in Article VII
of the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  as in effect on  February  26,  1997.
Unanimous  approval of the  Lenders  shall be required  for  amendments  to this
Section 9(i).

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have executed this 1997 Security
Agreement as of this 26th day of February, 1997.


                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                            CORPORATION


                            By
                              --------------------------------------------------
                            Title 
                                 -----------------------------------------------

                                       8

                                    - 248 -
<PAGE>






                            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                            as agent for itself, First Bank,
                            National Association, First
                            National Bank, Wahoo,
                            Nebraska, NBD Bank,
                            Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A.,
                            The Boatmen's National Bank of
                            St. Louis, The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, Mercantile
                            Bank of St. Louis, N.A., Bank of Montreal, and
                            LaSalle National Bank




                            By
                              --------------------------------------------------
                            Title 
                                 -----------------------------------------------

                                       9

                                    - 249 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                           TO 1997 SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Debtor")

                                   COLLATERAL
                                   ----------

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers and  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and all
ownership, proprietary,  copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property
rights  in  and  to  computer  software  (and  specifically  including,  without
limitation,  all such rights in DTN transmission  computer  software used in the
provision of the Basic DTN  Subscription  Service  and/or Farm Dayta  Service to
Debtor's subscribers) and all documentation,  source code, information and works
of authorship  pertaining thereto, all now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor
and all proceeds and products thereof (including,  without limitation,  all such
assets acquired by Debtor from Broadcast Partners); and

         Further  including,  without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the following all now owned or hereafter acquired by the Debtor:

                  (a)  all  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
         documents,    instruments,   goods,   inventory,   equipment,   general
         intangibles  and contract rights that  constitute,  are due under or by
         reason of, or are described in, subscription agreements or arrangements
         between  Debtor  and  its  subscribers,   and  similar   agreements  or
         arrangements purchased by Debtor from Broadcast Partners and including,
         without limitation, all:

                  (i)  equipment  and  inventory  of  Debtor,   whether  in  its
         possession or in the possession of its customers and  subscribers  (but
         subject to such  customers' and  subscribers'  rights  therein),  which
         equipment and inventory  may include,  but not be limited to,  computer
         monitor  screens,  D-127,  D-128,  D-120,  D-110 and 6001 or comparable
         receivers,  outdoor antennas,  and satellite interfaces  (collectively,
         the "Equipment");

                  (ii)    parts,    accessories,     attachments,     additions,
         substitutions,   rents,  profits,  proceeds,   products,  and  customer
         deposits and advance payments related to or arising from the Equipment;


                                       10

                                    - 250 -
<PAGE>
                  (iii)  chattel  paper,   instruments,   general   intangibles,
         accounts,  accounts  receivable and contract rights in, arising from or
         corresponding  to the  Equipment,  which may include but not be limited
         to, all rights of Debtor under  Subscription  Agreements between Debtor
         and its customers and subscribers (collectively,  the "Subscriptions");
         and

                  (iv)   accounts,   accounts   receivable,    rents,   profits,
         modifications,   renewals,  extensions,  substitutions,  proceeds,  and
         products related to or arising from the Subscriptions; and

                  (b)  all  rights,  remedies,   privileges,  claims  and  other
         contract  rights and general  intangibles  of Debtor  arising  under or
         related to the Asset  Purchase and Sale Agreement  (including,  without
         limitation,  rights to indemnity) between Debtor and Broadcast Partners
         or the transactions contemplated thereby.

                  (c)  all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

                                       11

                                    - 251 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                           TO 1997 SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Debtor")


                                 EXISTING NOTES


                                 (See Attached)

                                       12

                                    - 252 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                           TO 1997 SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Debtor")


                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Secured Party                                             Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State

<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                   <C>   
First National Bank of Omaha
- ----------------------------
                                                     12/28/87           #401690
                                                     10/13/92           #564918               Amendment
                                                     11/13/92           #568176               Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/8/96            #691938               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     6/24/87           #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                          2/03/88           #405477               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            5/28/92           #553205               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                         10/13/92           #564919               Amendment
                                                      2/05/93           #576038               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603168               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691936               Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/13/92           #564917               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/07/93           #572981               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #576039               Amendment
                                                     11/10/93           #603169               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/8/96           #691937               Amendment

First Bank of Minneapolis                            11/25/91           #534665
 (Norstan)                                            8/24/92           #561090               Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska
- ------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #000534               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #0000054              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93           #000253               Amendment
                                                     11/17/93           #54                   Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/ /96                                 Amendment

                                       13

                                    - 253 -
<PAGE>


Iowa Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           K395184               Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           K424887               Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           K434908               Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           K503145               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 5/6/96           K734148               Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State
- -------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92           #1842986              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #1868482              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/11/93           #1879069              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1964342              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/18/96           #2265201              Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     3/18/88           #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #3043202              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            2/11/93           #3084199              Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                          2/25/93           #3089132              Continued
                                                     12/09/93           #3197498              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #3562627              Amendment


Michigan Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #C646856              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #C672590              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          3/01/93           #C689434              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #C778208              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #D128002              Amendment

                                       14

                                    - 254 -
<PAGE>

Wisconsin Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/18/88           #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1309942              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/15/93           #1326550              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1331412              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1393268              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96           #1602740              Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92           #1808780              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #1822115              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1827451              Amendment
                                                     11/12/93           #1878806              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #2065412              Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State
- ----------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/17/88           1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #1537269              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/19/93           #1557397              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #1562125              Amendment
                                                     11/23/93           #1632156              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 9/5/96           #1875684              Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88           880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #22901003596          Amend.
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #30081001734          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #30391203308          Amend.
                                                     11/22/93           #33261003899          Amend.
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #961900902562         Amend.

                                       15

                                    - 255 -
<PAGE>

Missouri Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88           #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92           #2184193              Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93           #2212473              Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93           #2224113              Amendment
                                                     11/15/93           #2331876              Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           #2684601              Amendment


Ohio Secretary of State
- -----------------------

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88           #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/19/92           #01097336             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93           #01119343901          Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93           #02099338901          Amend.
                                                     11/12/93           #1129331801           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/9/96           #07099607117          Amendment


Kentucky Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96                                 Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State
- --------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           25631529              Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           035257                Amendment


Mississippi Secretary of State
- ------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           01015782              Amendment

Colorado Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           962051575             Amendment

                                       16

                                    - 256 -
<PAGE>

California Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93           93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96191C0067            Amendment


Washington Secretary of State
- -----------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/5/96           96-187-9060           Amendment


Montana Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           419540                Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           765359                Amendment


North Carolina Secretary of State
- ---------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93           050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           1357308               Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State
- -------------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/16/93           93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           96-608985             Amendment


Florida Secretary of State
- --------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/17/93           930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/10/96          960000142090          Amendment


Texas Secretary of State
- ------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/29/93           227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                 7/8/96           96683548              Amendment

                                       17

                                    - 257 -
<PAGE>

Alabama Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/27/95           B-95-26462FS
                                                      7/19/96           95-26462              Amendment


Arkansas Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/29/95           968722
                                                      7/10/96           968722                Amendment


New York Secretary of State
- ---------------------------

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/26/95           130246
                                                       7/8/96           532973                Amendment
</TABLE>


                                       18
     
                                     - 258 -

                   

                               SIXTH AMENDMENT TO
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                            STOCK OPTION PLAN OF 1989


                                    PREAMBLE

         Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Company") adopted the Data Transmission  Network  Corporation Stock Option Plan
of 1989 (the "Plan")  effective as of February 15, 1989. The Plan was previously
amended  by a First  Amendment  effective  as of  January  15,  1990,  a  Second
Amendment effective as of January 2, 1991, a Third Amendment effective as of May
1, 1991,  a Fourth  Amendment  effective  as of  January  3,  1994,  and a Fifth
Amendment  effective as of January 4, 1995. Section 1 of Article III of the Plan
permits the Board of Directors of the Company or any authorized committee of the
Board of  Directors  to amend  the Plan from  time to time  without  shareholder
approval being required  under certain  circumstances.  Except as modified by or
specifically  defined in this Sixth  Amendment,  capitalized  terms used in this
Sixth Amendment shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

                                    AMENDMENT

         The Plan is hereby  amended,  effective  as of February  29,  1996,  as
follows:

         1.  That portion of Section 3 of Article II of the Plan  preceding
Subsection  (a) thereof  shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Awards and Conditions of Options.  An Option for 2,000 Shares
         shall be awarded to each Non-Employee Director each time such person is
         elected or  re-elected  a Director  of the  Company at a meeting of the
         shareholders  of the  Company and upon such  person  being  appointed a
         Director of the Company to fill a vacancy on the Board of  Directors of
         the  Company.  The  Options  to be  awarded  shall  be  subject  to the
         following terms and conditions:".

          2. Except as specifically  amended by this Sixth Amendment,  the Plan,
as  previously  amended,  shall  remain in full  force and  effect and is hereby
ratified and confirmed.

                                    - 259 -


                              SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                            STOCK OPTION PLAN OF 1989


                                    PREAMBLE

         Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Company") adopted the Data Transmission  Network  Corporation Stock Option Plan
of 1989 (the "Plan")  effective as of February 15, 1989. The Plan was previously
amended  by a First  Amendment  effective  as of  January  15,  1990,  a  Second
Amendment effective as of January 2, 1991, a Third Amendment effective as of May
1, 1991, a Fourth  Amendment  effective as of January 3, 1994, a Fifth Amendment
effective as of January 4, 1995, and a Sixth Amendment  effective as of February
29, 1996. Section 1 of Article III of the Plan permits the Board of Directors of
the Company or any  authorized  committee of the Board of Directors to amend the
Plan from time to time without shareholder approval being required under certain
circumstances.  Except as modified by or  specifically  defined in this  Seventh
Amendment,  capitalized  terms  used in this  Seventh  Amendment  shall have the
meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

                                    AMENDMENT

         The Plan is hereby amended, effective as of March 3, 1997, as follows:

         1.  That portion of Section 3 of Article II of the Plan  preceding
Subsection  (a) thereof  shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Awards and Conditions of Options.  An Option for 4,500 Shares
         shall be awarded to each Non-Employee Director each time such person is
         elected or  re-elected  a Director  of the  Company at a meeting of the
         shareholders  of the  Company and upon such  person  being  appointed a
         Director of the Company to fill a vacancy on the Board of  Directors of
         the  Company.  The  Options  to be  awarded  shall  be  subject  to the
         following terms and conditions:".

          2. Except as specifically amended by this Seventh Amendment, the Plan,
as  previously  amended,  shall  remain in full  force and  effect and is hereby
ratified and confirmed.

                                    - 260 -


Data Transmission Network Corporation  (DTN(R)),  an electronic  information and
communication  services company headquartered in Omaha, Nebraska, is a leader in
the electronic  satellite  delivery of  time-sensitive  information  (NEWS...NOT
HISTORY(R)). DTN is committed to providing comprehensive,  timely and affordably
priced  information  to our  customers.  DTN's services are tailored to meet our
subscribers'  needs and are  valuable  tools in managing  business  and personal
affairs.
 
The Company began operations in 1984, went public in January 1987, and continues
to evolve into a full-service  information  provider and communication  network.
DTN distributes information via small dish Ku-band satellite, FM radio side-band
channels,  TV  cable  (VBI-vertical  blanking  interval),  FAX,  e-mail  and the
Internet.  Most subscribers utilize a DTN receiver capturing  information around
the clock and converting it to text, graphics and audio.

Prior to 1992,  DTN  supported  only a  monochrome  receiver  system  capable of
receiving  and  displaying  information.  In 1992,  the Company  introduced  the
Advanced  Communications  EngineSM (ACE) receiver that expanded the  information
and  communication  services  provided by the  Company.  DTN  receivers  contain
multiple  processors for capturing,  manipulating and displaying high resolution
color video pictures,  graphics and text. In addition,  these processors provide
the ability to play audio clips and to utilize a phone  modem.  The ACE receiver
is equipped with an internal hard drive  allowing  processed  information  to be
stored,  archived  and then  displayed by using the built-in  control  panel,  a
keyboard or a mouse.
  
DTN's  services reach 158,800  subscribers  in the U.S. and Canada.  The Company
provides  services for the  agricultural,  automotive,  energy,  farm implement,
financial,  mortgage,  produce, golf, turf management,  aviation,  construction,
emergency management and other weather-related  industries. The services include
DTN  AgDaily(R)  and DTN  FarmDayta(R),  targeted  for  agribusinesses;  DTN Pro
SeriesSM  and  DTN  FarmDayta  Elite(R),   advanced   information  services  for
agribusinesses;  DTNstant(R),  for  customers  needing a real-time  agricultural
ticker service;  DTNironSM for the farm implement  dealer;  DTN PROduce for the
produce industry; DTN Weather Center, for the golf, turf management,  aviation,
marine, forestry, travel and construction industries;  DTN Real^Time,  DTN Wall
Street and DTN SpectrumSM for the financial services  industry;  DTN FirstRate
for  the  mortgage  industry;   DTNergy  for  the  petroleum  and  natural  gas
industries;  DTNautoSM  for the auto  auctions  and auto  dealers;  DTN  Missing
Children  Information Center and joint ventures for the electrical equipment and
trucking industries.

Led by customer  suggestions and demands,  Data Transmission Network Corporation
has  engineered  growth and  evolution  from what we were--the  first  low-cost,
electronically  delivered agricultural  commodities information service--to what
we are today--a  multi-faceted  information  provider  utilizing a  full-service
communication technology system delivering the most valuable of all commodities,
timely information (NEWS...NOT HISTORY).

Our Mission  continues as we strive to provide the best information and analysis
available, as quickly as possible, at an affordable cost to our customers. Among
many things critical to successfully  meeting those commitments,  the three most
important are customer service, customer service, and customer service!
  
As fellow  shareholders  of the Company,  DTN employees'  number one goal is the
long-term enhancement of the value of our company.

                                       1

                                    - 261 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Percent
                                                    1997             1996       Change
                                                ------------     -------------  -------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>               <C>
For the Year
        Revenues                                $126,374,352     $ 98,383,713      28 %
        Operating cash flow1                      54,698,708       40,377,428      35 %
        Income (loss) before income taxes          3,407,081       (1,404,306)      -
        Net income (loss)                          2,236,081         (958,306)      -
        Diluted income (loss) per share         $        .19     $       (.09)      -
At Year End
        Total assets                            $162,430,898     $ 77,729,762      (9)%
        Long-term debt and subordinated notes     72,891,370       97,747,823     (25)%
        Stockholders' equity                      32,196,173       28,290,289      14 %
        Book value per share                    $       2.89     $       2.57      12 %
Key Indicators
        Total subscribers at year-end                158,800          145,900       9 %
        Subscriber retention rate                     88.1 %           89.3 %      (1)%
        Net development costs2                  $  5,199,605     $  5,344,261      (3)%
        Operating cash flow from core services3 $ 59,701,141     $ 45,512,581      31 %
As a Percent of Revenue
        Operating cash flow1                          43.3 %           41.0 %
        Operating cash flow from core services3       48.5 %           47.4 %
        Depreciation and amortization                 33.5 %           34.0 %
        Interest                                       7.2 %            8.6 %
        Net income (loss) before income taxes          2.7 %           (1.4)%
<FN>

1 Operating income before depreciation and amortization expense.

2 Net Development Costs are defined as the sum of 1) market research activities,
  2) hardware and software engineering,
  research and development and 3) the negative operating cash flow (prior to 
  corporate allocations plus interest) of new services.

3 Core services are services no longer in the initial development process. Oper-
  ating cash flow from core services as a percent of revenue is calculated on 
  core services revenue.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       2

                                    - 262 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPHS IN TABULAR FORM:
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----

  Revenues
($ millions)              36.0      46.1      62.3      98.4     126.4


                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Operating Cash Flow
    ($ millions)          12.9      15.8      23.2      40.4      54.7

          

                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Operating Cash Flow
(percent of revenue)       36%       34%       37%       41%      43.3%


                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Net Development Costs
    ($ millions)           2.7       4.3       3.7       5.3       5.2


                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Subscribers At Year End
      (thousands)         74.1      82.0      95.9      145.9     158.8


                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Subscriber Retention Rate
       (percent)          88.8      89.8      91.0      89.3      88.1


                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Annual Revenue
Per Subscriber
($ based on average
 subscribers)             507       591       700       775       830



                          1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Annual Operating Cash
Flow Per Subscriber
($ based on average
 subscribers)             123       202       260       318       359

</TABLE>

                                       3
     
                                     - 263 -
<PAGE>


LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1997 was a very good year for DTN.  Your company  produced  record  revenues and
operating cash flow (operating  income before  depreciation  and  amortization),
known  by  analysts  as  EBITDA.  The  employees  at DTN  were  kept  busy  with
integration  of the  Broadcast  Partners  acquisition,  a few  additional  small
acquisitions,  focusing on maintaining operating  efficiencies,  introduction of
new services, and the support and growth of existing services.

The following 1997 operating results are our leading economic indicators and are
what we use to quantify DTN's fiscal well being.

o  Total  subscribers increased 9% to 158,800, up from 145,900 in 1996.

o  Revenues grew 28% to $126,374,352 compared to $98,383,713 in 1996.

o  Operating cash flow increased 35% to $54,698,708, up from $40,377,428 in 
   1996.

o  Net  Income was  $2,236,081  or $.19 per share in 1997  compared  to a loss
   of $958,306 or $(.09) per share in 1996. 

o  Operating  cash flow as a percentage of revenue  increased  to 43%,  up from 
   41% in 1996.  

o  Subscription  revenue  per subscriber per month for all  subscribers  was 
   $55.10 in 1997 compared to $49.24 in  1996.  

o  Subscription   revenue  per  subscriber per month  for  all  new subscription
   sales was an all time high of $67.84 for 1997.

o  Operating revenue per subscriber per month consisting of subscriptions, 
   additional services, communications and advertising increased to $66.29 for
   1997, up from $60.92 in 1996.

During 1997, the Broadcast Partners  acquisition recorded $25,257,700 of revenue
compared  to  $15,446,800  in  1996.  In  addition,   this  operation   recorded
$15,687,800  of operating  cash flow  compared to  $9,838,200  in 1996.  This is
primarily the result of 1996 including  approximately  eight months of operating
results  due to the  closing  on May 3, 1996,  vs.  twelve  months of  operating
results for 1997.  During 1997, we made an effort to educate our shareholders on
why our percentage growth in revenue and cash flow is significantly  higher than
our  percentage  growth in  subscribers.  Substantively  our growth in operating
revenue per  subscriber per month from $60.92 in 1996 to $66.29 in 1997 or 9% is
a key ingredient in these percentage growth  differences.  We expect revenue and
operating cash flow growth to continue to outdistance  our percentage  growth in
subscribers.  We continue to review potential  acquisitions  that make sense for
DTN and here is a summary of those completed in 1997.

o In January,  the Company acquired 500 real-time commodities  subscribers from
  Market Quoters and Northern Data for  $750,000  cash.

o In March,  the  Company  acquired  2,400  real-time commodities subscribers 
  from Market Communications Group LLC, a joint venture of Reuters  America,  
  Inc.  and Farmland  Industries,  Inc. for $3.6  million  cash.  Included,  DTN
  acquired preferred rights to distribute Reuters real-time news and information
  to the commodities, energy and metals markets.

o In July,  the Company  acquired The Network,  Inc., a cotton  trading  network
  for $1,000,000  payable over five years. This enables DTN to generate revenues
  from a transactional  service which facilitates in the trading of cotton.

o In October,  the Company  acquired  approximately  700  subscribers  on the 
  ACRES agriculture system from the Arkansas Farm Bureau. DTN agreed to pay $600
  per  converted  subscriber  plus a $6.00 per month royalty to Arkansas for the
  lesser of the life of the subscriber or ten years.  

                                       4

                                    - 264 -
<PAGE>

In addition to growth from acquisitions,  we are focused on growing the business
with the introduction of new services.  The  following is a quick review of the
services  introduced in 1997.

o DTN Travel Center -- A weather, news, markets and sports information service 
  which includes special weather  features on road condition  forecasts and road
  closed  notices.  Our initial target market for this service is for display in
  the lobbies of the  approximately  20,000 U.S. hotels and motels with 50 rooms
  or more.

o DTN Marine -- Primarily a weather  service with  specialty  weather  features
  which include coastal sea condition forecasts, marine buoy data for wind, tide
  and water  temperature  and sea surface  temperature  maps. Our initial target
  market is marinas and charter boats which total approximately 15,000.

o DTN  Forestry Center -- Primarily a weather service which we developed with 
  help from the U.S.  Forestry Service.  Specialty  weather features  associated
  with this  product  include a relative  fire risk map,  upper air analysis and
  humidity and wind speed maps. Our initial  target market is the  approximately
  5,000 District Forest  Management  offices located in the lower 48 U.S. states
  and Canada.

o DTN Real^Time -- DTN Real^Time is our first  venture into  providing a service
  which  delivers  instant  securities  quotes (vs.  15 minute  delayed) on over
  175,000 different stocks, options and commodities.  DTN Real^Time delivers the
  information via new generation of DTN  proprietary  hardware into a customer's
  PC where it is captured and displayed through use of custom software.

Regarding DTN Real^Time,  I opened in my 2nd  Quarter,  1997 letter to  share-
holders  that "we  believe the  combination  of our  product  quality,  our very
competitive  pricing strategies and our distribution  capabilities will allow us
to succeed and maybe even excel in this marketplace." I still believe this to be
the case.  From May of 1997 thru December of 1997,  DTN  Real^Time  subscription
sales have grown steadily from 30 per month to approximately 300 per month.

Applying a western cliche for 1998, I would say that if "the good Lords willin'
and the creek  don't  rise",  1998 should be replete  with some of our  previous
successes.

As always, many thanks to our customers, shareholders,  financiers and suppliers
for their  support.  And a  special  thanks  to all of our  employees  and their
families for a successful 1997.

                              Very sincerely yours,


                              Roger Brodersen
                              Chairman and CEO


                                       5

                                    - 265 -
<PAGE>

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY UPDATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In last quarter's  Report to  Shareholders,  I provided a summary covering DTN's
real-world  experience  with the  Internet  at the  product  level.  While those
examples and quotations  could be updated,  the general analysis and conclusions
regarding the Internet remain  fundamentally  sound.  In this update,  I will be
providing you with more generalized  information and comments  pertaining to the
broader nature of information technology, the information marketplace, and DTN's
position  within  that  marketplace.  Many of my  comments  are in  response  to
questions or concerns communicated from our shareholders.  (New shareholders may
wish to look at the Technology Updates in DTN's 1996 Annual Report and the first
and third quarters' 1997 Report to Shareholders.  Copies of these updates may be
requested from Linda Grunberg--DTN Public Relations Director at (402)390-2328 or
seen at DTN's  corporate  web site,  www.dtn.com,  under  Company  Information.)


Updates  Revisited

While the Internet has become a very useful and  versatile  tool,  it is not the
only nor always the best tool for every situation.  With its strengths come some
limitations and weaknesses. I do not contend that the Internet is broken (except
when parts of it occasionally  are), nor unusable  (except once in awhile),  nor
anything but a revolution in progress.  It is  undoubtedly a revolution  that is
changing the face of information  technology  and,  indeed,  the world.  This is
taking place somewhat more slowly than the hype would lead you to believe,  with
the change deepening and expanding over generations.  Increasingly, the Internet
is finding its niches based, not on hype, but on its inherent strengths. So far,
these  strengths  focus on e-mail,  entertainment,  and  research,  with digital
telephony  starting  to  come  to  the  fore--none  of  which  are  particularly
competitive with DTN's orientation.

          NOTE:  While my observation  is subjective,  of late there
          seems to be significantly  more humility and somewhat less
          hubris in Internet businesses at  large.  That  in  itself
          is an indication of the maturing of this  information tech-
          nology and the companies that are involved in it.

Business Models...or,  When Technology is not Enough!  

Over the course of the last year, many new and exciting  capabilities  have come
to the Internet.  But, in addition, a dawning sense of reality is intruding into
this  sometimes-tangled  web.  Most  interesting  to  me,  both  personally  and
professionally,  is that so much of this  reality is due to  limitations  in the
various  business  models  for  providing   Internet   services  as  opposed  to
limitations of any specific  technology.  Achieving a consistent and predictable
level of  revenue,  let  alone  profit,  proves to be more of a  challenge  than
creating  the  specific   technology   needed.  The  dazzle  and  drama  of  new
technological advances no longer exist only on a utopian stage--where content is
free,  bandwidth is free,  everything always works,  there is no human error, no
hardware failures,  no need for customer service,  and the world beats a path to
your door to give you money.  (I'm reminded of the fine line between  vision and
hallucination...)


                                       6

                                    - 266 -
<PAGE>

Some interesting  examples  showing that economic reality is setting in include:

USA TODAY runs a cover story,  "More sites take first steps toward charging 
users." Some of the more pertinent  quotes include:  

   "People are realizing that the experimentation is over--'98 is about 
   making money."
        --Jim Kinsella, MSNBC's general manager.

   "But I've spent the last year and a half  looking  at the  economics,
   and we're nowhere even close. I don't believe that as the Web matures
   for advertising that there will be enough revenue to support us."
       --Roger Weed,  Publisher  of  SLATE  (Microsoft's  news  and   
         politics oriented webzine).

   "The  lesson  everyone  will have to learn is that no one model  will
   work."
       --Rich Wiggens, WebReference.com (an online technical magazine).

INVESTOR'S BUSINESS DAILY (10/10/97) ran a front-page article, "WAS THE INTERNET
OVERHYPED?"  According to this article:  

   About 60% of U.S.  households  still don't have a computer  and about
   85% don't have a modem.

   "...companies,  many of them  sucked  in by the hype,  have  invested
   heavily in the Internet. Last year, they sank nearly $35 billion into
   the Internet,  including  infrastructure,  World Wide Web sites,  and
   data  protection."   --Zona  Research.   "So  far,  returns  on  that
   investment have been low--a lot of glitter, but not much gold."

ZDNet, an online Web site that closely tracks  technology  and the Internet in 
general,  provides several  interesting views:  

   "We've   entered   a   period   of   Internet    disappointment   and
   dissatisfaction.  For instance,  a survey by the Deloitte  Consulting
   group claims North American  corporate  executives are  disillusioned
   with the Internet.  Some 69% of the  respondents  said Internet costs
   are a  `significant  concern,'  way up from 16% in 1995. As a result,
   the number  planning to increase  Internet  spending  dropped to 31%,
   less than half the  previous  figure of 65%."  
       --Jesse  Berst  (ZDNet AnchorDesk Editorial Director) 01/19/98.

   "The Net traffic jam is for real."
       --Randy Barrett (Inter@ctive Week Online.) 12/24/97.

As an  entertaining  side  bar,  I heard an  industry  speaker  discuss a survey
directed towards new (less than 6 months online) Internet users.  Only seven out
of ninety  said they knew what a  "browser"  was.  Two of the seven  said it was
themselves. They were right!

Though I could add  technology-oriented  headlines to the above  sampling,  they
would serve only to cloud my point. Instead, the quotes above address day-to-day
issues that are far less sexy than is  technology.  They  concern  such  mundane
issues  as  day-to-day   operations,   fundamental   economics,   revenues,  and
returns--the basics of doing business.  The challenge lies in making it all work
reliably while making money doing it.

Broadcast Data...or, Everything Old is New Again

While  DTN has  embraced  the  Internet  where  we think  it is  applicable  and
profitable, we remain a company that is focused on exploiting a full spectrum of
data broadcasting technology. Pre-Internet, DTN found that broadcast data, using
one technology or another, was the only truly cost-effective and efficient means
of widespread data distribution.  Today, technology advances, like the Internet,
have  provided  more  choices  for data  delivery,  but with each  choice  comes
limitations.   DTN  uses  systems   that  send  large   volumes  of  data  in  a
point-to-multipoint,  simultaneously-delivered, efficient, reliable, convenient,
and  inexpensive   manner--i.e.,   broadcast  data.  By  its  nature,  different
permutations  of the Internet can exhibit some of broadcast  data's  attributes,
but not all of them together.  Until the promised land is indeed reached,  where
bandwidth  (throughput  capacity)  is  unlimited  and  free and  reliable,  data
broadcast will have a fairly secure niche. 


                                       7

                                    - 267 -
<PAGE>

While broadcast data's advantages are generally overlooked in the Internet stam-
pede,  they are again  being  recognized.  An article by J.  William  Gurley,  a
regular commentator on the Internet, makes this point [(ABOVE THE CROWD on CNET,
a high profile web site at  www.news.com  on Monday,  December 22, 1997),  later
edited    down   into   an    article    in    FORTUNE    magazine    (01/12/98)
(pathfinder.com/fortune/digitalwatch/0112tec2.html)].  With all due respect,  he
comes  somewhat late to this  realization  and aims his  conclusions  toward the
future,  being  perhaps  unaware  that DTN built its business in this arena many
years ago. Highlights include:

   "What would you think if I told you that the Internet would soon have
   a competitor for broad-based  data  distribution?  Could something as
   mind-numbingly  huge as the Internet see  competition in such a short
   time  frame  after its own burst of  stardom?...The  technology  that
   could  cause  such  profound  changes  goes  by  the  name  of  `data
   broadcasting'  and although  it's been around for years,  its time to
   shine has finally come."

   "So what is data  broadcasting?  Just what it sounds  like:  a system
   that  sends  huge  amounts  of  data  to  a  huge  number  of  people
   simultaneously.  This information could be anything that might appeal
   to multiple  users...stock  prices,  say, or sports scores. But isn't
   the Internet  supposed to do all this?  Well,  no. The Internet  does
   very well with one-to-one  interactive  applications  like e-mail; it
   does poorly in situations  where it has to broadcast  information  to
   many people at once.  Applications  like audio and video  "streaming"
   place severe  strain on the  Internet.  This strain is  compounded in
   cases  where a lot of  people  want to see that same  information  at
   once, in the event of a stock market crash, for example, or any major
   piece of news."

   "The  Internet  was  designed to  facilitate  one-to-one  interactive
   asynchronous  (no time guarantee)  communications.  In the beginning,
   Internet  usage was  primarily  focused  on this  one-to-one  type of
   communication  with  applications  such as  e-mail  or a single  user
   interacting  with a Web page.  Over time, we began to appreciate data
   that might appeal to multiple users simultaneously."

Unrecognized  in this  article  is one of the  primary  strengths  of  broadcast
data--because it is truly  point-to-multipoint,  it is irrelevant how many users
are on it (unlike  the  Internet!).  One need only think back to last  October's
wild  market  gyrations  for a  vivid  example  of what  this  can  mean.  DTN's
subscribers,  unlike Internet users,  kept receiving their data without a hitch.
That more people suddenly and unexpectedly used DTN's information more intensely
and for longer  durations had zero impact on DTN's  ability to reliably  perform
under  extreme  market  conditions.   The  Internet,  on  the  other  hand,  was
effectively  choked,  either  because  the  Information  Provider's  site proved
insufficient  to handle the  increased  number of users or because the  Internet
Backbone  could not manage the  increase in the  cumulative  load. A system most
likely to fail or be otherwise  unreliable at the most critical  times,  failing
specifically  because these are critical moments, is not what a serious business
model is built upon. 

Also somewhat  unrecognized  is the nature of information  content.  Much of the
lure of the Internet is the sheer volume of information.  Nearly any information
you might ever want is in  there--somewhere.  (This led to the descriptive term,
"Data Smog".) This superfluity  becomes somewhat less thrilling the first time a
search is conducted that comes back with 80,000 sites to visit.  As the Internet
expands,  it becomes ever more complex and confusing  until even the  "insiders"
can't sort it out,  let alone those in the broader  consumer  markets.  However,
there is a growing awareness of the difference  between abundance and relevance.
People are  impressed by the former,  but will pay for the latter.  One of DTN's
primary advantages lies in the nature of our information  content.  It is highly
focused and kept relevant to the targeted market. It is consistently tailored to
be  appropriate  to the  user's  needs.  Our  content  is  vetted  by a  trusted
source--DTN.  Being well organized,  content is easily accessed through a simple
and consistent interface. This enhances the likelihood of frequent use, and thus
value.

DTN has used  broadcast  data for the last fourteen  years.  To  paraphrase  the
country  western  song--DTN was PUSH before PUSH was cool. As new  variations of
broadcast-data-oriented  technology become economical and reliable,  DTN has the
years of  experience  to best take  advantage of them.  As many  companies  have
discovered, it's not as easy as it looks.

                                       8

                                    - 268 -
<PAGE>

The Information Appliance...or,  Can't It Just  Be  There  When I Need  It?  

A new holy grail is dreamed of in the information marketplace. It is referred to
as the  "Information  Appliance".  This,  once found, is dreamed of as the entry
vehicle into the non-computer-oriented  mass market. This construct is generally
agreed to have the following attributes:

   1) Targeted  purpose:  It is meant to do what it does well and with complete
      reliability;  therefore,  it is not built to do everything under the sun.
      Quality counts.

   2) Connectionless:  It is on and available at all times. It does not require 
      that a special  connection be made each day or for each use. 

   3) Easy to use: It is simple, convenient, and intuitive. Virtually anyone 
      should be able to walk up and use it  without  training.  There is already
      too much intricacy and complexity in people's lives.

   4) Affordable:  This is subjective,  but generally means  that  there is not
      a large front-end load when getting the system or service.

   5) Flexible:  Can be modified to provide different  uses in differing markets
      for different user needs.  

   6)  Transparency:  The user is unaware of the internals  of the  computing;
       i.e., by analogy,  one need not  understand  the  workings of the engine,
       transmission, drive train, etc. in order to get in and drive a car.

While these are considered "new" concepts to much of the technology marketplace,
DTN has a fourteen-year  history of successfully  implementing them. Focusing on
niche  markets with real profit  potential has arguably kept DTN somewhat out of
the limelight.  Meanwhile,  we've long been drawing far ahead of our competition
in many ways.  DTN has grown to dominate  several niche  markets,  often against
major  recognized  name-brand  competition.  That we strive to  incorporate  the
attributes  listed  above  helps  to  explain  why.  DTN  uses  technology  that
works--including, when appropriate, the Internet.

Building Lasting Value...or,  Feeding the Rat!

Many  of us at  DTN  have  been  seeing  various  Web-oriented  sites  that  are
technologically impressive.  However, they often remind us of a battle of "bells
& whistles"  representing software and site without a real business.  One of the
problems  with  software,  even  very  good  software,  is  that,  if you find a
successful niche, you will be copied or surpassed. In most instances, within the
world of the Internet,  the latest  technological  advance provides little or no
long-term advantage or franchise.  Legion are the companies that are on this rat
race of a developmental treadmill.  Generally, without enough reliably-recurring
revenue to feed the rat, even venture capital runs out some time.

In short, the technology wars continue. With so many market niches to be served,
it is unlikely that there will ever be a single winner.  Different tools are the
right tools for differing needs and different niches. Because of this, while the
Internet  is a clear  winner  in many  sectors,  so are DTN's  basic  technology
choices.  Technology, while oftentimes flashy and captivating our interest, does
not alone hold the key to long-term  success.  Instead,  the full  spectrum of a
coherent market-proven business model, well-implemented and flexibly maintained,
does. We at DTN strive to overlook no tool or  technology  that will continue to
support our successful  business model and enhance the lasting value represented
by our company. See us at www.dtn.com and www.dayta.com.

                                   Sincerely,


                                   Robert S. Herman
                                   Senior VP, Research & Product Development

                                       9

                                    - 269 -
<PAGE>

BUSINESS REVIEW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Data Transmission  Network  Corporation (DTN) began operations in April 1984 and
continues to provide comprehensive, time-sensitive information and communication
services for a variety of industries.  DTN services grew to 158,800  subscribers
throughout the U.S. and Canada in 1997.  The subscriber  growth is attributed to
the high  retention  rate of existing  services  and the addition of several new
services in the agricultural, weather and financial service industries. A review
of these  services and the year's  highlights for each industry are discussed in
this report. 

The Company's  subscription  services are targeted at niche business markets and
designed to be timely, simple to use, and convenient. The Company's distribution
technology  provides an  efficient  means of sending data and  information  from
point to multi-point.  The development of a cost-effective  electronic satellite
delivery  system,  plus a total  commitment to customer  service and information
quality has enabled the Company to become a major  player in the  communications
industry.  The  Company  continues  to  invest  time and  money  developing  and
enhancing its information distribution  technology.  These investments allow the
Company to take advantage of many  engineering  and software  advancements in an
exciting and growing industry.

                                       10

                                    - 270 -
<PAGE>

INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNOLOGY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company is committed to
researching  and  developing  distribution  technologies  that cost  effectively
delivers the timely  information  that the  Company's  subscribers  demand.  DTN
supports several information distribution technologies allowing the distribution
(transmission) and receiving (capture, manipulation and display) of information.
These technologies include small dish Ku-band satellite (Ku), FM radio side-band
channels (FM), FAX, Cable TV (by using the vertical blanking interval,  or VBI),
e-mail and the Internet.  

The  first  technology  used  by the  Company  was FM  radio  side-band.  The Ku
technology was added in 1989,  providing the ability to reach customers  outside
the  geographic  territory of the FM signal.  FAX, VBI,  e-mail and the Internet
were added to further expand our distribution network.

The Company  provides all of the equipment  necessary for subscribers to receive
their service  based on FM, Ku and VBI. The exception is DTN's new service,  DTN
Real^Time,  where  information  is delivered via a new generation of proprietary
hardware into a personal computer (PC), owned by the subscriber.  This equipment
includes a receiver,  specifically  built for the Company,  a video monitor,  FM
antenna or a small 30" Ku-band satellite dish. A keyboard, mouse and printer may
be  provided  depending  on the  service.  DTN is  responsible  for  the  normal
maintenance and repair of the subscriber equipment.

Prior to 1992,  the Company  utilized a  "page-based"  receiver  and  monochrome
system. The monochrome system translates the Company's data stream into text and
is capable,  depending on capacity,  of receiving and displaying from 126 to 246
pages of  information.  The  monochrome  receiver is also capable of downloading
information to a printer or computer.

In 1992,  the  Company  introduced  the  Advanced  Communications  Engine  (ACE)
receiver,  a color  graphics  receiver  system,  expanding the unit's ability to
provide  information  and  communication  services.  The ACE  receiver  contains
multiple  processors for capturing,  manipulating and displaying high resolution
color pictures, graphics and text. A separate processor enables the unit to play
audio clips for weather forecasts,  voice advertisements or audio alarms set for
when a futures contract reaches a pre-set price. In addition, this processor may
send and retrieve  information by using an internal  modem  connected to a phone
line.

                                       11

                                    - 271 -
<PAGE>


The ACE  receiver is also  capable of  downloading  information  to a printer or
computer.  This  receiver  is  equipped  with an  internal  hard drive  allowing
processed  information to be stored,  archived (versus frequent  rebroadcasting)
and displayed.  The receiver's built-in control panel,  keyboard or mouse allows
subscribers to conveniently access this information.

One unique aspect of the Company's  information  distribution  technology is the
computer  software  developed  by the  Company  specifically  for use  with  DTN
receivers. This software manages information from a wide array of input sources,
runs  routines,   sets  priorities  and  then  initiates  transmissions  to  the
satellite.  The software can individually address each receiver unit placed with
a  subscriber,  permitting  the Company to transmit  specific  information  to a
specific  subscriber  or group  of  subscribers.  The  Company  leases  FM radio
side-band  channels,  satellite channels and VBI space to deliver information to
the Company's  receivers used by its  subscribers.  All information is up-linked
from Omaha to  satellite  (except  Internet,  FAX and other  telephone  delivery
technology)  and down-linked  from the satellite to the subscriber  based on the
distribution technology.

FM  monochrome  subscribers  receive  their  services  from an FM  antenna  that
delivers the information via side-band signals transmitted from radio stations.

On December 31, 1997, 12,500  subscribers were receiving the Company's  services
via FM distribution technology. The Ku subscribers utilize a 30" satellite dish,
a direct down-link, to receive their information.  On December 31, 1997, 143,300
subscribers   were  receiving  the  Company's   services  via  Ku   distribution
technology.

Early in 1994,  the Company began using a new cable TV  distribution  technology
involving vertical blanking intervals (VBI). The Company contracted with a major
cable TV  superstation  to  transmit  information  along with the  station's  TV
signal. This technology  eliminates the need for an FM antenna or satellite dish
and is available to  businesses  or  residences  that are wired for cable TV and
receive the superstation's service. On December 31, 1997, 2,000 subscribers were
receiving the Company's services by VBI distribution technology.

The Company has approximately  18,000 customers receiving  information using FAX
technology.  The e-mail  business is primarily a subscriber  (an e-mail  source)
communicating specific messages to a group of subscribers.  Currently, there are
over  900  e-mail  sources   delivering  over  1,500  pages  of  information  to
subscribers daily.

Currently,  DTN offers  services via the Internet in the  agriculture,  produce,
weather  and  finance  service  lines and  plans to  continue  researching  this
information  distribution  technology.  On December 31, 1997, 1,000  subscribers
were receiving the Company's services by Internet distribution technology.


                                       12

                                    - 272 -
<PAGE>

SERVICES OFFERED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company's  revenue is derived  primarily from five categories:  (1) monthly,
quarterly or annual  subscriptions,  (2) optional  services,  (3)  communication
services,  (4)  advertising and (5) service  initiation  fees. The percentage of
total revenue for each category over the last three fiscal years was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                1997    1996    1995
                                ----    ----    ----
        <S>                     <C>     <C>     <C> 
        Subscriptions           80 %    76 %    74 %
        Optional services        5 %     6 %     6 %
        Communication services   8 %     9 %    11 %
        Advertising              3 %     3 %     3 %
        Service Initiation Fees  4 %     6 %     6 %

</TABLE>

Subscription revenue is generated from monthly, quarterly or annual subscription
fees  for one of the  Company's  services.  The  Company  offers a  discount  to
subscribers who pre-pay their subscriptions  annually. A more detailed review of
each  service is found later in this  report. 

Optional  services are offered to subscribers on an "a la carte" basis,  similar
to premium  channels on cable TV.  Information  for these  services is primarily
provided by a third party with DTN receiving a share of the subscription revenue
paid by the subscriber.  Optional  services  revenue  continues to grow in total
dollars at a rate  commensurate  with the overall  growth of the Company due, in
part, to new technological innovations using the Internet, FAX and e-mail.

The Company sells communication  services allowing companies to cost-effectively
communicate  a large amount of timely  information  to their  customers or field
offices.  This category includes revenue generated from FAX and e-mail services.
Communication revenue continued to grow in total dollars and management believes
this area offers opportunities for future growth.

The  Company  sells  advertising  interspersed  among  the  pages  of  news  and
information,  similar to a newspaper or magazine. The advantage of an electronic
advertisement  over typical  print media is the ability to change or replace the
advertising  message  quickly and as  frequently as market  conditions  dictate.
Advertising revenue maintained the same percentage of total revenue due to rapid
subscriber  and  subscription  revenue  growth  as well as the  addition  of new
services with available advertising space.

Service initiation fees are one-time charges for new subscriptions  depending on
the service and the  information  distribution  technology.  DTN also charges an
initiation  fee for  subscribers  converting  to  another  service  (ie:  from a
monochrome FM to a Ku color service).

                                       13

                                    - 273 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INDUSTRY SERVED AT A GLANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                    TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                    PRICE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------    ---------
THE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRY
DTN/AgDaily/DTN FarmDayta
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>                                    <C>
Providing agricultural market information, delayed commodity futures and options    FM-Side Band/Page Based-Monochrome     $31
quotes, local cash grain and livestock prices, regional and world weather updates   Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based-Mono.     $37
and a variety of daily analysis, commentary and news affecting grain and live-      Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $46-$54
stock prices.                                                                       Internet/Subscriber PC                 $25

Pro-SeriesSM/DTN FarmDayta Elite Plus              
Providing services with advanced information sources for Ag producers, agri-        Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $67-$84
businesses and commodity traders requiring extensive information to be
customized for their specific needs.

DTNstant
Providing real-time futures and options quotes, headline commodity news and         Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $180
information.  This service also includes all the information found on DTN AgDaily.

DTNironSM
Providing an equipment locator and inventory management service for the farm        Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $104
implement dealer.  Designed to allow dealers to work together to locate, buy and
sell used farm equipment with other dealers/subscribers.

DTN Produce
Providing comprehensive weather, pricing, transportation and news information for   Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $65-$91
the growers, shippers, packers, brokers, retailers and institutions linked to       Internet/Subscriber PC                 $53
the produce industry.

DTN Cotton Network
Providing an electronic marketing system for the cotton industry.  The service      Ku-Band/Satellite/ACE Color to a PC    $.50/
allows gins, brokers, buyers, and warehouses to share data allowing fast and                                               bale
accurate marketing and accounting of cotton offered and sold.                                                              listing

THE WEATHER INDUSTRY
DTN Weather Center
Providing a comprehensive weather information system to meet the weather infor-     Ku-Band Satellite/ACE-Color            $76
mation needs of many industries.  Subscribers to DTN Weather Center rely on         Internet/Subscribers' PC               $35
accurate and easily accessible weather information as a critical ingredient in
operating planning and staffing decisions.

DTN Turf ManagerSM        
Providing weather information to individuals and businesses involved in turf-       Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $84
related operations such as golf course, lawn maintenance, landscaping and sod 
farms.  The service provides news, weather and chemical information designed for
turf management.

DTN Aviation CenterSM    
Providing comprehensive aviation weather specifically for pilots, airports and      Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $103-$152
Fixed Based Operators (FBO's).  This service supplies airports, pilots and FBO's
with comprehensive flight-plan information found on premier "on-line" systems.

DTN Contractor DaytaSM    
Providing construction businesses with industry news, association and industry      Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $82
information, construction news, bids and resources along with all the weather
information on DTN Weather Center.

DTN Travel CenterSM      
Providing weather, news, markets and sports information to motel and hotel          Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $88
customers.  This service is targeted at motels and hotels with 50+ rooms and
includes road condition forecasts and special notices for travelers.

DTN MarineSM             
Providing specialty weather features including coastal sea condition forecasts,     Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $91
marine buoy data for wind and weather temperature and sea surface temperature
maps.

DTN ForestrySM         
Providing specialty weather services targeted at the District Forest Management     Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $91
offices in the lower 48 U.S. states and Canada.

</TABLE>

                                       14

                                    - 274 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                    TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                  PRICE(1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------      -----------
THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY
DTN Real^Time
<S>                                                                                 <C>                                  <C>    
Providing instant quotes on over 175,000 different stocks, stock options and        Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $98-$138(2)
commodities.  This service delivers the information via a new generation of DTN     Subscribers' PC
proprietary hardware into a subscriber's PC when it is captured and displayed
through the use of customer software.

DTN Spectrum
Providing delayed quotes, business news, economic data and financial market         Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $68
information.  This service is an enhanced version of DTN Wall Street that
includes customer programming.

DTN Wall Street         
Providing exchange delayed financial quotes plus in-depth economic and business     Ku-Band Satellite/Page-Based Mono.   $44
news, financial information to independent brokers, financial advisors and          Cable TV-VBI/Page-Based Monochrome   $44
instructions.

DTN FirstRate           
Providing wholesale price information in an easy-to-use standard format along       Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based-Mono.    $98
with intra day interest rate information.                                           Cable TV-VBI/Page Based Monochrome   $98
                                                                                    Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $129
                                                                                    Cable TV-VBI/ACE Color               $129

THE ENERGY INDUSTRY

DTNergy-Refined Fuels
Providing terminal prices, alerts, electronic fund transfer notifications and       Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based-Mono.   $40
other communication services from petroleum refiners to their customers (also       Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $79
DTN subscribers).

DTNergy-DTN Natural Gas and Electricity
Providing instant or delayed NYMEX energy options and futures quotes, weather       Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $40-$180
and industry information.


THE AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY

DTNautoSM                 
Providing a communication and information vehicle for the automobile industry       Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $98-$120
including precise value trade-in information for dealerships, a used car inven-
tory locating service and direct communication services for auction companies
and manufacturers.


THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDUSTRY

TracElectric             
Providing an equipment locator service for the electric equipment industry with     Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based-Mono.   $100(3)
over 100 pages of new, remanufactured, surplus and used electrical equipment
listings.

THE FREIGHT TRANSPORTATION INDUSTRY

DAT Services              
Providing an information communication system for the tracking industry that        Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $89(4)
provides load and truck matching on a data base of 30,000 listings updated
daily.

OTHER SERVICES

DTN Missing Information Center         
Providing instant transmission of data regarding children in danger to local,       Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System   $ - (5)
regional, national and Canadian outlets.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

(1)      Monthly subscription price.  DTN offers discounts for annual prepayments.

(2)      Plus exchange fees.

(3)      DTN shares revenue with TracElectric.

(4)      DTN receives this fee from DAT Services.

(5)      Currently provided on all ACE Color systems.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       15

                                    - 275 -
<PAGE>

THE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1993      1994      1995      1996      1997      
                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      
<S>                                  <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
DTN Agricultural Services Revenue
         ($ millions)                27       33.7       44       69.7      87.5
</TABLE>

The DTN  Agricultural  Services are DTN Ag Services,  DTNstant,  DTN PROduce and
DTNiron.  Within DTN Ag Services are DTN AgDaily,  DTN ProSeries,  DTN FarmDayta
and DTN FarmDayta On Line. 

New  subscriptions  are primarily sold by the Company's  national sales force of
employee district sales representatives,  in-house sales staff, and independent,
commission-only sales  representatives.  The Company obtains leads for the sales
force through  telemarketing,  direct mail, print media advertising and customer
referrals.

The main  competition to these services is the  combination of printed  advisory
services,  radio, television,  telephone,  other satellite information services,
online services and the changing of old information gathering habits.

There are over 200  optional  services  available to  agricultural  subscribers.
These services consist of advisory,  informational  and educational  products as
well as newswire,  association and additional free services. DTN subscribers can
customize their DTN unit to their specific needs by choosing from a broad mix of
these "a la carte" services. DTN is continually developing new optional services
to meet  customer  demands  by  listening  closely  to the  marketplace  and the
customer.

The Company  markets these  services  through a combination  of individual  free
trials,   system-wide  trials,  on-screen  advertising,   direct  mail,  invoice
stuffers,  equipment stuffers and telemarketing.  Optional Service subscriptions
increased in 1997 fueled by these marketing  campaigns and the increase in total
DTN subscription  sales.  Optional service  subscription prices range from $6 to
$1,200 per quarter with the average subscription price of $60/quarter.

Communication  services (DTN  InfoMail)  plays an important  role in providing a
cost effective means to reach a large number of targeted customers daily. At the
touch of a button,  subscribers  have instant access to messages 24 hours a day.
Currently,  there are over 900 InfoMail customers receiving information tailored
to their specific  needs.  DTN InfoMail  provides  services for elevators,  seed
sales reps, agronomists,  chemical sales reps and technical advisors,  commodity
brokers,  processing  plants,  feedlots and anyone with a need to communicate to
DTN subscribers.

                                       16

                                    - 276 -
<PAGE>

In 1997, the agricultural services sold over $3.7 million dollars in advertising
to major players in the ag industry,  ag chemical and seed companies,  equipment
and finance businesses.  The color system  capabilities,  such as inter-activity
and animation, continue to entice new advertisers.  Advertising research in 1997
confirmed that DTN is an important player in the agricultural media field.

DTN Ag Services  
Approximately
80% of the Ag Services  subscribers are farmers or livestock  producers with the
balance consisting primarily of grain elevators,  agribusinesses,  and financial
institutions.  Subscribers  to DTN Ag  Services  farm  nearly  one  third of the
nation's  total  cropland  and market more than 50% of the  nation's  cattle and
hogs.  

DTN ag management  believes the trend toward  consolidation into larger farms as
well as the government's  move toward fewer  agricultural  price supports and an
open market system, expands the need for agricultural information services. This
expansion need provides for steady growth within DTN Ag Services.

AgDaily Service Review 
DTN AgDaily is an agricultural  market  information,  quote and weather service.
Subscribers  receive delayed  commodity  futures and options quotes;  local cash
grain and livestock prices;  selected regional and world weather updates;  and a
variety of daily  analysis,  commentary and news that affect grain and livestock
prices.

DTN AgDaily color graphics allows for an advanced  weather segment with national
and regional radar maps (updated  every 15 minutes),  infrared  satellite  cloud
cover maps, precipitation,  temperature, jet stream, surface wind and snow cover
maps, and much more. The  subscriber  can custom design high  resolution  charts
and/or select from a library that holds over 1,000 charts. The system is capable
of custom  programming  the  futures  quotes  pages to  display  only the quotes
subscribers desire. The service also includes  information segments for specific
crop  and  livestock  enterprises  as  well as  general,  business,  sports  and
entertainment news.

The DTN AgDaily color service also offers crop liability insurance and livestock
profitability  calculators  by  using  the  inter-activity  feature  allowing  a
subscriber to search a comprehensive database.

Pro Series Service Review
DTN offers services with advanced  features for the agricultural  industry.  The
Pro  Series'  enhanced  functionality  includes a high  interest  window to view
future or  options  quotes  on any  page,  key word  search  that  automatically
searches the news story database for articles affecting the user's operation,  a
customized  segment with up to five of the user's favorite pages, and a personal
library serving as a customized archive segment.

The DTN Pro Series  includes six  services:  Weather Pro,  News Pro,  Chart Pro,
Intraday Pro, Stock Pro and DTN Premier.

Weather Pro is the  "meteorological  connection" to an array of current weather,
forecast and satellite  radar  information.  This service allows  subscribers to
choose from over 70 weather maps  including  detailed  regional,  state and zone
forecasts.  The Weather Pro service gives subscribers 32 programmable  pages for
creating their own unique weather information.

 News Pro is the "broadcast connection" to timely
business,  sports,  entertainment,  financial,  and general news of the day. The
service also provides an audio summary of the day's  agricultural news. News Pro
subscribers  receive AP Online, a service of the Associated Press.

Chart Pro is the "graphic  connection"  bringing a variety of information to the
screen in an organized format allowing  subscribers to analyze trends,  patterns
and cycles.  This service includes 40 pages for programmable charts allowing the
subscriber to create an extensive "chart book".

Intraday Pro is the "trading  connection" to the first low-cost system available
with the ability to chart market  sessions  minute-by-minute  during the trading
day. This service  allows  subscribers  to choose time intervals for charting to
keep them abreast of the markets.

Stock Pro is the "market connection"  providing access to prices for over 50,000
issues of stocks,  bonds and funds.  This  service  includes  stock quotes using
either the quick quote  feature or the  programmable  quotes  pages.  Additional
features  include a personal  library for storing news and  information  and the
high interest  windows  allowing  subscribers  to  constantly  monitor up to six
futures, options, stock or bond quotes.

                                       17

                                    - 277 -
<PAGE>

DTN Premier  combines  Weather Pro, News Pro,  Chart Pro and Intraday Pro into a
comprehensive ag marketing and information  package. DTN Premier Plus adds Stock
Pro to the package targeting the farmer, rancher or agribusiness needing all the
market information available in one convenient location.

DTN FarmDayta  Service  Review 
DTN FarmDayta was the principle asset acquired from the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners in May 1996. Its content is very similar to DTN AgDaily. In fact, since
its  inception  in 1990,  DTN  FarmDayta  was the  primary  competition  for DTN
AgDaily.  FarmDayta gives the Company a fully  integrated  agricultural  service
line with price entry points  across a wide  spectrum,  expanding  the marketing
horizons  for all DTN  agricultural  services.  The  Company  maintains  the DTN
FarmDayta facilities, with nearly 100 employees, in Des Moines, Iowa.

DTN FarmDayta is an agricultural market  information,  quote and weather service
delivering  delayed commodity  futures and options quotes;  local cash grain and
livestock prices;  selected regional and world weather updates; and a variety of
daily analysis, commentary and news that affect grain and livestock prices.

DTN FarmDayta Elite is an advanced  version of DTN FarmDayta.  Features  include
additional options quotes, charting, weather maps and a hard drive to store data
in the receiver which is critical to maintaining storage of information during a
power outage.

DTN FarmDayta Elite Plus is an advanced  service that includes the DTN FarmDayta
Elite  features  and is similar in content to the DTN Pro Series.  This  service
includes more advanced news (Reuters Headline News), quotes,  weather (including
motion and zoom capabilities) and programmable charts.

DTN FarmDayta On Line Service Review 
The Company introduced its first agricultural Internet service, DTN FarmDayta On
Line,  in 1996.  DTN  FarmDayta  On Line is similar in content to DTN  FarmDayta
Elite  Plus  and is  designed  for  the  producer  preferring  to use his or her
personal  computer  to  receive  information  or is  not  able  to  utilize  the
traditional   satellite-based   system   supplied   by  DTN.   The   market  for
subscription-based  Internet  services is  relatively  new yet FarmDayta On Line
closed the year with over 1,000 subscribers.

Information  includes  animated weather maps,  satellite and summary maps, short
and long range forecast maps,  news commentary and analysis as well as unlimited
access to futures and option quotes from all the major exchanges. Also available
is commodities for energy,  financial,  currency,  metals and other exchanges as
well  as  instant  access  to  daily,   weekly  and  monthly  commodity  charts.
Customization  capabilities  allow  for  organization  of the  most  often  used
information for business decisions.

1997 DTN Ag Services Highlights
DTN Ag Services enjoyed another banner year in 1997,  generating over 12,000 new
sales and  maintaining  a  retention  rate of over  90%.  Ag  Services  exceeded
corporate expectations in sales, revenues and operating cash flow.

                                       18

                                    - 278 -
<PAGE>

DTN Pro Series continued to grow, increasing 21% in net subscribers. This growth
is an example of Ag Services' ongoing efforts to switch  subscribers to enhanced
service lines,  providing them with more information and DTN with higher revenue
per subscriber.

Integration  of  FarmDayta  into DTN is  complete.  The  FarmDayta  service  now
represents  a  significant  percentage  of Ag  Services  total sales and service
upgrades.

DTN FarmDayta On Line continues to grow with over 1,000  subscribers.  Continued
enhancements to the Internet service is scheduled for 1998. The most significant
enhancement  planned is the  introduction  of DTN AgDayta,  an Internet  service
featuring  a  combination  of both  AgDaily  and  FarmDayta  providing  the most
comprehensive ag service available.

In 1998 Ag Services will continue to seek  opportunities for enhancing  existing
services by strengthening  the content and increasing the variety of information
provided.

DTNstant Service Review 
DTNstant is a leader in providing  satellite  delivery of real-time  futures and
options quotes from the major  commodity  exchanges and headline  commodity news
from  multiple  sources such as the  Associated  Press,  Futures  World News and
Bridge.  The service also provides  market-leading  cash  information,  in-depth
charting  capabilities  plus all the  information  available  on the DTN AgDaily
color service.

In addition,  the service  provides  information for the energy,  metals,  softs
(i.e.,  orange juice,  coffee,  cocoa),  transportation  and lumber  industries.
DTNstant uses compatible  software allowing the "pass thru" of data and graphics
into a computer's  local area network  (LAN).  With this  capability,  a DTN ACE
receiver can feed  information to multiple  users/traders on the LAN. This "pass
thru" software opens new markets by utilizing information  distribution within a
customer's LAN, enhancing analytical capabilities.

Other valuable features are user-programmable  formulas for data analysis,  high
interest windows to include news stories, and increased keyboard functionality.

DTNstant  operates in a very  competitive  market  with  numerous  national  and
regional  providers of instant  commodity  quotes.  The primary  subscribers are
commercial  grain  companies  and  elevators,  feedlots,  commodity  brokers and
commodity  speculators.   No  other  service  in  the  industry  offers  a  more
comprehensive  news  and  information  service.  Due to the  character  of  this
industry,  the Company provides on-site service and installation by professional
service technicians.

1997 DTNstant Highlights 
DTNstant experienced substantial growth in 1997, in part, due to two synergistic
acquisitions.  In February, DTN acquired 500 subscribers from Market Quoters and
Northern  Data  Services  in  Minnesota,  the  Dakotas  and Iowa,  mainly  grain
elevators and brokers. In March, DTNstant acquired 2,400 subscribers from Market
Communications Group LLC (MCG).

The MCG acquisition  made it possible to  redistribute  Reuters news, a renowned
leader,  to  DTNstant   subscribers.   The  service  now  provides  unparalleled
information  and  strategic  news for  commodity  traders  including  access  to
additional  international  information,  news packages for softs (i.e.,  coffee,
sugar, cocoa and orange juice), metals and energy.

DTNstant  subscribers  and  revenues  grew  36% and 49%,  respectively,  in 1997
compared to 1996. This growth reflects the acquisitions as well as the continued
use of third party  software for display of news,  quotes and maps for increased
analytical  capabilities  and for  access  to  subscribers  through  Local  Area
Networks (LAN).
                                       19

                                    - 279 -
<PAGE>

DTNiron Service Review 
DTNiron provides a cost-effective  communication resource for the farm implement
industry.  DTNiron is an  equipment  locator and  inventory  management  service
providing a communication tool for farm implement dealers throughout the U.S and
Canada.

DTNiron provides  detailed listings of farm implements and equipment for sale or
needed by  dealers.  A listing  remains  on the system for a minimum of 30 days,
renewable at the dealer's request.  Subscribers receive industry news, financial
information,  economic  indicators and information from the DTN AgDaily service.
DTNiron also includes listings of construction  equipment,  trucks, trailers and
other  equipment  found  in the  agricultural  industry.  The  service  provides
listings for implement and equipment  parts,  especially  hard to find parts. In
addition,  the service  sorts  listings by regions and provides  hourly  updates
keeping information timely for DTN subscribers.

DTNiron includes the Combine and Tractor Demand Monitor which provides the first
widely   distributed   annual   sales   outlook  for  the  tractor  and  combine
manufacturers.  This monthly economic study released to all DTNiron  subscribers
helps track the  money-making  trends in the  industry.  The Combine and Tractor
Demand Monitor is released to the trade and  agricultural  press one or two days
after release to DTNiron subscribers.

1997 DTNiron Highlights
In 1997,  DTNiron added their retail  equipment  listings to its newly developed
website on the  Internet  (www.dtniron.com).  This  allows  subscribers  to gain
additional  exposure for their listings at no additional charge.  Internet users
easily locate  equipment for sale by using a drill-down  database  search engine
directing  them to  DTNiron's  complete  Web  listing.  Dealers can also receive
e-mail from potential  buyers or, if they are not e-mail enabled,  DTN will call
or FAX the message to the dealer.

Also in 1997,  dealer  listings  were  added to DTN Pro  Series  increasing  the
dealer's ability to reach an additional 50,000 plus high-income farmers.

DTN PROduce Service Review
DTN PROduce is an  authority  in providing  the produce  industry  with the most
timely information available. There are four major components to the DTN PROduce
service.  First  is  weather,  the most  critical  information  for the  produce
industry. Second is immediate pricing updates,  formatted by commodity,  growing
area and terminal market. Third is transportation information with freight rates
and daily truck availability for the major growing areas.  Finally,  the service
provides a comprehensive  news package including AP Online.  Other  key-industry
news  sources  are "The  Packer"  and "The  Produce  News" in addition to credit
information  provided by the "Produce Reporter Company" and the "Red Book Credit
Service".

DTN PROduce maintains a price discovery network,  DTNdexSM, that is the industry
standard.  Competition in this industry  continues to focus on older technology,
such as FAX machines.

                                       20

                                    - 280 -
<PAGE>

The entire produce food chain of growers, shippers,  packers, brokers, retailers
and  institutions  benefit from information  provided by this service.  A custom
service for the produce grower is also available  containing all the features of
DTN  PROduce  except for  transportation  information  and AP Online  news.  DTN
PROduce expanded its service to the Internet in 1996 to accommodate seasonal and
international customers unable to utilize the satellite dish technology.

1997 DTN PROduce  Highlights 
DTN PROduce  introduced Price Link in 1997. This service allows suppliers to use
the DTN  system to FAX,  e-mail  and send  messages  in a more  timely  and cost
effective  manner.  Instead of phoning or faxing price lists,  a supplier  sends
lists  through  the DTN  system.  Prices  can be changed  or added  quickly  and
efficiently  using this system.  New software,  Price Link Plus, allows users to
download  price  lists  from  the DTN  system  to  their  personal  computer  to
manipulate  information in  spreadsheets or to develop  specialized  screens for
individual needs.

DTN PROduce  continues to provide the industry with the tools  necessary to save
time, make money and communicate information, pricing and other information in a
fraction of the time of existing systems.

DTN Cotton  Network  Service  Review 
In July of 1997,  DTN  acquired  the  customer  base and  other  assets  of "The
Network", a cotton  communications  company based in Lubbock,  Texas. DTN Cotton
Network is an electronic cotton marketing system designed to operate on a user's
personal  computer using software  developed  specifically for cotton accounting
and marketing.

Users dial into a DTN data center via modem to upload bale ownership information
and to list cotton for broadcast to prospective buyers. Information is broadcast
via DTN Ku band  satellite  and  passed  through  a serial  port  into  personal
computers located at both buyer and seller locations.

1997 DTN Cotton Network  Highlights
After  acquiring "The Network",  seven gins were added and DTN more than doubled
the number of buyers on the system to 46. At many sites,  computer  hardware was
upgraded and  additional  software  enhancements  made,  providing more reliable
systems.

DTN Cotton Network subscribers are primarily located in West Texas and Oklahoma.
Expansion  into other areas of the cotton belt are  expected in the future.  The
service  handled  over 569,000  bales during the 1997 crop year  compared to the
previous crop year of only 452,000 bales.

                                       21

                                    - 281 -
<PAGE>

THE WEATHER INDUSTRY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1994      1995      1996      1997      
                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      
<S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
DTN Weather Services Revenue
         ($ millions)                 .0        1.0      5.6      10.7 
</TABLE>

DTN Weather Center Service Review DTN Weather Center is a comprehensive  weather
information  system  designed  to meet  the  weather  information  needs of many
industries.  Markets  specifically  targeted  by DTN  Weather  Center  are  golf
courses,   turf   management,   emergency   management,   state   transportation
departments, public works departments, construction and aviation.

DTN Weather Center  introduced new products in 1997 designed  especially for the
marine,  forestry and travel industry. DTN Weather Center provides more than 100
weather  maps,  20 regional  radar maps,  including  NEXRAD  radar and  infrared
satellite  photos and six  satellite  maps.  The  service  provides  short-range
(immediate to 48-hour)  forecasts,  long-range  (3-90 day) outlooks,  and 10-day
city  forecasts  for more than 550 cities in the U.S.  and  Canada.  The service
includes  programmable  capabilities to customize maps, and an archival  section
for saving maps.

Optional services, such as AP Online News, newswires,  industry association news
and others are also available on all Weather Center services.

DTN Weather Center is a critical  ingredient in  operational  planning and staff
decisions  for  industries  where  timely,   accurate  and  accessible   weather
information are vital.

DTN Turf Manager Service Review
DTN Weather  Center Turf  Manager is  available to  individuals  and  businesses
involved in  turf-related  operations  such as golf courses,  lawn  maintenance,
landscaping and sod farms. This service provides the news,  weather and chemical
information  needed for effective turf management.

Chemical  and  Pesticide  Press  Turf  Index is a unique  feature  providing  an
information  database  of more than 275 turf  pesticides.  Material  Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) were recently  added  providing an even more valuable  information
service for subscribers.

Thor Guard, the only lightning  prediction system available,  warns of lightning
strikes  before  they  happen  and  is now  available  as an  optional  service.
Evapotranspiration  Tables  provide  regional  evaporation  rates  to  plan  for
watering and chemical applications.

ESPN Sports  Ticker  provides  current golf  related  stories and results and AP
Online provides more than 300 current news stories from four chapters,  General,
Business, Sports and Entertainment.  The National Golf Course Directory includes
a database of locations,  phone numbers,  course pros and course superintendents
for all member courses.

These features,  along with the comprehensive  weather  information,  provides a
complete turf industry package.

DTN Aviation  Center Service Review
DTN  Aviation  Center is a  comprehensive  aviation  weather  package  specially
designed for pilots,  airports and Fixed Base  Operators  (FBO's).  DTN Aviation
Center  supplies  airports,  pilots  and FBO's  with the  extensive  flight-plan
information found on many premier "online" systems.

This package  includes  U.S.  and regional  depiction  maps,  24-hour  low-level
significant weather prognosis, U.S. region winds and temperatures aloft and also
METAR and TAF  information.  Subscribers  use DTN Aviation  Center during flight
services to visualize  current  weather  conditions  while creating their flight
plans. This service also aids in determining alternate route destinations.

                                       22

                                    - 282 -
<PAGE>

Subscribers  choose from the Level I service,  designed  for the  local/regional
flyers up to 18,000  feet,  or the Level II  service,  designed  for  pilots and
airports flying nationally up to 45,000 feet. The Level II service also provides
European flight information.

DTN Contractor Dayta  Service  Review 
DTN  Contractor  Dayta is designed  for the  construction
industry  and includes  construction-related  news and  information  providing a
competitive  advantage for subscribers.  This service provides  valuable weather
information necessary for important day-to-day  construction business decisions.

Industry  specific  information  includes general  information,  association and
industry information, construction news, bids and resources and the contractor's
exchange. Additionally, subscribers receive sports scores, sports highlights and
financial  indicators.  

The service  provides a practical tool  contributing  to labor and material cost
savings and effective management of scheduling and staffing for the construction
industry.

DTN Forestry Center Service Review
DTN Forestry  Center  combined  efforts with the U.S.  Forest Service to provide
critical  forest fire  information to subscribers.  Previously,  district forest
service  offices  relied on a modem  network  assembled  in the late  1960's for
crucial  information on forest fire locations and fire weather  forecasts.  With
DTN Forestry  Center,  forest  service  district  managers  quickly  access fire
weather text bulletins along with a comprehensive set of weather maps.

Bulletins  provided for the forest service market are: Forest Weather Forecasts;
Red Flag Warnings;  Fire Danger  Indexes;  Fire Weather  Observations;  and Fire
Weather  Notices.  A special  chapter of fire weather maps  provides  additional
information such as: Haines Fire Index;  Current and Forecast Relative Humidity;
Current and Forecast  Wind Speed & Direction;  upper air analysis  from 5,000 to
10,000 feet;  and moisture index  information  from both the Crop Moisture Index
and Palmer Drought Index.

DTN Marine Center Service Review 
DTN Marine Center is a provider of  satellite-delivered  weather information for
all areas of the marine industry.

The  service  provides  information  necessary  for  cost-effective,   efficient
decision-making regarding towing, shipping, salvage, service and recreation. The
service includes Lake and Marine Text Bulletins,  Buoy Reports,  Lake and Marine
Maps and Tide Tables as well as general weather  information and sea conditions.
Optional  Services are also available as service  add-ons  providing  additional
means for a more complete information and weather package.

DTN Travel Center Service Review 
DTN  Travel  Center is an  interactive  hotel  quest  service  designed  for the
hospitality  and travel  industries.  The service targets hotels and motels with
50+ rooms and includes NEXRAD  Real-Time Radar Maps,  travel  forecasts and road
conditions,  detailed  city and  national  forecasts,  national  and world news,
sports and sports  scores.  In  addition,  the  service  provides  business  and
financial news and market quotes and indexes.

DTN Travel Center provides a comprehensive  weather and news information package
for the traveler whether he or she is on business or vacationing.

1997 DTN Weather Services  Highlights
DTN Weather  Center  increased  its  subscriber  base in 1997 by more than 5,000
subscribers  bringing  the  total  subscriber  count to  13,000.  Golf  courses,
aviation,  governmental  agencies (emergency management and state transportation
departments) and construction-related  businesses are the leading industries for
DTN Weather Center.

In addition,  DTN Weather  Center  continues  to expand its sales and  marketing
force and to add sales directors for new services when needed.

Other main highlights include the introduction of DTN Forestry Center, developed
in  cooperation  with the U.S.  Forest  Service and the Great Lakes  Forest Fire
Compact.  Also,  the Illinois DOT awarded DTN Weather  Center a bid to more than
double the number of Weather Center units in use in the maintenance  facilities.
Development  and  promotion  of  special  communications  segments  to  transmit
pavement temperatures and site-specific forecasts continued.

                                       23

                                    - 283 -
<PAGE>

THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                                   ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
DTN Financial Services Revenue
    ($ millions)                    4.1       5.1       6.1       8.6      10.3

</TABLE>

DTN Financial Services offers four services,  DTN Real^Time,  DTN SPECTRUM,  DTN
Wall  Street,  and DTN  FirstRate.  There are a  variety  of  Optional  Services
available to Financial Service subscribers  providing stock selection and timing
advice, earnings estimates,  fundamental stock market data, U.S. Treasury quotes
and other financial market-related services.

DTN Financial  Services revenue grew 20% during 1997,  adding to its bullish 26%
compounded revenue growth for the past 5 years.

The main objective for Financial Services is providing  comprehensive,  in-depth
financial  information at an affordable cost to its subscribers.  This objective
is critical due to the highly  competitive  nature of the business.  Contents of
all DTN Financial  Services are broader in scope and cost less than  competitive
services. The "a la carte" optional services offered to subscribers give them an
even greater variety of  information.  This  combination  allows the services to
maintain its competitive advantage in the market.

DTN Real^Time Service Review
DTN  Real^Time  delivers  real-time  stock  and stock  option  quotes as well as
real-time futures quotes,  fixed income  government  securities  quotes,  market
statistics and indicators,  news, commentary and other time-sensitive  financial
market  information.  The  service  is  delivered  at a rate  of  nearly  12,000
characters per second, roughly four times faster than a computer modem operating
at 28.8  kbs,  the  speed  investors  rely on to  receive  Internet-based  quote
services.  DTN  Real^Time  is two to more  than four  times  faster  than  other
dedicated, competitive, real-time quote services. 

DTN  Real^Time  is the first DTN  service  delivered  directly  via  proprietary
hardware to a personal computer.  Previously, DTN services displayed information
on the DTN proprietary  systems or stand-alone units. If desired,  text and data
are "passed thru" these units to a PC using various software packages.

Subscribers  are  offered,  at no  additional  cost,  the  option  of using  DTN
Chameleon,  an exclusive  software  package  compatible  with  Windows  95(R) to
display  market  data,  news and other  financial  information  delivered by DTN
Real^Time.  DTN Chameleon  software also provides market condition alarms,  news
alerts and archiving, charting and portfolio monitoring. There are several other
popular  third-party  software programs available for formatting,  manipulating,
analyzing and displaying market data and news on a single PC or networked PC's.

DTN SPECTRUM Service Review 
DTN  SPECTRUM  is an  enhanced  version  of DTN Wall  Street  utilizing  the ACE
technology. The service provides advanced quote selection and custom programming
along with alarms,  news search and charting  capabilities  appealing to a broad
market of individual investors and investment professions.

DTN SPECTRUM is very well received by new  subscribers  as well as existing DTN
Wall  Street  subscribers  choosing  to  "switch-up"  to the  advanced  SPECTRUM
features.

An extension  of DTN SPECTRUM is the DTN SPECTRUM R-T service.  DTN SPECTRUM R-T
provides  real-time  futures and commodity  quotes along with  exchange  delayed
stock quotes, news and other information.

                                       24

                                    - 284 -
<PAGE>



DTN Wall Street Service Review
DTN Wall Street provides  exchange-delayed  quotes on stocks,  bonds, mutual and
money market funds,  futures,  interest  rates,  currencies and real-time  index
quotes.  This service also provides  in-depth  economic,  financial and business
news  and   other   time-sensitive   financial   market   information   such  as
company-specific  news and earnings.  The service  allows  subscribers to custom
program the system to track their selection of financial quotes.

The  majority  of  subscribers  to DTN Wall  Street  are  individual  investors,
independent brokers, financial advisors and financial institutions.  The primary
competition  for DTN Wall Street is  satellite,  TV cable  (VBI),  Internet  and
dial-up quote services.

DTN  FirstRate  Service  Review
DTN  FirstRate  is a  service  for the  mortgage  industry  providing  wholesale
mortgage  rates in an  easy-to-use  standard  format and intra day interest rate
information  indicating the direction of mortgage loan rates.  This service also
provides  subscribers  with  snapshots  of  real-time  rates from Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac plus other news, commentary and analysis for mortgage lenders.

DTN  FirstRate+  is an enhanced  color  version of DTN  FirstRate.  This service
provides  additional  features which are  well-received by subscribers,  such as
keyword  search,  quick quote,  alarms and zoom  capabilities  for weather. 

DTN FirstRate is marketed by DTN Financial  Services'  institutional sales group
(a select group within the National Sales Force).

1997 DTN Financial Services Highlights 
The most noteworthy  development for DTN Financial Services was the debut of DTN
Real^Time.  DTN SPECTRUM sales also continued strong and prospects for increased
sales of DTN FirstRate is promising.

DTN Financial  Services is now  well-positioned in its market place and offers a
full line of exceptionally  low-cost  financial  information  services useful to
both  individual  investors and to  higher-end  professional  and  institutional
users.  Plus  subscribers  can  choose  to use a  proprietary  DTN  platform  or
networked PC applications.

The  release  of  DTN  Real^Time  created  greater   opportunities   within  the
institutional marketplace. Results are achieved through the National Sales Force
and a subset of financial specialists located in key metropolitan markets. Sales
to individual  investors  also  expanded  driven by direct  response  marketing,
utilizing an inside sales staff.

The  importance  of  relationships  with third  party  software  developers  was
heightened as  subscribers  to DTN  Real^Time  relied on their PC to display and
manipulate  quotes  and  news.   Several   relationships  were  strengthened  or
established for the first time, allowing  subscribers to utilize a wider variety
of analytical tools than those provided with Chameleon software.
 
An  increased  emphasis was placed on sales to  financial  institutions  (banks,
money managers,  brokerage firms, etc.). In 1997 this effort relocated from Salt
Lake  City to Omaha to take  advantage  of  economies  of scale  and to  improve
communication.

In  order  to  streamline  service  offerings  and  create  less  confusion  for
prospective  customers,  two previous financial services,  Broker+ and GovRate+,
were folded back into the SPECTRUM  brand.  The same content is  available,  but
through add-on modules rather than a bundled basis.

                                       25

                                    - 285 -
<PAGE>



THE ENERGY INDUSTRY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                                 ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                                <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
DTN Energy Services Revenue
      ($ millions)                4.9       7.2      10.0      12.2      14.3

</TABLE>

Energy  related  services  include  DTNergy for the refined  fuels,  natural gas
industries and electric industries.

DTNergy Service Review
DTNergy provides pricing information and communication  services for the refined
fuels industry. This service consists of several pages of delayed energy futures
and options quotes plus selected news and financial information.

DTNergy  is  designed  to  connect  refiners  (producers  of  refined  fuels) to
wholesalers  (distributors  of refined  fuels).  The refiner  sends refined fuel
prices to  wholesalers  authorized to receive this  information.  The refiner is
also   capable  of  sending   terminal   alerts,   electronic   funds   transfer
notifications, invoices, and other communications to the wholesaler. The DTNergy
system  carries  more  than two  million  messages  a month  for this  industry.
Subscribers also select from a variety of optional services  providing even more
prices or news related to the  petroleum  industry. 

The  strength of the  DTNergy  Refined  Fuel  service is the ability to deliver,
within seconds,  accurate refiner terminal prices and other vital communications
to the  wholesalers.  This service is more  reliable,  timely and less expensive
than the competition, which utilize telephone-delivered printer-only systems and
FAX services.
 
DTNergy  generates  revenue from two primary  sources,  the  wholesaler  and the
refiner.  Wholesalers currently pay a monthly subscription fee of $40.00 for the
monochrome Ku-band satellite service.  Refiners pay fees based on the number and
length of communications sent to wholesalers.

DTNergy also  provides an  information  service for the natural gas and electric
industries.  Subscribers  receive  instant or delayed  NYMEX energy  futures and
options quotes, a comprehensive  weather package and industry  specific news and
market  information.  This service  targets  energy  producers  and  generators,
transporters, marketers, utilities and larger energy consumers.

1997 DTNergy Highlights
1997  revenues  for  DTNergy  grew  18%  over  1996,  making  1997  the  seventh
consecutive year for increased  revenue growth.  DTN remains the dominant player
in the refined  fuels market with  virtually  all major U.S.  refiners and their
customers receiving DTNergy information.

These refiners continue to find new uses for the DTNergy  communications link to
their   wholesalers,   such  as  the  implementation  of  EDI  (Electronic  Data
Interchange) fuel invoices.  EDI/VAN services help automate  customers' business
processes by converting  refiner text invoices into an industry standard format.
Once  these  invoices  are in a  standard  format,  invoice  data is  seamlessly
transferred into a customer's accounting system from the ACE unit.

DTNergy is also developing a number of Internet services slated for introduction
in 1998.

                                       26
     
                                     - 286 -
<PAGE>



THE AUTO INDUSTRY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1994      1995      1996      1997
                                    ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
DTN Auto Services Revenue
      ($ millions)                  0.0       0.7       1.4        1.9

</TABLE>

DTNauto Service Review
DTNauto is a communication and information service for the automobile  industry.
This  service  offers  automobile  dealers  precision  information  for  valuing
trade-ins and locating used car inventory. DTNauto provides a host of convenient
features for the industry such as the ability for automobile  auction  companies
and  manufacturers  to communicate  directly with the dealers.  

DTNauto provides  information on more than 125 pre-auction  automobile  listings
(AuctionNet),  results of past auctions, new and used car industry news, weather
and other news. The service allows  subscribers to perform  searches of upcoming
and past auction listings for specific automobile information.

DTNauto offers a variety of optional  services  providing  information on credit
reporting  (CREDCO),  vehicle  histories  (CARFAX),  warranty  information  (The
Warranty Guide) and residual value of leased vehicles (Lease Guide).  CARFAX and
CREDCO  optional  services  extensively  utilize the internal  modem to send and
receive information.  These services create a comprehensive  information service
placing the "subscriber in the driver's seat".

DTNauto is marketed by DTNauto  sales  specialists  (a select  group  within the
National Sales Force).

1997 DTNauto Highlights 
In 1997, DTNauto  introduced the "Autos Wanted" listing service.  "Autos Wanted"
consists  of a list of new and used car buyers who  provide a  description  of a
vehicle or vehicles they are interested in purchasing. These leads are posted on
"Autos Wanted" for 5 days.  Dealers  subscribing to this service review the list
daily to match inventory with the sales lead. Potential car buyers learn of this
service from print media ads in newspapers and trade publications, the Internet,
TV commercials and ads on select DTN services.  Feedback from dealers  utilizing
this feature is very positive.

Providing current vehicle wholesale prices and the pre-auction  listings of used
cars remains the driving force behind the DTNauto service.


DTN JOINT VENTURE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1994      1995      1996      1997
                                    ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
DTN Joint Services Revenue
      ($ millions)                   0.1       0.3       0.9       1.7

</TABLE>

DTN joined  forces with several  companies to market  their  services  using DTN
technology. These services are TracElectric, DAT Transportation Terminal and DTN
Missing Children Information Center (MCIC).

Trac Electric Service Review
TracElectric  is an  equipment  locator  service  for the  electrical  equipment
industry. This service provides over 100 pages of new,  remanufactured,  surplus
and used electrical equipment listings.  The service connects buyers and sellers
throughout the U.S. and Canada.

DAT  Service  Review 
The DAT (Dial-A-Truck)  Transportation  Terminal service,  located in Beaverton,
Oregon, is an information  communication  system for the trucking industry.  The
service  provides  load and truck  matching  performed  on a database  of 50,000
listings updated daily.

DAT allows  subscribers  to input  listings  into the DTN receiver and send this
information  to a  database  using the  internal  modem.  The  service  provides
subscribers with the ability to perform  extensive  searches to locate loads and
trucks and to set alarms alerting users of a match.
 
The service also provides  regional  radar maps of major highways and interstate
systems, transportation news, diesel fuel prices and other financial information
related to the trucking industry.

DAT targets all freight brokers and carriers throughout the U.S. and Canada.

DTN Missing Children Information Center Service Review
DTN Missing Children  Information Center (MCIC) provides instant transmission of
data  regarding  children in danger to local,  regional,  national  and Canadian
outlets.

In an effort to assist  parents,  police and the National Center for Missing and
Exploited  Children locate missing children and the criminals  involved,  photos
and  information  regarding these children are posted as a public service on all
DTN color systems.

                                       27

                                    - 287 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PIE GRAPHS IN TABULAR FORM:

                                       1997          1996          1995
                                       ----          ----          ----
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues
  DTN Ag Services                      69%            71%           71%
  DTN Weather Services                  8%             6%            2%
  DTN Financial Services                8%             9%           10%   
  DTN Energy Services                  11%            12%           16%
  Other Services                        4%             2%            1%

Subscribers At Year End
  DTN Ag Services                      76%            80%           78% 
  DTN Weather Services                  8%             5%            3%
  DTN Financial Services                8%             8%           10%
  DTN Energy Services                   5%             5%            8%
  Other Services                        3%             2%            1%
       
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1997            1996            1995           1994            1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Year:

<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>         
Revenues ........................   $126,374,352    $ 98,383,713    $ 62,287,989   $ 46,109,789   $ 35,992,754
Operating income ................     12,383,403       6,920,791       4,343,252        694,560      2,408,868
Income (loss) before income taxes      3,407,081      (1,404,306)      ( 397,076)    (2,422,738)     1,020,831
Net income (loss) ...............      2,236,081      (  958,306)      ( 283,076)    (1,602,738)       663,831
Basic income (loss) per share . .
Diluted income (loss) per share .            .20            (.09)           (.03)          (.16)           .07
Dividends per share .............            .19            (.09)           (.03)          (.16)           .07

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At Year End:

Total assets ....................   $162,430,898    $177,729,762    $ 92,672,050   $ 71,459,356   $ 57,242,313
Long-term debt and
   subordinated notes ...........     72,891,370      97,747,823      47,020,527     33,982,814     25,375,000
Stockholders equity .............     32,196,173      28,290,289      12,876,965     12,706,978     12,780,477
</TABLE>


                                       28

                                    - 288 -
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCIAL CONDITION
General Overview
The equipment used by subscribers is a large capital investment for the Company.
The cost, net of depreciation,  of this equipment accounts for approximately 64%
of the Company's total assets.

The Company has financed a majority of the  investment in  subscriber  equipment
with long-term debt and plans to continue using  long-term debt financing  until
cash provided by operating activities is sufficient to cover these investments.

The Company made significant  investments during 1995, 1996 and 1997 to purchase
the assets, including subscribers,  of several businesses.  The Company recorded
these  transactions as asset purchases and the net intangible  assets (goodwill)
are approximately 21% of the Company's total assets.  The Company's  acquisition
strategy  focuses on  businesses  that  management  believes  will  enhance  the
operating performance and financial condition of the Company.

The Company's overall financing strategy is simple, use long-term debt financing
versus equity, whenever possible, to prevent the dilution of shareholder value.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating  activities in 1997 was  $47,543,395  compared to
$33,777,467 in 1996.  This increase of  $13,765,928  was primarily the result of
the $14,321,280  increase in operating cash flow plus the $168,687 of additional
cash  generated  from the  change in assets and  liabilities.  The  increase  in
operating  cash  flow  and  additional  cash  from  the  change  in  assets  and
liabilities was offset by the $665,961  increase in interest  expense related to
the Company's investing activities for subscriber equipment and acquisitions.

Net Cash Used by Investing  Activities 
Net cash  used by  investing  activities  in 1997 was  $30,191,998  compared  to
$106,290,603  in 1996.  This  decrease is  primarily  due to a reduction  in the
purchase of equipment  used by subscribers in 1997 and the purchase of Broadcast
Partners in May of 1996.  The  majority of  expenditures  on  equipment  used by
subscribers are for color  receivers,  monitors,  and satellite dishes including
LNB's.  The decrease in purchases on  equipment  used by  subscribers  is due to
lower net subscriber growth and the reduction of inventory levels.

The majority of the  investment  in equipment  used by  subscribers  is a direct
result of the growth in the Company's  subscriber base. The Company's  marketing
efforts to obtain new subscribers includes investing in subscriber equipment for
trial  and  complimentary  subscriptions.   In  addition,   approximately  3,000
monochrome  system (FM and Ku) and DTN FarmDayta  subscribers  upgraded  service
requiring the color Ku-band system with 54% of these  conversions  involving DTN
AgDaily  subscribers.  The  remaining  46% involved DTN  Financial  Services and
DTNergy subscribers.  The conversion of approximately 1,700 subscribers from DTN
AgDaily on the color Ku-band system to other more advanced Ku-band services such
as DTN Pro  Series,  DTNstant,  DTNiron,  DTN  PROduce  and DTN  Weather  Center
resulted in upgraded equipment.  During 1997, the acquisition of Market Quoters,
Northern Data and Arkansas  Farm Bureau  subscribers  resulted in  approximately
1,000 systems being installed to convert these subscribers to DTN systems.

DTN  decreased it inventory of color  receivers  and  components  to build color
receivers  during  1997.  At December  31,  1997 the  Company had  approximately
$7,000,000 of this  inventory  compared to  $10,000,000 in 1996. The build up of
inventory in 1996 occurred due to advance  commitments  on inventory  purchases.
The Company adjusted production  schedules during the fourth quarter of 1996 and
reduced the inventory to a level adequate to supply  forecasted  sales activity.
The reduced  production of color systems reduced  borrowing  requirements in the
first half of 1997.

The Company had approximately  30,000 monochrome customers at December 31, 1997.
The Company utilizes  monochrome  receiver  equipment coming in from conversions
for new DTN AgDaily, DTN Wall Street and DTNergy subscribers.  DTN will continue
to research  new markets for  monochrome  system  services  but at this time the
Company's  management  believes  the  prospects  are more  favorable  for  color
services.

As it relates to the Company's  investing  activities,  the Company had negative
working capital of $21,520,377 at December 31, 1997,  compared to $14,748,094 in
1996.  The increase in the working  capital  deficiency was primarily due to the
growth in the current  portion of long term debt of  $6,718,750  from  increased
term debt needed to finance acquisitions and converting $38,000,000 of revolving
debt to term notes in the first quarter of 1997.

The working  capital  deficiency  also  increased  due to a reduction of current
assets of  $1,158,119  offset by a decrease  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued
expenses of $1,104,586 from December  31,1996 to 1997. The reduction in accounts
receivable  was due to  aligning  receivable  recognition  methods  of  acquired
operations with the Company's. The decrease in accrued

                                       29

                                    - 289 -
<PAGE>


expenses  is due to a  reduction  of  startup  costs  related  to the  Broadcast
Partners  operations.  

On July 26,  1995,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with Knight  Ridder
Financial (KRF)   to  acquire  2,900  Knight  Ridder   Commodity   News  Service
subscribers.  The Company agreed to pay KRF  approximately  $4,970,000 for these
subscribers  over two years. The Company agreed to pay $1,500,000 at closing and
$1,500,000 on the first anniversary of the closing. The remaining $1,970,000 was
based on company estimates of future revenue sharing. This payment was scheduled
to be paid  quarterly  during  the  first  two  years of the  agreement  and was
completed during 1997. The Company capitalized $4,970,000 as an intangible asset
(goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over eight
years.

On May 3, 1996, the Company acquired  substantially  all the assets of Broadcast
Partners, an electronic information and communication services company providing
similar services as DTN AgDaily in the agricultural  industry.  The Company paid
$63.5 million cash and assumed  certain  "non-interest"  bearing  liabilities of
approximately $9.8 million. The Company received 39,000 agricultural subscribers
in this acquisition.

The $63.5 million cash paid for the Broadcast Partners  acquisition was financed
with a  combination  of $15 million of privately  placed common stock equity and
$48.5  million  of six year term debt (see note 3). As part of the  acquisition,
the Company capitalized approximately $38.2 million of equipment. The Company is
depreciating this equipment using the straight-line  method over five years. The
Company   capitalized   approximately  $34.8  million  as  an  intangible  asset
(goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over three
to eight years.

 During the first quarter of 1997,  the Company  acquired  2,900
real-time commodity subscribers through two separate acquisitions. Approximately
500 of the  subscribers  were  acquired  from Market  Quoters and Northern  Data
Services for $750,000 cash. The remaining 2,400  subscribers  were acquired from
Market Communications Group, LLC (MCG), a joint venture between Reuters America,
Inc., and Farmland  Industries,  Inc. The Company paid $3.6 million cash for the
2,400 subscribers, certain assets and assumed certain liabilities. In total, the
Company capitalized approximately $4.5 million as an intangible asset (goodwill)
and is  amortizing  this cost using the straight line method over three to eight
years. The MCG acquisition  included the preferred rights to distribute relevant
Reuters  real-time news and  information to the  commodities,  energy and metals
markets. 

On July 1, 1997,  the  Company  acquired  the assets of The  Network,  Inc.,  an
electronic cotton trading network service.  The Company agreed to pay $1,000,000
cash  over five  years.  The  Company  paid  $200,000  cash in 1997 and will pay
$200,000 cash on each of the next four  anniversary  dates.  The Company has the
option to terminate  the agreement at any time and cease all payments and return
the assets to the  original  owner.  The Company is  capitalizing  the  $200,000
payments when made as an intangible  asset  (goodwill) and amortizing  this cost
using the  straight-line  method over 12 months.  In effect, if all payments are
made, the Company is amortizing the $1,000,000 purchase price over five years.

On October  24, 1997 the Company  agreed to acquire the 700  subscribers  on the
ACRES  platform from the Arkansas Farm Bureau (AFB).  The Company  agreed to pay
$600 for each  subscriber that converts to a DTN service.  The Company  believes
the majority  will convert to a DTN service.  In addition,  the Company will pay
the AFB a $6 monthly  residual for the lesser of the life of the  subscriber  or
ten years for those  subscribers  converting to a DTN service.  The Company will
capitalize the $600  acquisition  payment per subscriber as an intangible  asset
(goodwill)  and  amortize  this cost using the  straight-line  method over eight
years. No payments were made in 1997.

Net Cash  Provided  (Used) by  Financing  Activities  
Net cash used by financing activities of $17,222,280 was primarily the result of
a decrease in total debt outstanding (current and long-term) of $18,217,083. The
decrease in debt  outstanding  was  primarily  due to  $22,217,083  of principal
payments  during 1997. The Company was able to pay down debt due to the increase
in  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  and  using  subscriber  equipment
inventory for new  subscribers  during the first half of 1997.  The Company made
$9,036,459 of principal payments on bank term debt during 1996.

Factors that may Affect Future Results 
Competition  --  The  Company  operates  in a  highly  competitive  environment,
competing with information and communication services utilizing various types of
electronic media including satellite delivery, TV Cable delivery,  the Internet,
electronic  bulletin  boards,   television,   radio,   cellular,  and  telephone
communications.  In addition to the various electronic  publishers,  the Company
competes with print media and "old information  gathering  habits".  Many of the
Company's actual and potential  competitors have substantially greater resources
than the Company.

                                       30

                                    - 290 -
<PAGE>

Inflation -- The Company believes that inflationary trends have a limited effect
on the business.  However, since a large percentage of the Company's subscribers
and revenues are related to the  agricultural  industries,  the general state of
the  agricultural  economy  may impact the  Company's  business  operations  and
financial condition.

Indebtedness -- The Company anticipates that internally  generated cash flow and
its bank credit lines will be sufficient to fund operating  activities,  capital
expenditures and principal payments on long-term debt.

Technology -- Although the business of the Company is subject to the  continuous
changes in  technology,  the Company is currently  unaware of any new technology
which is likely to replace its present  electronic  delivery systems,  equipment
and the  business  applications  these  systems and  equipment  are  designed to
provide at a competitive price.

Year 2000 -- The Company is  conducting a  comprehensive  review of its computer
systems to identify  the systems  that could be affected by the Year 2000 Issue.
The  company  plans to use  internal  resources  to perform  the review and make
programming  changes or replacements as necessary.  The Company is pursuing Year
2000 compliance  statements  from all vendors that provide  services or products
critical to the operation of the Company's systems.  The Company does not expect
the cost of making the necessary changes to be significant.  The Company expects
its year 2000  conversion  project to be completed on a timely  basis,  however,
failure to do so or failure on the part of third  parties  with whom the Company
does business could materially impact operations and financial results.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                            ----      ----      ----      ----      ----                               
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Operating Cash Flow           
    ($ millions)            12.9      15.8      23.2      40.4      54.7


</TABLE>

General  Overview 
The financial  dynamics
of DTN's  business  operations  are  similar  to  businesses  that sell  monthly
subscriptions  such as electronic  publications and  communications and cable TV
companies.  The  financial  dynamics  are  similar  because DTN makes an initial
investment of variable  marketing costs to obtain new  subscribers  (generally a
one year subscription  agreement) and the Company makes a capital expenditure to
provide the  subscriber  with the  necessary  equipment to receive the Company's
services.  

In addition, DTN has a level of fixed costs, such as FM and Ku satellite leases,
certain news and  weather,  quotes,  information  providers  and  administrative
expenses,  not  directly  affected by the number of  subscribers  receiving  the
Company's services.

DTN's operating cash flow (operating income before depreciation and amortization
expense),  a key  indicator  monitored  by DTN  management,  has  increased at a
compounded  rate of 41% from 1992 to 1997. This trend is primarily the result of
a growing  base of  subscribers  covering  the  Company's  fixed  expenses.  The
following  graph  details the trend in operating  cash flow as a  percentage  of
revenue to illustrate operating leverage.

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                           ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Operating Cash Flow
(percent of revenue)        36        34        37        41       43.3

</TABLE>

The Company has  operating  leverage due to low variable  costs per  subscriber.
This leverage is present when a growth in subscribers and related revenues has a
direct impact on operating  cash flow.  This  leverage,  as seen in the 1993 and
1994 periods,  can be negatively  impacted by the Company  increasing the amount
committed to research and development activities.

DTN accumulates research and development  activities as "Net Development Costs".
The Company defines "Net

                                       31

                                    - 291 -
<PAGE>

Development  Costs" as 1) market research  activities,  2) hardware and software
engineering,  research and development,  and 3) the negative operating cash flow
(prior to corporate  allocations  plus  interest) of new  services.  The Company
includes new services in the "Net Development  Costs"  classification  until the
service shows positive  operating cash flow prior to corporate  allocations plus
interest for a full quarter.  The service  becomes a core service after reaching
this level in the developmental  process.  

During  the  1993  and 1994  periods,  the  Company  was  expanding  development
activities (see chart on page 3) quite rapidly, therefore,  negatively impacting
operating cash flow on a total and percentage basis.

During 1995, the success of subscription sales of the new developmental services
decreased  net  development  costs.  While the  overall  developmental  expenses
increased,  the growth rate of developmental  related expenses  declined in 1995
compared to 1994.  The result,  operating  cash flow as a percentage  of revenue
increased to 37% in 1995 compared to 34% in 1994. Core services revenue improved
to 44.4% in 1995 compared to 43.8% in 1994.

During 1996, DTN expanded it developmental activities with net development costs
growing  from  $3.7  million  in 1995 to $5.3  million  in 1996.  The  Company's
increased  efficiencies  on a per subscriber per month basis and the acquisition
of subscribers from Broadcast  Partners  contributed to an increase in operating
cash flow as a percentage of revenue from 37% in 1995 to 41% in 1996.  Operating
cash flow as a percentage  of revenue,  excluding the  acquisition  of Broadcast
Partners, was 37% in 1996. The expansion of developmental  activities was offset
by increased  efficiencies  on a per subscriber  per month basis.  Core services
operating cash flow as a percentage of core services  revenue  improved to 47.4%
in 1996  compared  to 44.4% in 1995.  Core  services  operating  cash  flow as a
percentage of core services  revenue,  excluding  Broadcast  Partners  operating
results, was 43.4% in 1996 compared to 44.4% in 1995.

Finally,  during 1997, the Company's  developmental  activities  were relatively
flat at $5.2 million compared to $5.3 million in 1996. The  efficiencies  gained
in 1996  carried  over into 1997 and  contributed  to  operating  cash flow as a
percentage of revenue  growing from 41% in 1996 to 43.3% in 1997.  Core services
operating cash flow as a percentage of core services  revenue  improved to 48.5%
in 1997  compared  to 47.4% in 1996.  Core  services  operating  cash  flow as a
percentage of core services  revenue,  excluding  Broadcast  Partners  operating
results, was 45.0% in 1997 compared to 43.4% in 1996.

1997  COMPARED TO 1996 
The  growth  in  subscribers,  revenues  and  operating  cash flow  during  1997
highlighted  another very good year for the Company.  The operating  results for
1997 include  twelve months of the  Broadcast  Partners  operations  compared to
approximately eight months in 1996.  Operating income improvement  combined with
lower interest expense as a percentage of revenue resulted in positive  earnings
for the year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Percent
In Thousands                 1997            1996           Change
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>             <C>                 <C>
Subscribers                 158.8           145.9               9%
Revenues                 $126,374         $98,384              28%
Operating cash flow        54,699          40,377              35%
Operating income           12,383           6,921              79%
Net income (loss)           2,236            (958)              -

</TABLE>


Total revenue  increased 28% in 1997 compared to 1996 and all operating  revenue
categories  made  good  contributions  to  this  increase.   Operating  revenues
consisting of subscriptions, additional services, communications and advertising
increased to $66.29 per subscriber per month in 1997 compared to $60.92 in 1996.

A  9%  growth  in  total  subscribers,   the  mix  of  higher  priced  services,
inflationary  price increases and acquisitions led to 35% growth in subscription
revenue.  Subscription  revenue  related to the  Broadcast  Partners  operations
accounted for 35% of the  $27,990,639  total revenue  growth in 1997 compared to
1996. At December 31, 1997, 90% of total  subscribers were receiving service via
Ku-band satellite transmission compared to 88% in 1996. All acquired subscribers
were receiving service via Ku-band satellite transmission.  Subscription revenue
on a per subscriber per month basis  increased to $55.10,  compared to $49.24 in
1996.

The price of Ku-band satellite delivered services ranged from $37 for monochrome
DTN AgDaily to $170 for the color  DTNstant  service  during 1997.  The price of
Ku-band satellite  delivered services ranged from $35 for monochrome DTN AgDaily
to $160 for color  DTNstant  service during 1996. The price of the monochrome FM
delivered DTN AgDaily (the only FM service) was $29 in 1997 and $27 in 1996.

The  subscribers  converting  to higher  priced  services  includes  those  that
switched from the  monochrome FM or Ku-band  satellite DTN AgDaily priced at $52
in 1997 and $50 in 1996 ($46 prior to June 1, 1996).  Subscribers  continued  to
convert from the color Ku-band satellite DTN AgDaily service to the color
       
                                       32

                                    - 292 -
<PAGE>

Ku-band  satellite  DTN Pro Series  which ranged in price from $63 ($59 prior to
June 1, 1996),  for one Pro Series service,  to $79 ($74 prior to June 1, 1996),
for all four Pro Series  services (DTN Premier),  in both 1997 and 1996. The DTN
Premier and Stock Pro, DTN Premier  Plus,  was priced at $82 a month in 1997 and
$82 a month in 1996 ($78 prior to June 1, 1996)

The Company  increased the number of information  services  through "a la carte"
optional  services  (200 in 1997  versus 180 in 1996).  The  growth in  services
combined  with growth of total  subscribers  and the  acquisition  of  Broadcast
Partners resulted in a 16% increase in additional  services revenue.  Additional
services revenue related to the Broadcast Partners operations  accounted for 38%
of the $901,955 growth in 1997 compared to 1996. The revenue  decreased on a per
subscriber per month basis to $3.65 in 1997 compared to $3.80 in 1996.

The growth in communications  revenue was primarily in the DTNergy service.  The
DTNergy   service    transmits    refiner   prices   and    communications    to
wholesaler/subscribers.  The  number of  refiner  communications  increased  and
produced a revenue growth of 14% over 1996.  The revenue  decreased on a company
wide per  subscriber  per month  basis to $5.47,  down from $5.78 in 1996.  This
decrease  is due to  spreading  communications  revenue  over a  larger  base of
subscribers,  with the largest increase coming from the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners in 1996.

Advertising  revenue grew 19% to  $3,809,748  in 1997  compared to $3,198,321 in
1996.  This growth was due to an increase in the  acceptance of the color system
as an  electronic  medium,  the  acquisition  of  Broadcast  Partners  and  less
discounting   due  to  the  increased   subscriber   base  associated  with  the
acquisition.  Advertising  revenue related to the Broadcast Partners  operations
accounted for 81% of the $611,427  growth in 1997 compared to 1996.  Advertising
revenue  remained flat on a company wide per subscriber per month basis at $2.07
in 1997,  compared to $2.10 in 1996.  

Service  initiation  fees,  the  Company's  up-front  one-time  charges  to  new
subscribers  ranged from $150 to $495 in 1997 and 1996  depending on the service
and information  distribution  technology.  Initiation fees for subscribers that
convert to  another  service or change  delivery  technology  (such as FM to Ku)
ranged from $50 to $100  depending  on the  service in 1996 and 1997.  The total
fees  collected  decreased 17% in 1997 to  $4,625,487  compared to $5,560,049 in
1996.  The  increased  sales  volume in 1997  compared to 1996 was offset by the
recognition of deferred revenues during 1996 for initiation fees received in the
prior year.  Service  initiation  fees are recognized in income since these fees
are less than the marketing and setup costs related to a new subscriber.

Total operating  expenses increased 25% in 1997 over 1996. This increase was due
to a 26% increase in selling, general and administrative costs, a 9% increase in
sales  commissions and a 26% increase in depreciation  and  amortization.  These
expenses  (excluding the sales  commission  costs) increased on a per subscriber
per month basis to $56.69 in 1997 compared to $54.07 in 1996.

Selling, general and administrative expenses on a per subscriber per month basis
increased to $33.65, up from $32.12 in 1996. These costs were up modestly due to
efficiency gains from spreading costs over a larger base of subscribers obtained
from increased sales from expanding the sales force and  acquisitions.  Selling,
general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of revenue  decreased from
50% in 1996 to 49% in 1997. Selling, general and administrative expenses growth,
excluding the selling,  general and administrative expenses related to Broadcast
Partners, was 20% in 1997 compared to 1996.

Sales  commissions  are generated  from new  subscriptions  sales and cash flows
related to the  DTNergy  service.  Sales  commissions  increased  9% during 1997
compared to 1996. This increase is due to higher subscriptions sales,  incentive
programs  to the  national  sales  force  and  sales  management  related  to an
expanding  sales  force and higher  cash  flows in  DTNergy.  Sales  commissions
growth,  excluding sales commissions related to Broadcast  Partners,  was 10% in
1997 compared to 1996.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily due to the purchase of
$21,137,267  of new  equipment  used  by  subscribers  and  the  acquisition  of
Broadcast  Partners.  On May 3,  1996,  the  Company  acquired  and  capitalized
approximately  $38.2  million  of  equipment  and $34.8  million  of  intangible
assets (goodwill) related to the acquisition. The Company began using a six year
life for depreciating  subscriber equipment in July of 1992 compared to an eight
year life  prior to the  change.  The  Company  is  depreciating  the  equipment
acquired in the acquisition of Broadcast Partners using the straight-line method
over five years and is amortizing the  intangible  assets  (goodwill)  using the
straight-line method over three to eight years beginning in May of 1996.

Operating income  increased 79% to $12,383,403,  up from $6,920,791 in 1996 as a
result of the growth in revenues and expenses  discussed  above.  Operating cash
flow grew 35% to $54,698,708, up from $40,377,428 in 1996.

                                       33

                                    - 293 -
<PAGE>

Interest expense increased 8% in 1997 compared to 1996. This increase is related
to the increase in total long-term debt outstanding to finance equipment used by
subscribers  and  acquisitions.  The  Company  borrowed  $48,490,000  in 1996 to
acquire  Broadcast  Partners.  The Company  decreased the revolving  credit line
borrowing  from  $38,500,000  at December 31, 1996 to $4,500,000 at December 31,
1997.  This  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  Company  converting
$38,000,000  of revolving  debt to term debt at the end of the first  quarter of
1997.

The Company's  federal and state effective tax rate was 34% and 32% for 1997 and
1996, respectively.

 1996  COMPARED  TO 1995 
DTN'S  management  team remained  focused on growing  subscribers,  revenues and
operating  cash flow during 1996. The  acquisition  of Broadcast  Partners and a
focus on improving subscriber  efficiencies led to outstanding operating results
as compared to the prior year.  Operating  income  improved but higher  interest
expense linked to the expansion of the business and the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners resulted in a loss for the year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Percent
In Thousands                 1996            1995           Change
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>             <C>               <C>
Subscribers                  145.9            95.9            52%
Revenues                   $98,384         $62,288            58%
Operating cash flow         40,377          23,154            74%
Operating income             6,921           4,343            59%
Net Loss                      (958)           (283)         (239%)

</TABLE>

Total revenue  increased 58% in 1996 compared to 1995 and all operating  revenue
categories made significant  contributions to this increase.  Operating revenues
consisting of subscriptions, additional services, communications and advertising
increased to $60.92 per subscriber per month in 1996 compared to $55.70 in 1995.

A 52% growth in total  subscribers  and  subscribers  upgrading to higher priced
services  led to a 63%  growth in  subscription  revenue.  On May 3,  1996,  the
Company   acquired  39,000   subscribers  from  Broadcast   Partners   receiving
agricultural  information and communications services. The subscriber growth for
DTN without the  acquisition  of Broadcast  Partners was 11,000  subscribers,  a
growth of 11.5%, and subscription  revenue related to this subscriber growth was
up  34% in  1996  compared  with  1995.  At  December  31,  1996,  88% of  total
subscribers were receiving service via Ku-band satellite  transmission  compared
to 77% in 1995.  All acquired  subscribers  were  receiving  service via Ku-band
satellite transmission. Subscription revenue on a per subscriber per month basis
increased to $49.24,  in 1996  compared to $43.60 in 1995.  

The price of Ku-band satellite delivered services ranged from $35 for monochrome
DTN AgDaily to $160 for the color  DTNstant  service  during 1996.  The price of
Ku-band satellite  delivered services ranged from $33 for monochrome DTN AgDaily
to $160 for the color DTNstant  service during 1995. The price of the monochrome
FM delivered DTN AgDaily (the only FM service) was $27 in 1996 and $26 in 1995.

The  subscribers  converting  to higher  priced  services  includes  those  that
switched from the monochrome FM or Ku-band  satellite DTN AgDaily service to the
color Ku-band satellite DTN AgDaily, priced at $50 in 1996 ($46 prior to June 1,
1996) and $46 in 1995.  Subscribers  continued to convert from the color Ku-band
satellite  DTN AgDaily  service to the color  Ku-band  satellite  DTN Pro Series
which  ranged in price from $63 ($59 prior to June  1,1996),  for one Pro Series
service,  to $79 ($74 prior to June  1,1996),  for all four Pro Series  services
(DTN Premier), in both 1996 and 1995. The DTN Premier and Stock Pro, DTN Premier
Plus,  was  priced at $82 a month in 1996 ($78  prior to June 1, 1996) and $78 a
month in 1995.

The Company  increased the number of information  services  through "a la carte"
optional  services  (180 in 1996  versus 100 in 1995).  The  growth in  services
combined with the growth of total  subscribers  and the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners  resulted  in a  48%  increase  in  additional  services  revenue.  The
additional  services  revenue  growth,  excluding the  acquisition  of Broadcast
Partners,  was 30% in 1996. The revenue  increased on a per subscriber per month
basis to $3.80 in 1996 compared to $3.70 in 1995.

The growth in communications  revenue was primarily in the DTNergy service.  The
DTNergy   service    transmits    refiner   prices   and    communications    to
wholesaler/subscribers.  The number of refiner communications  continued to rise
and produced a revenue growth of 28% over 1995 levels.  The revenue decreased on
a company wide per subscriber per month basis to $5.78, down from $6.49 in 1995.
This decrease is due to spreading  communications  revenue over a larger base of
subscribers,  with the largest increase coming from the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners.
                                       34

                                    - 294 -
<PAGE>

Advertising  revenue grew 58% to  $3,198,321  in 1996  compared to $2,022,440 in
1995.  This growth was due to an increase in the  acceptance of the color system
as an  electronic  medium,  the  acquisition  of  Broadcast  Partners  and  less
discounting   due  to  the  increased   subscriber   base  associated  with  the
acquisition.  Advertising revenue growth, excluding the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners,  was 30% in 1996.  Advertising revenue increased on a company wide per
subscriber per month basis to $2.10 in 1996, up from $1.89 in 1995.

Service  initiation  fees,  the  Company's  up-front  one-time  charges  to  new
subscribers  ranged  from  $150 to $495 in 1996  and  from  $150 to $295 in 1995
depending on the service and  information  distribution  technology.  Initiation
fees for  subscribers  that  convert  to  another  service  or  change  delivery
technology  (such as FM to Ku) ranged from $50 to $100  depending on the service
in 1995 and 1996. The total fees  collected  increased 66% in 1996 to $5,560,049
compared to $3,357,311 in 1995. The increase was due to increased sales activity
related to the expansion of the national sales force, reduced discounting in the
agricultural  related  services  and an  increase in  conversions  from DTN Wall
Street  to  DTN  SPECTRUM.   Service  initiation  fee  revenue,   excluding  the
acquisition of Broadcast Partners, was 53% in 1996.

Total operating  expenses increased 58% in 1996 over 1995. This increase was due
to a 45% increase in selling,  general and administrative  costs, a 71% increase
in sales commissions and a 78% increase in depreciation and amortization.  These
expenses  (excluding the sales  commission  costs) increased on a per subscriber
per month basis to $54.07 in 1996 compared to $49.75 in 1995.

Selling, general and administrative expenses on a per subscriber per month basis
increased to $32.12,  up slightly from 31.97 in 1995.  These costs were flat due
to  efficiency  gains from  spreading  costs over a larger  base of  subscribers
obtained from an expanded sales force and from acquisitions.  Selling,  general,
and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of revenue  decreased  from 54% in
1995  to  50%  in  1996.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as a
percentage  of  revenue,   excluding  the  acquisition  of  Broadcast  Partners,
decreased to 53%.

Sales commissions are generated from new subscription sales and revenues related
to the DTNergy service.  Sales commissions increased 71% during 1996 compared to
1995. This increase is due to higher subscription  sales,  incentive programs to
the national sales force and sales management related to the rapid expansion and
22% higher revenues in DTNergy.  Sales  commissions  growth,  excluding  the
acquisition  of  Broadcast   Partners,   was  60%  in  1996.  

Depreciation and amortization expense primarily increased due to the purchase of
$37,424,684  of new  equipment  used  by  subscribers  and  the  acquisition  of
Broadcast  Partners.  The Company acquired and capitalized  approximately  $38.2
million of  equipment  and $34.8  million of  intangible  assets  related to the
acquisition. The Company began using a six year life for depreciating subscriber
equipment  in July of 1992  compared  to an eight year life prior to the change.
The  Company is  depreciating  the  equipment  acquired  in the  acquisition  of
Broadcast Partners over a five year life and is amortizing the intangible assets
from this acquisition over a three to eight year life beginning in May of 1996.

Operating  income  increased 59% to $6,920,791,  up from $4,343,252 in 1995 as a
result of the growth in revenues and expenses  discussed  above.  Operating cash
flow grew 74% to  $40,377,428,  up from  $23,154,402 in 1995.  

Interest expense increased 76% in 1996 compared to 1995. The increase is related
to  borrowings  to finance  new  subscriber  equipment  and the  acquisition  of
Broadcast  Partners.  The Company increased the revolving credit line borrowings
from  $21,250,000  at December 31, 1995 to $38,500,000 at December 31, 1996. The
Company borrowed $48,490,000 to acquire Broadcast Partners.

The Company's  federal and state effective tax rate was 32% and 29% for 1996 and
1995, respectively.

                                       35

                                    - 295 -
<PAGE>
   
                                NOTES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





















                                       36

                                    - 296 -
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To Our Stockholders:
The management of Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is responsible for the
preparation,  integrity and objectivity of the accompanying financial statements
and  related  notes.  To meet these  responsibilities,  we  maintain a system of
internal  controls to provide  reasonable  assurance that assets are safeguarded
and transactions are properly authorized and recorded.

The  financial  statements  have been  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles and include amounts based upon our estimates and
judgments, as required. The financial statements have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP who have expressed their opinion,  presented  below,  with respect to
the fairness of the  statements.  Their audit included a review of the system of
internal  control  and  tests of  transactions  to the  extent  they  considered
necessary to render their opinion. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors
is composed solely of outside directors.

The  Audit  Committee  meets  periodically  with our  independent  auditors  and
management  to review  accounting,  auditing,  internal  control  and  financial
reporting matters.



Roger R. Brodersen                        Brian L. Larson
Chairman of the Board                     Vice President
Chief Executive Officer                   Chief Financial Officer
                                          Secretary and Treasurer

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data Transmission Network Corporation

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation  as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the related  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the financial position of Data Transmission Network Corporation as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



Deloitte & Touche LLP, Omaha, Nebraska
February 6, 1998        

                                       37

                                    - 297 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 BALANCE SHEETS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Data Transmission Network Corporation
                        As of December 31, 1997 and 1996


                                                                       1997            1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>         
Current Assets:
        Cash                                                     $    837,170    $    708,053
        Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
                doubtful accounts of $810,000 and $520,000          7,629,296       9,653,766
        Prepaid expenses                                              825,577         583,985
        Deferred commission expense                                 3,302,972       2,807,330
                                                                 ----------------------------
                Total Current Assets                               12,595,015      13,753,134

Property and Equipment                                        
        Equipment Used By Subscribers                             224,620,148     203,310,661
        Equipment and Leasehold Improvements                       23,155,237      19,702,330
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                  247,775,385     223,012,991
        Less: Accumulated Depreciation                            135,265,090      98,564,288
                                                                 ----------------------------
                Net Property and Equipment                        112,510,295    124,448,703
Intangible Assets From Acquisitions, net of accumulated
        amortization of $9,728,684 and $3,871,956                 34,764,802     36,517,799

Other Asset                                                         2,560,786      3,010,126
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                 $162,430,898    $177,729,762
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
        Accounts payable                                         $  6,985,053    $  7,485,517
        Accrued expenses                                            5,319,506       5,923,628
        Current portion of long-term debt                          21,810,833      15,092,083
                                                                 ----------------------------
                Total Current Liabilities                          34,115,392      28,501,228

Long-Term Debt                                                     58,248,540      83,184,373
Subordinated Long-Term Notes, net of unamortized
        discount of $357,170 and $436,550                          14,642,830      14,563,450
Equipment Deposits                                                    484,017         515,142
Unearned Revenue                                                   22,743,946      22,675,280

Stockholders Equity:
        Common stock, par value $.001, authorized
                20,000,000 shares, issued 11,148,052 
                and 11,074,224                                         11,148          11,074
        Paid-in capital                                            31,326,683      14,302,689
        Retained earnings (deficit)                                   858,342      (1,404,602)
        Treasury stock, at cost, 0 and 45,919 shares                        -        (342,173)
                                                                 ----------------------------
                Total Stockholders Equity                          32,196,173      28,290,289
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                 $162,430,898    $177,729,762

<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       38

                                    - 298 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995



                                                  1997            1996            1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>         
        Subscriptions                         $101,194,290    $ 75,019,826    $ 46,126,332
        Additional services                      6,694,754       5,792,799       3,917,631
        Communication services                  10,050,073       8,812,718       6,864,275
        Advertising                              3,809,748       3,198,321       2,022,440
        Service initiation fees                  4,625,487       5,560,049       3,357,311
                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                               126,374,352      98,383,713      62,287,989

EXPENSES

        Selling, general and administrative     61,790,861      48,944,027      33,827,282
        Sales commissions                        9,884,783       9,062,258       5,306,305
        Depreciation and amortization           42,315,305      33,456,637      18,811,150
                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                               113,990,949      91,462,922      57,944,737
                                              ---------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME                                12,383,402       6,920,791       4,343,252

        Interest expense                         9,098,231       8,432,270       4,798,112
        Other income, net                          121,909         107,173          57,784
                                              ---------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                3,407,081      (1,404,306)       (397,076)

        Income tax expense (benefit)             1,171,000        (446,000)       (114,000)
                                              ---------------------------------------------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                             $  2,236,081    $   (958,306)  $    (283,076)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BASIC INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE                 $       0.20    $      (0.09)   $      (0.03)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE               $       0.19    $      (0.09)   $      (0.03)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       39
     
                                     - 299 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                            Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                         Years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997


                                                                             RETAINED                         TOTAL
                                                COMMON      PAID -IN         EARNINGS        TREASURY      STOCKHOLDERS
                                                 STOCK       CAPITAL         (DEFICIT)         STOCK          EQUITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>         

Balance, January 1, 1995                      $  3,375   $ 14,302,689      $  (217,501)    $(1,381,585)     $12,706,978
Treasury stock issued on exercise of
        employee stock options                       -              -            2,890         330,173          333,063
Tax benefit related to exercise of
        employee stock options                       -       120,000                 -               -          120,000
Net loss                                             -             -          (283,076)              -         (283,076)
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1995                    $  3,375   $ 14,422,689      $  (497,687)    $(1,051,412)     $12,876,965
Treasury stock issued on exercise of
        employee stock options                       -              -           51,391         709,239          760,630
Tax benefit related to exercise of
        employee stock options                       -        634,000                -               -          634,000
Issuance of common stock                           316     14,976,684                -               -       14,977,000
Three-for-one stock split                        7,383         (7,383)               -               -                -
Net loss                                             -              -         (958,306)              -         (958,306) 
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                    $ 11,074   $ 30,025,990      $(1,404,602)    $  (342,173)     $28,290,289
Treasury stock issued on exercise of
        employee stock options                       -              -           26,863         342,173          369,036
Tax benefit related to exercise of 
        employee stock options                       -        675,000                -               -          675,000
Issuance of common stock                            74        625,693                -               -          625,767
Net income                                           -              -        2,236,081               -        2,236,081
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                    $ 11,148   $ 31,326,683      $   858,342     $         -      $32,196,173

<FN>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       40

                                    - 300 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                   Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                                Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

                                                                                   1997           1995             1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>         
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
        Net income (loss)                                                    $  2,236,081    $   (958,306)   $   (283,076)
        Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
                net cash provided by operating activities:
                Depreciation and amortization                                  42,315,305      33,456,637      18,811,150
                Amortization of debt issue costs and discount                     147,880         139,694         128,760
                Deferred income taxes                                           1,056,000        (480,000)       (239,000)
        Change in assets and liabilities:
                Accounts receivable                                            (1,278,437)        (63,634)     (3,178,803)
                Prepaid expenses                                                 (180,068)        (21,839)       (284,803)
                Deferred commission expense                                      (400,469)       (310,792)     (1,446,337)
                Deferred debt issuance costs                                            -        (112,078)              -
                Other assets                                                            -               -      (1,029,433)
                Accounts payable                                                  518,361      (1,947,116)        604,791
                Accrued expenses                                               (1,113,749)       (149,687)        739,453
                Equipment deposits                                                (51,175)        (26,578)           (382)
                Unearned revenue                                                4,293,666       4,251,166       2,800,990
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
        Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities                              47,543,395      33,777,467      16,623,310
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
        Capital expenditures:
                Equipment used by subscribers                                 (21,137,267)    (37,424,684)    (23,746,086)
                Equipment and leasehold improvements                           (3,367,535)     (3,120,125)     (3,914,442)
        Acquisition of Subscribers                                             (5,687,196)    (65,745,794)     (1,767,420
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
         Net Cash Used By Investing Activities                                (30,191,998)   (106,290,603)    (29,427,948)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
        Proceeds from term debt agreement                                               -      48,490,000               -
        Principal payments on long-term debt                                  (22,217,083)     (9,036,459)     (8,718,750)
        Proceeds from revolving credit agreement                                4,000,000      17,250,000      21,250,000
        Proceeds from the exercise of stock options                               994,803         760,630         333,063
        Proceeds from the issuance of common stock                                      -      14,977,000               -
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
         Net Cash Provided (Used) By Financing Activities                     (17,222,280)     72,441,171      12,864,313
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                                   129,117         (71,965)         59,675
Cash at Beginning of Period                                                       708,053         780,018         720,343
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
Cash at End of Period                                                        $    837,170    $    708,053 $       780,018
<FN>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
  
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       41

                                    - 301 -
<PAGE>

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue Recognition
The Company provides its subscribers  with equipment to receive  information and
communications  service.  DTN charges a recurring  subscription  fee and in most
instances a one-time service  initiation fee. The  subscriptions  are contracted
for an initial period of one year and are generally billed quarterly in advance.
Payments  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions,   additional  services  and
advertising  are  deferred  and  recognized  as the services are provided to the
subscribers.  Service  initiation fees are recognized in income since these fees
are less  than the  marketing  and  setup  costs  related  to a new  subscriber.
Communication  services are  generally  billed  monthly in arrears  based on the
number and length of the messages delivered to subscribers. 

Deferred Commission Expense
Commissions  and bonuses which are paid at the time of the initial  subscription
to sales  representatives,  to company  representatives,  or to subscribers  for
successful  customer  referrals,  are  deferred  and  expensed  over the initial
twelve-month subscription period.

Equipment  Used By Subscribers
Equipment  used  by   subscribers   to  receive  the  Company's   electronically
transmitted  information  and  communication  services  is  stated  at cost less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is calculated  using the  straight-line
method over a useful  life of three to eight years for assets  placed in service
prior to July 1,  1992,  and  three to six years for  assets  placed in  service
subsequent to July 1, 1992.

Equipment and Leasehold  Improvements  
Equipment  and  leasehold  improvements  are  stated  at cost  less  accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated  useful lives of the assets,  which range from two to seven years,  or
the related lease, which range from five to ten years.

Intangible Assets 
Intangible   assets  for  acquisitions  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated
amortization.  These costs are  amortized  using the  straight-line  method over
three to eight years.  The carrying value of intangible  assets is  periodically
assessed by the Company by reviewing the  recoverability  of the assets over the
amortization period based on the projected undiscounted future cash flows of the
related  business unit. Cash flow  projections are based on trends of historical
performance   and   management's   estimate   of  future   performance,   giving
consideration to existing and anticipated competition and economic conditions.

Income Taxes
Income  taxes are computed in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109). The
objective  of the  statement  is to  recognize  the  amount of taxes  payable or
refundable  in the current year and to recognize  deferred tax  liabilities  and
assets for the future tax  consequences  of events that have been  recognized in
the financial statements or tax returns.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  issued  statement  No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share", which is effective for 1997 financial statements. FASB No.
128 requires dual  presentation of Basic and Diluted  earnings per share for all
periods for which an income  statement is  presented.  Basic  earnings per share
data are based on the weighted  average  outstanding  common  shares  during the
period.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  data are based on the  weighted  average
outstanding  common  shares  and the  effect of all  dilutive  potential  common
shares,  including  stock options and warrants.  All prior periods  earnings per
share data have been restated in accordance with FASB No. 128.

Statement of Cash Flows
For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid investments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.  During the periods  ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  the
Company  made  interest  payments  of  $8,983,000,  $8,555,000  and  $4,386,000,
respectively. Capital expenditures for subscriber equipment included in accounts
payable at year end totalled  $1,105,000  $1,394,000  and $2,191,000 at December
31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The Company paid $1,146,000 of federal
income taxes in 1995 relating to recoverable Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT) for
prior  periods  which is included in other  assets.  The Company paid no federal
income taxes during 1997 or 1996. At December 31, 1996, $931,700 of the purchase
price for  acquired  subscribers  was due in future  periods and was included in
accounts payable.

Research  and Development  
Research  and  development  costs  are  charged  to  earnings  as  incurred  and
approximated $3,059,000, $2,263,000 and $1,596,000 for the periods ended
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

                                       42

                                    - 302 -
<PAGE>

Stock-Based  Compensation 
The Company  accounts for its stock-based  compensation  under the provisions of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25).

Estimates
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair Value of  Financial
Instruments  Because of their  maturities  and/or interest rates,  the Company's
financial  instruments  have a fair value  approximating  their carrying  value.
These  instruments  include  accounts  receivable,  revolving  credit  and  term
borrowings, subordinated debt, commercial paper, and trade payables.

Accounting Pronouncements  
In June 1997,  the FASB  issued  Statement  No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income".  This statement  establishes for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.
This statement is effective for 1998 financial statements.


Also in June 1997, the FASB issued statement No. 131, "Disclosure about segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information", which will be effective in 1998. FASB
No. 131 establishes  standards for the way public enterprises report information
about operating segments. The Company has not yet completed its analysis of this
statement to determine if additional  disclosure  will be required  beginning in
1998.

2.  ACQUISITIONS  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Knight-Ridder  
On July 26,  1995,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with Knight  Ridder
Financial (KRF)   to  acquire   2,900  Knight  Ridder   Commodity  News  Service
subscribers.  The Company agreed to pay KRF  approximately  $4,970,000 for these
subscribers  over two years. The Company agreed to pay $1,500,000 at closing and
$1,500,000 on the first anniversary of the closing. The remaining $1,970,000 was
based on company estimates of future revenue sharing. This payment was scheduled
to be paid  quarterly  during  the  first  two  years of the  agreement  and was
completed during 1997. The Company capitalized $4,970,000 as an intangible asset
(goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over eight
years.

Broadcast  Partners 
On May 3, 1996, the Company acquired  substantially  all the assets of Broadcast
Partners, an electronic information and communication services company providing
similar services as DTN AgDaily in the agricultural  industry.  The Company paid
$63.5 million cash and assumed  certain  "non-interest"  bearing  liabilities of
approximately $9.8 million. The Company received 39,000 agricultural subscribers
in this acquisition.

The $63.5 million cash paid for the Broadcast Partners  acquisition was financed
with a  combination  of $15 million of privately  placed common stock equity and
$48.5  million  of six year term debt (see note 3).  The  Company  acquired  and
capitalized   approximately   $38.2  million  of   equipment.   The  Company  is
depreciating this equipment using the straight-line  method over five years. The
Company   capitalized   approximately  $34.8  million  as  an  intangible  asset
(goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over three
to eight years.

The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  information  sets  forth the  results  of
operations  as though the  acquisition  of  Broadcast  Partners  had occurred at
January 1, 1995:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Proforma  December  31,                        1996                   1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                                       <C>                     <C>         
Revenues                                  $ 106,646,073           $ 84,018,887
Net Loss                                  $  (1,303,509)          $ (2,992,648) 
Loss Per Share                            $  (     0.12)          $ (     0.27)

</TABLE>

This  unaudited  pro  forma  information  is  based  on  historical  results  of
operations  as if the  acquisition  took place on January 1, 1995  adjusted  for
acquisition costs,  realized  efficiencies and in the opinion of Management,  is
not  necessarily  indicative of what the results would have been had the Company
operated with the acquisition since the beginning of 1995.

Market  Quoters, Northern Data and Market Communications Group LLC
During the first quarter of 1997, the Company acquired 2,900 real-time commodity
subscribers through two separate acquisitions. Approximately 500 of the

                                       43

                                    - 303 -
<PAGE>

subscribers  were  acquired  from Market  Quoters and Northern Data Services for
$750,000  cash.  The  remaining  2,400  subscribers  were  acquired  from Market
Communications Group, LLC (MCG), a joint venture between Reuters America,  Inc.,
and Farmland  Industries,  Inc. The Company paid $3.6 million cash for the 2,400
subscribers,  certain  assets and assumed  certain  liabilities.  In total,  the
Company capitalized approximately $4.5 million as an intangible asset (goodwill)
and is  amortizing  this cost using the straight line method over three to eight
years. The MCG acquisition  included the preferred rights to distribute relevant
Reuters  real-time news and  information to the  commodities,  energy and metals
markets.

The Network, Inc.
On July 1, 1997,  the  Company  acquired  the assets of The  Network,  Inc.,  an
electronic cotton trading network service.  The Company agreed to pay $1,000,000
cash  over five  years.  The  Company  paid  $200,000  cash in 1997 and will pay
$200,000 cash on each of the next four  anniversary  dates.  The Company has the
option to terminate  the agreement at any time and cease all payments and return
the assets to the owner. The Company is capitalizing the $200,000  payments when
made as an  intangible  asset  (goodwill)  and  amortizing  this cost  using the
straight-line  method over 12 months.  In effect,  if all payments are made, the
Company is amortizing the $1,000,000 purchase price over five years.

Arkansas Farm Bureau ACRES Service 
On  October  24,  1997 the  Company  agreed to  acquire  the  approximately  700
subscribers  on the ACRES  platform  from the Arkansas  Farm Bureau  (AFB).  The
Company agreed to pay $600 for each  subscriber  that converts to a DTN service.
The Company  believes the majority  will convert to a DTN service.  In addition,
the Company will pay the AFB a $6 monthly residual for the lesser of the life of
the subscriber or ten years for those  subscribers  converting to a DTN service.
The Company will  capitalize the $600  acquisition  payment per subscriber as an
intangible  asset  (goodwill)  and  amortize  this cost using the  straight-line
method over eight years. No payments were made in 1997.

3.  LONG  TERM DEBT AND LOAN  AGREEMENTS  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Company has a revolving credit agreement,  as amended, with a group of banks
(the  "Revolving  Credit  Agreement").  The Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  which
expires June 30, 1999 unless extended,  provides for a total commitment of up to
$33,000,000 in new borrowings.  As of December 31, 1997, $4,500,000 of the total
commitment had been borrowed,  with the remaining  $28,500,000  available to the
Company subject to certain restrictions as discussed below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December  31,                                 1997                   1996  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>    
Revolving  Credit Agreement
        Revolving credit line         $       4,500,000      $       38,500,000
        Term notes                           35,151,040              10,786,456
Term Credit Agreement
        Term notes                           40,408,333              48,490,000
Stock Repurchase Agreement
        Term notes                                    -                 500,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Loan Agreements                        80,059,373              98,276,456
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less current portion                         21,810,833              15,092,083
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Long-Term Debt                 $       58,248,540      $       83,184,373

</TABLE>

Additional  borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement are available to the
Company,  as long as at the time of the advance,  no default  exists with any of
the Company loan  agreements or the  subordinated  notes agreement (see Note 4),
and total debt  outstanding  (including  term notes  outstanding  but  excluding
long-term  subordinated debt) does not exceed thirty-six times monthly operating
cash flow (as defined).  As of December 31, 1997 based on current operating cash
flow,  the  Company  would be able to borrow  all of the  remaining  $28,500,000
commitment available.

In addition to the restrictions mentioned above with respect to advances,  total
debt  outstanding   (excluding  long-term   subordinated  debt)  is  limited  to
forty-eight  times  monthly  operating  cash  flow.  Additionally,   total  debt
outstanding  (including  subordinated  debt) is limited to sixty  times  monthly
operating  cash flow.  The Company is required to maintain  total  stockholders'

                                       44

                                    - 304 -
<PAGE>

equity of at least  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of net income (but not
losses) at fiscal  year end through  June 30,  1999.  The minimum  stockholders'
equity  required to be maintained is  $24,618,040  as of December 31, 1997.  The
Company is  required  to maintain a ratio of  quarterly  operating  cash flow to
interest expense (as defined) of at least 2.25 to 1. The Company is permitted to
pay cash dividends in any one year,  which are, in the aggregate,  less than 25%
of the Company's net operating profit after taxes in the previous four quarters.

Interest on the outstanding  borrowings  (prior to when the borrowings  might be
converted to term loans, as discussed below) is at a variable rate, depending on
the ratio of the Company's total borrowings  (excluding  long-term  subordinated
debt) to  operating  cash flow  (the  "Leverage  Ratio").  The  following  table
outlines the "Leverage Ratio", the applicable Margin, Unused Commitment Fees and
Fixed Note Margin to be discussed below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                UNUSED        FIXED
                                              COMMITMENT       NOTE
LEVERAGE  RATIO                     MARGIN        FEE         MARGIN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>   
More than 42                         .250%       .375         2.25% 
More than 36 and less than 42        .500%       .250%        2.25%
More than 30 and less than 36        .750%       .250%        2.00% 
More than 24 and less than 30       1.000%       .250%        2.00%
More than 18 and less than 24       1.250%       .125%        1.75%
Less than 18                        1.375%       .125%        1.75%

</TABLE>

The Revolving  Credit Rate is the First National Bank of Omaha's  "National Base
Rate", minus the applicable Margin. The base rate is adjusted monthly,  with the
interest rate margin (as defined  above) changed  quarterly.  As of December 31,
1997, the Revolving Credit Rate is 7.25%.

The  Company  has  the  option  to  convert  the  outstanding  revolving  credit
borrowings to term loans at any time,  payable in  forty-eight  fixed  principal
installments,  plus  interest.  Interest on the  converted  term loans is at the
Company's  option,  a variable  interest rate of 1/4% over the Revolving  Credit
Rate or at a fixed rate of 1/2% over the Revolving Credit Rate or the applicable
Fixed Note Margin (based on the "Leverage  Ratio") over the average of the 3 and
5 year U. S. treasury securities,  as quoted in the prior month "Federal Reserve
Statistical Release",  whichever is greater. As of December 31, 1997, $4,500,000
of the total borrowings  outstanding had not been converted to term loans. As of
December  31,  1997,  $35,151,040  of term loans were  outstanding  with monthly
installments  due up through 2001 having  interest  rates ranging from 7.865% to
9.25%.

The Company  pays a  commitment  fee of 1/8 - 3/8% on the unused  portion of the
total revolving credit  commitment based on the "Leverage Ratio". As of December
31, 1997 the commitment fee was 1/8% on all unused revolving credit  commitment.
Additionally, if total borrowings (excluding long-term subordinated debt) exceed
36 times the Operating  Cash Flow (as defined),  the Company will be required to
pay a closing fee of 1/2% on all new  borrowings  made after that point in time.
In the event the total borrowings  exceed 36 times Operating Cash Flow, any term
note accruing  interest at less than 7.5% is included in a "Trigger Event".  The
Company is  obligated  to pay the  holders of such term notes a fee of 0.375% of
the  outstanding  balance of the notes upon the  occurrence of the Trigger Event
and like amounts on the six month  anniversary and the twelve month  anniversary
of the Trigger Event.

The Company has a Term Credit Agreement dated February 26, 1997, with a group of
banks providing for an aggregate principal amount of $48,490,000 to be repaid in
72 fixed  principal  installments  beginning  January 31,  1997.  As of December
31,1997,  the principal  balance was $40,408,333 with $21,157,500  accruing at a
variable  interest rate of NY prime rate less one-half of one percent,  or 8.00%
and the  remaining  $19,250,833  accruing at fixed  interest  rates ranging from
8.25% to 8.36%.

During 1992, the Company  entered into a loan agreement and borrowed  $2,000,000
solely for the repurchase of the Company's  outstanding common stock (the "Stock
Repurchase" Agreement).  As of December 31, 1997, the amounts borrowed under the
Stock Repurchase Agreement, have been fully repaid.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 MINIMUM PRINCIPLE MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ending December 31,


        <S>                                                  <C>               
        1998                                                 $       21,810,833
        1999                                                         17,628,540
        2000                                                         17,581,667
        2001                                                         10,456,667
        2002 and after                                                8,081,666
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                        $       75,559,373

<FN>

* Excluding revolving credit line.
</FN>
</TABLE>

The revolving  credit lines are  classified as long-term  debt since the Company
has the ability and the intent to maintain these obligations for longer than one
year.  Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under
the Company's long-term debt and loan agreements.


4.  SUBORDINATED LONG-TERM NOTES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On June 30, 1994,  the Company sold to one  investor  $15,000,000  of its 11.25%
subordinated   long-term  notes  in  a  private   placement   transaction   (the
"subordinated  debt"). The subordinated debt is subordinated in right of payment
to all current and future  senior  debt.  Interest on the  subordinated  debt is
scheduled  to be  paid  quarterly,  with  principle  due in  five  equal  annual
installments beginning on June 30, 2000.

The  Company  has the option to prepay the  subordinated  debt on any date after
June 30, 1997 at a premium beginning at
      
                                       45


                                    - 305 -
<PAGE>

7.5% of the principal  prepaid,  and  decreasing by 1.5% per year until June 30,
2002 when no  premium  is  required.  There are also  provisions  for  mandatory
prepayment  upon a change  in  ownership  control  (as  defined),  at a  premium
beginning  at 12.0% of the  principal  prepaid  during the period ended June 30,
1995 and  decreasing  by 1.5% per year  until  June 30,  2002 when no premium is
required. 

The subordinated debt agreement contains a  cross-acceleration  clause,  whereby
the  subordinated  debt will become  immediately  due and payable upon a payment
default on the revolving and term credit  agreements.  Other  subordinated  debt
financial  covenants and  restrictions are generally less restrictive than those
of the other loan agreements.

The Company also issued a warrant to the investor to purchase  75,000  shares of
the Company's $.001 par value common stock at $7.39 per share (as adjusted after
the  three-for-one  stock split) on or before June 30, 2004. In connection  with
the issuance of the warrant to purchase  common  stock,  the Company  recorded a
$635,000 credit to additional paid-in capital and a related debt discount, which
represented an estimate of the fair value of the warrant issued.

5.  INCOME  TAXES  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Components  of the income tax (benefit) provision are as follows:
                                      1997           1996               1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>                 <C>       
Current                         $    115,000     $   34,000          $  125,000
Deferred                           1,056,000       (480,000)           (239,000)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                $  1,171,000     $ (446,000)         $ (114,000)
</TABLE>

The income tax  (benefit)  provision  differs  from the  (benefit)  provision at
federal statutory rates for the following reasons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      1997           1996               1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                            <C>               <C>                 <C>        
Federal                        $   1,158,000     $ (477,000)         $ (139,000)
State taxes                           68,000        (28,000)              1,000
Other                                (55,000)        59,000              24,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               $   1,171,000     $ (446,000)         $ (114,000)

</TABLE>

The components of deferred tax liability (asset) are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              1997                      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                        <C>         
Depreciation                            $  6,573,000               $  6,411,000
Net operating loss carryforwards          (8,101,000)                (8,301,000)
Other                                        182,000                    282,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Deferred Asset                      $ (1,346,000)              $ (1,608,000)

</TABLE>

The Company had  approximately  $22,500,000  of unused net operating  loss (NOL)
carryforwards  at December 31, 1997.  The NOL  carryforwards  will expire in the
years 2002 to 2012.  In addition,  the Company is reflecting in the Other Assets
approximately $911,000 relating to pending IRS refund claims.

6. CAPITAL STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The  Company's  articles  of  incorporation  provide  for the  authorization  of
1,000,000  shares of $.50 par value per share  preferred  stock.  The  preferred
stock,  none of which has been issued,  presently  has no voting rights or other
features,  although the articles of  incorporation  contain  provisions to adopt
various  features or privileges at the discretion of the Board of Directors

In September 1992, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of
up to 350,000 shares of the Company's  outstanding  common stock.  The purchases
are to be made from time to time in the open market or in arranged  transactions
at such price or prices as company officers may deem advisable.  The Company has
purchased  150,000 shares of outstanding  common stock since September 1992. The
common  stock  repurchased  may be  used to  provide  shares  for the  Company's
existing stock options and warrants outstanding.

As part of the May 3, 1996 acquisition of Broadcast  Partners,  the Company sold
948,000 (split adjusted) shares through a private placement transaction.

During the second  quarter of 1996,  the  Company  effectuated  a  three-for-one
common stock split,  payable  June 28, 1996 to  stockholders  of record June 14,
1996.  The stated par value of each share was not changed from $.001. A total of
$7,383 was reclassified from the Company's additional paid in capital account to
the Company's common stock account.

7.  BENEFIT  PLAN 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Company has a defined contribution plan under provisions of Internal Revenue
Code  Section  401(k).  All  employees  with at least  one year of  service  may
participate in the plan. The Company  matches the employee's  contribution up to
4% of  the  employee's  compensation,  and  may  make  additional  discretionary
contributions.  During 1997,  1996 and 1995, the Company  contributed  $848,000,
$671,000 and $482,000, respectively, to the plan as matching contributions.


                                       46

                                    - 306 -
<PAGE>


 8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Company has employee and director stock option plans with  aggregate  limits
of  2,800,000   shares  for  the  employee  plan  and  210,000  shares  for  the
non-employee  director plan. The exercise price of the stock options is equal to
the market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The options
are  exercisable  for a period  of up to ten  years  from the date of grant  and
generally vest equally over a period of three years.

At December 31, 1997,  shares of the Company's  authorized  but unissued  common
stock were reserved for issuance as follows: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>    
Employee stock option plan              880,663
Non-employee director plan              100,503
- -----------------------------------------------
Total                                   981,166

</TABLE>

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under the provisions
of APB 25.  Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for its fixed
stock option plans.

The effect on 1997,  1996 and 1995 net income (loss) and income (loss) per share
of accounting for stock-based compensation based on the fair value method at the
grant dates  consistent  with the method of FASB Statement  123,  Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, are shown in the pro forma information below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                       1997           1996           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>              <C>
Net Income (Loss)
        As Reported               $ 2,236,081     $  (958,306)     $ (283,076)
        Proforma                  $   920,827     $(2,452,206)     $ (675,125)
Diluted Income (Loss) per share
        As Reported               $      0.19     $     (0.09)     $    (0.03)
        Proforma                  $      0.08     $     (0.23)     $    (0.07)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value                        $     11.56     $      8.22      $     3.21

</TABLE>

The fair value for options granted under the above mentioned plans was estimated
at the date of grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with the
following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1997            1996            1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>  
Risk-free interest rate                 5.5 %           5.4 %           7.8 %
Dividend yield                          0.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
Expected volatility                    51.0 %          56.0 %          54.0 %
Expected life (years)                    5.60            4.75            4.25


</TABLE>

The following table summarizes the stock options as of December 31, 1997, 1996,
1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1997                         1996                       1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Weighted-Average             Weighted-Average           Weighted-Average
                                      Shares    Exercise Price     Shares    Exercise Price    Shares   Exercise Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>   
Outstanding at beginning of year    1,520,810     $    9.04      1,276,959     $   5.79        988,185     $ 5.57
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted                               207,350     $   21.60        538,800     $  15.64        401,250     $ 6.23
Exercised                            (119,644)    $    8.33       (134,878)    $   5.64        (70,224)    $ 4.74
Cancelled                             (62,084)    $   14.23       (160,071)    $   7.93        (42,252)    $ 6.32
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at end of year          1,546,432     $   10.55      1,520,810     $   9.04      1,276,959     $ 5.79
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable at end of year            968,834     $    7.25        741,409     $   5.67        629,811     $ 5.08

</TABLE>


The following table summarizes the stock options  outstanding as of December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                           OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Shares      Weighted-Average   Weighted-Average     Shares        Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices     Outstanding     Remaining Life     Exercise Price     Exercisable     Exercise Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <C>               <C>               <C>                  <C>              <C>              <C>    
$  0.00 -  $  4.67             432,629         4.0 years            $  4.30          428,129          $  4.34
$  4.75 -  $  8.83             451,983         6.1 years            $  6.60          375,335          $  6.82
$  9.67 -  $ 14.42               2,050          7.7 years           $ 11.67            1,950          $ 11.53
$ 15.50 -  $ 31.50             659,770          8.3 years           $ 17.36          163,420          $ 15.81
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$  0.00 -  $ 31.50           1,546,432          6.5 years           $ 10.55          968,834          $  7.25

</TABLE>


                                       47

                                    - 307 -
<PAGE>


9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The following table provides a reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per share.
                                             1997                            1996                               1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Per-Share                       Per-Share                        Per-Share
                                  Income      Shares     Amount    Income      Shares     Amount     Income      Shares    Amount
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>
Basic EPS
   Net Income (Loss)           $ 2,236,081  11,100,684  $ 0.20  $ (958,306)  10,657,893  $ (0.09)  $ (283,076)  9,908,592  $(0.03)
Effect of Dilutive Securities
   Stock Options and Warrants            -     981,872       -           -            -        -            -           -       -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted EPS                    $ 2,236,081  12,082,556  $ 0.19  $ (958,306)  10,657,893  $  0.09)  $ (283,076)  9,908,592  $(0.03)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

10. LEASES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Company leases the right to subsidiary channel  authorizations from FM radio
stations and satellite network transmission  capacity to broadcast the Company's
information  service  to its  subscribers.  These  leases are  accounted  for as
operating  leases and are for  varying  periods of one to ten years and  contain
annual renewal options for periods of up to five years.

The  Company  also has  various  operating  leases for office  space,  warehouse
facilities and equipment.  These leases expire on various dates through 2005 and
generally  provide for renewal  options at the end of the lease.  The Company is
generally obligated to pay the cost of property taxes, insurance,  utilities and
maintenance on the leases.

Future  minimum lease  payments  under all  non-cancelable  operating  leases at
December 31, 1997 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
- --------------------------------------------------
        1998                         $   4,898,000
        1999                             4,090,000
        2000                             3,846,000
        2001                             3,062,000
        2002                             2,156,000
        2003 and after                   4,100,000
- --------------------------------------------------
Total future minimum lease payments   $ 22,152,000

Total  rent  expense on all  operating  leases was  $4,842,000,  $3,459,000  and
$2,712,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                       48

                                    - 308 -
<PAGE>

                                     NOTES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


















                                       49

                                    - 309 -
<PAGE>

                                      NOTES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



















                                       50

                                    - 310 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  Data Transmission Network Corporation


                                        OPERATING       PRE-TAX                NET INCOME (LOSS)           TOTAL
                                                                           --------------------------
                        REVENUES        CASH FLOW1     INCOME (LOSS)       AMOUNT        DILUTED EPS2    SUBSCRIBERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>          <C>
Fiscal 1997
        First       $  29,466,873     $ 13,141,205      $   566,619       $    361,619       $ .03        151,800
        Second         31,391,287       13,508,667          757,061            485,561         .04        153,700
        Third          32,216,238       13,770,835          891,300            571,800         .05        155,700
        Fourth         33,299,954       14,278,001        1,192,101            817,101         .07        158,800
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year                $ 126,374,352     $ 54,698,708      $ 3,407,081       $  2,236,081       $ .19        158,800
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal 1996
        First       $  19,113,017     $  6,502,483      $  (557,991)      $   (356,991)      $(.04)        99,600
        Second         24,194,864        9,592,827         (701,346)          (447,346)       (.04)       142,000
        Third          27,141,339       11,759,893         (328,503)          (260,003)       (.02)       144,100
        Fourth         27,934,493       12,522,225          183,534            106,034          .01       145,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year                $  98,383,713     $ 40,377,428      $(1,404,306)      $   (958,306)      $ (.09)      145,900

<FN>

1 Operating income before depreciation and amortization expense.
2 Net income per share for each of the four quarters may not agree to net income
  per share for the year due to rounding.

</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              TRADING INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         MARKET PRICE 1997             MARKET PRICE 1996
                    --------------------------       ---------------------------
QUARTER ENDED       HIGH        LOW       LAST       HIGH        LOW       LAST

   <S>              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>  
   March 31        28 3/4     21 1/4     26 1/4     16 5/8     13 5/8     15 3/8
   June 30         33 1/4     22 3/4     31 3/4     23         15 5/8     21 3/8
   September 30    32 1/2     27 1/4     29 1/2     26 1/2     17         21
   December 31     32 5/8     25 3/4     28         23         19 3/4     22 1/4

</TABLE>

The  Company's  common  stock trades on the Nasdaq  National  Market tier of The
Nasdaq Stock MarketSM under the symbol:  DTLN. On December 31, 1997,  there were
approximately 500 stockholders of record, not including beneficial holders whose
shares are held in names other than their own.


                                       51


                                    - 311 -
<PAGE>


                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Data Transmission Network Corporation

Roger R. Brodersen
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer
Data Transmission Network Corp.

Robert S. Herman
Senior Vice President
Data Transmission Network Corp.

David K. Karnes
President
Chief Executive Officer
The Fairmont Group Inc.
Of Counsel, Kutak Rock law firm

J. Michael Parks
President
Chief Executive Officer
Alliance Data Systems

Jay E. Ricks
Chairman of the Board
Douglas Communications Corp.

Greg T. Sloma
President
Chief Operating Officer
Data Transmission Network Corp.

Roger W. Wallace
Senior Vice President
Data Transmission Network Corp.


                               CORPORATE OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Data Transmission Network Corporation

Roger R. Brodersen
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer

Greg T. Sloma
President
Chief Operating Officer

Robert S. Herman
Senior Vice President
Research and Technology

James J. Marquiss
Senior Vice President
Co-President, Ag Division

Roger W. Wallace
Senior Vice President
Co-President, Ag Division

Charles R. Wood
Senior Vice President
President, Financial Services

Keith A. Cook
Vice President
Auto Services

William R. Davison
Vice President
President, Ag Services

Scott Fleck
Vice President
Director of Engineering

H. Wade German
Vice President
Business Research

Brian L. Larson
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
Secretary and Treasurer

Gordon R. Lundy
Vice President
President, Energy Services

James G. Payne
Vice President
Services Support and Special Projects


                                       52


                                    - 312 -
<PAGE>


                              INVESTOR INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
Omaha, NE 68114
(402) 390-2328
www.dtn.com

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Deloitte & Touche LLP

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
First National Bank of Omaha
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
One First National Center
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS MEETING
The annual shareholders meeting will be held on:
Wednesday, April 22, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.,
at the Best Western Regency West, 909 South 107 Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska.

FORM 10-K
A copy of the  company's  form  10-K  filed  with the  securities  and  exchange
commission is available without charge upon written request to:

Secretary
Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
Omaha, Nebraska 68114

DIVIDENDS
The  Company has never paid any  dividends  and has no present  intention  of so
doing.  Payment of cash  dividends in the future,  if any, will be determined by
the Board of Directors in light of the Company's  earnings,  financial condition
and other relevant considerations.

                                       53


                                    - 313 -

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                                 <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                   DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                      JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                        DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                  837,170
<SECURITIES>                                  0        
<RECEIVABLES>                         8,439,296
<ALLOWANCES>                            810,000
<INVENTORY>                                   0                        
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                     12,595,015
<PP&E>                              247,775,385
<DEPRECIATION>                      135,265,090
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                      162,430,898
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                34,115,392
<BONDS>                              72,891,370
                         0
                                   0
<COMMON>                                 11,148
<OTHER-SE>                           32,185,025
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>        162,430,898 
<SALES>                             126,374,352
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                    126,374,352
<CGS>                                         0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                       113,990,949
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                              0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                    9,098,231
<INCOME-PRETAX>                       3,407,081
<INCOME-TAX>                          1,171,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                   2,236,081
<DISCONTINUED>                                0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               0
<CHANGES>                                     0
<NET-INCOME>                          2,236,081         
<EPS-PRIMARY>                              0.20
<EPS-DILUTED>                              0.19
        
                                

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                           <C>            <C>           
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 12-MOS         12-MOS                
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1995    DEC-31-1996     
<PERIOD-START>                JAN-01-1995    JAN-01-1996      
<PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1995    DEC-31-1996    
<CASH>                            780,018        708,053     
<SECURITIES>                            0              0    
<RECEIVABLES>                   6,776,576     10,173,766 
<ALLOWANCES>                      300,000        520,000  
<INVENTORY>                             0              0     
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                9,806,991     13,753,134  
<PP&E>                        144,218,965    223,012,991  
<DEPRECIATION>                 67,909,419     98,564,288 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                 92,672,050    177,729,762    
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>          20,278,929     28,501,228  
<BONDS>                        47,020,527     97,747,823   
                   0              0   
                             0              0       
<COMMON>                            3,375         11,074   
<OTHER-SE>                     12,873,590     28,279,215  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>   92,672,050    177,729,762 
<SALES>                        62,287,989     98,383,713     
<TOTAL-REVENUES>               62,287,989     98,383,713  
<CGS>                                   0              0             
<TOTAL-COSTS>                  57,944,737     91,462,922  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0              0               
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0              0         
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              4,798,112      8,432,270    
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  (397,076)    (1,404,306)    
<INCOME-TAX>                     (114,000)      (446,000)   
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              (283,076)      (958,306)   
<DISCONTINUED>                          0              0               
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0              0          
<CHANGES>                               0              0          
<NET-INCOME>                     (283,076)      (958,306)    
<EPS-PRIMARY>                       (0.03)         (0.09)      
<EPS-DILUTED>                       (0.03)         (0.09)      
        


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                3-MOS               3-MOS               3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>            DEC-31-1996         DEC-31-1996         DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>               JAN-01-1996         APR-01-1996         JUL-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                 MAR-31-1996         JUN-30-1996         SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                           210,182             208,649             728,107
<SECURITIES>                           0                   0                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                  6,377,342           9,983,782          10,249,756
<ALLOWANCES>                     300,000             520,000             520,000
<INVENTORY>                            0                   0                   0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>               9,537,439          13,842,363          14,168,547
<PP&E>                       156,489,960         206,881,459         215,947,849
<DEPRECIATION>                73,667,601          81,160,966          89,700,096
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                98,953,156         180,991,574         181,243,202
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>         20,427,560          32,175,739          28,720,168
<BONDS>                       52,519,539         100,927,092         102,451,520
                  0                   0                   0
                            0                   0                   0
<COMMON>                           3,375              11,074              11,074
<OTHER-SE>                    12,756,834          27,538,830          28,031,651
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>  98,953,156         180,991,574         181,243,202
<SALES>                       19,113,017          24,194,864          27,141,339 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>              19,113,017          24,194,864          27,141,339
<CGS>                                  0                   0                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                 18,356,062          22,786,356          24,992,836 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                       0                   0                   0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                       0                   0                   0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>             1,345,245           2,130,222           2,498,561
<INCOME-PRETAX>                 (557,991)           (701,346)           (328,503)  
<INCOME-TAX>                    (201,000)           (254,000)            (68,500)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>             (356,991)           (447,346)           (260,003)
<DISCONTINUED>                         0                   0                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                        0                   0                   0
<CHANGES>                              0                   0                   0
<NET-INCOME>                    (356,991)           (447,346)           (260,003)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      (0.04)              (0.04)              (0.02)
<EPS-DILUTED>                      (0.04)              (0.04)              (0.02)
        


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C> 
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       3-MOS               3-MOS               3-MOS     
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                   DEC-31-1997         DEC-31-1997         DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                      JAN-01-1997         APR-01-1997         JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                        MAR-31-1997         JUN-30-1997         SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                  890,397             222,675             241,069
<SECURITIES>                                  0                   0                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                         6,943,759           7,323,414           8,852,783
<ALLOWANCES>                            520,000             520,000             520,000
<INVENTORY>                                   0                   0                   0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                     10,987,705          10,878,736          12,919,335
<PP&E>                              227,939,358         235,010,843         242,378,197
<DEPRECIATION>                      107,488,846         116,527,998         125,794,785
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                      173,965,335         170,155,107         168,512,639
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                38,376,382          38,981,226          39,025,542
<BONDS>                              84,169,127          78,215,430          75,511,733
                         0                   0                   0
                                   0                   0                   0
<COMMON>                                 11,074              11,103              11,137
<OTHER-SE>                           28,987,769          29,718,063          30,607,775
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>        173,965,335         170,155,107         168,512,639
<SALES>                              29,466,873          31,391,287          32,216,238 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                     29,466,873          31,391,287          32,216,238
<CGS>                                         0                   0                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                        26,537,639          28,341,710          29,102,161        
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              0                   0                   0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                              0                   0                   0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                    2,394,864           2,324,826           2,229,420
<INCOME-PRETAX>                         566,619             757,061             891,300   
<INCOME-TAX>                            205,000             271,500             319,500 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                     361,619             485,561             571,800 
<DISCONTINUED>                                0                   0                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               0                   0                   0
<CHANGES>                                     0                   0                   0
<NET-INCOME>                            361,619             485,561             571,800 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                              0.03                0.04                0.05 
<EPS-DILUTED>                              0.03                0.04                0.05 
        


</TABLE>

    

                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
                Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
                        Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Filed by the Registrant  [ x ]

Check the appropriate box:

[   ]  Preliminary Proxy Statement
[ x ]  Definitive Proxy Statement
[   ]  Definitive Additional Materials
[   ]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to ss.240.14a-11(c) or ss.240.14a-12
[   ]  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule
       14a-6(e) (2))

                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                (Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
                ------------------------------------------------
                   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement
                         if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[   ]  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2)
       or Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A.

[   ]  $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule
       14a-6(i)(3).

[   ]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.

       1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computer
          pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which
          the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
          
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       5) Total fee paid:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

[   ]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

[   ]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act
       Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was
       paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement
       number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

          1)   Amount Previously Paid: 
                                        ----------------------------------
          2)   Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: 
                                                             -------------
          3)   Filing Party:
                            ----------------------------------------------
          4)   Date Filed:
                          ------------------------------------------------

                                       2

                                    - 319 -

<PAGE>
  

                    DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                         9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                              Omaha, Nebraska 68114
                                 (402) 390-2328


                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                          TO BE HELD ON APRIL 22, 1998



         NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders of Data
Transmission Network Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  will
be held at the Best  Western  Regency  West,  909  South  107th  Avenue,  Omaha,
Nebraska on Wednesday, April 22, 1998 at 10:00 A.M. Omaha time for the following
purposes, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement:

         1.       To elect seven directors to the Board of Directors.

         2.       To consider and vote upon a proposal to ratify the appointment
                  of Deloitte & Touche LLP independent  auditors for the Company
                  for the 1998 fiscal year.

         3.       To transact such other business as may properly come before 
                  the meeting or any adjournments thereof.

         Any action may be taken on any one of the  foregoing  proposals  at the
meeting  on the date  specified  above,  or on any  date or  dates to which  the
meeting may be  adjourned.  The Board of  Directors of the Company has fixed the
close of business on March 2, 1998, as the record date for  determination of the
stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

         All stockholders are cordially invited to attend the meeting in person.
However, to assure your representation at the meeting, please complete, date and
sign the enclosed proxy card and mail it promptly in the self-addressed envelope
provided.  The giving of such proxy does not affect your right to vote in person
in the event you attend the meeting.

                                              BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS



                                                      /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                                      --------------------------
Omaha, Nebraska                                       Brian L. Larson
March 9, 1998                                         Secretary

IMPORTANT: THE PROMPT RETURN OF PROXIES WILL SAVE YOUR COMPANY THE EXPENSE OF
FURTHER REQUESTS FOR PROXIES IN ORDER TO INSURE A QUORUM. AN ADDRESSED ENVELOPE
IS ENCLOSED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED
STATES.

                                       3

                                     - 320 -
<PAGE>

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                                 Proxy Statement

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Index
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page

<S>                                                                          <C>
Proxy Statement............................................................... 1

Proxies....................................................................... 1

Voting Securities............................................................. 1

Election of Directors......................................................... 2

Ownership By Certain Beneficial Owners And Management......................... 4

Executive Compensation........................................................ 7

Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation...................... 10

Approval of Appointment of Auditors.......................................... 12

Transactions With Management................................................. 12

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.................. 12

Stockholder Proposals for 1999 Annual Meeting................................ 12

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance...................... 12

Other Matters................................................................ 13

Miscellaneous................................................................ 13

</TABLE>
                                       4

                                     - 321 -
<PAGE>


                                 PROXY STATEMENT

                         ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                            TO BE HELD APRIL 22, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         This Proxy Statement is furnished in connection  with the  solicitation
of proxies by the Board of Directors of Data Transmission Network Corporation, a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  to be used at the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  (the  "Meeting") to be held at the Best Western  Regency West, 909
South 107th Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska on Wednesday,  April 22, 1998, at 10:00 A.M.
Omaha time. Stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 1998 are
entitled  to  notice  of and to vote at the  Meeting.  The  Company's  principal
executive  offices  are  located at 9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Suite  200,  Omaha,
Nebraska 68114.

                                     PROXIES

         Proxies are being  solicited  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
with  all  costs  of  the  solicitation  to be  paid  by  the  Company.  If  the
accompanying proxy is executed and returned, the shares represented by the proxy
will be voted as specified  therein.  A  stockholder  may revoke any proxy given
pursuant to this  solicitation by delivering to the Company prior to the Meeting
a written notice of revocation or by attending the Meeting and voting in person.
This notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  proxy statement and accompanying
proxy card are first being mailed to stockholders on or about March 16, 1998.

                                VOTING SECURITIES

         At March 2, 1998,  the  Company had issued and  outstanding  11,200,549
shares of the Company's  $.001 par value common stock.  The Company has no other
class of voting securities outstanding.  Each stockholder voting in the election
of directors  may cumulate  such  stockholder's  votes and give one  candidate a
number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the
number  of  votes  to which  such  stockholder's  shares  are  entitled,  or may
distribute  such votes on the same  principle  among as many  candidates  as the
stockholder chooses,  provided that votes cannot be cast for more than the total
number of directors to be elected at the Meeting.  The seven nominees  receiving
the most votes at the Meeting will be elected as  directors.  Each share has one
vote on all other  matters.  An  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the shares
present in person or by proxy and  entitled  to vote at the  Meeting is required
for approval of all other matters being submitted to the  stockholders for their
consideration.

         In accordance with Delaware law, a shareholder entitled to vote for the
election of  directors  can  withhold  authority to vote for all nominees or for
certain  nominees  for  directors.  Abstentions  from voting on the  proposal to
ratify the  appointment  of auditors are treated as votes against such proposal.
Broker  non-votes  on the  proposal to ratify the  appointment  of auditors  are
treated as shares as to which voting power has been  withheld by the  beneficial
holders of those  shares and,  therefore,  as shares not entitled to vote on the
proposal.


                                        1


                                     - 322 -
<PAGE>


                                 PROPOSAL NO. 1

                              ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

         At the Meeting,  the stockholders will elect a board of seven directors
for a term  extending  until the 1999  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  of the
Company and until their respective successors have been elected and qualify. The
Board of Directors has nominated for election or re-election as directors: Roger
R. Brodersen,  Scott A. Fleck,  David K. Karnes, J. Michael Parks, Jay E. Ricks,
Greg T. Sloma and Roger W. Wallace. All of the nominees,  except Scott A. Fleck,
presently  are serving as  directors  of the  Company.  Proxies may be voted for
seven directors.

         If any nominee is unable to serve, the shares  represented by all valid
proxies  will be voted  for the  election  of such  substitute  as the  Board of
Directors  may  recommend  or the Board of  Directors  may amend the By-Laws and
reduce the size of the Board. At this time, the Board knows of no reason why any
nominee might be unavailable to serve.

         Set  forth  below is  certain  information  as of March 2,  1998,  with
respect  to  the  nominees  for  election  as  directors  of  the  Company.  The
information  relating to their respective  business  experience was furnished to
the Company by such persons.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Nominee             Age   Positions and Offices with the Company  Director Since
- ------------------  ---   --------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                  <C>  <C>                                          <C> 
Roger R. Brodersen   52   Chairman of the Board, Chief                 1984
                          Executive Officer and Director
Scott A. Fleck       30   Vice President and Nominee                      -
David K. Karnes      49   Director                                     1989
J. Michael Parks     47   Director                                     1990
Jay E. Ricks         65   Director                                     1995
Greg T. Sloma        46   President, Chief Operating                   1993
                          Officer and Director
Roger W. Wallace     41   Senior Vice President and Director           1984

</TABLE>

         Mr.  Brodersen has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company  since 1984.  Mr.  Brodersen  served as  President of the
Company from 1984 to 1995.

         Mr. Fleck has served as Vice  President of the Company  since 1997.  He
has served as  Director of  Engineering  of the  Company  since  1996.  Prior to
becoming  Director of  Engineering,  Mr.  Fleck held the position of Director of
Software and Hardware Development since joining the Company in 1991.

         Mr. Karnes has served as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of The
Fairmont Group,  Inc., a financial  services and consulting firm, since 1989. He
is  currently a Director  of the Federal  Home Loan Bank of Topeka and served as
its  Chairman  from 1989 to 1996.  Mr.  Karnes  also  served as a United  States
Senator from 1987 to 1989.

         Mr.  Parks has  served as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Alliance Data Systems,  a provider of data processing  services,  since 1997. He
served as President and Chief  Operating  Officer of First Data  Resources  Inc.
from 1993 to 1994 and  President  of the Merchant  Services  Group of First Data
Resources  Inc.  from  1991 to 1993.  He also  served  as  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of Call Interactive, an

          
                                        2

                                     - 323 -
<PAGE>

affiliate of First Data Resources  Inc.,  from 1989 to 1991.  From 1976 to 1989,
Mr.  Parks served as  President  or Senior Vice  President  of various  American
Express Information Services Companies or their subsidiaries.

         Mr. Ricks has served as Chairman of Douglas Communications Corporation,
an operator of cable television systems, since 1990. He was a partner in the law
firm of Hogan & Hartson in Washington,  D.C.,  from 1970 to 1990. Mr. Ricks is a
director of Amtera Technologies, Inc., a communications software company.

         Mr. Sloma has served as President of the Company since January 1996. He
has served as Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company since  January 1994.  Mr.
Sloma  served as  Executive  Vice  President of the Company from January 1994 to
December 1995 and as Chief  Financial  Officer from April 1993 to December 1993.
From 1983 to 1993,  Mr. Sloma was a Tax Partner at Deloitte & Touche.  Mr. Sloma
has served as a Director of West TeleServices Corporation since 1997.

         Mr.  Wallace has served as Senior Vice  President of the Company  since
1989. He served as Vice President of the Company from 1984 to 1989.

Board Meetings and Committees
- -----------------------------

         The Board of  Directors  met four times  during  the fiscal  year ended
December  31,  1997.  During  fiscal  1997,  all  directors  attended all of the
meetings of the Board of Directors, and related committees on which they served.
The Company does not have a Standing Nominating Committee.

         The  Audit  Committee  recommends  the  selection  of  the  independent
auditors,  reviews the scope of the audits  performed by them and reviews  their
audit report and any recommendations made by them relating to internal financial
controls and procedures.  Members of the Audit Committee, which met twice during
fiscal 1997, are David K. Karnes, J. Michael Parks and Jay E. Ricks.

         The Compensation  Committee  reviews and makes  recommendations  to the
Board of Directors regarding  officers'  compensation and the Company's employee
benefit plans;  provided,  however, the Compensation  Committee  administers the
Company's Stock Option Plan of 1989 through its Stock Option Plan  Subcommittee,
consisting  of all  members  of the  Compensation  Committee  other than Greg T.
Sloma.  Members of the  Compensation  Committee,  which met twice during  fiscal
1997, are David K. Karnes, J. Michael Parks, Jay E. Ricks and Greg T. Sloma.

Directors Compensation
- ----------------------

         During  fiscal 1997,  each member of the Board of Directors who was not
an employee of the Company  received $1,500 for each Board of Directors  meeting
attended,  $600 for each Audit Committee  meeting  attended,  $600 for the first
Compensation  Committee meeting attended and $1,500 for the second  Compensation
Committee meeting attended.  Non-employee members of the Board of Directors also
receive awards under the Company's Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the
"Non-Employee  Directors  Plan").  Stock option  grants  under the  Non-Employee
Directors  Plan are  automatic  and occur each time a  non-employee  director is
elected,  re-elected or appointed a director of the Company.  In 1997,  David K.
Karnes,  J. Michael  Parks and Jay E. Ricks each  received an option to purchase
4,500 shares of the  Company's  common stock at an exercise  price of $24.00 per
share. The Non-Employee  Directors Plan has been amended for fiscal year 1998 to
reduce  from  4,500 to 3,500 the number of shares  for which  options  are to be
awarded to each  non-employee  director.  The exercise price of options  granted
under the  Non-Employee  Directors  Plan is the fair market  value of the common
stock on the date of the option grant.

          
                                        3

                                     - 324 -
<PAGE>

              OWNERSHIP BY CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as to  the  beneficial
ownership of the Company's common stock by each person or group who, as of March
2, 1998, to the knowledge of the Company, beneficially owned more than 5% of the
Company's common stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Name and Address of               Amount and Nature               Percent of
     Beneficial Owner                   of Ownership                     Class
- -------------------------------       -----------------               ----------

<S>                                     <C>                               <C>  
Roger R. Brodersen                      1,634,744 (1)                     14.6%
16705 Ontario Plaza
Omaha, NE  68130

Wanger Asset Management, L.P.,          1,533,800 (2)                     13.7%
  Wanger Asset Management Ltd.,
  and Ralph Wanger
227 West Monroe, Suite 3000
Chicago, IL 60606

Furman Selz Incorporated                1,124,300 (3)                     10.0%
230 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10169

Acorn Investment Trust,                   819,000 (4)                      7.3%
  Series Designated Acorn Fund
227 West Monroe Street, Suite 3000
Chicago, IL 60606

Peter H. Kamin and Peak Investment        591,600 (5)                      5.3%
  Limited Partnership as a group
One Financial Center, Suite 1600
Boston, MA  02111
- -------------------------------
<FN>

(1)      This includes 163,334 shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60
         days of March 2, 1998, 39,150 shares held in a trust for the benefit of
         Mr.  Brodersen's  children,  36,999  shares  beneficially  owned by Mr.
         Brodersen's  spouse,  and  19,391  shares  allocated  to Mr.  Brodersen
         through his participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(2)      According  to a  Schedule  13G dated  February  5, 1998,  Wanger  Asset
         Management,  L.P.,  Wanger Asset Management Ltd., and Ralph Wanger have
         shared  voting and shared  dispositive  power  over such  shares.  Such
         shares include  819,000 shares also shown in this table as beneficially
         owned by Acorn Investment  Trust,  Series Designated Acorn Fund. Wanger
         Asset  Management,  L.P.  serves as  investment  adviser to such trust.
         Wanger  Asset  Management  Ltd. is the general  partner of Wanger Asset
         Management,  L.P.  Ralph Wanger is the principal  stockholder of Wanger
         Asset Management Ltd.

(3)      According  to a Schedule  13G dated  February  11,  1998,  Furman  Selz
         Incorporated  has sole  voting  and sole  dispositive  power  over such
         shares.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                        4

                                     - 325 -
<PAGE>

4)       According to a Schedule 13G dated  February 5, 1998,  Acorn  Investment
         Trust has shared voting and shared  dispositive power over such shares.
         Such  shares  also are  shown in this  table as  beneficially  owned by
         Wanger Asset Management,  L.P. which is the investment advisor of Acorn
         Fund.

(5)      According to a Schedule 13D,  amended through  December 30, 1994, and a
         telephone  conversation  by the  Secretary of the Company with Peter H.
         Kamin  on  February  10,  1998,  Peak  Investment  Limited  Partnership
         ("Peak") is the  beneficial  owner of 591,600 of these shares for which
         it has sole voting and sole  dispositive  power.  Peter H. Kamin is the
         sole  general  partner of Peak with sole  voting  and sole  dispositive
         power over the shares owned by Peak and therefore also may be deemed to
         be the beneficial owner of such 591,600 shares.

         The following  table sets forth  information as to the shares of common
stock of the Company beneficially owned as of March 2, 1998, by each director of
the Company,  by each nominee for election as a director of the Company, by each
of the executive  officers named in the Summary  Compensation Table beginning on
page 7, and by all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Amount and Nature               Percent of
      Beneficial Owner                of Ownership ( 1)               Class ( 2)
- ------------------------------------  -----------------               ----------
<S>                                   <C>                                  <C>  
Roger R. Brodersen                    1,634,744  ( 3)                      14.6%

Scott A. Fleck                            3,022  ( 4)                        *

Robert S. Herman                        327,168  ( 5)                       2.9%

David K. Karnes                          63,435  ( 6)                        *

James J. Marquiss                       146,390  ( 7)                       1.3%

J. Michael Parks                         46,499  ( 8)                        *

Jay E. Ricks                             18,000  ( 9)                        *

Greg T. Sloma                            166,570 (10)                       1.5%

Roger W. Wallace                         283,922 (11)                       2.5%

All directors and executive officers
as a group (16 persons)                2,893,154 (12)                      25.8%
- ------------------------------------
<FN>

* Less than 1.0%

( 1)     The number of shares in the table include interests of the named 
         persons,  or of members of the directors  and  executive  officers as a
         group,  in shares held by the trustee of the Company's  401(k)  Savings
         Plan.  The  beneficial  owners  have sole  investment  power over these
         shares but do not have sole voting power.

        
                                        5

                                     - 326 -
<PAGE>

 2)      Shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998
         are  deemed  to  be  outstanding  for  the  purpose  of  computing  the
         percentage  ownership of persons  beneficially  owning such options but
         have not been deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the
         percentage ownership of any other person.

( 3)     Includes 163,334 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days 
         of  March 2,  1998,  39,150  shares  which  are  held in trust  for Mr.
         Brodersen's   children,   36,999  shares   beneficially  owned  by  Mr.
         Brodersen's  spouse,  and  19,391  shares  allocated  to Mr.  Brodersen
         through his participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(4)      Includes 1,234 shares subject to options  exercisable within 60 days
         of March 2, 1998 and 1,788 shares  allocated  to Mr. Fleck  through his
         participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(        5) Includes  101,415  shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60
         days of March 2, 1998 and 16,071 shares allocated to Mr. Herman through
         his participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

( 6)     Includes 33,999 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
         March 2, 1998.

( 7)     Includes 71,374 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
         March 2, 1998 and 15,016 shares  allocated to Mr. Marquiss  through his
         participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

( 8)     Includes 32,499 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
         March 2, 1998.

( 9)     Includes 15,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
         March 2, 1998.

(10)     Includes 135,334 shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60 days
         of  March 2,  1998,  4,212  shares  beneficially  owned by Mr.  Sloma's
         children  and  22,874  shares   allocated  to  Mr.  Sloma  through  his
         participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(11)     Includes 101,415 shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60 days
         of March 2, 1998,  4,500  shares  beneficially  owned by Mr.  Wallace's
         spouse,  and  16,157  shares  allocated  to  Mr.  Wallace  through  his
         participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(12)     Includes 802,928 shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60 days
         of March 2,  1998,  39,150  shares  held in trust for the  children  of
         executive  officers and directors,  45,711 shares owned beneficially by
         spouses or children of executive  officers and  directors,  and 110,102
         shares allocated to executive  officers through their  participation in
         the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                        6


                                     - 327 -
<PAGE>

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following  table sets forth  information  with respect to the Chief
Executive  Officer  and the four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive
officers of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Summary Compensation Table
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Long Term
                                                                 Annual Compensation                      Compensation
                                                        --------------------------------------            ------------
                  (a)                        (b)           (c)            (d)           (e)                   (f)             (g)
                 -----                      ----        --------       ---------     ---------            ------------     ---------
                                                                                      Other                Securities
                                                                                      Annual               Underlying      All Other
           Name and Principal                                                         Compen-               Options         Compen-
                Position                    Year         Salary          Bonus       sation(1)              (shares)       sation(2)
               ----------                   ----        --------       ---------     ---------            ------------     ---------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>                <C>    
Roger R. Brodersen Chairman &               1997        $195,744       $ 137,304       $  0                10,000            $ 6,400
Chief Executive Officer                     1996         179,172         112,178          0               240,000(3)           9,500
                                            1995         172,000         147,897          0                30,000              9,240
Greg T. Sloma                               1997         172,593         121,312          0                10,000              6,400
President & Chief Operating                 1996         145,996         147,707          0                16,500              9,500
Officer                                     1995         140,000         131,466          0                18,000              9,240
Robert S. Herman                            1997         143,628         109,112          0                 5,600              6,400
Senior Vice President                       1996         120,865          97,707          0                 7,500              8,743
                                            1995         115,000         131,466          0                15,000              9,240
Roger W. Wallace                            1997         143,628         123,498          0                 5,600              6,400
Senior Vice President                       1996         120,858         108,390          0                 7,500              9,170
                                            1995         115,000         126,227          0                15,000              9,240
James J. Marquiss                           1997         135,936         125,401          0                 4,500              6,400
Senior Vice President                       1996         120,858         108,390          0                 6,000              9,170
                                            1995         115,000         125,843          0                12,000              9,240

<FN>

(1)      Excludes  perquisites and other benefits  because the aggregate of such
         compensation was less than either $50,000 or 10% of the total of annual
         salary and bonus reported for the named executive officer.

(2)      The amounts  included in the All Other  Compensation  column  represent
         401(k) matching contributions made by the Company.

(3)      This amount  includes  225,000 shares  underlying a replacement  option
         issued to Mr.  Brodersen  during 1996 in exchange for the  surrender of
         outstanding,  unexpired and unexercised options to acquire an aggregate
         of  117,999  shares  previously  awarded  to Mr.  Brodersen  under  the
         Company's   Employee  Stock  Option  Plan.  The   surrendered   options
         exercisable  for 117,999  shares were  considered  for tax  purposes as
         incentive stock options,  whereas,  the replacement  option for 225,000
         shares is considered for tax purposes as a non-qualified  stock option.
         The  weighted  average  exercise  price  per  share of the  surrendered
         options was $6.28,  while the exercise price of the replacement  option
         was the fair  market  value of the  common  stock on January 5, 1996 or
         $15.50 per share.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                        7


                                     - 328 -
<PAGE>

         The following table shows,  as to the Chief  Executive  Officer and the
four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive  officers  of the  Company,
information about stock option grants in fiscal 1997.
The Company does not grant any stock appreciation rights.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Individual Grants
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      (a)                    (b)               (c)                 (d)               (e)             (f)
- ------------------      ------------     ----------------     --------------      ----------      ----------
                          Number of
                         Securities
                         Underlying      Percent of Total
                          Options        Options Granted                                          Grant Date
                          Granted        to Employees In      Exercise Price      Expiration       Present
     Name               (shares) (1)       Fiscal 1997          (Per share)           Date        Value (2)
- ------------------      ------------     ----------------     --------------      ----------      ----------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>                <C>              <C>  <C>        <C>     
Roger R. Brodersen         10,000              5.2%               $ 21.38          1-02-07         $114,400
Greg T. Sloma              10,000              5.2%                 21.38          1-02-07          114,400
Robert S. Herman            5,600              2.9%                 21.38          1-02-07           64,100
Roger W. Wallace            5,600              2.9%                 21.38          1-02-07           64,100
James J. Marquiss           4,500              2.3%                 21.38          1-02-07           51,500

<FN>

(1)      Except  as  indicated  in the  footnotes  to this  table,  the  options
         referred  to in this  table  were  granted  by the  Stock  Option  Plan
         Committee on January 2, 1997 under the Company's  Employee Stock Option
         Plan.

(2)      As  suggested  by the  Securities  &  Exchange  Commission's  rules  on
         executive  compensation,  the Company used the  Black-Scholes  model of
         option  valuation to determine  grant date present  value.  The Company
         does not necessarily  agree that the  Black-Scholes  model can properly
         determine  the  value  of an  option.  The  actual  value,  if any,  an
         executive may realize will depend on the excess of the stock price over
         the exercise  price on the date the option is exercised,  so that there
         is no assurance  that the value  realized  will be at or near the value
         estimated by the Black-Scholes model.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                        8


                                     - 329 -
<PAGE>


         The following table provides  information on option exercises in fiscal
1997 and the value of  unexercised  options at  December  31, 1997 for the Chief
Executive  Officer  and the four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive
officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Aggregated Option Exercises In Last Fiscal Year
                        and Fiscal Year End Option Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Number of Securities
                            Shares                               Underlying Unexercised                   Value of Unexercised
                           Acquired                                Options at Fiscal                      In-the-Money Options
                              On             Value                 Year End (shares)                      At Fiscal Year End(1)
                                                               -----------   -------------            -----------    --------------
     Name                  Exercise         Realized           Exercisable   Unexercisable            Exercisable    Unexercisable
- ------------------         --------         --------           -----------   -------------            -----------    --------------
<S>                          <C>            <C>                 <C>              <C>                  <C>               <C>        
Roger R. Brodersen             -            $     0              80,000          170,000              $   960,000       $ 1,981,200
Greg T. Sloma                2,500           54,375             123,000           27,000                2,665,200           298,600
Robert S. Herman               -                  0              92,048           15,600                2,025,100           204,300
Roger W. Wallace               -                  0              92,048           15,600                2,025,100           204,300
James J. Marquiss              -                  0              63,874           12,500                1,406,200           163,500

<FN>

(1)      The closing  "bid"  price of the  Company's  common  stock as quoted by
         NASDAQ on December  31, 1997 was $27.50.  The values shown are computed
         based upon the difference  between this price and the exercise price of
         the underlying options.
</FN>
</TABLE>


Performance Graph
- -----------------

         The  following  performance  graph  compares  the  performance  of  the
Company's  common stock to the Center for Research in  Securities  Prices (CRSP)
Total Return Index for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.  Companies) and to the CRSP
Total Return  Industry  Index for NASDAQ  Telecommunications  Stocks.  The graph
assumes that the value of the investment in the Company's  Common Stock and each
index was $100 at December 31, 1992.

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Nasdaq
                                      Nasdaq Total            Telecommunications
Year                  DTN             Return Index               Industry Index
- ----                  ---             ------------            ------------------
<S>                   <C>                 <C>                         <C>

1992                  100                 100                         100
1993                  186                 115                         154
1994                  120                 112                         129
1995                  349                 159                         169
1996                  473                 195                         172
1997                  595                 240                         254

</TABLE>

                                        9


                                     - 330 -
<PAGE>

                         COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
                            ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Philosophy
- -----------------------

         The Company  strives to apply a consistent  philosophy on  compensation
for all employees,  including senior  management.  The goals of the compensation
program are to directly link compensation  with corporate  profitability and the
enhancement of the  underlying  value of the Company's  business.  The following
objectives are used by the Company and the Compensation  Committee as guidelines
for compensation decisions:

         .    Provide a competitive total  compensation  package that allows the
              Company to attract and retain the best people possible.

         .    The Company pays for  performance.  Employees  are rewarded  based
              upon  corporate   performance,   business  unit   performance  and
              individual performance.

         .    Provide  variable  compensation  programs that are linked with the
              performance of the Company and that align  executive  compensation
              with the interests of shareholders.

Compensation Program Components
- -------------------------------

         The Committee  annually reviews the Company's  compensation  program to
ensure that pay levels and incentive  opportunities  are competitive and reflect
the performance of the Company.  The components of the compensation  program for
executive  officers,  which are comparable to those used for all employees,  are
outlined below.

         Base Salary - Base pay levels are  determined by reviewing  competitive
positions in the market,  including  comparisons with companies of similar size,
complexity and growth rates. Increases in base salary were recommended by senior
management  for  fiscal  1997 for the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and the  other
executive  officers named in the Summary  Compensation  Table, and the Committee
acted in accordance with this recommendation.

         Variable  Incentive  Compensation - The large majority of the Company's
employees,  including the executive officers, participate in an annual incentive
award plan.  The amount of incentive  compensation  is based upon the  Company's
achievement  of goals  established  at the  beginning  of the fiscal year by the
Committee.  For fiscal 1997,  the incentive  plans were tied to sales and income
before income taxes,  depreciation and amortization  expenses. The incentive was
awarded  approximately  50% based on sales and 50% based on income before income
taxes and depreciation and amortization expense.

         Stock Option Program - The purpose of this program,  which is available
to the large  majority of  employees,  is to provide  additional  incentives  to
employees to work to maximize long-term  shareholder value. It also uses vesting
periods to encourage key employees to continue in the employ of the Company. The
number of stock options  granted to executive  officers is based on  competitive
practices.

                                       10


                                     - 331 -
<PAGE>

CEO Compensation
- ----------------

         The factors and criteria upon which Mr.  Brodersen's  compensation  was
based for fiscal year 1997 are the same as those  considered by the Committee in
establishing the compensation  program for all of the executive  officers of the
Company  as  outlined  above.  The  annual  base  salary  of Mr.  Brodersen  was
established by the Committee on March 3, 1997 for the period of April 1, 1997 to
March 31, 1998. The Committee's  decision was based on Mr. Brodersen's  personal
performance  of his duties and on salary levels to chief  executive  officers of
companies of similar size, complexity and growth rates.

Mr.  Brodersen's  1997 fiscal year incentive cash  compensation was based on the
actual financial performance of the Company. His annual cash incentive award was
based on the incentive plan described above.

An option  grant for  10,000  shares  was  awarded  to Mr.  Brodersen  under the
Company's  Employee Stock Option Plan based upon his  performance and leadership
with  the  Company.  The  grant  placed  a  significant  portion  of  his  total
compensation at risk,  since the value of the option depends on the appreciation
of the Company's common stock over the option term.

                             Compensation Committee
                            of the Board of Directors
                            -------------------------
                                 David K. Karnes
                                J. Michael Parks
                                  Jay E. Ricks
                                  Greg T. Sloma

                                       11

                                     - 332 -
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 2

                       APPROVAL OF APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS

         The  Board of  Directors  has,  upon the  recommendation  of the  Audit
Committee,  appointed  the firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP to audit the  Company's
financial  statements for the fiscal year ending  December 31, 1998,  subject to
ratification by the stockholders of the Company. Deloitte & Touche LLP served as
the Company's auditors for the 1997 fiscal year.

         Ratification of the appointment of the  independent  auditors  requires
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock  present,  in
person or by proxy, and voting at the Meeting.  If the  stockholders  should not
ratify the  appointment  of Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Board of  Directors  will
reconsider the appointment.

         A representative  of Deloitte & Touche LLP is expected to be present at
the Meeting,  will have an opportunity to make a statement if desired,  and will
be available to respond to appropriate stockholder questions.

The Board of Directors  recommends a vote FOR the approval of the appointment of
Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent auditors for the Company.

                          TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

         No  reportable  transactions  occurred  during  fiscal 1997 between the
Company and its officers and directors.

           COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         The following  directors  served on the  Compensation  Committee of the
Company's Board of Directors:  David K. Karnes,  J. Michael Parks,  Jay E. Ricks
and Greg T.  Sloma.  Mr.  Sloma,  because he is an officer  and  employee of the
Company,  abstains from all votes dealing with officer compensation.  Also, only
Mr.  Karnes,  Mr.  Parks and Mr.  Ricks are  members  of the Stock  Option  Plan
Subcommittee of the Compensation Committee which administers the Company's Stock
Option Plan of 1989.

                  STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1999 ANNUAL MEETING

         Proposals of  stockholders  for which  consideration  is desired at the
1999  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  must be received by the Company no later
than December 31, 1998, in order to be considered for inclusion in the Company's
proxy  statement and form of proxy relating to such meeting.  Any such proposals
shall be  subject  to the  requirements  of the proxy  rules  adopted  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

             SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

         Section 16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange  Act"),  requires  the  Company's  directors,  executive  officers and
holders  of more  than  10% of the  Company's  common  stock  to file  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.
The Company  believes that during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  its
executive  officers,  directors  and  holders of more than 10% of the  Company's
common stock  complied with all Section 16(a) filing  requirements,  except that
Mr.  Herman filed one late report  covering one  transaction.  In addition,  Mr.
Brodersen filed a Form 5 reporting  three  transactions  which he  inadvertently
failed to report or incorrectly reported in 1991, 1994 and 1996. In making these
statements, the Company has relied solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 fur-
nished to the Company during its most recent fiscal year, Forms 5 furnished to
the Company with respect to its most recent fiscal year, and written represen-
tations from reporting persons that no Form 5 was required.

                                       12

                                     - 333 -
<PAGE>

                                  OTHER MATTERS

         The Board of  Directors is not aware of any business to come before the
Meeting  other  than those  matters  described  above in this  Proxy  Statement.
However,  if any other  matters  should  properly  come before the meeting,  the
persons  named  in the  accompanying  form  of  proxy  will  have  discretionary
authority  to vote all proxies  with respect  thereto in  accordance  with their
judgment.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         The cost of solicitation  of proxies will be borne by the Company.  The
Company will,  upon request,  reimburse  brokerage  firms and other  custodians,
nominees and  fiduciaries  for reasonable  expenses  incurred by them in sending
proxy  material  to the  beneficial  owners  of common  stock.  In  addition  to
solicitations by mail, directors, officers, and regular employees of the Company
may solicit proxies personally or by telegram,  telephone or other means without
additional compensation.  The Company has retained First National Bank of Omaha,
the  Company's  stock  transfer  agent,  to  assist  in  the   distribution  and
solicitation  of  proxies  at a cost  of  approximately  $3,000,  including  the
reimbursement of certain expenses.

         The  Company's  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders,  including  financial
statements,  has been  mailed to all  stockholders  of record as of the close of
business on March 2, 1998. Any  stockholder  who has not received a copy of such
Annual  Report may obtain a copy by writing the Company.  Such Annual  Report is
not to be treated as a part of this proxy  solicitation  material  nor as having
been incorporated herein by reference.

         Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  set  forth  in any of the
Company's previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or the
Exchange  Act that  might  incorporate  future  filings,  including  this  Proxy
Statement, in whole or in part, the Compensation Committee Report on page 10 and
the Performance  Graph on page 9 shall not be incorporated by reference into any
such filings.

                                                         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Omaha, Nebraska
March 9, 1998


A COPY OF THE FORM 10-K AS FILED WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,
EXCLUDING  EXHIBITS,  WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS AS OF THE
RECORD DATE UPON WRITTEN  REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY,  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK
CORPORATION, 9110 WEST DODGE ROAD, SUITE 200, 0MAHA, NEBRASKA 68114.

                                       13
        
                                     - 334 -
<PAGE>




                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                         9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                                 Omaha, NE 68114

                                      14
        
                                     - 335 -
<PAGE>

                  DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION PROXY
            Annual Meeting of Stockholders To Be Held April 22, 1998

          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


The  undersigned  hereby  appoints  Roger R.  Brodersen and Brian L. Larson,  or
either of them, as proxies of the  undersigned,  with full power of substitution
to either of them, and hereby  authorizes  them to vote as designated  below all
shares of common stock of Data Transmission  Network  Corporation held of record
by the  undersigned on March 2, 1998 at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on April 22,  1998 and at any  adjournments  thereof  (a) on the  following
matters and (b) on any other  matters that  properly may come before the meeting
or any adjournments thereof:


1.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

          FOR all nominees listed below (except as marked)                     
    -----                        

          WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote for all nominees listed below
    -----    


(INSTRUCTIONS: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), draw
a line through the nominee's name below.)

    Roger R. Brodersen   Scott A. Fleck       David K. Karnes   J. Michael Parks
    Jay E. Ricks         Greg T. Sloma        Roger W. Wallace



2.   RATIFICATION  OF  APPOINTMENT  OF  DELOITTE  &  TOUCHE  LLP as  independent
     auditors of the Corporation for fiscal year ending December 31, 1998.

         FOR                            AGAINST                          ABSTAIN
     ----                           ----                             ----

This proxy will be voted as specified.  IF NO SPECIFICATION IS GIVEN, THIS PROXY
WILL BE  VOTED  FOR THE  PROPOSALS  SET  FORTH  ABOVE.  The  undersigned  hereby
acknowledges  receipt of the Notice of Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  of Data
Transmission  Network  Corporation  to be held on April  22,  1998 and the Proxy
Statement for such meeting.

Dated                             , 1998
      ---------------------------          -----------------------------------
 

                                           -----------------------------------
                                                  (Signature of Stockholder)

Note:  Please sign exactly as name appears on stock certificate (as Indicated on
reverse  side).   All  joint  owners  should  sign.  When  signing  as  personal
representative,  executor, administrator,  attorney, trustee or guardian, please
give full title as such. If a corporation,  please sign in full corporation name
by  president  or other  authorized  person.  If a  partnership,  please sign in
partnership name by a partner.

                                       15

                                     - 336 -



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission